← back to summary

MS, §1A diff (2024 → 2025)

Similarity1.00
Added+37338 words
Removed-37694 words

Added paragraphs (37338 words)

For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results and strategic objectives, see “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding “Business” and “Return on Tangible Common Equity Goal” in “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our results of operations have been in the past and may, in the future, be materially affected by global financial market and economic conditions, including, in particular, by periods of low or slowing economic growth in the United States and other major markets, both directly and indirectly through their impact on client activity levels. These include the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices; the level, term structure and volatility of interest rates; inflation, currency values and unemployment rates; the level of other market indices; fiscal or monetary policies established by governments, central banks and financial regulators; and uncertainty concerning the future path of interest rates, government shutdowns, debt ceilings or funding, which may be driven by economic conditions, recessionary fears, market uncertainty or lack of confidence among investors and clients due to the effects of widespread events such as global pandemics, natural disasters, climate-related incidents, acts of war or aggression, geopolitical instability, changes as a result of global elections, including changes in U.S. presidential administrations or Congress, changes to global trade policies, supply chain complications and the implementation of tariffs, protectionist trade policies, trade sanctions or investment restrictions and other factors, or a combination of these or other factors.

The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial market fluctuations due to a variety of factors that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in business flows and activity and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to

the level of global market activity, which, among other things, can be impacted by market uncertainty or lack of investor and client confidence due to unforeseen economic, geopolitical or market conditions that in turn affect the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments.

In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions, market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale, which could lead to increased individual counterparty risk for our businesses. Although our risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves, severe market events have historically been difficult to

December 2025 Form 10-K

predict, and we could realize significant losses if extreme market events were to occur.

Our net interest income is sensitive to changes in interest rates, generally resulting in higher net interest income in higher interest rate scenarios and lower net interest income in lower interest rate scenarios. The level and pace of interest rate changes, along with other developments, such as pricing changes to certain deposit types due to various competitive dynamics and alternative cash-equivalent products available to depositors, have in the past impacted, and could again impact, client preferences, including cash allocation, and the pace of reallocation of client balances, resulting in changes in the deposit mix and associated interest expense, as well as client demand for loans. These factors have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, our results of operations, including our net interest income.

We incur significant credit risk exposure through our Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including, but not limited to: extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; acting as clearing broker for listed and over-the-counter derivatives whereby we guarantee client performance to clearinghouses; providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral, including, but not limited to, real estate and marketable

securities, whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; posting margin and/or collateral and other commitments to clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties; and investing and trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

Our valuations related to, and reserves for losses on, credit exposures rely on complex models, estimates and subjective judgments about the future. While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, future economic conditions, including U.S. real GDP growth rate, credit spreads, interest rates and changes in real estate and other asset values, that differ from or are more severe than forecast, inaccurate models or assumptions, or external factors, such as geopolitical events, changes in international trade policies, global pandemics or natural disasters, could lead to inaccurate measurement of or deterioration of credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or the value of collateral and result in unexpected losses. We may also incur higher-than-anticipated credit losses as a result of (i) disputes with counterparties over the valuation of collateral or (ii) actions taken by other lenders that may negatively impact the valuation of collateral. In cases where we foreclose on collateral, sudden declines in the value or liquidity of collateral may result in significant losses to us despite our (i) credit monitoring, (ii) over-collateralization, (iii) ability to call for additional collateral or (iv) ability to force repayment of the underlying obligation, especially where there is a single type of collateral supporting the obligation. Certain of our credit exposures may be concentrated by counterparty, product, sector, portfolio, industry or geographic region. Although our models and estimates account for correlations among related types of exposures, a change in the market or economic environment for a concentrated product or an external factor impacting a concentrated counterparty, sector, portfolio, industry or geographic region may result in credit losses in excess of amounts forecast. For further information regarding our country risk exposure, see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Country Risk.”

In addition, as a clearing member of several central counterparties, we are responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers and could incur financial losses in the event of default by other clearing members. Although

December 2025 Form 10-K14

we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.

A default by a large financial institution or financial services firm could adversely affect financial markets.

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions and certain other large financial services firms may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships among such entities. Increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearinghouses, agent banks or exchanges may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one or more such entities could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, or require financial commitments to multilateral actions intended to support market stability. This is sometimes referred to as systemic risk and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks and securities firms, with which we interact on a daily basis and, therefore, could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company.”

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors (e.g., inappropriate or unlawful conduct) or external events (e.g., cyberattacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, legal, regulatory and compliance risks, or damage to physical assets. We may experience operational risk events across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities and support and control groups (e.g., information technology (“IT”) and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Operational Risk.”

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process and report, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. We may introduce new products or services or change processes or reporting, including in connection with new regulatory requirements, or integration of processes or systems of acquired companies, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify.

As a major participant in the global capital markets, we face the risk of incorrect valuation or risk management of our trading positions due to flaws in data, models, electronic trading systems or processes, or due to fraud or cyberattacks. We also face the risk of operational failure or disruption of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearinghouses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our lending, securities and derivatives transactions. In addition, in the event of a breakdown or improper operation or disposal of our, or a direct or indirect third party’s (or third parties thereof) systems, processes or information assets, or improper or unauthorized action by third parties, including consultants and subcontractors, or our employees, we have received in the past and may receive in the future regulatory sanctions, and could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity position, a disruption of our businesses or damage to our reputation.

Our businesses and operations may also be adversely impacted by inadequate data quality management processes, including failure to meet defined expectations related to the appropriate completeness, timeliness and accuracy of data in reports, models or other data deliverables.

In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with agent banks, exchanges and clearinghouses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industrywide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business. Furthermore, the concentration of Firm and personal information held by a small number of third parties increases the risk that a breach or disruption at a key third party may cause an industrywide event that could significantly increase the cost and risk of conducting business. These risks may be heightened to the extent that we rely on third parties that are concentrated in a geographic area.

There can be no assurance that our or our third parties’ business contingency and security response plans fully mitigate all potential risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the

December 2025 Form 10-K

infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities where we are located. This may include a disruption involving physical site access; software flaws and vulnerabilities; cybersecurity incidents; terrorist activities; political unrest; disease pandemics; catastrophic events; climate-related incidents and natural disasters (such as earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and wildfires); electrical outages; environmental hazards; computer servers; internet outages; client access to our digital platforms and mobile applications; communication platforms or other services we use; new technologies (such as generative artificial intelligence); and our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business. Although we and the third parties with whom we conduct business employ backup systems for data, those backup systems may be unavailable following a disruption, the affected data may not have been backed up or may not be recoverable from the backup, the backup systems may not process data as accurately or efficiently as the primary systems or the backup data may be costly to recover, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Notwithstanding evolving technology and technology-based risk and control systems, our businesses ultimately rely on people, including our employees and those of our third parties (or third parties thereof). As a result of human error or misconduct that may violate applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures, certain errors or violations are not always discovered immediately by our technological processes or by our controls and other procedures that are intended to prevent and detect such errors or violations. These can include calculation or input errors, inadvertent or duplicate payments, mistakes in addressing emails or other communications, errors in software or model development or implementation, or errors in judgment, as well as intentional efforts to disregard or circumvent applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures. Our use of new technologies may be undermined by such human errors or misconduct due to undetected flaws or biases in the algorithms or data utilized by such technologies. Human errors and malfeasance, even if promptly discovered and remediated, can result in material losses and liabilities for us, and negatively impact our reputation in the future.

We conduct business in various jurisdictions outside the U.S., including jurisdictions that may not have comparable levels of protection for their corporate assets, such as intellectual property, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, and customer information and records. The protection afforded in those jurisdictions may be less established and/or predictable than in the U.S. or other jurisdictions in which we operate. As a result, there may also be heightened risks associated with the potential theft of their data, technology and intellectual property in those jurisdictions by domestic or foreign actors, including private parties and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Additionally, we are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and international laws and regulations governing areas such as cybersecurity, privacy and data governance, transfer and protection, which may differ and potentially conflict, in various jurisdictions or cause us to develop or enhance controls that may encumber

operations and/or increase costs. Any theft of data, technology or intellectual property may negatively impact our operations and reputation, including disrupting the business activities of our subsidiaries, affiliates, joint ventures or clients conducting business in those jurisdictions.

Cybersecurity risks for financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years, in part because of the proliferation of new technologies; the use of the internet, mobile telecommunications and cloud technologies to conduct financial transactions; the use of artificial intelligence and the emergence of quantum computing; and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, state-sponsored actors and other parties. Any of these parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, clients, vendors or other third parties or users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our networks, systems or data or those of our employees or clients, and such parties may see their effectiveness enhanced by the use of advanced systems, such as artificial intelligence. Global events and geopolitical instability have also led to increased nation-state targeting of financial institutions in the U.S. and abroad.

Like other financial services firms, the Firm, its third-party providers and its clients continue to be the subject of unauthorized access attacks; mishandling, loss, theft or misuse of information; computer viruses or malware;

December 2025 Form 10-K16

cyberattacks designed to obtain confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or networks, impede our ability to execute or confirm settlement of transactions or cause other damage; ransomware; denial of service attacks; data breaches; social engineering attacks; phishing attacks; and other events. There can be no assurance that such unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse of information, or cybersecurity incidents will not occur in the future and they could occur more frequently and on a more significant scale.

While many of our agreements with partners and third parties include indemnification provisions, we may not be able to recover sufficiently, or at all, under such provisions to adequately offset any losses we may incur. In addition,

although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber and information security risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover any or all losses we may incur, and we cannot be sure that such insurance will continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or that our insurers will not deny coverage as to any future claim.

In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors, depositors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as an incurrence of large trading, credit or operational losses, a downgrade by the rating agencies, a decline in the level of our business activity, if regulatory

December 2025 Form 10-K

authorities take significant action against us or our industry, or if we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity.

The Parent Company has no business operations and depends on dividends, distributions, loans and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all

payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory restrictions, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that, in certain circumstances, limit, as well as permit regulatory bodies to block or reduce, the flow of funds to the Parent Company, or that prohibit such transfers or dividends altogether, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities.

Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

Risk Management Strategies, Models and Processes

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management strategies, models and processes, including our use of various risk models for assessing market, credit, liquidity and operational exposures and hedging strategies, stress testing and other analysis capabilities, and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk management capabilities may not be fully effective in

December 2025 Form 10-K18

mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated.

As our businesses change and grow, including through acquisitions and the introduction and application of new technologies, such as artificial intelligence and tokenization, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies, models and processes may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. Many models we use are based on assumptions or inputs regarding correlations among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators and, therefore, may not anticipate future market conditions, such as the impact of a pandemic or a geopolitical conflict, which could cause us to incur losses.

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions; material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements; limitations on our business; or loss to reputation we may suffer as a result of our failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, terrorist financing and anti-corruption rules and regulations. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see

“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”

Like other major financial services firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges, and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business, including an increasing number of complex sanctions and disclosure regimes. These laws and regulations, which could in the future increase in volume and complexity, significantly affect the way and costs of doing business and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.

The Firm and its employees are subject to wide-ranging regulation and supervision, which, among other things, subject us to intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses through acquisitions or otherwise, limitations on activities, a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity and funding requirements, including the global implementation of capital standards established by the Basel Committee, and other enhanced prudential standards, resolution regimes and resolution planning requirements, requirements for maintaining minimum amounts of TLAC and external long-term debt, restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, comprehensive derivatives regulation, commodities regulation, market structure regulation, consumer protection regulation, AML, terrorist financing and anti-corruption rules and regulations, tax regulations and interpretations, antitrust laws, trade and transaction reporting obligations, requirements related to preventing the misuse of confidential information, including material non-public information, record-keeping requirements, broadened fiduciary obligations and disclosure requirements and laws and regulations related to new technologies, including artificial intelligence and tokenization.

In addition, regulatory requirements that are imposed by foreign policymakers and regulators may be inconsistent or

December 2025 Form 10-K

conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and may adversely affect us. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”

In addition, a wholly owned, direct subsidiary of the Parent Company, Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (“Funding IHC”), serves as a resolution funding vehicle. The Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing

basis, certain assets to the Funding IHC. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its material assets that can be contributed under the terms of the amended and restated support agreement (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) to the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to certain supported subsidiaries, pursuant to the terms of the secured amended and restated support agreement.

In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdiction by writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity. Such “bail-in” powers are intended to enable the recapitalization of a failing institution by allocating losses to its shareholders and unsecured creditors. This may increase the overall level of capital and liquidity required by us on a consolidated basis and may result in limitations on our

December 2025 Form 10-K20

ability to efficiently distribute capital and liquidity among our affiliated entities, including in times of stress. Non-U.S. regulators are also considering requirements that certain subsidiaries of large financial institutions maintain minimum amounts of TLAC that would pass losses up from the subsidiaries to the Parent Company and, ultimately, to security holders of the Parent Company in the event of failure.

Investigations and proceedings initiated by these authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, disgorgement, restitution, forfeiture, injunctions or other relief, and have included and may in the future include requirements that the Firm admit certain conduct, which may result in increased exposure to civil litigation. In addition,

these measures have caused and may in the future cause collateral consequences. For example, such matters could impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses.

As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, between an employee on the one hand and us or a client on the other, or situations in which we may be a creditor of a client. Moreover, we utilize multiple brands and business channels, including those resulting from our acquisitions, and continue to enhance the collaboration across business segments, including as part of our Integrated

December 2025 Form 10-K

Firm initiatives, which may heighten the potential conflicts of interest or the risk of improper sharing of information.

The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, global investment banks, regional banks, broker-dealers, private banks, registered investment advisers, digital investing platforms, traditional and alternative asset managers, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial and ancillary services in the U.S. and globally. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, technology, reputation, risk appetite and price.

We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, increased competition in the U.S. and globally driven by established financial services firms and emerging firms, including non-financial companies and business models focusing on technology innovation, such as tokenization, competing for the same clients and/or assets, or offering similar products and services to retail and/or institutional customers. It is also possible that competition may become even more intense as we continue to compete with financial or other institutions that may be, or may become, larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain geographies or products.

We continue to experience price competition in some of our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities and other automated trading platforms, and the introduction and application of new technologies, including generative artificial intelligence and tokenization, will likely continue the pressure on revenues. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future.

December 2025 Form 10-K22

Other Risks

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, compliance, tax, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations that could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, compliance, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, increased taxes, levies and tariffs, cybersecurity, data transfer and outsourcing restrictions, regulatory scrutiny regarding the use of new technologies, prohibitions on certain types of foreign and capital market activities, limitations on cross-border listings and other restrictive governmental actions, or political and governmental instability, including tensions between the U.S. and its significant trading partners, such as China, as well as the outbreak or escalation of hostilities or terrorist activity around the world, and the potential associated impacts on global and local economies and our operations. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries and multinational corporations are uncertain, evolving and subject to sudden change or may be inconsistent with U.S. law. It may also be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market or adapt to changes in law, which could adversely impact our businesses. Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.

As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multinational bodies and governmental

agencies worldwide, which may be inconsistent with local law. We and certain of our subsidiaries are also subject to applicable AML and/or anti-corruption laws in the U.S., as well as in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. A violation of a sanction, embargo program, AML or anti-corruption law could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action, as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.

Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses or the introduction of new products, may change our client or account profile or bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes, services, competitors and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign, compliance and operational risks, as well as franchise and reputational

December 2025 Form 10-K

concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held, or services are being delivered.

Climate-related risks could result in increased costs and adversely affect our operations, businesses and clients.

Climate-related physical risks include harm to people and property arising from acute, climate-related events, such as floods, hurricanes, heatwaves, droughts and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as higher global average temperatures, rising sea levels and long-term droughts. Such events could disrupt our operations or those of our clients or third parties on which we rely, including through direct damage to physical assets and indirect impacts from supply chain disruption and market volatility. These events could impact the ability of certain of our clients or customers to repay their obligations, reduce the value of collateral, increase costs, including the cost or availability of insurance coverage, and result in other adverse effects.

Climate-related transition risks include policy, legal, technology and market changes. Examples of these transition risks include changes in consumer and business sentiment, related technologies, shareholder preferences and any additional regulatory and legislative requirements, including increased disclosure requirements or taxation of carbon emissions. These risks could increase our expenses and adversely impact our strategies. Negative impacts to certain of our clients, such as decreased profitability and asset write-downs, could also lead to increased credit and liquidity risk to us.

In addition, our reputation and client relationships may be adversely impacted as a result of our, or our clients’, involvement, or lack of involvement, in certain practices that may impact, or are perceived or associated with impacting the climate. Moreover, legislative or regulatory change regarding climate-related risks, including inconsistent requirements and uncertainties, could result in loss of revenue, or increased credit, market, liquidity, regulatory, compliance, reputational and other risks and costs.

Our ability to achieve our climate-related objectives and the way we go about this are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside our control, such as the pace and success of client transition, energy demand and usage, the implementation of public policy and technological advances, and could also result in reputational harm as a result of public sentiment, legislative and regulatory scrutiny (including from U.S. federal and state governments and foreign policymakers and regulators), litigation and reduced investor and stakeholder confidence. If we are unable to achieve our climate-related objectives or our current response to climate-related risks is perceived to be ineffective or insufficient, or

the way we respond is perceived negatively, our business and reputation may suffer.

Climate-related risks, and the perspective of regulators, governments, shareholders, employees and other stakeholders regarding climate change, as well as geopolitical events, continue to evolve rapidly, making it difficult to assess the ultimate impact on us of climate-related risks and uncertainties. As climate risk is interconnected with other risks, we have developed and continue to enhance processes to embed climate risk considerations into our risk management practices and governance structures. Despite our risk management practices, the unpredictability surrounding the timing and severity of climate-related events, and societal or political changes in reaction to them, make it difficult to predict, identify, monitor and mitigate climate risks.

In addition, the methodologies and data used to manage and monitor climate risk continue to evolve. Current approaches utilize information and estimates that have been derived from information or factors released by third-party sources, which may not reflect the latest or most accurate data and may not be available in a timely manner. Climate-related data, particularly greenhouse gas emissions for clients and counterparties, varies in quality and comparability. Certain third-party information may also change over time as methodologies evolve and are refined. While we believe we use the best available information at the time, we may only be able to complete limited validation. Furthermore, modeling capabilities and methodologies to analyze climate-related risks, although improving, remain nascent and emerging and are subject to uncertainty due to limited historical trend information and the absence of standardized and comprehensive data. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially, which could impact our ability to manage climate-related risks.

December 2025 Form 10-K24

December 2025 Form 10-K

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. We operate as an Integrated Firm whereby we serve clients holistically across our business segments. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K. For an analysis of 2024 results compared with 2023 results, see Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 filed with the SEC.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is below. Through the Integrated Firm some of our clients may use the products and services of more than one of our business segments.

Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity securities and other products, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Markets business, which comprises Equity and Fixed Income, provides sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, and Asia wealth management services and holds certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to clients. Other activities include research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors, including high and ultra-high net worth individuals, and businesses and institutions. Wealth Management supports clients through three channels: Advisor-Led, Self-Directed and Workplace. Wealth Management includes: financial advisor-led brokerage, investment advisory, custody, cash management, and administrative services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; securities-based lending, residential and commercial real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by: competition; legislative, legal and regulatory developments; market and economic conditions; and other risk factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements”, “Business—Competition”, “Business—Supervision and Regulation”, “Risk Factors” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

December 2025 Form 10-K26

Consolidated Results—Full Year Ended December 31, 2025

•The Firm reported net revenues of $70.6 billion and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $16.9 billion reflecting strong results across our business segments and demonstrating the strength of our Integrated Firm.

•The Firm delivered ROE of 16.6% and ROTCE of 21.6% (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein).

•The Firm expense efficiency ratio was 68% compared to 71% in the prior year, demonstrating operating leverage while continuing to invest in our businesses.

•At December 31, 2025, the Firm’s Standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.0%, and its Supplementary Leverage Ratio was 5.4%.

•Institutional Securities net revenues of $33.1 billion, primarily reflecting strong performance in Equity on higher client activity and higher underwriting and Advisory revenues within Investment Banking.

•Wealth Management delivered net revenues of $31.8 billion, primarily reflecting higher Asset management revenues on higher market levels and the cumulative impact of strong fee-based flows. The pre-tax margin was 29.3%. Fee-based asset flows were $160 billion and the business added net new assets of $356 billion.

•Investment Management reported net revenues of $6.5 billion, primarily reflecting higher asset management fees driven by higher average AUM on higher market levels.

2025 Compared with 2024

•We reported net revenues of $70.6 billion in 2025, which increased by 14% compared with $61.8 billion in 2024. Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $16.9 billion in 2025, which increased by 26% compared with $13.4 billion in 2024. Diluted earnings per common share was $10.21 in 2025, which increased by 28% compared with $7.95 in 2024.

December 2025 Form 10-K

•Compensation and benefits expenses of $29,216 million in 2025 increased 12% from the prior year, primarily due to an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management advisors and higher discretionary incentive compensation within Institutional Securities, both on higher revenues, and higher salary expenses.

In 2025, as a result of a March workforce management action, we recognized severance costs of $144 million, included in Compensation and benefits expense. The workforce management action was related to performance management and the alignment of our workforce to our business needs, rather than a change in strategy or exit of businesses. The workforce management action occurred across our business segments and geographic regions and impacted approximately 2% of our global workforce at that time. We recorded severance costs of $78 million in the Institutional Securities business segment, $50 million in the Wealth Management business segment, and $16 million in the Investment Management business segment. These costs were incurred across all regions, with the majority in the Americas.

•Non-compensation expenses of $19,126 million in 2025 increased 8% from the prior year, primarily due to higher execution-related expenses and increased technology spend.

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $349 million in 2025 was primarily related to portfolio growth in corporate loans and secured lending facilities and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $264 million in 2024 was primarily related to certain specific commercial real estate loans and growth in the corporate loan portfolio, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook.

•Institutional Securities net revenues of $33,080 million in 2025 increased 18% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher results in Equity driven by increased client activity and higher average client balances, and higher underwriting and Advisory revenues within Investment Banking.

•Wealth Management net revenues of $31,754 million in 2025 increased 12% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher Asset management revenues on higher market levels and the cumulative impact of positive fee-based flows, and higher Transactional revenues on higher client activity.

•Investment Management net revenues of $6,525 million in 2025 increased 11% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher Asset management and related fees driven by higher AUM on higher market levels and higher Performance-based income and other revenues.

December 2025 Form 10-K28

•Americas net revenues in 2025 increased 13% from the prior year, driven by higher results across all business segments.

•EMEA net revenues in 2025 increased 16% from the prior year, primarily driven by higher Equity revenues within the Institutional Securities business segment.

•Asia net revenues in 2025 increased 23% from the prior year, primarily driven by higher results in Equity and Investment Banking within the Institutional Securities business segment.

202520242023

Net revenues$70,645 $61,761 $54,143

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$16,249 $12,800 $8,530

Earnings per diluted common share$10.21 $7.95 $5.18

68 %71 %77 %

16.6 %14.0 %9.4 %

21.6 %18.8 %12.8 %

31 %28 %22 %

Effective tax rate 22.5 %23.1 %21.9 %

Institutional Securities34 %31 %19 %

Wealth Management29 %27 %25 %

Investment Management23 %19 %16 %

AtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

$385,884 $345,440

$289,038 $246,814

Total assets$1,420,270 $1,215,071

Deposits$415,523 $376,007

Borrowings$348,935 $288,819

$101,882 $94,761

$79,147 $71,604

Common shares outstanding1,583 1,607

$64.37 $58.98

$50.00 $44.57

Worldwide employees (in thousands)83 80

$9,276 $7,860

Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Standardized15.0 %15.9 %

Tier 1 capital—Standardized16.8 %18.0 %

Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Advanced16.2 %15.7 %

Tier 1 capital—Advanced18.0 %17.8 %

Tier 1 leverage6.7 %6.9 %

SLR5.4 %5.6 %

2.ROE and ROTCE represent annualized earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively.

8.Client assets represents the sum of Wealth Management client assets and Investment Management AUM. Certain Wealth Management client assets, totaling $350 billion as of December 31, 2025, are invested in Investment Management products and are therefore also included in Investment Management’s AUM.

The economic environment was resilient in 2025, as client and investor confidence and market sentiment improved and markets rebounded from early-year uncertainty. The year was characterized by increased momentum in capital markets activity and lower interest rates. The rate of economic growth, ongoing geopolitical uncertainty, as well as the timing and pace of any further central bank actions have impacted and could continue to impact capital markets and our businesses, as discussed further in “Business Segments” herein.

For more information on economic and market conditions, and the potential effects of geopolitical events on our future results, refer to “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” herein.

December 2025 Form 10-K

We present certain non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the impact of mark-to-market gains and losses on DCP investments from net revenues and compensation expenses. The impact of DCP is primarily reflected in our Wealth Management business segment results. These measures allow for better comparability of period-to-period underlying operating performance and revenue trends, especially in our Wealth Management business segment. By excluding the impact of these items, we are better able to describe the business drivers and resulting impact to net revenues and corresponding change to the associated compensation expenses. For additional information on DCP, refer to “Other Matters” herein.

202520242023

Net revenues$70,645 $61,761 $54,143

(471)(363)(434)

Adjusted Net revenues—non-GAAP$70,174 $61,398 $53,709

Compensation expense$29,216 $26,178 $24,558

Adjustment for mark-to-market gains (losses) on DCP1

(764)(672)(668)

Adjusted Compensation expense—non-GAAP$28,452 $25,506 $23,890

Wealth Management Net revenues$31,754 $28,420 $26,268

(348)(239)(282)

Adjusted Wealth Management Net revenues—non-GAAP$31,406 $28,181 $25,986

Wealth Management Compensation expense$16,950 $15,207 $13,972

Adjustment for mark-to-market gains (losses) on DCP1

(535)(431)(412)

Adjusted Wealth Management Compensation expense—non-GAAP$16,415 $14,776 $13,560

$ in millions202520242023

$101,882 $94,761 $90,288

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(22,735)(23,157)(23,761)

$79,147 $71,604 $66,527

$ in millions202520242023

$98,046 $91,699 $90,819

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(22,922)(23,482)(24,013)

$75,124 $68,217 $66,806

$ in billions202520242023

Institutional Securities$48.4 $45.0 $45.6

Wealth Management29.4 29.1 28.8

Investment Management10.6 10.8 10.4

Institutional Securities17 %14 %7 %

Wealth Management24 %20 %17 %

Investment Management11 %8 %6 %

Institutional Securities$48.0 $44.6 $45.2

Wealth Management16.3 15.5 14.8

Investment Management1.0 1.1 0.7

Institutional Securities17 %14 %7 %

Wealth Management43 %37 %33 %

Investment Management111 %76 %88 %

December 2025 Form 10-K30

Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to our business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures. See Note 22 to the financial statements for segment net revenues by income statement line item, segment expenses, and information on intersegment transactions.

Within the Institutional Securities business segment, Trading revenues arise from transactions in cash instruments and derivatives in which we act as a market maker for our clients. In this role, we stand ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and to provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer

requests. Our liquidity obligations can be explicit in some cases, and in others, customers expect us to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill our market-making function, we engage in activities across all of our trading businesses that include, but are not limited to:

Investments revenues are composed of realized and unrealized gains and losses derived from investments, including those associated with carried interest arrangements and co-investment plans. Estimates of the fair value of the investments that produce these revenues may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions, generally or in relation to specific transactions.

Within the Investment Management business segment, Investments revenues are primarily from performance-based fees in the form of carried interest, a portion of which is subject to risk of reversal, and gains and losses from investments. The business is entitled to receive carried interest when the return in certain funds exceeds specified performance targets. Additionally, we consolidate certain sponsored Investment Management funds where revenues are primarily attributable to holders of noncontrolling interests.

December 2025 Form 10-K

Within the Wealth Management business segment, Asset management revenues are related to advisory services associated with fee-based assets, account service and administration, as well as distribution of products. These revenues are generally based on the net asset value of the account in which a client is invested.

Within the Institutional Securities business segment, Net interest is a function of market-making strategies, client activity, and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Net interest is impacted by market-making, lending and financing activities. We generally earn interest on securities held by the Firm, Securities borrowed, Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Loans and margin

loans, while Borrowings, Securities loaned and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally incur interest expense.

The following is a description of the revenue-generating activities within our equity and fixed income businesses, as well as how their results impact the income statement line items.

Equity—Execution services. A significant portion of the results for this business is generated by commissions and fees from executing and clearing client transactions on major stock

December 2025 Form 10-K32

and derivative exchanges, as well as from OTC transactions. We make markets for our clients principally in equity-related securities and derivative products, including those that provide liquidity and are utilized for hedging. Market-making also generates gains and losses on inventory held to facilitate client activity, which are reflected in Trading revenues. Execution services also includes certain Investments and Other revenues.

•Global macro products. We make markets for our clients in interest rate and foreign exchange products across emerging and developed markets, including exchange-traded and OTC securities and derivative instruments. The results of this market-making activity are primarily driven by gains and losses from buying and selling positions to stand ready for and satisfy client demand and are recorded in Trading revenues.

•Credit products. We make markets in credit-sensitive products, such as corporate bonds and mortgage securities and other securitized products, and related derivative instruments. This market-making activity also generates gains and losses on inventory held to facilitate client activity which are reflected in Trading revenues. We undertake lending activities, which include commercial mortgage lending, secured lending facilities and financing extended to sales and trading customers. Due to the amount and type of the interest-bearing securities and loans making up this business, a significant portion of the results is also reflected in Net interest revenues.

Compensation and benefits expenses include base salaries and fixed allowances, formulaic programs, discretionary incentive compensation, amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, changes in the fair value of the referenced notional DCP investments, carried interest allocated to employees, severance costs, and other items such as health and welfare benefits. For additional information on DCP, refer to “Other Matters” herein.

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millions20252024202320252024

Advisory$2,888 $2,378 $2,244 21 %6 %

Equity1,965 1,599 889 23 %80 %

2,766 2,193 1,445 26 %52 %

Total Underwriting4,731 3,792 2,334 25 %62 %

Total Investment Banking

7,619 6,170 4,578 23 %35 %

Equity15,631 12,230 9,986 28 %22 %

8,716 8,418 7,673 4 %10 %

Other1,114 1,262 823 (12)%53 %

Net revenues33,080 28,080 23,060 18 %22 %

Provision for credit losses302 202 401 50 %(50)%

Compensation and benefits9,785 8,669 8,369 13 %4 %

Non-compensation expenses11,756 10,460 9,814 12 %7 %

Total non-interest expenses21,541 19,129 18,183 13 %5 %

Income before provision for income taxes11,237 8,749 4,476 28 %95 %

Provision for income taxes2,430 1,947 884 25 %120 %

Net income8,807 6,802 3,592 29 %89 %

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests157 136 139 15 %(2)%

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$8,650 $6,666 $3,453 30 %93 %

$ in billions202520242023

$756 $655 $677

79 63 32

Fixed Income offerings2, 4

414 326 236

Source: LSEG Data & Risk Analytics (formerly known as Refinitiv) as of January 2, 2026. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal, change in value or change in timing of certain transactions.

Net revenues of $7,619 million in 2025 increased 23% compared with the prior year, reflecting increases across regions and businesses, particularly in underwriting revenues.

•Advisory revenues increased primarily reflecting higher completed M&A transactions.

•Equity underwriting revenues increased primarily reflecting higher convertible issuances and initial public offerings.

•Fixed income underwriting revenues increased primarily reflecting higher non-investment and investment grade bond and loan issuances, which benefited from higher event-related activity.

Financing$9,714 $635 $(2,543)$4 $7,810

Execution services4,790 2,992 (396)435 7,821

Total Equity$14,504 $3,627 $(2,939)$439 $15,631

Total Fixed Income$7,440 $428 $494 $354 $8,716

Total Fixed Income

$8,464 $394 $(730)$290 $8,418

Total Fixed Income

$7,848 $375 $(975)$425 $7,673

Net revenues of $15,631 million in 2025 increased 28% compared with the prior year, reflecting an increase in Financing and Execution services.

•Financing revenues increased primarily due to higher average client balances and increased client activity.

•Execution services revenues increased primarily due to increased client activity and higher gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity in derivatives and cash equities.

Net revenues of $8,716 million in 2025 increased 4% compared with the prior year, reflecting an increase in Global macro and Credit products, partially offset by a decrease in Commodities.

•Global macro products revenues increased primarily due to increased client activity in rates and foreign exchange products.

•Credit products revenues increased due to increased client activity across products, primarily driven by securitization and lending activity, partially offset by lower results on inventory held to facilitate client activity.

•Commodities products and other fixed income revenues decreased primarily due to lower gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity in power and gas.

December 2025 Form 10-K34

Other net revenues were $1,114 million in 2025 compared with $1,262 million in the prior year, primarily due to lower net interest income and fees, following the sale of corporate loans held-for-sale in the first quarter of 2025, partially offset by net gains on corporate loans held-for-sale, inclusive of hedges.

In 2025, the Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $302 million was primarily related to portfolio growth in corporate loans and secured lending facilities and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $202 million in 2024 was primarily related to growth in the corporate loan portfolio and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook.

Non-interest expenses of $21,541 million in 2025 increased 13% compared with the prior year, reflecting higher Non-compensation expenses and Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased primarily due to higher discretionary incentive compensation on higher revenues, higher expenses related to outstanding deferred compensation and higher salary expenses.

•Non-compensation expenses increased primarily due to higher execution-related expenses on higher volumes.

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millions20252024202320252024

Asset management$18,627 $16,501 $14,019 13 %18 %

4,588 3,864 3,556 19 %9 %

Net interest7,911 7,313 8,118 8 %(10)%

628 742 575 (15)%29 %

Net revenues31,754 28,420 26,268 12 %8 %

Provision for credit losses47 62 131 (24)%(53)%

Compensation and benefits16,950 15,207 13,972 11 %9 %

Non-compensation expenses5,464 5,411 5,635 1 %(4)%

Total non-interest expenses22,414 20,618 19,607 9 %5 %

Income before provision for income taxes9,293 7,740 6,530 20 %19 %

Provision for income taxes2,163 1,852 1,508 17 %23 %

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$7,130 $5,888 $5,022 21 %17 %

$ in billionsAt December 31,2025At December 31,2024

$7,381$6,194

U.S. Bank Subsidiary loans$181$160

$31$28

$408$370

Period end2.51%2.73%

Period average2.76%3.05%

202520242023

$356.3$251.7$282.3

1.Client assets represent those for which Wealth Management is providing services including financial advisor-led brokerage, investment advisory, custody, cash management, and administrative services; self-directed brokerage and investment advisory services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration, and retirement plan services. As part of the Integrated Firm, Wealth Management may provide these services to clients who also use the services of one or more other business segments. See “Advisor-Led Channel” and “Self-Directed Channel” herein for additional information.

4.Annualized weighted average represents the total annualized weighted average cost of the various deposit products. Amounts include the effect of related hedging derivatives. The period end cost of deposits is based upon balances and rates as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The period average is based on daily balances and rates for the period.

NNA represent client asset inflows, including interest, dividends and asset acquisitions, less client asset outflows, and excluding the impact of business combinations/divestitures and the impact of fees and commissions. Any revenues earned by Wealth Management on client assets will vary depending upon the services and products provided. The level of NNA in a given period is influenced by a variety of factors, including macroeconomic factors that impact client investment and spending behaviors, seasonality, our ability to attract and retain financial advisors and clients, capital market

and corporate activities which may impact the amount of assets in certain client channels, and large idiosyncratic inflows and outflows, including single large client events. These factors have had an impact on our NNA in recent periods. Should these factors continue, the growth rate of our NNA may be impacted.

$ in billionsAt December 31,2025At December 31,2024

$5,715$4,758

$2,753$2,347

48%49%

202520242023

$160.1$123.1$109.2

3.Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets (including asset acquisitions), net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees, and exclude institutional cash management related activity. For a description of the Inflows and Outflows included in Fee-based asset flows, see “Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.

At December 31,2025At December 31,2024

$1,667$1,437

8.58.3

202520242023

1,029837759

At December 31,2025At December 31,2024

$534$475

Number of participants (in millions)3, 4

6.56.6

4.The number of stock plan participants declined slightly in 2025, primarily as a result of the previously announced disposition of the Firm’s EMEA stock plan business.

Asset management revenues of $18,627 million in 2025 increased 13% compared with the prior year, primarily reflecting higher fee-based assets due to higher market levels and the cumulative impact of positive fee-based flows.

December 2025 Form 10-K36

Transactional revenues of $4,588 million in 2025 increased 19% compared with the prior year, primarily driven by higher client activity across products and channels, particularly in equity-related transactions, and higher gains on DCP investments.

Net interest revenues of $7,911 million in 2025 increased 8% compared with the prior year, primarily due to the cumulative impact of lending growth and changes in balance sheet mix, partially offset by the net effect of lower interest rates.

The level and pace of interest rate changes and other macroeconomic factors have impacted client preferences, including cash allocation to other products and client demand for loans. These factors, along with other developments, such as pricing changes to certain deposit types due to various competitive dynamics and central bank actions, have impacted our net interest income. To the extent they persist, or other factors arise, net interest income may be impacted in future periods.

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $47 million in 2025 was primarily related to certain specific loans in our tailored lending and residential real estate portfolios, as well as portfolio growth in residential real estate loans. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $62 million in 2024 was primarily related to certain specific commercial real estate and securities-based loans, and portfolio growth, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook.

Non-interest expenses of $22,414 million in 2025 increased 9% compared with the prior year, as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased, primarily due to an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management advisors driven by higher compensable revenue.

•Non-compensation expenses were relatively unchanged compared with the prior year as higher marketing and business development costs and increased technology spend were offset by lower amortization of intangible assets.

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2024 Inflows1

AtDecember 31,2025

$719 $91 $(39)$62 $833

Unified managed613 145 (66)68 760

Advisor207 36 (37)23 229

Portfolio manager750 126 (95)80 861

Subtotal$2,289 $398 $(237)$233 $2,683

Cash management58 56 (44)— 70

Total fee-based client assets$2,347 $454 $(281)$233 $2,753

Fee rate in bps202520242023

Unified managed90 91 92

Advisor78 79 80

Portfolio manager88 89 91

Subtotal64 65 65

Total fee-based client assets63 63 64

•Separately managed—accounts by which third party and affiliated asset managers are engaged to manage clients’ assets with investment decisions made by the asset manager. Only one third-party asset manager strategy can be held per account.

December 2025 Form 10-K

•Unified managed—accounts that provide the client with the ability to combine separately managed accounts, mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, all in one aggregate account. Investment decisions and discretionary authority may be exercised by the client, financial advisor or portfolio manager.

December 2025 Form 10-K38

$ in millions20252024202320252024

$6,068 $5,627 $5,231 8 %8 %

457 234 139 95 %68 %

Net revenues6,525 5,861 5,370 11 %9 %

Compensation and benefits2,481 2,302 2,217 8 %4 %

Non-compensation expenses2,566 2,422 2,311 6 %5 %

Total non-interest expenses5,047 4,724 4,528 7 %4 %

Income before provision for income taxes1,478 1,137 842 30 %35 %

Provision for income taxes349 275 199 27 %38 %

Net income1,129 862 643 31 %34 %

7 3 4 133 %(25)%

$1,122 $859 $639 31 %34 %

Asset management and related fees of $6,068 million in 2025 increased 8% compared with the prior year, primarily driven by higher average AUM on higher market levels.

Performance-based income and other revenues increased to $457 million in 2025, from $234 million in the prior year, primarily due to higher accrued carried interest in infrastructure and real estate funds.

Non-interest expenses of $5,047 million in 2025 increased 7% from the prior year, as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses and Non-compensation expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased, primarily due to higher compensation associated with carried interest and higher salaries.

•Non-compensation expenses increased, primarily due to higher distribution expenses on higher AUM and increased technology spend.

Equity$312 $45 $(67)$26 $(2)$314

192 89 (59)12 — 234

Alternatives and Solutions6

593 159 (120)76 (5)703

$1,097 $293 $(246)$114 $(7)$1,251

Liquidity and Overlay Services569 2,721 (2,661)26 (11)644

Total$1,666 $3,014 $(2,907)$140 $(18)$1,895

Alternatives and Solutions6

508 140 (108)62 (9)593

Fixed Income173 56 (62)11 (7)171

Alternatives and Solutions6

431 108 (91)57 3 508

Long-Term AUM$863 $204 $(210)$125 $(8)$974

4.Other contains both distributions to investors and foreign currency impact for all periods. Distributions represent returns of capital or returns on investments. Foreign currency impact reflects foreign currency changes for non-U.S. dollar denominated funds.

6.As of December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, Alternatives and Solutions includes Parametric Long-Term period-end AUM of $524 billion, $423 billion and $336 billion, respectively. Parametric Long-Term products generally have lower average fee rates than other Alternatives and Solutions products.

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in billions202520242023

Equity$318 $305 $279

Fixed income212 180 170

Alternatives and Solutions640 557 466

Long-term AUM subtotal

1,170 1,042 915

Liquidity and Overlay Services572 498 464

$1,742 $1,540 $1,379

Fee rate in bps202520242023

Equity69 71 71

Fixed income36 36 35

Alternatives and Solutions27 28 32

Long-term AUM

40 42 44

Liquidity and Overlay Services12 12 13

31 32 34

Alternatives and Solutions. Includes products in fund of funds, real estate, infrastructure, private equity and credit strategies and multi-asset portfolios, as well as systematic strategies that create custom investment solutions, including those offered by Parametric.

Liquidity and Overlay Services. Includes liquidity products, as well as overlay services, which represent investment strategies that use passive exposure instruments to obtain, offset or substitute specific portfolio exposures, beyond those provided by the underlying holdings of the fund.

December 2025 Form 10-K40

Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries accept deposits, provide loans to a variety of customers, including large corporate and institutional clients, as well as high to ultra-high net worth individuals, and invest in securities. Lending activity in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from the Institutional Securities business segment primarily includes Secured lending facilities, Commercial and Residential real estate and Corporate loans. Lending activity in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from the Wealth Management business segment primarily includes Securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, other forms of secured loans, including tailored lending to ultra-high net worth clients, and Residential real estate loans.

Consistent with the Firm’s strategic objective of ongoing growth of eligible assets at MSBNA, on February 14, 2026, the fixed income derivatives business of Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC (“MSCS”) was merged into MSBNA.

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

Investment securities

Available-for-sale at fair value$88.4 $76.5

Held-to-maturity44.2 47.8

Total Investment securities$132.6 $124.3

Residential real estate$72.3 $66.6

108.9 92.9

$181.2 $159.5

Corporate$8.4 $7.1

Secured lending facilities67.2 50.2

Commercial and Residential real estate11.2 10.5

Securities-based lending and Other9.0 5.6

$95.8 $73.4

$487.3 $434.8

$408.1 $369.7

The Firm sponsors a number of deferred cash-based compensation programs and stock-based compensation programs for current and former employees, including financial advisors in the Wealth Management business segment, which generally contain vesting, clawback and cancellation provisions. Deferred compensation for financial advisors in the Wealth Management business segment is generally composed of 75% cash-based awards and 25% stock-based awards. The following discussion and tables relate only to deferred cash-based compensation.

Employees are permitted to allocate the value of their deferred cash-based awards among a menu of notional investments, whereby the value of their awards will track the performance of the referenced notional investments. The menu of investments, which is selected by the Firm, includes fixed income, equity, commodity and money market funds.

We invest directly, as principal, in financial instruments and other investments to economically hedge certain of our obligations under these DCP awards. Changes in the fair value of such investments, net of financing costs, are recorded in net revenues, and included in Transactional revenues in the Wealth Management business segment. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments recognized in net revenues, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on our investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period. While this timing difference may not be material to our Income before provision for income taxes in any individual period, it may impact the Wealth Management business segment reported ratios and operating metrics in certain periods due to potentially significant impacts to net revenues and compensation expenses. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, substantially all employee-referenced investments that subjected the Firm to price risk were economically hedged.

$ in millions202520242023

Deferred cash-based awards$950 $770 $693

Return on referenced investments764 672 668

Total recognized in compensation expense$1,714 $1,442 $1,361

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millions202520242023

Institutional Securities$155 $150 $162

Wealth Management1,382 1,100 984

Investment Management 177 192 215

Total recognized in compensation expense$1,714 $1,442 $1,361

Award liabilities at December 31, 20252, 3

$6,423

Fully vested amounts to be distributed by the end of February 20264

(701)

Unrecognized portion of prior awards at December 31, 20253

1,928

2025 performance year awards granted in 20263

446

$8,096

1.Amounts relate to performance years 2025 and prior.

2.Balance is reflected in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2025.

5.Of the total projected future compensation obligation, approximately 15% relates to Institutional Securities, approximately 79% relates to Wealth Management and approximately 6% relates to Investment Management.

2026

$679

2027475

Thereafter1,220

Total$2,374

1.Amounts relate to performance years 2025 and prior, and do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.

The previous table sets forth an estimate of compensation expense associated with the projected future compensation obligation. Our projected future compensation obligation and expense for DCP for performance years 2025 and prior are forward-looking statements subject to uncertainty. Actual results may be materially affected by various factors, including, among other things: the performance of each participant’s referenced investments; changes in market conditions; participants’ allocation of their deferred awards; and participant cancellations or accelerations. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for additional information.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates that apply to us. Accounting updates not referenced below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or to not have a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

•ASU 2024-03 - Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (Issued November 2024). This update requires quantitative and qualitative disclosure of certain expense categories contained within their relevant expense lines in the income statement, including but not limited to: (1) employee compensation; (2) depreciation; and (3) intangible asset amortization. The update requires the disaggregation of these expense lines in a tabular format in the notes to the financial statements, including the separate disclosure of certain other expenses and gains or losses included within these expense lines which are required under existing U.S. GAAP, with all other expenses permitted to be disclosed in an “other items” category. Additionally, the update requires disclosure of the total amount and definition of the Firm’s selling expenses. The update is effective for the Firm for annual periods beginning January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the disclosure impact of this accounting update; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

•ASU 2025-06 - Internal-Use Software (Issued September 2025). This update introduces targeted improvements to the recognition and capitalization guidance for internal-use software costs. The update eliminates the prior “project stage” framework and instead requires capitalization of software development costs when (i) management has authorized and committed to funding the software project, and (ii) it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform its intended function. In assessing the probability threshold, entities are required to evaluate whether significant development uncertainty exists, including whether the software contains novel or unproven functionality or whether significant performance requirements have not been identified or continue to be substantially revised. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2028, with early adoption permitted. Transition may be applied prospectively, retrospectively, or under a modified approach. We are currently evaluating this accounting update.

December 2025 Form 10-K42

•ASU 2025-07 - Derivatives Scope Refinements and Share-Based Consideration from a Customer (Issued September 2025). This update introduces targeted refinements to the derivatives and revenue recognition accounting guidance. It expands an existing scope exception for derivative accounting to exclude certain non-exchange-traded contracts. The update also clarifies that share-based payments from a customer are treated as noncash consideration under the revenue recognition standard until the related performance obligations are fulfilled and the right to the consideration is unconditional. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. Transition may be applied prospectively, or under a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating this accounting update; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

•ASU 2025-08 - Purchased Loans (Issued November 2025). This update expands the application of the “gross-up” approach for purchased credit deteriorated financial assets under Topic 326 to include purchased seasoned loans (excluding credit cards), measured at amortized cost that are not credit deteriorated. Purchased seasoned loans include loans obtained in a business combination or loans acquired at least 90 days after origination and the acquirer was not involved in the origination, either through an asset purchase or through consolidation of a variable interest entity. The gross-up approach requires recognition of an allowance for credit losses at acquisition with a corresponding increase to the amortized cost basis of the loan. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. Transition will be applied prospectively to loans acquired on or after the adoption date. We are currently evaluating this accounting update.

•ASU 2025-09 - Hedge Accounting Improvements (Issued November 2025). This update improves hedge accounting guidance by clarifying certain aspects and aligning hedge accounting more closely with the economics of an entity’s risk management activities. The ASU enables entities to apply hedge accounting to a greater number of highly effective economic hedges by making targeted improvements to several areas including, but not limited to, the similar risk assessment for cash flow hedges. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The updates should be applied prospectively for all hedging relationships as of the date of adoption. We are currently evaluating this accounting update; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

•ASU 2025-10 - Government Grants (Issued December 2025). This update introduces guidance on the accounting for government grants, including recognition, measurement and presentation requirements to reduce diversity in practice and increase consistency among business entities. The guidance excludes transactions within the scope of ASC 740, Income Taxes, government guarantees and the benefit of below-market interest rate loans. Grants related to an asset or to income will be recognized when it is probable that an entity will comply with the conditions attached to the grant, the grant will be received and the related expenses that the grant is intended to compensate have been incurred. For grants related to an asset, entities may elect either a deferred income approach or a cost accumulation approach. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2029, with early adoption permitted. Transition may be applied on a modified prospective approach, a modified retrospective approach or on a full retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating this accounting update.

•ASU 2025-11 - Interim Reporting (Issued December 2025). This update improves the navigability of interim disclosure requirements and clarifies when that guidance is applicable. The amendments also add a principle for disclosing material events since the last annual reporting period, which aligns U.S. GAAP interim financial statement requirements with SEC regulations for registrants. The amendments do not expand or reduce existing disclosure requirements, rather they provide clarity on existing interim reporting requirements. The update is effective for interim periods beginning January 1, 2028, with early adoption permitted. Amendments may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. We are currently evaluating the disclosure impact of this accounting update; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

December 2025 Form 10-K

In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs, and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels: wherein Level 1 represents quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 represents valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment. The fair values for the substantial majority of our financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in level 1 or 2, of the fair value hierarchy. Level 3 financial assets represented 0.7% and 0.9% of our total assets, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs, as well as market liquidity, may be reduced for many instruments, which could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments carried at fair value. Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of methodologies or assumptions different than those used by the Firm could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. For further information on the definition of fair value, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 4 to the financial statements.

Intangible assets are initially recorded at cost, or in the situation where acquired as part of a business combination, at the fair value determined as part of the acquisition method of accounting. Subsequently, amortizable intangible assets are carried in the balance sheet at amortized cost, where amortization is recognized over their estimated useful lives.

December 2025 Form 10-K44

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist.

In many legal proceedings and investigations, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where we have determined that a loss is probable or reasonably possible, or an exposure to loss or range of loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, we are often unable to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss or range of loss. It is particularly difficult to determine if a loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, forfeiture, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved in an investigation or proceeding before a determination can be made that a loss or additional loss (or range of loss or range of additional loss) is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, including through potentially lengthy discovery or determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification, the calculation of damages or other relief, and consideration of novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question.

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals, and the actual cost of a legal claim or

December 2025 Form 10-K

regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

Our deferred tax balances may also include deferred assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. We perform regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax-planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to tax attribute carryforwards before they expire.

Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation

allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

December 2025 Form 10-K46

At December 31, 2025

Cash and cash equivalents$81,228 $30,426 $41 $111,695

Trading assets at fair value410,573 12,428 5,275 428,276

Investment securities34,111 129,445 — 163,556

Securities purchased under agreements to resell106,728 13,515 — 120,243

Securities borrowed150,902 1,006 — 151,908

Customer and other receivables71,645 41,447 1,628 114,720

96,850 181,241 3 278,094

437 10,199 6,090 16,726

21 2,607 3,382 6,010

17,058 10,703 1,281 29,042

Total assets$969,553 $433,017 $17,700 $1,420,270

December 2025 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

We maintain sufficient Liquidity Resources, which consist of HQLA and cash deposits with banks, to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. We actively manage the amount of our Liquidity Resources considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements.

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025September 30, 2025

Cash deposits with central banks$67,334 $56,629

U.S. government obligations186,200 189,861

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities89,737 82,958

34,790 30,629

Other investment grade securities358 321

$378,419 $360,398

Cash deposits with banks (non-HQLA)7,465 7,692

Total Liquidity Resources$385,884 $368,090

2.Primarily composed of unencumbered French, U.K., Japanese, German, Italian, and Spanish government obligations.

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025September 30, 2025

Parent Company$91,181 $90,626

Non-Parent Company58,795 55,786

Total U.S.149,976 146,412

Non-U.S.77,770 70,173

Total Non-Bank legal entities227,746 216,585

U.S.150,428 145,349

Non-U.S.7,710 6,156

Total Bank legal entities158,138 151,505

Total Liquidity Resources$385,884 $368,090

As of December 31, 2025, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum LCR and NSFR requirements of 100%.

December 2025 Form 10-K48

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025September 30, 2025

Cash deposits with central banks$62,425 $51,867

232,693 234,905

$295,118 $286,772

Net cash outflows$219,706 $222,223

LCR134 %129 %

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025September 30, 2025

$698,728 $678,009

Required stable funding577,403 565,048

NSFR121 %120 %

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$272,151 $242,424

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$95,849 $65,293

$2,449 $9,625

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025December 31, 2024

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$255,202 $250,354

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$90,397 $74,949

In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are held in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet, and payables under these financing transactions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheet. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies and the elements of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

December 2025 Form 10-K

deposit carried at fair value, which are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts that are not classified as derivatives because they fail the initial net investment criterion. As part of our asset/liability management strategy, when appropriate, we use derivatives to make adjustments to the interest rate risk profile of our borrowings (see Notes 6 and 13 to the financial statements).

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

$145,237 $142,550

Savings and other170,646 157,348

Total Savings and demand deposits315,883 299,898

99,640 76,109

$415,523 $376,007

Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics relative to other sources of funding. Each category of deposits presented above has a different cost profile and clients may respond differently to changes in interest rates and other macroeconomic conditions. Total deposits in 2025 increased primarily due to increases in Time and Savings deposits.

Borrowings by Maturity at December 31, 20251

Original maturities of one year or less$— $7,254 $7,254

2026$11,568 $14,667 $26,235

202722,066 17,551 39,617

202816,080 28,682 44,762

202923,549 12,961 36,510

203016,080 14,840 30,920

Thereafter110,985 52,652 163,637

Total greater than one year$200,328 $141,353 $341,681

Total$200,328 $148,607 $348,935

Borrowings of $349 billion at December 31, 2025 increased when compared with $289 billion at December 31, 2024, primarily due to non-bank issuances net of maturities and redemptions.

We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings

with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit-sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.

We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. Our credit ratings are one of the factors in the cost and availability of financing and can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as certain OTC derivative transactions. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider both company-specific and industry-wide factors. See also “Risk Factors—Liquidity Risk” herein.

Parent Company and U.S. Bank Subsidiaries Issuer Ratings at February 13, 2026

DBRS, Inc.R-1 (middle)AA (low)Stable

In connection with certain OTC derivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability

December 2025 Form 10-K50

balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position. See Note 6 to the financial statements for additional information on OTC derivatives that contain such contingent features.

in millions, except for per share data202520242023

Number of shares32 33 62

Average price per share$141.33 $99.16 $85.35

Total$4,585 $3,250 $5,300

Announcement dateJanuary 15, 2026

Amount per share$1.00

Date paidFebruary 13, 2026

Shareholders of record as ofJanuary 30, 2026

We are a FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and well-capitalized standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and on certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve, and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are swap entities, see Note 16 to the financial statements.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of

December 2025 Form 10-K

regulatory minimum required ratios plus our capital conservation buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024 At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

Fixed 2.5% buffer—%—%2.5%

4.3%6.0%N/A

—%—%—%

Capital conservation buffer requirement7.3%9.0%5.5%

The capital conservation buffer requirement represents the amount of CET1 capital we must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. Our capital conservation buffer requirement computed under the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market RWAs (“Standardized Approach”) is equal to the sum of our SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB, and our capital conservation buffer requirement computed under the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs (“Advanced Approach”) is equal to the sum of a fixed 2.5% buffer, our G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB. Based on 2025 data, the Firm estimates that its G-SIB Surcharge will potentially increase in the future from 3.0% to 3.5%. This change, if it occurs, would not take effect before January 1, 2028.

Regulatory MinimumAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024 At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

4.5%11.8%13.5%10.0%

Tier 1 capital ratio6.0%13.3%15.0%11.5%

Total capital ratio8.0%15.3%17.0%13.5%

1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital conservation buffer requirement.

•Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

•Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyberattacks or damage to physical assets).

Our risk-based capital ratios are computed under each of (i) the Standardized Approach and (ii) the Advanced Approach. The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights and exposure methodologies, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the differences between the actual and required ratios were lower under the Standardized Approach.

Leverage-Based Regulatory Capital. Leverage-based capital requirements include a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, a minimum SLR of 3% and an enhanced supplementary leverage ratio (“eSLR”) capital buffer of at least 2%. For additional information, see “Regulatory Developments and Other Matters—Final Rulemaking on Changes to the Enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio” herein.

December 2025 Form 10-K52

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

CET1 capital$83,153 $75,095 $83,153 $75,095

Tier 1 capital92,728 84,790 92,728 84,790

Total capital103,449 95,567 102,680 94,846

Total RWA552,515 471,834 514,158 477,331

CET1 capital15.0%15.9%16.2%15.7%

Tier 1 capital16.8%18.0%18.0%17.8%

Total capital18.7%20.3%20.0%19.9%

CET1 capital11.8%13.5%10.0%10.0%

Tier 1 capital13.3%15.0%11.5%11.5%

Total capital15.3%17.0%13.5%13.5%

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$1,383,314 $1,223,779

1,717,775 1,517,687

Leverage-based capital ratios

Tier 1 leverage6.7%6.9%

SLR5.4%5.6%

Tier 1 leverage4.0%4.0%

SLR5.0%5.0%

1.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, non-cash after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024 Change

$101,882 $94,761 $7,121

Net goodwill(16,373)(16,354)(19)

Net intangible assets(4,663)(5,003)340

— 62 (61)

2,307 1,629 678

$83,153 $75,095 $8,058

Preferred stock$9,750 $9,750 $—

Noncontrolling interests823 807 16

Additional Tier 1 capital$10,573 $10,557 $16

Deduction for investments in covered funds(998)(862)(136)

Total Tier 1 capital$92,728 $84,790 $7,938

Subordinated debt$8,380 $8,851 $(471)

Eligible ACL2,411 2,065 346

Other adjustments and deductions(70)(139)69

Total Standardized Tier 2 capital$10,721 $10,777 $(56)

Total Standardized capital$103,449 $95,567 $7,882

Subordinated debt$8,380 $8,851 $(471)

Eligible credit reserves1,642 1,344 298

Other adjustments and deductions(70)(139)69

Total Advanced Tier 2 capital$9,952 $10,056 $(104)

Total Advanced capital$102,680 $94,846 $7,834

1.Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of CET1 capital primarily includes net after-tax DVA, the credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, defined benefit pension plan assets, non-cash after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments and certain deferred tax assets.

December 2025 Form 10-K

Derivatives21,522 15,259

Securities financing transactions22,249 4,593

Investment securities(718)(1,289)

Commitments, guarantees and loans22,203 5,565

Equity investments4,029 4,538

Other credit risk5,939 4,835

Total change in credit risk RWA$75,224 $33,501

Balance at December 31, 2025$493,206 $349,930

Regulatory VaR2,637 2,637

Regulatory stressed VaR526 526

Incremental risk charge(2,114)(2,114)

Comprehensive risk measure(6)(434)

Specific risk4,414 4,408

Total change in market risk RWA$5,457 $5,023

Balance at December 31, 2025$59,309 $59,345

Change in operational risk RWAN/A(1,697)

Balance at December 31, 2025N/A$104,883

Total RWA$552,515 $514,158

In 2025, Credit risk RWA increased under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. Under the Standardized Approach, the increase was primarily due to higher Securities financing transactions, Commitments, guarantees and loans, Derivatives exposures, particularly in foreign exchange and equities, and Other credit risk. Under the Advanced Approach, the increase was primarily due to higher Derivatives exposures, particularly in foreign exchange, Commitments, guarantees and loans, and Other credit risk.

Market risk RWA increased in 2025 under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, primarily driven by higher Specific Risk due to Non-Securitization standardized charges and Regulatory VaR, partially offset by lower incremental risk charges driven by decreased exposure to non-investment grade issuances.

The decrease in Operational risk RWA in 2025 is primarily due to lower execution-related losses, partially offset by an increase in litigation-related incidents.

We and other U.S. G-SIBs are subject to an additional risk-based capital surcharge, the G-SIB capital surcharge, which must be satisfied using CET1 capital. The surcharge is calculated based on the G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, and complexity and

A covered BHC is also required to maintain minimum external TLAC equal to the greater of (i) 18% of total RWA or (ii) 7.5% of total leverage exposure (the SLR denominator). Covered BHCs must also meet a minimum external LTD requirement equal to the greater of (i) total RWA multiplied by the sum of 6% plus the higher of the Method 1 or Method 2 G-SIB capital surcharge or (ii) 4.5% of its total leverage exposure.

TLAC buffer requirements are imposed on top of both the risk-based and leverage exposure-based external TLAC minimum requirements. The risk-based TLAC buffer is equal to the sum of 2.5%, our Method 1 G-SIB surcharge and the CCyB, if any, as a percentage of total RWA. The leverage exposure-based TLAC buffer is equal to 2% of our total leverage exposure. For additional information on TLAC and LTD requirements, see “Regulatory Developments and Other Matters—Final Rulemaking on Changes to the Enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio” herein. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

December 2025 Form 10-K54

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

$284,259 $266,146

External TLAC as a % of RWA18.0%21.5%51.4%55.8%

External TLAC as a % of leverage exposure7.5%9.5%16.5%17.5%

$181,401 $169,690

Eligible LTD as a % of RWA9.0%9.0%32.8%35.5%

Eligible LTD as a % of leverage exposure4.5%4.5%10.6%11.2%

We are in compliance with all TLAC requirements as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

We must submit, on at least an annual basis, a capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate annual stress tests designed by us and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess our systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain our internal capital adequacy. As insured depository institutions (“IDIs”) with less than $250 billion of average total assets over the four most recent consecutive quarters, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are not subject to company-run stress test regulatory requirements.

The capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance or redemption of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases) and any similar action that the

Federal Reserve determines could impact our consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios and how we will serve as a source of strength to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance setting out its heightened expectations for capital planning practices at certain large financial institutions, including us.

For the 2025 capital planning and stress test cycle, we submitted our capital plan and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on April 7, 2025. On September 30, 2025, the Federal Reserve announced that it had reduced Morgan Stanley’s SCB from 5.1% to 4.3%, effective on October 1, 2025 in response to the Firm seeking reconsideration of its preliminary SCB announced in June 2025. Together with other features of the regulatory capital framework, this SCB results in an aggregate Standardized Approach CET1 ratio of 11.8%. Generally, our SCB is determined annually based on the results of the supervisory stress test.

During 2025, the Federal Reserve proposed revisions to the SCB, CCAR and supervisory stress testing frameworks and, on February 4, 2026, the Federal Reserve indicated that it does not expect to adopt final versions of the proposed stress test models prior to conducting the 2026 supervisory stress test. As a result, the Federal Reserve has announced that it expects the Firm will continue to be subject to its current SCB requirement of 4.3% until October 1, 2027, at which time a new SCB requirement may apply based on the results of the supervisory stress test conducted in 2027. If relevant, the Firm

December 2025 Form 10-K

will provide updated information on applicable regulatory capital standards in response to a final rulemaking. See “Regulatory Developments and Other Matters—Proposed Changes to Capital Requirements” and “Regulatory Developments and Other Matters—Supervisory Stress Testing” herein.

We also disclosed a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests on our Investor Relations website and increased our quarterly common stock dividend to $1.00 per share from $0.925, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 16, 2025.

$ in billions202520242023

Institutional Securities$48.4 $45.0 $45.6

29.4 29.1 28.8

10.6 10.8 10.4

Parent9.6 6.8 6.0

Total$98.0 $91.7 $90.8

We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. We submitted our 2025 targeted resolution plan on June 30, 2025. For more information about resolution planning requirements, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning.”

As described in our most recent resolution plan, our preferred resolution strategy is an SPOE strategy, which would impose losses on the holders of eligible LTD and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on creditors of our supported entities and without requiring taxpayer or government financial support.

Proposed Changes to Capital Requirements

On April 17, 2025, the Federal Reserve proposed revisions to the SCB and CCAR frameworks applicable to us, aimed at reducing the volatility of the capital requirements stemming from the Federal Reserve’s annual stress test results. Under the proposal, our SCB would be based, in part, on the average of the post-stress capital decline embedded in the Federal Reserve’s stress test results over two consecutive years. Additionally, the proposal would shift the annual effective date of the revised SCB from October 1 to January 1 of the following year and modify certain elements of the Federal Reserve’s CCAR program.

Final Rulemaking on Changes to the Enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio

On November 25, 2025, the U.S. banking agencies adopted a final rule modifying eSLR standards applicable to U.S. G-SIBs and their U.S. IDI subsidiaries. Under the final rule, the eSLR buffer applicable to U.S. G-SIBs equals 50% of each

December 2025 Form 10-K56

BHC’s Method 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, applied above the 3.0% minimum SLR requirement. The eSLR buffer applicable to U.S. G-SIBs’ IDI subsidiaries has the same form and calibration as the BHC-level standard but is capped at 1.0%, applied above the 3.0% minimum SLR requirement. The final rule also included conforming modifications to total leverage exposure calculations in U.S. G-SIBs’ TLAC and LTD requirements. The effective date of the final rule is April 1, 2026, with optional early adoption on January 1, 2026.

The Firm and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries elected to early adopt the final rule as of January 1, 2026. Because our Method 1 G-SIB capital surcharge is 1.0%, the Firm and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries will be subject to a 3.5% SLR standard (inclusive of a 0.5% eSLR buffer) for the quarter ended March 31, 2026, as compared with the prior standards, which imposed a 5.0% SLR standard on the Firm (inclusive of a 2.0% eSLR buffer) and a 6.0% SLR standard on its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries (inclusive of a 3.0% eSLR buffer).

Supervisory Stress Testing

On October 24, 2025, the Federal Reserve proposed revisions to its supervisory stress testing framework through two related proposals. The first proposal would modify the timeline and operation of the annual supervisory stress test, including through revisions to the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress testing policy statements, and solicits comment on the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress testing models. The second proposal solicited comment on the Federal Reserve’s proposed scenarios for the 2026 supervisory stress test. On February 4, 2026, the Federal Reserve finalized the second proposal, and in addition announced that it expects the Firm will continue to be subject to its current SCB requirement of 4.3% until October 1, 2027. We continue to monitor developments related to the open proposal.

December 2025 Form 10-K

Our risk appetite defines the aggregate level and types of risk that the Firm is willing to accept to achieve its business objectives, taking into account the interests of clients and fiduciary duties to shareholders, as well as capital and other regulatory requirements. This risk appetite is embedded in our risk culture and linked to our short-term and long-term strategic, capital and financial plans, as well as compensation programs. This risk appetite and the related Board-level risk limits and risk tolerance statements are reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board (“BRC”) and/or the Board, as applicable, on at least an annual basis.

December 2025 Form 10-K58

The Board has also authorized the Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”), a management committee appointed and co-chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Risk Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Firm from the business, independent risk functions and control groups, to help oversee the ERM framework. The FRC’s responsibilities include: oversight of our risk management principles, procedures, limits and tolerances; the monitoring of capital levels and material market, credit, operational, model, liquidity, legal, compliance, reputational and other risks, as appropriate; and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The FRC also establishes and communicates risk appetite, including aggregate Firm limits and tolerances, as appropriate. The Governance Process Review Subcommittee of the FRC oversees governance and process issues on behalf of the FRC. The FRC reports to the Board, the BAC, the BOTC and the BRC through the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Head of Non-Financial Risk.

Each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits and/or tolerances for market, credit, operational and other risks, as applicable; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies, procedures, controls and systems that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, our aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of our risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

December 2025 Form 10-K

The Financial Risk Management functions (Market Risk, Credit Risk, Model Risk, Liquidity Risk, Climate Risk, Electronic Trading Risk and Risk Analytics) and Non-Financial Risk Management functions (Compliance, Global Financial Crimes, and Operational Risk) are independent of our business units and report to the Chief Risk Officer and Head of Non-Financial Risk, respectively. These functions assist senior management and the FRC in monitoring and controlling our risk through a number of control processes. Each function maintains its own risk governance structure with specified individuals and committees responsible for aspects of managing risk. Further discussion about the responsibilities of the risk management functions may be found under “Market Risk,” “Credit Risk,” “Operational Risk,” “Model Risk,” “Liquidity Risk,” “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk,” and “Climate Risk” herein.

Our support and control groups include, but are not limited to, the Legal Department, the Finance Division, the Technology Division (“Technology”), the Operations Division (“Operations”), Human Resources, Corporate Services and

Global Centers. Our support and control functions coordinate with the business segment control groups to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, controls over financial reporting and disclosure; each business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile; liquidity risks; model risks; sales practices; reputational, legal enforceability, compliance and regulatory risks; and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Firm and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo thorough review.

The Internal Audit Department (“IAD”) independently identifies and assesses risks facing the Firm and provides independent, objective and timely assurance to stakeholders about the effectiveness of risk management, governance and controls over key risks within the Firm’s businesses and functions. Activities (including outsourced activities) and entities of the Firm (including subsidiaries, affiliates and branches) are subject to IAD coverage. IAD designs and executes a comprehensive risk-based assurance plan to fulfill its role and purpose, which includes assessing compliance with policies, procedures and laws and regulations. IAD may conduct other assurance work, such as retrospective reviews, pre-implementation reviews, and investigations as requested by the BAC, senior management or the Firm’s regulators.

IAD executes its activities in accordance with the mandatory elements of The Institute of Internal Auditors’ Global Internal Audit Standards, as well as the Firm’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, regulatory requirements, and IAD’s policies, procedures, standards and guidance. The Chief Audit Officer, who reports directly to the Chair of the BAC and administratively to the Firm’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), communicates the results of IAD activities to the BAC on a quarterly basis and periodically to the BRC and BOTC.

The Board is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s practices and procedures relating to culture, values and conduct, as set forth in the Board’s Corporate Governance Policies. Senior management committees oversee the Firmwide culture, values

December 2025 Form 10-K60

and conduct program and report regularly to the Board. A fundamental building block of these programs is the Firm’s Code of Conduct, which establishes standards for employee conduct that further reinforce the Firm’s commitment to integrity and ethical conduct. Every new hire and every employee annually is required to certify to their understanding of and adherence to the Code of Conduct. The Firm’s Global Conduct Risk Management Policy also sets out a consistent global framework for managing conduct risk (i.e., the risk arising from misconduct by employees or contingent workers) and conduct risk incidents at the Firm.

December 2025 Form 10-K

December 2025 Form 10-K62

Interest rate and credit spread$27 $30 $43 $20

Equity price27 30 44 17

Foreign exchange rate7 12 22 6

Commodity price13 16 27 11

(36)(39)N/AN/A

Primary Risk Categories$38 $49 $63 $34

Credit Portfolio14 18 23 13

(8)(15)N/AN/A

Total Management VaR$44 $52 $64 $38

Average Total Management VaR and average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories increased from 2024, primarily driven by increased exposure in the equity price category.

We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with corresponding actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where

December 2025 Form 10-K

losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy. There were six trading loss days in 2025, none of which exceeded 95% Total Management VaR, compared to 11 trading loss days in 2024, none of which exceeded 95% Total Management VaR.

Daily 95%/One-Day Total Management VaR for 2025

Daily Net Trading Revenues for 2025

Daily net trading revenues include profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit portfolio positions and intraday trading activities for our trading businesses. Certain items such as fees, commissions, net interest income and counterparty default risk are excluded from daily net trading revenues and the VaR model. Revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting further exclude intraday trading.

We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of our non-trading risks. The following sensitivity analyses cover substantially all of the non-trading market risk in our portfolio.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Borrowings carried at fair value59 49

Wealth Management Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

$410 $699

+100209 350

-100(244)(371)

(542)(803)

Our Wealth Management business segment balance sheet is asset sensitive, given assets reprice faster than liabilities, resulting in higher net interest income in higher interest rate

December 2025 Form 10-K64

scenarios and lower net interest income in lower interest rate scenarios. The level of interest rates may impact the amount of deposits held at the Firm, given competition for deposits from other institutions and alternative cash-equivalent products available to depositors. Further, the level of interest rates could also impact client demand for loans. Net interest income sensitivity to interest rates at December 31, 2025 decreased from December 31, 2024, primarily driven by the effects of changes in the balance sheet mix.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

$629 $571

MUMSS129 122

Other Firm investments493 463

We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which is for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net revenues associated with a reasonably possible 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance-based income, as applicable. The measures reflected in the table above do not reflect the effect of any economic hedges or diversification that may reduce the risk of loss.

December 2025 Form 10-K

We may seek to mitigate credit risk from our lending and trading activities in multiple ways, including collateral provisions, guarantees and hedges. At the transaction level, we seek to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. We actively hedge certain of our lending and derivatives exposures. Hedging activities consist of the purchase, sale or transfer of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Additionally, we may sell, assign or syndicate loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan markets.

At December 31, 2025

Corporate$7,277 $7,202 $— $14,479

Secured lending facilities69,149 1,817 — 70,966

Commercial and Residential real estate8,039 320 3,949 12,308

Securities-based lending and Other3,780 30 6,904 10,714

Total Institutional Securities88,245 9,369 10,853 108,467

Residential real estate72,403 5 — 72,408

Securities-based lending and Other109,201 — — 109,201

Total Wealth Management181,604 5 — 181,609

3 — 91 94

269,852 9,374 10,944 290,170

ACL(1,132)(1,132)

Total loans, net of ACL$268,720 $9,374 $10,944 $289,038

$166,989 $41,445 $732 $209,166

Total exposure$435,709 $50,819 $11,676 $498,204

December 2025 Form 10-K66

In 2025, total loans and lending commitments increased by approximately $75 billion, primarily due to growth in securities-based loans within the Wealth Management business segment and an increase in secured lending facilities and relationship corporate lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment.

$ in millions2025

Beginning balance$1,066

Gross charge-offs(214)

Recoveries22

(192)

Provision for credit losses230

Other28

Ending balance$1,132

Beginning balance$656

Provision for credit losses119

Other23

Ending balance$798

Total ending balance$1,930

Year Ended December 31, 2025

Loans$185 $45 $230

Lending commitments117 2 119

Total$302 $47 $349

Credit exposure arising from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments include the borrower’s financial condition, industry, facility structure, LTV ratio, debt service ratio, collateral and covenants. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

The allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments increased since December 31, 2024, primarily related to portfolio growth in corporate loans and secured lending facilities and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans. Charge-offs in 2025 were primarily related to commercial real estate loans within the Institutional Securities business segment.

The base scenario used in our ACL models as of December 31, 2025 was generated using a combination of consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and internally developed and validated models. This scenario assumes continued economic growth relative to the prior year forecast. Our ACL models incorporate key macroeconomic variables, including U.S. real GDP growth rate. The significance of key macroeconomic variables on our ACL models varies depending on portfolio composition and economic conditions.

4Q 20264Q 2027

Year-over-year growth rate1.8 %2.1 %

December 2025 Form 10-K

Other key macroeconomic variables used in our ACL models include corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate indices. See Note 2 to the financial statements for a discussion of the Firm’s ACL methodology under CECL.

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Accrual99.2 %99.8 %99.2 %99.7 %

0.8 %0.2 %0.8 %0.3 %

1.Nonaccrual loans are loans where principal or interest is not expected when contractually due or are past due 90 days or more unless the obligation is well-secured and is in the process of collection.

202520242023

$ in millionsNet Charge-off Ratio1

Average LoansNet Charge-off Ratio1

Average LoansNet Charge-off Ratio1

Average Loans

Corporate0.31%$7,7270.57%$6,8950.47%$7,062

—%57,9130.03%43,158—%37,702

1.82%8,2801.87%8,6201.50%8,590

—%69,225—%63,204—%57,177

0.02%103,6600.03%91,221—%91,126

Total0.08%$246,8050.11%$213,0980.08%$201,657

At December 31, 2025

AA$2 $163 $— $— $165

A989 1,159 158 — 2,306

BBB3,872 17,798 967 429 23,066

BB9,948 40,450 2,668 413 53,479

Other NIG5,288 12,931 3,965 153 22,337

212 1,587 955 3,596 6,350

Total loans, net of ACL20,311 74,088 8,713 4,591 107,703

AA3,795 5,024 275 — 9,094

A11,952 29,626 983 — 42,561

BBB9,721 61,325 2,138 148 73,332

BB2,676 30,373 3,492 1,551 38,092

Other NIG868 21,087 3,651 3 25,609

20 88 8 1 117

29,032 147,598 10,547 1,703 188,880

Total exposure$49,343 $221,686 $19,260 $6,294 $296,583

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

Financials$83,193 $68,512

Real estate50,923 40,041

Healthcare21,725 15,455

Communications Services21,292 20,425

Industrials20,952 20,024

Information Technology17,252 15,666

Consumer staples16,851 12,098

Consumer discretionary15,504 14,699

Utilities13,828 11,755

Energy12,946 9,036

Materials9,689 7,378

Insurance7,443 6,812

Other4,985 2,428

Total exposure$296,583 $244,329

The Institutional Securities business segment lending activities include Corporate, Secured lending facilities, Commercial and Residential real estate, and Securities-based lending and Other. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, over 90% of our Institutional Securities total exposure, which consisted of loans and lending commitments, was investment grade and/or secured by collateral.

December 2025 Form 10-K68

subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged. Relationship loans and lending commitments are extended to select institutional clients, primarily for general corporate purposes and generally with the intent to hold for the foreseeable future. Event-driven loans and lending commitments are associated with certain underwritings and/or syndications to finance a specific client transaction, such as a merger, acquisition, recapitalization or project finance activity.

At December 31, 2025

Corporate$7,277 $119,390 $126,667

Secured lending facilities69,149 26,947 96,096

Commercial real estate8,039 353 8,392

3,780 938 4,718

Total, before ACL$88,245 $147,628 $235,873

ACL$(764)$(780)$(1,544)

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

EMEA

$4,320 $184 $4,504 $3,806 $522 $4,328

Americas

4,116 202 4,318 5,066 820 5,886

Asia466 15 481 467 13 480

$8,902 $401 $9,303 $9,339 $1,355 $10,694

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Industrial$3,603 $118 $3,721 $2,610 $125 $2,735

Office2,143 132 2,275 2,846 109 2,955

Multifamily1,729 96 1,825 2,042 80 2,122

Hotel867 51 918 736 70 806

Retail560 4 564 1,105 971 2,076

$8,902 $401 $9,303 $9,339 $1,355 $10,694

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, our lending against commercial real estate (“CRE”) properties within the Institutional Securities business segment totaled $9.3 billion and $10.7 billion, respectively. This represents 3.1% and 4.4%, respectively, of total exposure reflected in the Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments table above. Those CRE loans are originated for experienced sponsors and are generally secured by specific institutional CRE properties. In many cases, loans are subsequently syndicated or securitized on a full or partial basis, reducing our ongoing exposure.

While we continue to actively monitor all our loan portfolios, the commercial real estate sector remains under heightened focus given its sensitivity to economic and secular factors.

December 2025 Form 10-K

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$200 $140 $373 $17 $730

(24)— (173)— (197)

— — 22 — 22

(24)— (151)— (175)

75 59 47 4 185

Other9 2 14 (1)24

Ending balance$260 $201 $283 $20 $764

101 46 (28)(2)117

Other17 3 — 3 23

$625 $137 $12 $6 $780

Total ending balance$885 $338 $295 $26 $1,544

Institutional Securities HFI Loans—Ratios of Allowance for Credit Losses to Balance Before Allowance

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Corporate3.6%2.9%

Secured lending facilities0.3%0.3%

Commercial real estate3.5%4.4%

Securities-based lending and Other0.5%0.6%

Total Institutional Securities loans0.9%1.1%

Wealth Management Lending Activities

At December 31, 2025

$96,959 $11,210 $654 $137 $108,960

1 116 989 71,175 72,281

Total loans, net of ACL$96,960 $11,326 $1,643 $71,312 $181,241

Lending commitments16,907 2,889 66 424 20,286

Total exposure$113,867 $14,215 $1,709 $71,736 $201,527

Securities-based lending allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, generally for any purpose other than purchasing, trading or carrying securities

or refinancing margin debt. We establish approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitor limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, require customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. These credit lines are primarily uncommitted loan facilities, as we reserve the right not to make any advances or may terminate these credit lines at any time. Factors considered in the review of these loans include, but are not limited to, the loan amount, the client’s credit profile, the degree of leverage, collateral diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral. Other loans primarily include tailored lending, which typically consist of bespoke lending arrangements provided to ultra-high net worth clients. Securities-based lending and Other loans are generally secured by various types of eligible collateral, including marketable securities, private investments, investor commitments for capital calls, commercial real estate and other financial assets.

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Total exposure

Total exposure

Retail$2,306 $— $2,306 $2,293 $— $2,293

Office2,136 1 2,137 1,951 11 1,962

Multifamily1,701 197 1,898 1,928 261 2,189

Industrial437 — 437 456 — 456

Hotel385 — 385 442 — 442

Other311 — 311 309 — 309

$7,276 $198 $7,474 $7,379 $272 $7,651

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, our direct lending against CRE properties totaled $7.5 billion and $7.7 billion, respectively, within the Wealth Management business segment. This represents 3.7% and 4.3%, respectively, of total exposure reflected in the Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments table above, primarily included within Securities-based lending and Other loans. Such loans are originated through our private banking platform, are both secured and generally benefiting from full or partial guarantees from high or ultra-high net worth clients, which

December 2025 Form 10-K70

partially reduce associated credit risk. At both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, greater than 95% of the CRE loans balance in the Wealth Management business segment received guarantees. All of our lending against CRE properties within Wealth Management are in the Americas region.

Year Ended December 31, 2025

Beginning balance$97 $239 $336

Gross charge-offs— (17)(17)

30 15 45

Other— 4 4

Ending balance$127 $241 $368

Beginning balance$4 $12 $16

1 1 2

Ending balance$5 $13 $18

Total ending balance$132 $254 $386

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, more than 75% of Wealth Management residential real estate loans were to borrowers with “Exceptional” or “Very Good” FICO scores (i.e., exceeding 740). Additionally, Wealth Management’s securities-based lending portfolio remains well-collateralized and subject to daily client margining, which includes requiring customers to deposit additional collateral or reduce debt positions, when necessary.

Margin Loans and Other Lending

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

Institutional Securities$52,657 $27,612

Wealth Management31,214 28,270

Total$83,871 $55,882

Credit exposures arising from margin lending activities are generally mitigated by their short-term nature, the value of collateral held and our right to call for additional margin when collateral values decline. However, we could incur losses in the event that the customer fails to meet margin calls and collateral values decline below the loan amount. This risk is

elevated in loans backed by collateral pools with significant concentrations in individual issuers or securities with similar risk characteristics. For a further discussion, see “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” herein.

At December 31, 2025

Less than 1 year$969 $12,406 $41,750 $19,551 $10,930 $85,606

1-3 years485 5,978 16,718 9,879 7,556 40,616

3-5 years676 6,324 9,408 7,288 3,223 26,919

Over 5 years3,124 23,497 52,600 28,599 7,471 115,291

Total, gross$5,254 $48,205 $120,476 $65,317 $29,180 $268,432

(3,041)(39,093)(90,919)(46,335)(16,243)(195,631)

Cash and securities collateral(2,114)(7,346)(25,473)(13,043)(5,669)(53,645)

Total, net$99 $1,766 $4,084 $5,939 $7,268 $19,156

Counterparty netting(3,320)(44,604)(98,598)(47,132)(14,691)(208,345)

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

Financials$7,233 $5,678

Utilities3,626 3,733

Industrials1,251 1,315

Consumer discretionary1,174 1,046

Materials804 409

Energy756 987

Communications Services719 914

Regional governments637 799

Healthcare618 353

Consumer staples541 734

Sovereign governments325 683

Real estate301 91

Information technology230 634

Insurance159 207

Not-for-profit organizations98 94

Other684 840

Total$19,156 $18,517

December 2025 Form 10-K

A credit derivative is a contract between a seller and buyer of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The buyer typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the seller is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructuring.

We conduct periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on our credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios including changes to global trade policies and the implementation of tariffs. The stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects and second order risks. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.

December 2025 Form 10-K72

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsUnited KingdomFranceGermanyJapanBrazil

$727 $5,222 $1,576 $2,372 $5,756

19 2 73 41 —

Exposure before hedges746 5,224 1,649 2,413 5,756

(21)(61)(148)(144)(167)

Net exposure$725 $5,163 $1,501 $2,269 $5,589

$1,255 $837 $174 $516 $129

7,688 3,354 3,228 3,687 385

13,015 425 2,657 880 233

10,375 4,756 6,893 284 435

Exposure before hedges

32,333 9,372 12,952 5,367 1,182

(1,749)(1,506)(1,559)(354)(91)

Net exposure

$30,584 $7,866 $11,393 $5,013 $1,091

Total net exposure$31,309 $13,029 $12,894 $7,282 $6,680

$ in millionsAustraliaKoreaSpainNetherlandsCanada

$146 $2,457 $593 $322 $231

16 332 — — 13

Exposure before hedges

162 2,789 593 322 244

— (35)(8)(12)—

Net exposure

$162 $2,754 $585 $310 $244

$366 $175 $469 $565 $776

745 849 438 711 787

1,685 — 1,477 1,105 136

1,453 150 917 1,078 1,749

Exposure before hedges

4,249 1,174 3,301 3,459 3,448

(416)(30)(233)(143)(123)

Net exposure

$3,833 $1,144 $3,068 $3,316 $3,325

Total net exposure$3,995 $3,898 $3,653 $3,626 $3,569

2.Net counterparty exposure (e.g, repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) is net of the benefit of collateral received and also is net by counterparty when legally enforceable master netting agreements are in place.

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors (e.g., inappropriate or unlawful conduct) or external events (e.g., cyberattacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, legal and compliance risks, or damage to physical assets. We may experience operational risk events across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities and support and control groups (e.g., IT and trade processing).

The breadth and range of operational risks are such that the types of mitigating activities are wide-ranging. Examples of activities include: continuous enhancement of defenses against cyberattacks, use of legal agreements and contracts to transfer and/or limit operational risk exposures, due diligence, implementation of enhanced policies and procedures, technology change management controls, exception management processing controls, and segregation of duties.

The Operational Risk Department and the Non-Financial Risk Cyber, Technology, and Information Security Department (“NFR CTIS”) provide independent oversight of operational

December 2025 Form 10-K

risk and assess, measure and monitor operational risk against appetite. The Operational Risk Department and NFR CTIS work with the business segments and control groups to embed a transparent, consistent and comprehensive framework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Firm.

The NFR CTIS scope includes non-financial risk oversight of technology risk, cybersecurity risk and information security risk. The Operational Risk Department scope includes oversight of the fraud risk management and prevention program, and third-party risk management (supplier and affiliate risk oversight and assessment), among others.

As part of the ERM framework, we have implemented and maintain a program that is designed to identify and manage risks arising from the cybersecurity threats confronting the Firm (“Cybersecurity Program”). Our Cybersecurity Program helps protect our clients, customers, employees, property, products, services and reputation by seeking to preserve the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information, enable the secure delivery of financial services, and protect the business and the safe operation of our technology systems. We continually review our Cybersecurity Program, and make adjustments where appropriate, to address the evolving cybersecurity threat landscape, including threats arising from new technologies, such as generative artificial intelligence, and comply with extensive legal and regulatory expectations.

Our Cybersecurity Program takes into account industry best practices and addresses risks from cybersecurity threats to our network, infrastructure, computing environment and the third parties that we rely on. We periodically assess the design of our cybersecurity controls against the Cyber Risk Institute Cyber Profile, which is based on the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Cybersecurity Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure Cybersecurity, as well as applicable global cybersecurity regulations, and develop improvements to those controls in response to that assessment where necessary. Our Cybersecurity Program also includes cybersecurity and information security policies, procedures and technologies

that are designed to address regulatory requirements and protect our clients’, employees’ and own data against unauthorized disclosure, modification and misuse. These policies, procedures and technologies cover a broad range of areas, including: identification of internal and external threats, access control, data security, protective controls, detection of malicious or unauthorized activity, incident response and recovery planning. See also “Firm Resilience” herein for a discussion of our resilience program that is designed to mitigate the impacts of cybersecurity events and other risks.

Our processes are designed to help oversee, identify and mitigate cybersecurity risks associated with our use of third-party vendors. We maintain a third-party risk management program that evaluates and responds to cybersecurity risks at our third-party vendors. Prior to engaging third-party vendors to provide services to the Firm, we assess the third-party vendors’ cybersecurity programs to identify cybersecurity risks arising from the use of those vendors’ services. Once onboarded, third-party vendors’ cybersecurity programs are subject to risk-based oversight, which may include security questionnaires, submission of independent security audit reports or a Firm audit of the third-party vendor’s security program, and, with limited exceptions, third-party vendors are required to meet our minimum cybersecurity standards.

December 2025 Form 10-K74

Where a third-party vendor cannot meet those standards, its services, and the residual risk to the Firm, are subject to review, challenge and escalation through our risk management processes and ERM committees, which may ultimately result in requesting increased security measures or ceasing engagement with such third-party vendor.

Our Cybersecurity Program is operated and maintained by management, including the Chief Information Officer of Cyber, Data, Risk and Resilience (“CIO”) and the Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”). These senior officers are responsible for assessing and managing the Firm’s cybersecurity risks. Our Cybersecurity Program strategy, which is set by the CISO and overseen by the Head of Cyber, Technology, and Information Security Non-Financial Risk (“Head of NFR CTIS”), is informed by various risk and control assessments, control testing, external assessments, threat intelligence, and public and private information sharing. Our Cybersecurity Program also includes processes for escalating and considering the materiality of incidents that impact the Firm, including escalation to senior management and the Board.

The members of management that lead our Cybersecurity Program and strategy have extensive experience in technology, cybersecurity and information security. The CIO has over 30 years of experience in various engineering, IT, operations and information security roles. The CISO has over 25 years of experience leading cybersecurity teams at financial institutions, including in the areas of IT strategy, risk management and information security. The Head of NFR CTIS has over 25 years of experience in technology, security and compliance roles, including experience in government security agencies.

Risk levels and mitigating measures are presented to and monitored by dedicated management-level cybersecurity risk committees. These committees include representatives from Firm management as well as business and control stakeholders who review, challenge and, where appropriate, consider exceptions to our policies and procedures. Significant cybersecurity risks are escalated from these committees to our Non-Financial Risk Committee. The CIO

and the Head of NFR CTIS report on the status of our Cybersecurity Program, including significant cybersecurity risks; review metrics related to the program; and discuss the status of regulatory and remedial actions and incidents to the FRC, the BOTC and the Board, as appropriate. For more information regarding the Firm’s ERM framework, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Risk Management.”

In accordance with its charter, the BOTC receives quarterly reports from (i) Technology, including the CIO or the CISO; (ii) Operations; and (iii) NFR. Such reporting includes updates on our Cybersecurity Program, risks from cybersecurity threats, our programs to address and mitigate the risks associated with the evolving cybersecurity threat environment, and NFR’s assessment of cybersecurity risks. Senior officers in Technology and NFR also provide an annual report to the BOTC on the status of our broader information security program in compliance with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which includes a discussion of risks arising from cybersecurity threats. At least annually, senior management representatives in Technology and NFR discuss the status of the Cybersecurity Program and key cybersecurity risks with the Board and, in accordance with the Board’s Corporate Governance Policies, all Board members are invited to attend BOTC meetings and have access to meeting materials. The BOTC, which meets at least quarterly, also reviews and approves significant policies related to cybersecurity, receives an annual independent assessment of key aspects of our Cybersecurity Program from an independent third party and holds joint meetings with the BAC and BRC, as necessary and appropriate. The chair of the BOTC regularly discusses cybersecurity developments with senior management, including the senior officers mentioned above, and reports to the Board on cybersecurity risks and threats and other related matters.

The Firm’s critical processes and businesses could be disrupted by events including cyberattacks, failure or loss of access to technology and/or associated data, military conflicts, acts of terror, natural disasters, severe weather events and infectious disease. The Firm maintains a Firmwide resilience

December 2025 Form 10-K

program that is designed to provide for operational resilience and enable it to respond to and recover critical processes and supporting assets in the event of a disruption impacting our people, technology, facilities and third parties. The key elements of the Firm’s resilience program include business continuity management, technology disaster recovery, third party resilience and key business service resilience. Resilience testing is performed both internally and with critical third parties to validate recovery capability in accordance with business requirements.

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision-making, noncompliance with applicable laws and/or regulations or damage to the Firm’s reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions.

Our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is critical to helping ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity reserves and durable funding sources to meet our daily obligations and to withstand unanticipated stress events. The Liquidity Risk Department is a distinct area in Risk Management responsible for the oversight and monitoring of liquidity risk. The Liquidity Risk Department ensures transparency of material liquidity and funding risks, compliance with established risk limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management.

December 2025 Form 10-K76

We have established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to facilitate compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and to require that our policies relating to business conduct, ethics and practices are followed globally. In addition, we have established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The heightened legal and regulatory focus on the financial services and banking industries globally presents a continuing business challenge for us.

Climate-related risk consists of physical and transition risks. Physical risks include harm to people and property arising from acute climate-related events, such as floods, hurricanes, heatwaves, droughts and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as higher global average temperatures, rising sea levels and long-term droughts. Transition risks include policy, legal, technology and market changes. Examples of these transition risks include changes in consumer and business sentiment, related technologies, shareholder preferences and any additional regulatory and legislative requirements, including increased disclosure requirements or taxation of carbon emissions.

Climate risk, which is not expected to have a significant effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition in the near term, is an overarching risk that can impact other categories of risk. Physical risk may lead to increased credit risk by diminishing borrowers’ repayment capacity or impacting the value of collateral. In addition, physical risk could pose increased operational risk to our facilities and people. The impacts of transition risk may lead to and amplify credit or liquidity risk by reducing our customers’ operating income or the value of their assets as

well as exposing us to reputational, compliance and/or litigation risk due to increased legal and regulatory scrutiny or negative public sentiment.

As climate risk is interconnected with other risk types, we have developed and continue to enhance processes to embed climate risk considerations into our risk management practices and governance structures. The BRC oversees Firmwide risks, which include climate risk, and, as part of its oversight, receives updates on our risk management approach to climate risk, including our approaches toward scenario analysis and integration of climate risk into our existing risk management processes. Our climate risk management efforts are overseen by the Climate Risk Committee, which is co-chaired by our Firm Risk Management Chief Operating Officer and Chief Sustainability Officer and shapes our approach to managing climate-related risks in line with our overall risk framework.

December 2025 Form 10-K

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated income statements, comprehensive income statements, cash flow statements and statements of changes in total equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Firm as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 19, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Valuation of Level 3 Financial Assets and Certain Level 3 Financial Liabilities Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis and Level 3 Loans Held for Sale — Refer to Note 4 to the financial statements

The Firm’s trading and financing activities result in the Firm carrying material financial instruments having limited price transparency. These financial instruments can span a broad array of product types and generally include derivatives, securities, loans, and borrowings. As described in Note 4, at December 31, 2025 the Level 3 financial assets carried at fair value on a recurring basis approximate $8.0 billion; the Level 3 trading liabilities, borrowings, other secured financings, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase carried at fair value on a recurring basis approximate $5.0 billion, and the Level 3 loans held for sale approximate $3.7 billion. Unlike financial instruments whose inputs are readily observable and, therefore, more easily independently corroborated, the valuation of these financial instruments is inherently subjective and often involves the use of unobservable inputs and proprietary valuation models whose underlying algorithms and valuation methodologies are complex.

We identified the valuation of Level 3 financial assets and Level 3 trading liabilities, borrowings, other secured financings, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase carried at fair value on a recurring basis and Level 3 loans held for sale as a critical audit matter given the Firm uses complex valuation models and/or valuation inputs that are not observable in the marketplace to determine the respective carrying values. Performing our audit procedures to evaluate the appropriateness of these models and inputs involved a high degree of auditor judgment, professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, and an increased extent of testing.

Our audit procedures related to the valuation of Level 3 financial assets and Level 3 trading liabilities, borrowings, other secured

December 2025 Form 10-K78

borrowings, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase carried at fair value on a recurring basis and Level 3 loans held for sale included the following, among others:

•We tested the design and operating effectiveness of the Firm’s model review and price verification controls. The Firm maintains these internal controls to assess the appropriateness of its valuation methodologies and the relevant inputs and assumptions.

•We independently evaluated the appropriateness of management’s valuation methodologies for selected financial instruments, including the input assumptions, considering the expected assumptions of other market participants and external data when available.

•We developed independent estimates for selected financial instruments using externally sourced inputs and independent valuation models and used such estimates to further evaluate management’s estimates. For certain of our selected financial instruments, this included a comparison to the Firm’s estimates for similar transactions and an evaluation of the Firm’s assumptions inclusive of the inputs, as applicable.

•We tested the revenues arising from the trade date fair value estimates for selected structured transactions for which we developed independent estimates to test the valuation inputs and assumptions used by the Firm and evaluated whether these methods were consistent with the Firm’s relevant valuation policies.

•We assessed the consistency by which management has applied significant and unobservable valuation assumptions used in developing the Firm’s estimates.

•We performed a retrospective assessment of management’s estimates for certain of our selected financial instruments, for which there were events or transactions occurring after the valuation date. We did so by comparing management’s estimates to the relevant evidence provided by such events or transactions, as applicable.

February 19, 2026

79

December 2025 Form 10-K

in millions, except per share data202520242023

Investment banking$8,199 $6,705 $4,948

Trading18,556 16,763 15,263

Investments1,351 824 573

Commissions and fees5,936 5,094 4,537

Asset management25,145 22,499 19,617

Other1,412 1,265 975

Total non-interest revenues60,599 53,150 45,913

59,063 54,135 45,849

49,017 45,524 37,619

Net interest10,046 8,611 8,230

Net revenues70,645 61,761 54,143

Provision for credit losses349 264 532

Compensation and benefits29,216 26,178 24,558

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees4,679 4,140 3,476

Information processing and communications4,418 4,088 3,775

Professional services2,839 2,901 3,058

Occupancy and equipment1,872 1,905 1,895

Marketing and business development1,173 965 898

Other4,145 3,724 4,138

Total non-interest expenses48,342 43,901 41,798

Income before provision for income taxes21,954 17,596 11,813

Provision for income taxes4,929 4,067 2,583

Net income$17,025 $13,529 $9,230

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests164 139 143

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$16,861 $13,390 $9,087

Preferred stock dividends 612 590 557

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$16,249 $12,800 $8,530

Basic$10.32 $8.04 $5.24

Diluted10.21 7.95 5.18

Basic1,574 1,591 1,628

Diluted1,592 1,611 1,646

$ in millions202520242023

Net income$17,025 $13,529 $9,230

Foreign currency translation adjustments306 (422)(20)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities988 521 1,098

Pension and other25 12 (87)

Change in net debt valuation adjustment(858)(534)(1,290)

Net change in cash flow hedges58 (51)20

Total other comprehensive income (loss)$519 $(474)$(279)

Comprehensive income$17,544 $13,055 $8,951

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests164 139 143

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests(10)(81)(111)

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley$17,390 $12,997 $8,919

December 2025 Form 10-K80

December 31, 2025

Cash and cash equivalents$111,695 $105,386

Trading assets at fair value ($213,269 and $148,945 were pledged to various parties)

428,276 331,884

Available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost of $112,522 and $101,960)

110,466 98,608

Held-to-maturity (fair value of $45,615 and $51,203)

53,090 61,071

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $— and $— at fair value)

120,243 118,565

Securities borrowed151,908 123,859

Customer and other receivables114,720 86,158

Held for investment (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,132 and $1,066)

268,720 225,834

Held for sale9,374 12,319

Goodwill16,726 16,706

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $1,882 and $5,445)

6,010 6,453

Other assets29,042 28,228

Total assets$1,420,270 $1,215,071

Deposits (includes $8,755 and $6,499 at fair value)

$415,523 $376,007

Trading liabilities at fair value169,569 153,764

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $696 and $956 at fair value)

78,539 50,067

Securities loaned17,310 15,226

Other secured financings (includes $16,871 and $14,088 at fair value)

21,603 21,602

Customer and other payables226,519 175,938

Other liabilities and accrued expenses29,620 28,220

Borrowings (includes $132,479 and $103,332 at fair value)

348,935 288,819

Total liabilities1,307,618 1,109,643

Preferred stock9,750 9,750

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,582,834,137 and 1,606,653,706

Additional paid-in capital31,153 30,179

Retained earnings115,091 104,989

Employee stock trusts5,154 5,103

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(6,285)(6,814)

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (456,059,842 and 432,240,273 shares)

(38,097)(33,613)

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts(5,154)(5,103)

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity111,632 104,511

Noncontrolling interests1,020 917

Total equity112,652 105,428

Total liabilities and equity$1,420,270 $1,215,071

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millions202520242023

Beginning balance$9,750 $8,750 $8,750

Issuance of preferred stock— 1,000 —

Ending balance9,750 9,750 8,750

Beginning balance30,179 29,832 29,339

Share-based award activity974 352 493

Issuance of preferred stock— (5)—

Ending balance31,153 30,179 29,832

Beginning balance104,989 97,996 94,862

— (60)—

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley16,861 13,390 9,087

(612)(590)(557)

(6,147)(5,745)(5,393)

Other net increases (decreases)— (2)(3)

Ending balance115,091 104,989 97,996

Beginning balance5,103 5,314 4,881

Share-based award activity51 (211)433

Ending balance5,154 5,103 5,314

Beginning balance(6,814)(6,421)(6,253)

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)529 (393)(168)

Ending balance(6,285)(6,814)(6,421)

Beginning balance(33,613)(31,139)(26,577)

Share-based award activity1,359 1,704 1,654

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(5,843)(4,178)(6,216)

Ending balance(38,097)(33,613)(31,139)

Beginning balance(5,103)(5,314)(4,881)

Share-based award activity(51)211 (433)

Ending balance(5,154)(5,103)(5,314)

Beginning balance917 944 1,090

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests164 139 143

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests(10)(81)(111)

Other net increases (decreases)(51)(85)(178)

Ending balance1,020 917 944

$112,652 $105,428 $99,982

December 2025 Form 10-K82

$ in millions202520242023

Net income$17,025 $13,529 $9,230

Deferred income taxes561 152 (463)

Stock-based compensation expense1,926 1,622 1,709

Depreciation and amortization4,658 5,161 4,256

Provision for credit losses349 264 532

Other operating adjustments408 4 308

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities(67,716)34,496 (61,026)

Securities borrowed(28,049)(2,768)12,283

Securities loaned2,084 169 (622)

Customer and other receivables and other assets(26,637)(5,308)602

Customer and other payables and other liabilities50,708 (25,550)(3,629)

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(1,678)(7,825)3,167

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase28,472 (12,584)117

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities(17,889)1,362 (33,536)

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software(2,898)(3,462)(3,412)

Changes in loans, net(41,383)(22,618)(4,059)

Purchases(36,578)(35,327)(23,078)

Proceeds from sales5,031 5,728 5,929

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities21,773 21,089 14,316

Purchases— (3,860)—

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities8,368 10,475 8,143

Other investing activities(1,092)(1,485)(923)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(46,779)(29,460)(3,084)

Other secured financings1,125 4,358 796

Deposits39,143 23,955 (5,075)

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs— 995 —

Proceeds from issuance of Borrowings139,169 108,365 78,424

Borrowings(99,393)(80,230)(64,805)

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(5,835)(4,199)(6,178)

Cash dividends(6,593)(6,138)(5,763)

Other financing activities142 (350)(125)

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities67,758 46,756 (2,726)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents3,219 (2,504)451

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents6,309 16,154 (38,895)

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period105,386 89,232 128,127

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$111,695 $105,386 $89,232

Interest$47,096 $46,359 $41,940

Income taxes, net of refunds3,504 1,885 2,035

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements83

December 2025 Form 10-K

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Morgan Stanley operates as an Integrated Firm whereby it serves clients holistically across its business segments. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments is below. Through the Integrated Firm some of our clients may use the products and services of more than one of our business segments.

Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity securities and other products, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Markets business, which comprises Equity and Fixed Income, provides sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, and Asia wealth management services and holds certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to clients. Other activities include research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors, including high and ultra-high net worth individuals, and businesses and institutions. Wealth Management supports clients through three channels: Advisor-Led, Self-Directed and Workplace. Wealth Management includes: financial advisor-led brokerage, investment advisory, custody, cash management, and administrative services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; securities-based lending, residential and commercial real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.

For entities where the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and the equity holders bear the residual economic risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Firm consolidates those entities it controls either through a

December 2025 Form 10-K84

majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria), the Firm consolidates those entities where it has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

For investments in entities in which the Firm does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, it applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues (see Note 11) unless the Firm has elected to measure the investment at fair value, in which case net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 5).

Underwriting revenues are generally recognized on trade date if there is no uncertainty or contingency related to the amount to be paid. Underwriting costs are deferred and recognized in

the relevant non-interest expenses line items when the related underwriting revenues are recorded.

December 2025 Form 10-K

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

December 2025 Form 10-K86

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the product. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Firm in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the total fair value amount is disclosed in the level appropriate

for the lowest level input that is significant to the total fair value of the asset or liability.

December 2025 Form 10-K

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy for inputs as described above, which requires that observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

In connection with its derivative activities, the Firm generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Firm with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off cash collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty.

Derivatives with enforceable master netting agreements are reported net of cash collateral received and posted.

The Firm applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments for the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges); hedges of variability in forecasted cash flows from floating-rate assets due to contractually specified interest rates (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the Parent Company (net investment hedges). These financial instruments are included within Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts or Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts in the balance sheet. For hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, the Firm performs effectiveness testing and other procedures. The change in the fair value of the designated portion of the hedging instrument should be highly correlated, between 80 and 125 percent of the change in the fair value, cash flows, or carrying value (due to translation gains or losses) of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. The Firm considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to counterparty credit spreads and its own credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

The Firm’s designated fair value hedges consist of interest rate swaps designated as hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain fixed-rate AFS securities and senior borrowings. The Firm also designates interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain fixed rate deposits. The Firm is permitted to hedge the

December 2025 Form 10-K88

full, or part of the contractual term of the hedged instrument. The Firm uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships. For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the change in the fair value of the derivative, offset by the change in the fair value attributable to the change in the benchmark interest rate risk of the hedged asset (liability), is recognized in earnings each period as a component of Interest income (expense). For AFS securities, the change in fair value of the hedged item due to changes other than the risk being hedged will continue to be reported in OCI. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged asset (liability) is amortized to Interest income (expense) over the remaining life of the asset (liability) using the effective interest method. For certain AFS securities, the Firm also applies the portfolio layer method of hedge accounting, which permits prepayable and non-prepayable assets to be included in the portfolio and allows more of the portfolio to be hedged. Further, the portfolio layer method of accounting requires that basis adjustments are maintained at the portfolio level and not allocated to individual items until certain de-designation events occur. The amount designated as hedged is the sum of the notional amounts of all outstanding layers in each portfolio. Refer to Note 6 and Note 7 to the financial statements for additional information on portfolio layer method hedging.

The Firm uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage a portion of the currency exposure relating to its net investments in foreign operations. To the extent that the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the underlying exchange rate of the derivative hedging instrument is the same as the exchange rate between the functional currency of the investee and the intermediate parent entity’s functional currency, it is considered to be perfectly effective. The gain or loss from revaluing qualifying hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is reported within AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and changes in the fair value of this excluded component are recorded currently in Interest income.

The objective of this strategy is to hedge the risk of changes in the hedged item’s cash flows attributable to changes in the contractually specified interest rate. For qualifying cash flow

hedges of contractually specified interest rates, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in OCI and subsequently reclassified to earnings in the same periods when the hedged item affects earnings. If cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued, AOCI is released into earnings immediately if the cash flow of the hedged item is probable of not occurring. Otherwise the amount in AOCI is released into earnings as the forecasted transaction affects earnings.

For all other AFS securities in an unrealized loss position, any portion of unrealized losses representing a credit loss is recognized in Other revenues and as an increase to the ACL for AFS securities, with the remainder of unrealized losses recognized in OCI. A credit loss exists if the Firm does not expect to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. When considering whether a credit loss exists, the Firm considers relevant information, including:

December 2025 Form 10-K

Nonaccrual and ACL Charge-offs on AFS Securities

AFS securities follow the nonaccrual and charge-off guidance as discussed in “Nonaccrual” and “ACL Charge-offs” herein.

All loan categories described below follow the nonaccrual guidance as discussed in “Nonaccrual” and loans held for investment follow the charge-off guidance as discussed in “ACL Charge-offs” herein.

Interest Income. Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the

contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to produce a level rate of return.

Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value and included in Trading assets in the balance sheet, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. For further

December 2025 Form 10-K90

information on loans carried at fair value and classified as Trading assets, see Note 4.

Factors considered by management when determining the ACL include payment status, fair value of collateral and expected payments of principal and interest, as well as internal or external information relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The Firm uses three probability-weighted scenarios including base, adverse, and favorable scenarios, to estimate ACL. These scenarios include assumptions about certain macroeconomic variables, including, but not limited to, U.S. gross domestic product (“GDP”), corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate, home price and equity market indices. At the conclusion of the Firm’s reasonable and supportable forecast period of 13 quarters, the scenarios gradually revert to historical averages.

The ACL is measured on a collective basis when similar risk characteristics exist for multiple instruments, considering all available information relevant to assessing the collectability of cash flows. Generally, the Firm applies a probability of default/loss given default model for instruments that are collectively assessed, under which the ACL is calculated as the product of probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default. These parameters are forecast for each collective group of assets using a scenario-based statistical model.

If the instrument does not share similar risk characteristics with other instruments, including when it is probable that the Firm will be unable to collect the full payment of principal and interest on the instrument when due, the ACL is measured on an individual basis. The Firm generally applies a

discounted cash flow method for instruments that are individually assessed.

Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, the nature and volume of the portfolio, and lending terms and the volume and severity of past due loans are also considered in the ACL calculations.

December 2025 Form 10-K

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements-to-maturity, are carried in the balance sheet at the amount of cash paid or received plus accrued interest except for certain

reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements for which the Firm has elected the fair value option (see Note 5). Where appropriate, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis, as are securities borrowed and securities loaned with the same counterparty. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.

In instances where the Firm is the lender in securities-for-securities transactions and is permitted to sell or repledge securities received, the fair value of this collateral is reported in Trading assets, and the related obligation to return the collateral is reported in Trading liabilities in the balance sheet. Securities-for-securities transactions where the Firm is the borrower are not included in the balance sheet.

December 2025 Form 10-K92

The Firm has granted PSUs that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if predetermined performance goals are satisfied. Since the issuance of the shares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on the number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the reporting date was the end of the performance period.

The Firm measures compensation expense for stock-based awards at fair value. The Firm determines the fair value of RSUs and PSUs based on the grant-date fair value of its common stock, measured as the volume-weighted average price on the date of grant (“VWAP”). The fair value of RSUs not entitled to dividends until conversion is measured at VWAP reduced by the present value of dividends expected to be paid on the underlying shares prior to scheduled conversion date.

Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period relevant to each separately vesting portion of the award. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is measured based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. The Firm accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

Stock-based awards generally contain clawback and cancellation provisions. Certain awards provide the Firm discretion to claw back or cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances. Where award terms are considered to be subjective, a grant date cannot be established. As a result, such awards are subject to variable accounting, and compensation expense for those awards is adjusted for changes in the fair value of the Firm’s common stock or the relevant model valuation, as appropriate, until

December 2025 Form 10-K

conversion, exercise or expiration. Following amendments to clarify specific subjective award terms in the second quarter of 2023, a grant date for the awards was established such that compensation expense for those awards is no longer adjusted for changes in the fair value of the Firm’s common stock. The Firm also operates an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) which allows eligible employees of the Firm to purchase shares of Morgan Stanley at a discount.

For year-end stock-based awards and DCP awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost of the awards over the course

of the calendar year preceding the grant date, which reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

Uncertain tax positions are recorded on the basis of a two-step process, whereby (i) the Firm determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet this threshold, the Firm recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of the provision for income taxes.

December 2025 Form 10-K94

Accounting Updates Adopted in 2025

Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures

The Firm adopted the ASU 2023-09 - Income Taxes—Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures update on a retrospective basis, effective January 1, 2025. This update enhances annual income tax disclosures primarily to further disaggregate disclosures related to the income tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. For the income tax rate reconciliation, this update requires (1) disclosure of specific categories of reconciling items (where applicable), and (2) providing additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. For income taxes paid (net of refunds), this update requires disclosure of amounts disaggregated by (1) federal, state, and foreign taxes; and (2) individual jurisdictions that meet a quantitative threshold. Additionally, the update requires disclosure of (1) income (or loss) before income taxes, disaggregated between domestic and foreign; and (2) income tax expense disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. There was no impact to the Firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows upon adoption of this update. See Note 21 to the financial statements for the new disclosures.

The Firm adopted the ASU 2023-07 - Segment Reporting—Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures accounting update retrospectively, effective January 1, 2024. This accounting update requires additional reportable segment disclosures on an annual and interim basis, primarily about significant segment expenses and other segment items that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within the reported measure of segment profit or loss. See Note 22 to the financial statements for disclosures on the Firm’s reportable segments.

The Firm adopted the ASU 2023-02 - Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures—Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method accounting update on January 1, 2024 using the modified retrospective method. This accounting update

permits an election to account for tax equity investments using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, the initial cost of the investment is amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received and recognized net in the income statement as a component of provision for income taxes. The update requires a separate accounting policy election to be made for each tax credit program. Additional disclosures are required regarding (i) the nature of our tax equity investments and (ii) the effect of our tax equity investments and related income tax credits on the financial condition and results of operations (see Note 11).

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Cash and due from banks$4,462 $4,436

Interest bearing deposits with banks107,233 100,950

Total Cash and cash equivalents$111,695 $105,386

Restricted cash$30,385 $29,643

December 2025 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2025

U.S. Treasury and agency securities$70,801 $48,504 $— $— $119,305

Other sovereign government obligations44,790 359 59 — 45,208

State and municipal securities— 3,740 — — 3,740

MABS— 2,326 317 — 2,643

— 9,520 1,424 — 10,944

Corporate and other debt3,720 32,117 1,414 — 37,251

161,160 823 276 — 162,259

Interest rate2,231 125,002 452 — 127,685

Credit— 10,081 263 — 10,344

Foreign exchange11 85,969 165 — 86,145

Equity7,335 85,077 717 — 93,129

Commodity and other222 13,746 2,494 — 16,462

(7,509)(247,840)(1,049)(40,577)(296,975)

Total derivative and other contracts2,290 72,035 3,042 (40,577)36,790

795 416 1,507 — 2,718

Physical commodities— 685 — — 685

283,556 170,525 8,039 (40,577)421,543

Investment securities —AFS80,907 29,559 — — 110,466

Total assets at fair value$364,463 $200,084 $8,039 $(40,577)$532,009

At December 31, 2025

Deposits$— $8,754 $1 $— $8,755

U.S. Treasury and agency securities19,297 2 — — 19,299

Other sovereign government obligations23,534 28 2 — 23,564

Corporate and other debt1,447 14,138 50 — 15,635

68,989 27 30 — 69,046

Interest rate2,189 113,060 606 — 115,855

Credit— 10,520 176 — 10,696

Foreign exchange70 82,887 129 — 83,086

Equity6,253 114,930 2,150 — 123,333

Commodity and other264 13,338 1,574 — 15,176

(7,509)(247,840)(1,049)(49,723)(306,121)

Total derivative and other contracts1,267 86,895 3,586 (49,723)42,025

Total trading liabilities114,534 101,090 3,668 (49,723)169,569

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase— 251 445 — 696

Other secured financings— 16,565 306 — 16,871

Borrowings— 131,871 608 — 132,479

Total liabilities at fair value$114,534 $258,531 $5,028 $(49,723)$328,370

December 2025 Form 10-K96

5.At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Firm’s Trading assets included an insignificant amount of equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions that generally prohibit the Firm from selling the security for a period of time as of the measurement date.

December 31, 2025

Commercial real estate$675 $498

Residential real estate3,274 1,922

Securities-based lending and Other loans6,995 6,241

Total$10,944 $8,661

December 31, 2025

Customer and other receivables (payables), net

$1,538 $1,914

•Level 1—as actively traded and prices are observable

•Level 1—on-the-run agency issued debt securities if actively traded and prices are observable

•Level 1—if actively traded and prices are observable

•Level 3—in instances where the trading activity is limited or the prices are unobservable

December 2025 Form 10-K

•Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is estimated based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using the Firm’s best available estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions.

Fair value of equity margin loans is determined by discounting future interest cash flows, net of potential losses resulting from large downward price movements of the underlying margin loan collateral. The potential losses are modeled using the margin loan rate, which is calibrated from market observable CDS spreads, implied debt yields or volatility metrics of the loan collateral.

•Level 3—in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, not supported by market liquidity or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity

•Asset-backed CDOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from comparable instruments as indicated by market activity. Each asset-backed CDO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, deal structures and liquidity.

December 2025 Form 10-K98

Supranational and Government Regional Bonds

•Level 1—if actively traded and prices are observable

•Level 3—in instances where the trading activity is limited or the prices are unobservable

•Level 3—when the contract is valued using unobservable inputs that are deemed significant

•Level 3—when not actively traded and inputs are unobservable

•Level 3—when valued using observable inputs with limited market liquidity or if unobservable inputs are deemed significant

December 2025 Form 10-K

•After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of non-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Firm generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value. These investments are included in the Fund Interests table in the “Net Asset Value Measurements” section herein.

•The Firm issues FDIC-insured certificates of deposit that pay either fixed coupons or that have repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices or currencies. The fair value of these certificates of deposit is determined using valuation models that incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the deposits are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, equity prices, and the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, adjusted for the impact of

the FDIC insurance, which is based on vanilla deposit issuance rates.

•Level 3—in instances where unobservable inputs are deemed significant

•Other secured financings are composed of short-dated notes secured by Corporate equities, repurchase obligations for fractional shares issued to clients, agreements to repurchase Physical commodities, the liabilities related to sales of Loans and lending commitments accounted for as financings, and secured contracts that are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the Valuation Techniques described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.

•The Firm carries certain borrowings at fair value that are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts that are not classified as derivatives because they fail the initial net investment criterion.

•Fair value is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the instruments. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical

December 2025 Form 10-K100

or comparable securities, including prices to which the instruments are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, and commodity or equity prices.

•Level 3—in instances where unobservable inputs are deemed significant

$ in millions202520242023

Beginning balance$— $— $17

Sales— — (10)

Net transfers— — (7)

Ending balance$— $— $—

Beginning balance$17 $94 $169

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(1)(12)5

Purchases13 4 38

Sales(14)— (86)

Net transfers44 (69)(32)

Ending balance$59 $17 $94

Unrealized gains (losses)$(1)$(9)$2

Beginning balance$— $34 $145

Purchases— — 9

Sales— (29)(6)

Net transfers— (5)(114)

Ending balance$— $— $34

Beginning balance$281 $489 $416

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)23 9 (2)

Purchases268 83 232

Sales(296)(121)(165)

Net transfers41 (179)8

Ending balance$317 $281 $489

Unrealized gains (losses)$8 $(16)$(14)

Beginning balance$1,059 $2,066 $2,017

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(40)(15)(189)

Purchases and originations905 235 1,502

Sales(604)(674)(477)

Settlements— (221)(843)

104 (332)56

Ending balance$1,424 $1,059 $2,066

Unrealized gains (losses)$3 $(15)$(76)

$ in millions202520242023

Beginning balance$1,258 $1,983 $2,096

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(50)(72)145

Purchases and originations750 602 623

Sales(444)(631)(664)

Settlements— (84)(33)

(100)(540)(184)

Ending balance$1,414 $1,258 $1,983

Unrealized gains (losses)$33 $55 $(10)

Beginning balance$154 $199 $116

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(16)(119)12

Purchases130 40 85

Sales(125)(16)(41)

Net transfers133 50 27

Ending balance$276 $154 $199

Unrealized gains (losses)$— $(44)$19

Beginning balance$754 $949 $923

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)359 33 35

Purchases126 62 158

Sales(252)(288)(183)

Net transfers520 (2)16

Ending balance$1,507 $754 $949

Unrealized gains (losses)$348 $(32)$27

Beginning balance$— $— $35

Sales— — (32)

— — (3)

Ending balance$— $— $—

Beginning balance$(53)$(73)$(151)

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(366)126 (336)

Purchases28 59 140

Issuances(33)(9)(43)

Settlements65 (175)241

Net transfers205 19 76

Ending balance$(154)$(53)$(73)

Unrealized gains (losses)$(252)$(53)$(210)

Beginning balance$97 $96 $110

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(115)(30)5

Issuances(2)— —

Settlements86 32 (21)

Net transfers21 (1)2

Ending balance$87 $97 $96

Unrealized gains (losses)$(112)$(47)$2

Beginning balance$589 $(365)$66

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)109 874 (290)

Purchases8 — —

Issuances(36)— (1)

Settlements(601)(25)(15)

Net transfers(33)105 (125)

Ending balance$36 $589 $(365)

Unrealized gains (losses)$109 $728 $(277)

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millions202520242023

Beginning balance$(1,148)$(1,102)$(736)

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(775)225 (91)

Purchases392 214 221

Issuances(1,124)(710)(572)

Settlements729 132 87

493 93 (11)

Ending balance$(1,433)$(1,148)$(1,102)

Unrealized gains (losses)$(886)$308 $(201)

Beginning balance$1,308 $1,290 $1,083

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)494 (1,361)910

Purchases263 87 78

Issuances(438)(153)(136)

Settlements(583)1,336 (701)

Net transfers(124)109 56

Ending balance$920 $1,308 $1,290

Unrealized gains (losses)$540 $(142)$243

Beginning balance$1 $33 $20

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)— — 1

Issuances1 — 25

Settlements(1)— —

Net transfers— (32)(13)

Ending balance$1 $1 $33

Unrealized losses (gains)$— $— $1

Beginning balance$110 $60 $74

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(1)(27)8

Purchases(32)(27)(38)

Sales64 101 22

Net transfers(59)3 (6)

Ending balance$82 $110 $60

Unrealized losses (gains)$(1)$(21)$8

Beginning balance$444 $449 $512

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)1 (5)2

Issuances— — 1

Settlements— — (9)

Net transfers— — (57)

Ending balance$445 $444 $449

Unrealized losses (gains)$1 $(5)$2

Beginning balance$76 $92 $91

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(1)(14)5

Sales(231)(21)—

Issuances434 112 83

Settlements(152)(113)(99)

Net transfers180 20 12

Ending balance$306 $76 $92

Unrealized losses (gains)$(1)$(14)$5

$ in millions202520242023

Beginning balance$947 $1,878 $1,587

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)97 4 219

Issuances313 288 708

Settlements(463)(255)(391)

(286)(968)(245)

Ending balance$608 $947 $1,878

Unrealized losses (gains)$19 $16 $182

Portion of unrealized losses (gains) recorded in OCI—Change in net DVA— 7 29

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Other sovereign government obligations$59 $17

Bond price58 to 112 points (100 points)

45 to 104 points (75 points)

MABS$317 $281

Bond price30 to 100 points (68 points)

27 to 98 points (67 points)

$1,424 $1,059

Margin loan rateN/M

1% to 4% (3%)

Loan price54 to 102 points (81 points)

49 to 102 points (90 points)

$1,414 $1,258

Bond price29 to 130 points (90 points)

28 to 130 points (83 points)

Loss given default40% to 40% (40% / 40%)

December 2025 Form 10-K102

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Corporate equities$276 $154

Investments$1,507 $754

WACC10% to 21% (16%)

12% to 21% (16%)

Exit multiple9 to 9 times (9 times)

9 to 10 times (10 times)

EBITDA multiple18 times

20 times

Equity price24% to 100% (95%)

24% to 100% (84%)

Interest rate$(154)$(53)

IR volatility skew52% to 86% (67% / 66%)

72% to 97% (81% / 79%)

IR curve correlation56% to 99% (87% / 88%)

28% to 99% (83% / 86%)

Bond volatility63% to 97% (80% / 80%)

78% to 148% (92% / 92%)

Inflation volatility

32% to 67% (44% / 40%)

30% to 68% (44% / 38%)

Credit$87 $97

Cash-synthetic basis11 points

Bond price0 to 97 points (53 points)

0 to 90 points (48 points)

Credit spread22 to 680 bps (108 bps)

10 to 360 bps (90 bps)

Funding spread6 to 590 bps (77 bps)

10 to 590 bps (76 bps)

$36 $589

IR curve-1% to 10% (2% / 1%)

5% to 10% (8% / 8%)

Foreign exchange volatility skew6% to 10% (8% / 8%)

Contingency probability80% to 95% (95% / 95%)

90% to 95% (91% / 95%)

$(1,433)$(1,148)

Equity volatility1% to 133% (27%)

7% to 98% (20%)

Equity volatility skew-11% to 3% (-1%)

-2% to 0% (-1%)

Equity correlation0% to 100% (57%)

20% to 94% (58%)

FX correlation -90% to 90% (-30%)

-68% to 60% (-36%)

IR correlation (5)% to 16% 15%

Commodity and other$920 $1,308

Forward power price$5 to $141 ($59) per MWh

$0 to $185 ($48) per MWh

Commodity volatility6% to 137% (29%)

0% to 165% (37%)

Cross-commodity correlation54% to 99% (98%)

Corporate and other

debt

$50 N/M

Bond price2 to 101 points (25 points)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$445 $444

Funding spread 18 to 109 bps (63 / 63 bps)

11 to 102 bps (36 / 26 bps)

Other secured financings$306 $76

Loan price0 to 98 points (66 points)

0 to 100 points (33 points)

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Borrowings$608 $947

Equity volatility 5% to 102% (44%)

7% to 71% (21%)

Equity volatility skew -3% to 1% (-1%)

Equity correlation20% to 100% (84%)

53% to 64% (58%)

Equity - FX correlation -70% to 30% (-19%)

-52% to 24% (-12%)

Credit spread325 to 325 bps (325 bps)

247 to 433 bps (340 bps)

Loss given default40% to 40% (40% / 40%)

Loans$1,319 $4,518

Credit spread87 to 967 bps (272 bps)

109 to 1,469 bps (1,007 bps)

Loan price50 to 100 points (67 points)

25 to 100 points (71 points)

Credit spread66 to 113 bps (82 bps)

207 to 280 bps (254 bps)

During 2025, there were no significant revisions made to the descriptions of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.

•Comparable Bond or Loan Price. A pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond or loan, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond or loan. The adjustment to yield (or spread)

December 2025 Form 10-K

should account for relevant differences in the bonds or loans, such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the bond or loan being valued in order to establish the value of the bond or loan.

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Private equity and other$3,110 $671 $2,653 $644

Real estate3,551 246 3,461 214

Hedge72 1 92 2

Total$6,733 $918 $6,206 $860

Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance-based income in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether the fund investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.

December 2025 Form 10-K104

Carrying Value at December 31, 2025

Less than 5 years$993 $2,544

5-10 years1,679 803

Over 10 years438 204

Total$3,110 $3,551

At December 31, 2025

Loans$2,385 $1,319 $3,704

Other assets—Other investments— 64 64

Other assets—ROU assets20 — 20

Total$2,405 $1,383 $3,788

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$53 $18 $71

Total$53 $18 $71

$ in millions202520242023

$(473)$(64)$(426)

(6)(9)(15)

(69)(17)(8)

(12)(33)(35)

Total$(560)$(123)$(484)

$15 $19 $75

Total$15 $19 $75

1.Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues and gains and losses for Other assets—ROU assets are recorded in Occupancy and equipment or Information processing and communication expenses. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale; otherwise, they are recorded in Other expenses.

December 2025 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2025

Cash and cash equivalents$111,695 $111,695 $— $— $111,695

Investment securities—HTM53,090 11,636 32,622 1,357 45,615

120,243 — 119,273 1,003 120,276

Securities borrowed151,908 — 151,909 — 151,909

Customer and other receivables108,189 — 103,458 4,682 108,140

268,720 — 27,243 238,800 266,043

9,374 — 5,692 3,703 9,395

Deposits$406,768 $— $407,350 $— $407,350

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase77,843 — 77,832 — 77,832

Securities loaned17,310 — 17,313 — 17,313

Other secured financings4,732 — 4,729 — 4,729

Customer and other payables226,342 — 226,342 — 226,342

Borrowings216,456 — 220,547 200 220,747

$208,435 $— $1,145 $1,087 $2,232

Held for investment225,834 — 17,859 202,297 220,156

December 31, 2025

Equity$64,457 $49,144

Interest rates46,394 34,451

Commodities13,665 14,829

Credit6,094 3,306

Foreign exchange1,869 1,602

Total$132,479 $103,332

Borrowings$(11,414)$1,000 $(12,414)

Deposits(254)235 (489)

Borrowings(1,118)650 (1,767)

$(44)$—

Lending commitments(2)—

Deposits— 50

Borrowings(20)(1,187)

December 2025 Form 10-K106

December 31, 2025

Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI$(4,005)$(2,868)

December 31, 2025

$10,746 $10,207

8,146 7,719

3,680 3,249

December 31, 2025

Nonaccrual loans$1,240 $647

$124 $155

Assets at December 31, 2025

Foreign exchange152 82 — 234

Total156 82 — 238

Credit3 32 — 35

Interest rate114,368 13,255 58 127,681

Credit4,962 5,347 — 10,309

Foreign exchange81,613 4,269 29 85,911

Equity30,392 — 62,737 93,129

Commodity and other13,953 — 2,509 16,462

Total245,291 22,903 65,333 333,527

Total gross derivatives$245,447 $22,985 $65,333 $333,765

Counterparty netting(174,466)(21,165)(62,796)(258,427)

Cash collateral netting(37,004)(1,544)— (38,548)

Total in Trading assets$33,977 $276 $2,537 $36,790

Financial instruments collateral(15,097)— — (15,097)

Net amounts$18,880 $276 $2,537 $21,693

Amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net amounts

$3,084

Liabilities at December 31, 2025

Interest rate$532 $29 $— $561

Foreign exchange111 22 — 133

Total643 51 — 694

Credit45 586 — 631

Interest rate103,066 12,162 66 115,294

Credit5,292 4,773 — 10,065

Foreign exchange78,597 4,271 85 82,953

Equity60,908 — 62,425 123,333

Commodity and other12,578 — 2,598 15,176

Total260,486 21,792 65,174 347,452

Total gross derivatives$261,129 $21,843 $65,174 $348,146

Counterparty netting(174,466)(21,165)(62,796)(258,427)

Cash collateral netting(47,336)(358)— (47,694)

Total in Trading liabilities$39,327 $320 $2,378 $42,025

Financial instruments collateral(7,181)(34)(743)(7,958)

Net amounts$32,146 $286 $1,635 $34,067

Amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net amounts

$5,345

December 2025 Form 10-K

Amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net amounts

$3,354

Amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net amounts

$4,321

Assets at December 31, 2025

Interest rate$— $183 $— $183

Foreign exchange10 4 — 14

Total10 187 — 197

Interest rate4,779 4,143 574 9,496

Credit248 170 — 418

Foreign exchange3,641 238 10 3,889

Equity813 — 813 1,626

Commodity and other143 — 78 221

Total9,624 4,551 1,475 15,650

Total gross derivatives$9,634 $4,738 $1,475 $15,847

Liabilities at December 31, 2025

Interest rate$3 $243 $— $246

Foreign exchange11 2 — 13

Total14 245 — 259

Credit2 17 — 19

Interest rate5,041 3,943 715 9,699

Credit222 171 — 393

Foreign exchange3,791 233 19 4,043

Equity945 — 1,085 2,030

Commodity and other119 — 86 205

Total10,120 4,364 1,905 16,389

Total gross derivatives$10,134 $4,609 $1,905 $16,648

December 2025 Form 10-K108

$ in millions202520242023

Interest rate contracts$(895)$291 $(576)

Investment Securities—AFS943 (204)638

Interest rate contracts$3,982 $(822)$3,664

Deposits(105)(75)(88)

Borrowings(3,883)889 (3,564)

Recognized in OCI$(1,041)$1,084 $(168)

199 214 211

Recognized in OCI$(19)$(100)$9

(95)(32)(16)

Net change in cash flow hedges included within AOCI76 (68)25

1.For the year ended 2025, there were no forecasted transactions that failed to occur. The net gains (losses) associated with cash flow hedges expected to be reclassified from AOCI within 12 months as of December 31, 2025 is approximately $(68) million. The maximum length of time over which forecasted cash flows are hedged is 40 months.

December 31, 2025

$55,451 $54,809

$217 $(741)

Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$53,224 $21,524

$149 $44

Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$199,274 $171,834

Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Outstanding hedges$(6,252)$(10,072)

Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Terminated hedges

$(625)$(648)

1.Carrying amount represents the amortized cost. As of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, the amortized cost of the portfolio layer method closed portfolios was $589 million and $325 million, respectively. The Firm designated $703 million and $178 million as hedged amounts as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively, representing the total notional value of all outstanding layers in each portfolio, including both spot-starting and forward-starting layers. The cumulative amount of basis adjustments was $2 million as of December 31, 2025 and $(2) million as of December 31, 2024. Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2025 Form 10-K and Note 7 herein for additional information.

$ in millions202520242023

(214)(294)(522)

December 31, 2025

Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features$26,023 $22,414

Collateral posted20,152 16,252

December 31, 2025

One-notch downgrade$310

Two-notch downgrade520

$705

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by Moody’s Investors

December 2025 Form 10-K

Service, Inc., S&P Global Ratings and/or other rating agencies. The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Years to Maturity at December 31, 2025

Investment grade$16 $34 $37 $11 $98

Non-investment grade8 17 16 1 42

Total$24 $51 $53 $12 $140

Investment grade$7 $8 $8 $— $23

Non-investment grade7 32 173 18 230

Total$14 $40 $181 $18 $253

Total CDS sold$38 $91 $234 $30 $393

Total credit protection sold$38 $91 $234 $33 $396

CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$339

December 31, 2025

Investment grade$2,394 $1,890

Non-investment grade777 585

Total$3,171 $2,475

Investment grade$907 $799

Non-investment grade1,021 489

Total$1,928 $1,288

Total CDS sold$5,099 $3,763

Other credit contracts146 133

Total credit protection sold$5,245 $3,896

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Single name$172 $156

Index and basket232 193

Tranched index and basket32 28

Total$436 $377

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Single name$(3,363)$(2,693)

Index and basket(1,209)(654)

Tranched index and basket(1,000)(962)

Total$(5,572)$(4,309)

December 2025 Form 10-K110

At December 31, 2025

U.S. Treasury securities$80,745 $187 $25 80,907

24,031 24 1,943 22,112

Agency CMBS5,504 1 286 5,219

State and municipal securities1,754 10 17 1,747

486 1 6 481

2 — 2 —

Total AFS securities112,522 223 2,279 110,466

U.S. Treasury securities12,299 — 663 11,636

38,303 67 6,785 31,585

Agency CMBS709 — 43 666

Non-agency CMBS1,779 12 63 1,728

Total HTM securities53,090 79 7,554 45,615

Total investment securities$165,612 $302 $9,833 $156,081

U.S. Treasury securities$70,160 $62 $388 $69,834

State and municipal securities 1,373 18 4 1,387

4.Represents the amount of unallocated portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS securities hedged in a closed portfolio. Portfolio layer method basis

adjustments are not allocated to individual securities. Refer to Note 2 and Note 6 herein for additional information.

AFS Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position

At December 31,2025At December 31,2024

Less than12 months$47 $— $18,338 $65

12 months or longer7,440 25 19,629 323

Total7,487 25 37,967 388

Less than12 months75 — 765 11

12 months or longer17,290 1,943 18,996 2,641

Total17,365 1,943 19,761 2,652

Less than12 months133 — — —

12 months or longer4,675 286 5,018 388

Total4,808 286 5,018 388

Less than12 months360 4 242 2

12 months or longer382 13 62 2

Total742 17 304 4

12 months or longer383 6 442 9

Total383 6 442 9

Unallocated basis adjustment— 2 — —

Less than12 months615 4 19,345 78

12 months or longer30,170 2,273 44,147 3,363

Unallocated basis adjustment

— 2 — —

Total$30,785 $2,279 $63,492 $3,441

For AFS securities, the Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that have credit losses after performing the analysis described in Note 2. Additionally, the Firm does not intend to sell these securities and is not likely to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the securities in an unrealized loss position are predominantly investment grade.

The HTM securities net carrying amounts at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 reflect an ACL of $60 million and $52 million, respectively, predominantly related to Non-agency CMBS. See Note 2 for a description of the ACL methodology used for HTM Securities.

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, 97% and 98%, respectively, of the Firm’s portfolio of HTM securities were investment grade U.S. agency securities, U.S. Treasury securities and Agency CMBS, which were on accrual status and for which there is an underlying assumption of zero credit losses. Non-investment grade HTM securities primarily consisted of certain Non-agency CMBS securities, for which the expected credit losses were insignificant and were predominantly on accrual status at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

December 2025 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2025

Due within 1 year$28,824 $28,870 3.7 %

After 1 year through 5 years51,178 51,291 3.8 %

After 5 years through 10 years743 746 4.0 %

Total80,745 80,907

Due within 1 year23 22 0.6 %

After 1 year through 5 years185 176 1.8 %

After 5 years through 10 years399 371 1.6 %

After 10 years23,424 21,543 3.4 %

Total24,031 22,112

Due within 1 year596 591 2.1 %

After 1 year through 5 years3,763 3,674 1.8 %

After 5 years through 10 years193 189 1.3 %

After 10 years952 765 1.6 %

Total5,504 5,219

Due within 1 year78 78 4.8 %

After 1 year through 5 years243 239 3.6 %

After 5 years through 10 years113 114 4.9 %

After 10 years1,320 1,316 4.5 %

Total1,754 1,747

Due within 1 year59 57 4.6 %

After 1 year through 5 years47 46 4.6 %

After 5 years through 10 years26 25 3.9 %

After 10 years354 353 4.9 %

Total486 481

2 — —

Total AFS securities112,522 110,466 3.6 %

At December 31, 2025

Due within 1 year$5,435 $5,416 2.2 %

After 1 year through 5 years5,108 4,961 2.4 %

After 5 years through 10 years203 179 1.3 %

After 10 years1,553 1,080 2.3 %

Total12,299 11,636

After 1 year through 5 years140 135 2.0 %

After 5 years through 10 years28 28 2.2 %

After 10 years38,135 31,422 2.1 %

Total38,303 31,585

Due within 1 year202 199 1.1 %

After 1 year through 5 years354 338 1.4 %

After 5 years through 10 years130 110 1.6 %

After 10 years23 19 1.3 %

Total709 666

Due within 1 year138 135 4.9 %

After 1 year through 5 years847 824 4.6 %

After 5 years through 10 years321 298 4.5 %

After 10 years473 471 6.9 %

Total1,779 1,728

Total HTM securities53,090 45,615 2.2 %

Total investment securities$165,612 $156,081 3.2 %

3.At December 31, 2025, the annualized average yield, including the interest rate swap accrual of related hedges, was 3.7% for AFS securities contractually maturing within 1 year and 3.7% for all AFS securities.

4.Represents the amount of unallocated portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS securities hedged in a closed portfolio. Portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities. Refer to Note 2 and Note 6 herein for additional information.

$ in millions202520242023

Gross realized gains$31 $52 $70

Gross realized (losses)(1)— (21)

$30 $52 $49

December 2025 Form 10-K112

At December 31, 2025

Securities purchased under agreements to resell$471,144 $(350,901)$120,243 $(117,509)$2,734

Securities borrowed218,753 (66,845)151,908 (146,726)5,182

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$429,440 $(350,901)$78,539 $(72,407)$6,132

Securities loaned84,155 (66,845)17,310 (17,213)97

Amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net Amounts

Securities purchased under agreements to resell$1,277

Securities borrowed38

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase5,367

Amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net Amounts

At December 31, 2025

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$221,938 $122,291 $43,737 $41,474 $429,440

Securities loaned70,433 — 321 13,401 84,155

Total included in the offsetting disclosure$292,371 $122,291 $44,058 $54,875 $513,595

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral7,329 — — — 7,329

Total$299,700 $122,291 $44,058 $54,875 $520,924

December 31, 2025

U.S. Treasury and agency securities$209,470 $177,464

Other sovereign government obligations159,444 135,806

Corporate equities32,919 14,993

Other27,607 12,874

Total$429,440 $341,137

Other sovereign government obligations$1,208 $1,805

Corporate equities81,063 54,144

Other1,884 1,060

Total$84,155 $57,009

Total included in the offsetting disclosure$513,595 $398,146

Corporate equities$7,017 $18,059

Other312 8

Total$7,329 $18,067

Total$520,924 $416,213

December 31, 2025

Trading assets$43,182 $30,867

The Firm pledges certain of its trading assets to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned, other secured financings and derivatives and to cover customer short sales.

December 2025 Form 10-K

Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged as collateral) in the balance sheet. Pledged financial instruments that cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party are included within Trading Assets, but not identified as pledged assets parenthetically in the balance sheet.

December 31, 2025

Collateral received with right to sell or repledge$1,190,694 $932,626

900,282 724,177

December 31, 2025

$22,256 $26,329

December 31, 2025

9 %12 %

Positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments, including those made in connection with the Firm’s private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including investment grade and non-investment grade issuers.

December 31, 2025

Margin and other lending$83,871 $55,882

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to collateralized notes, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales and consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 13 and 15). Additionally, for certain secured financing transactions that meet applicable netting criteria, the Firm offset Other secured financing liabilities against financing receivables recorded within Trading assets in the amount of $3,410 million and $437 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

December 2025 Form 10-K114

At December 31, 2025

Corporate$7,277 $7,202 $14,479

Secured lending facilities69,149 1,817 70,966

Commercial real estate8,039 320 8,359

Residential real estate72,403 5 72,408

112,984 30 113,014

Total loans269,852 9,374 279,226

ACL(1,132)(1,132)

Total loans, net$268,720 $9,374 $278,094

Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net$34,532 $3,622 $38,154

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Corporate$1 $14,478 $— $16,071

Secured lending facilities525 70,440 — 51,349

Commercial real estate327 8,032 — 9,041

Residential real estate32,377 40,031 31,014 35,724

27,681 85,334 25,478 70,542

Total loans, before ACL$60,911 $218,315 $56,492 $182,727

December 2025 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$2,362 $4,580 $6,942 $2,668 $3,963 $6,631

2025125 40 165

202479 50 129 76 58 134

2023— 25 25 — 50 50

2022— — — — 25 25

202115 — 15 15 — 15

— 1 1 31 3 34

$2,581 $4,696 $7,277 $2,790 $4,099 $6,889

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$15,709 $37,915 $53,624 $11,405 $27,753 $39,158

20252,514 7,248 9,762

202478 2,620 2,698 818 2,863 3,681

2023596 935 1,531 1,371 1,359 2,730

202213 957 970 279 1,909 2,188

2021— 12 12 — 198 198

7 545 552 100 787 887

$18,917 $50,232 $69,149 $13,973 $34,869 $48,842

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Revolving$34 $— $34 $— $161 $161

2025322 2,103 2,425

2024577 1,385 1,962 147 2,202 2,349

2023153 409 562 351 772 1,123

2022332 1,094 1,426 305 1,488 1,793

2021— 938 938 166 1,603 1,769

37 655 692 — 1,217 1,217

$1,455 $6,584 $8,039 $969 $7,443 $8,412

At December 31, 2025

Revolving$172 $40 $7 $219 $— $219

20259,096 1,666 189 9,900 1,051 10,951

20247,825 1,480 184 8,571 918 9,489

20236,099 1,315 187 6,788 813 7,601

20229,613 2,138 355 11,159 947 12,106

20219,906 2,086 204 11,361 835 12,196

Prior15,637 3,755 449 18,583 1,258 19,841

Total$58,348 $12,480 $1,575 $66,581 $5,822 $72,403

Prior17,088 4,171 491 20,355 1,395 21,750

At December 31, 2025

$97,840 $639 $1,615 $100,094

20252,437 199 808 3,444

20241,132 690 180 2,002

2023655 126 981 1,762

2022132 170 1,260 1,562

2021— 17 400 417

Prior245 996 2,462 3,703

Total$102,441 $2,837 $7,706 $112,984

Revolving$76,432 $6,342 $1,551 $84,325

Prior270 1,430 2,847 4,547

1.Securities-based loans are subject to collateral maintenance provisions, and at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, these loans are predominantly over-collateralized. For more information on the ACL methodology related to securities-based loans, see Note 2.

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Commercial real estate$129 $272

Residential real estate298 186

41 86

Total$468 $544

1.As of December 31, 2025, the majority of the amounts are 90 days or more past due. As of December 31, 2024, the majority of the amounts are 90 days or more past due.

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Corporate$203 $108

Secured lending facilities14 6

Commercial real estate476 447

Residential real estate208 160

246 298

$1,147 $1,019

Nonaccrual loans without an ACL$180 $162

1.There were no loans held for investment that were 90 days or more past due and still accruing as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. For further information on the Firm’s nonaccrual policy, see Note 2 to the financial statements.

The Firm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, and these modifications include interest rate reductions, principal forgiveness, term extensions and other-than-insignificant payment delays or a combination of these

December 2025 Form 10-K116

aforementioned modifications. Modified loans are typically evaluated individually for allowance for credit losses.

20252024

Corporate$230 3.2 %$211 3.1 %

Secured lending facilities9 — %41 0.1 %

Commercial real estate398 5.0 %172 2.0 %

Residential real estate1 — %— — %

Securities-based lending and Other 449 0.4 %138 0.1 %

Total$1,087 0.4 %$562 0.4 %

Corporate$10 0.1 %$— — %

Residential real estate1 — %— — %

Securities-based lending and Other23 — %— — %

Total$34 — %$— — %

Residential real estate$1 — %$2 — %

Total$1 — %$2 — %

Commercial real estate$74 0.9 %$81 1.0 %

Residential real estate7 — %1 — %

Total $81 0.1 %$82 0.1 %

Total Modifications$1,203 0.4 %$646 0.3 %

1.Lending commitments to borrowers for which the Firm has modified terms of the receivable, during the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, were $681 million and $746 million, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

Year Ended December 31, 20251

Corporate278$— — %

Secured lending facilities300— — %

Commercial real estate360— — %

Residential real estate2919— 0.3 %

Securities-based lending and Other2312— — %

Commercial real estate640— 0.6 %

Residential real estate1200— 1.0 %

Year Ended December 31, 20241

Residential real estate00— 1.0 %

Commercial real estate610— 1.6 %

Residential real estate840— 1.0 %

Past Due Loans Held for Investment Modified in the Last 12 Months

At December 31, 2025

Commercial real estate$— $71 $71

Commercial real estate$— $56 $56

At December 31, 2025, there was one commercial real estate loan held for investment with an amortized cost of $71 million that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2025 and had been modified in the form of term extension in the 12 month period prior to default. At December 31, 2024, there were two commercial real estate loans held for investment with a total amortized cost of $56 million that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2024 and had been modified in the 12 month period prior to default.

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$200 $140 $373 $97 $256 $1,066

Gross charge-offs(24)— (173)— (17)(214)

Recoveries— — 22 — — 22

(24)— (151)— (17)(192)

Provision (release)75 59 47 30 19 230

Other9 2 14 — 3 28

Ending balance$260 $201 $283 $127 $261 $1,132

3 %25 %3 %27 %42 %100 %

$507 $88 $40 $4 $17 $656

Provision (release)101 46 (28)1 (1)119

Other17 3 — — 3 23

Ending balance$625 $137 $12 $5 $19 $798

$885 $338 $295 $132 $280 $1,930

December 2025 Form 10-K

The allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments increased in 2025, primarily related to portfolio growth in corporate loans and secured lending facilities and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans. Charge-offs in 2025 were primarily related to commercial real estate loans within the Institutional Securities business segment.

The base scenario used in our ACL models as of December 31, 2025 was generated using a combination of consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and internally developed and validated models. This scenario assumes continued economic growth relative to the prior year forecast. Our ACL models incorporate key macroeconomic variables, including U.S. real GDP growth rate. The significance of key macroeconomic variables on our ACL models varies depending on portfolio composition and economic conditions. Other key macroeconomic variables used in our ACL models

include corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate indices.

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$(14)$— $— $— $(8)$(22)

2025(10)— — — — (10)

2022— — (13)— — (13)

2021— — (119)— (4)(123)

— — (41)— (5)(46)

$(24)$— $(173)$— $(17)$(214)

2022— — (18)— — (18)

2021— — (14)— (2)(16)

2020— (11)— — — (11)

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

ACL for loans to total HFI loans0.4 %0.5 %

98.7 %104.6 %

December 31, 2025

$4,769 $4,255

89 83

Employee loans$4,858 $4,338

ACL(127)(112)

Employee loans, net of ACL$4,731 $4,226

Remaining repayment term, weighted average in years5.75.6

December 2025 Form 10-K118

(12)(8)(3)(23)

23 — — 23

— (1)— (1)

December 31, 2024435 10,190 6,081 16,706

Foreign currency2 9 9 20

At December 31, 2025¹$437 $10,199 $6,090 $16,726

2.There were no impairments recorded in 2025, 2024 or 2023.

13 — — 13

Acquired1 — — 1

Amortization expense(7)(334)(113)(454)

Other— 2 8 10

At December 31, 2025$21 $2,607 $3,382 $6,010

At December 31, 2025

Management contracts$2,117 $235 $100

Customer relationships— 4,746 1,514

— 766 259

Other— 28 9

Total$2,117 $5,775 $1,882

Management contracts2,112 245 93

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025

2026$345

2027341

2028337

2029335

2030331

The Firm’s annual goodwill and non-amortizable intangible asset impairment testing as of July 1, 2025 did not indicate any impairment. For more information, see Note 2.

December 31, 2025

Investments$2,054 $1,869

$ in millions202520242023

Income (loss)$246 $241 $124

$ in millions202520242023

Income (loss) from investment in MUMSS$123 $146 $129

The Firm engages in transactions in the ordinary course of business with MUFG and its affiliates; for example, investment banking, financial advisory, sales and trading, including foreign exchange trading and equity transactions for institutional clients and Japanese research, derivatives, investment management, lending, securitization and other financial services transactions. Such transactions are on substantially the same terms as those that would be available to unrelated third parties for comparable transactions.

The Firm invests in tax equity investment interests which entitle the Firm to a share of tax credits and other income tax benefits generated by the projects underlying the investments. The Firm accounts for certain renewable energy and other tax equity investments programs using the proportional amortization method.

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Low-income housing

$1,897 $1,787

Renewable energy and other

28 67

Total1,2

$1,925 $1,854

1.Amounts include unfunded equity contributions of $707 million and $613 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The corresponding liabilities for the commitments to fund these equity contributions are recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses. The majority of these commitments are expected to be funded within 5 years.

2.Amounts exclude $45 million and $48 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, of tax equity investments within programs for which the Firm elected the proportional amortization method that do not meet the conditions to apply the proportional amortization method, which are accounted for as equity method investments.

$ in millions202520242023

Income tax credits and other income tax benefits$290 $301 $237

Proportional amortization(237)(239)(197)

Net benefits included in income tax expense53 62 40

Other income5 — —

Net benefits$58 $62 $40

December 31, 2025

Other assets—ROU assets$4,164 $4,114

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lease liabilities4,996 4,937

Remaining lease term, in years8.28.5

Discount rate4.4 %4.3 %

December 31, 2025

2025$772

2026$819 790

2027853 736

2028751 716

2029664 562

2030612 482

Thereafter2,337 1,923

Total undiscounted cash flows$6,036 $5,981

Imputed interest(1,040)(1,044)

Amount on balance sheet$4,996 $4,937

Committed leases not yet commenced$163 $63

$ in millions202520242023

Fixed costs$831 $917 $938

171 181 206

Less: Sublease income(2)(6)(10)

Total lease cost, net$1,000 $1,092 $1,134

$ in millions202520242023

Cash outflows—Lease liabilities$852 $942 $892

Non-cash—ROU assets recorded for new and modified leases645 489 1,055

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Savings and demand deposits$315,883 $299,898

Time deposits99,640 76,109

$415,523 $376,007

Deposits subject to FDIC insurance$331,322 $298,351

Deposits not subject to FDIC insurance$84,201 $77,656

December 31, 2025

2026$44,380

202723,390

202813,670

20299,570

20308,260

Thereafter370

Total$99,640

December 2025 Form 10-K120

$ in millionsAtDecember 31, 2025

Less than 3 months$2,187

3 - 6 months860

6 - 12 months747

Over 12 months76

Total$3,870

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Deposits in U.S. bank subsidiaries from non-U.S. depositors$1,057 $700

December 31, 2025

Next 12 months$— $— $62 $7,192 $7,254 $4,512

2025$21,921

2026$10,821 $747 $3,816 $10,851 $26,235 37,969

202719,976 2,090 4,108 13,443 39,617 34,050

202812,947 3,133 10,807 17,875 44,762 28,719

202921,014 2,535 4,735 8,226 36,510 26,159

203015,582 498 2,869 11,971 30,920 20,016

Thereafter108,593 2,392 21,996 30,656 163,637 115,473

Total greater than one year$188,933 $11,395 $48,331 $93,022 $341,681 $284,307

$188,933 $11,395 $48,393 $100,214 $348,935 $288,819

4.1 %3.4 %4.8 %4.8 %4.2 %4.1 %

December 31, 2025

Senior$329,502 $270,594

Subordinated12,179 13,713

Total$341,681 $284,307

Weighted average stated maturity, in years6.36.6

The Firm’s Borrowings include notes carried and managed on a fair value basis. These include instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts that are not classified as derivatives because they fail the initial net investment criterion. To minimize the exposure from such instruments, the Firm has entered into various swap contracts, options, and other hedges that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Trading revenues. See Notes 2 and 5 for further information on borrowings carried at fair value.

December 31, 2025

Put options embedded in debt agreements$295 $429

$4,824 $3,597

20252024

Contractual weighted average coupon4.4 %4.5 %

Subordinated debt generally is issued to meet the capital requirements of the Firm or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily is U.S. dollar denominated. Maturities of subordinated debt range from 2026 to 2039.

202520242023

4.2 %4.1 %3.6 %

Weighted average coupon after hedging derivatives4.9 %5.6 %6.5 %

December 2025 Form 10-K

December 31, 2025

One year or less$13,892 $17,133

Greater than one year7,711 4,469

Total$21,603 $21,602

Transfers of assets accounted for as secured financings9,713 10,275

At December 31, 2025AtDecember 31,2024

Next 12 months$42 $4,478 $4,520 $7,006

2025$2,389

2026$— $2,511 $2,511 690

2027191 1,675 1,866 107

2028— 1,617 1,617 453

2030— 40 40 44

Thereafter17 1,319 1,336 638

Total$208 $7,162 $7,370 $4,321

1.2 %4.7 %3.7 %4.6 %

December 31, 2025

2025$— $10,184

20269,391 42

202715 5

202828 12

2029— 5

2030147 21

Thereafter132 6

Total$9,713 $10,275

Years to Maturity at December 31, 2025

Corporate$23,398 $48,607 $79,273 $5,843 $157,121

Secured lending facilities5,341 8,035 10,429 5,930 29,735

Commercial and Residential real estate66 115 173 465 819

Securities-based lending and Other17,663 3,094 230 504 21,491

138,050 2,782 — — 140,832

Central counterparty14,062 — — — 14,062

Investment activities2,319 94 80 503 2,996

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees30 3 — 5 38

Total$200,929 $62,730 $90,185 $13,250 $367,094

Lending commitments participated to third parties$12,164

1.These amounts primarily include secured financing receivables yet to settle as of December 31, 2025, with settlement generally occurring within three business days. These amounts also include commitments to enter into certain collateralized financing transactions.

December 2025 Form 10-K122

At December 31, 2025

1,214,697 677,539 177,536 548,377 (38,976)

1,738 967 1,213 2,538 12

Liquidity facilities3,258 — — — 2

Whole loan sales guarantees53 10 — 23,077 —

— — — 97,104 —

General partner guarantees121 119 62 25 (50)

Client clearing guarantees2,686 — — — —

2.These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.7 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

3.As of December 31, 2025, the carrying amount of standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued includes an allowance for credit losses of $58 million.

December 2025 Form 10-K

December 2025 Form 10-K124

•Futures and Over-the-Counter Derivatives Clearing Guarantees. The Firm provides clearing services on central counterparty clearinghouses (“CCPs”) for clients that need to clear exchange-traded and OTC derivatives contracts with CCPs. The Firm acts as an agent in its role as clearing member for these client transactions. As such, the Firm does not reflect the underlying exchange-traded or OTC derivatives contracts in its Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 6 for a discussion of the Firm’s derivatives activities that are reflected in its Consolidated Financial Statements. As a clearing member, the Firm is responsible to the CCP for the performance of its clients, collects cash and securities collateral (margin) as well as any settlement amounts due from or to clients, and remits them to the relevant CCP or client in whole or part. There are two types of margin: (1) variation margin is posted on a daily basis based on the value of clients’ derivative contracts and (2) initial margin is posted at inception of a derivative contract, generally on the basis of the potential changes in the variation margin requirement for the contract.As a clearing member, the Firm is exposed to the risk of nonperformance by its clients to CCPs but is not liable to clients for the performance of the CCPs. Where possible, the Firm seeks to mitigate its risk to the client through the collection of appropriate amounts of margin at inception and throughout the life of the transactions. In the event of nonperformance by a client, the Firm would close out the client’s positions and access available margin. The CCP would utilize any margin it holds to make itself whole, with any remaining shortfalls required to be paid by the Firm as a clearing member. It is difficult to estimate the Firm’s maximum possible exposure through its role as a clearing member as it depends on the nature and volume of client's future transactions, market conditions and potential client defaults. However, based upon historical experience, the Firm’s exposure is significantly mitigated by the credit risk mitigants available to the Firm. As a result, management believes that the risk of material loss to the Firm is expected to be remote.

•Merger and Acquisition Guarantees. The Firm may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Firm provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the

time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The Firm believes the likelihood of any payment by the Firm under these arrangements is remote given the level of its due diligence in its role as investment banking advisor.

The Firm is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental or other regulatory agencies regarding the Firm’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales, trading, financing, prime brokerage, market-making activities, investment banking advisory services, capital markets activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Firm, wealth and investment management services, and tax, accounting, and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, disgorgement, restitution, forfeiture, injunctions, limitations on our ability to conduct certain business, or other relief.

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millions202520242023

Legal expenses$137 $106 $488

Beginning in February of 2016, the Firm was named as a defendant in multiple purported antitrust class actions now consolidated into a single proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”) styled In Re: Interest Rate Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. and New York state antitrust laws from 2008 through December of 2016 in connection with alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for interest rate swaps trading. Complaints were filed both on behalf of a purported class of investors who purchased interest rate swaps from defendants, as well as on behalf of three operators of swap execution facilities that allegedly were thwarted by the defendants in their efforts to develop such platforms. The consolidated complaints seek, inter alia, certification of the investor class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On July 28, 2017, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaints. On December 15, 2023, the court denied the class plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On December 29, 2023, the class plaintiffs petitioned the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit for leave to appeal that decision. On February 28, 2024, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the class claims. On July 17, 2025, the court granted final approval of the settlement. The claims brought by the three operators of swap execution facilities remain pending.

The Firm is a defendant in three antitrust class action complaints which have been consolidated into one proceeding in the United States District Court for the SDNY under the caption City of Philadelphia, et al. v. Bank of America Corporation, et al. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws and relevant state laws in connection with alleged efforts to artificially inflate interest rates for Variable Rate Demand Obligations (“VRDO”). The consolidated complaint seeks, inter alia, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. The complaint was filed on behalf of a class of municipal issuers of VRDO for which defendants served as remarketing agent. On November 2, 2020, the court granted in part and denied in

December 2025 Form 10-K126

part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint, dismissing state law claims, but denying dismissal of the U.S. antitrust claims. On September 21, 2023, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On February 5, 2024, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit granted leave to appeal that decision and, on August 1, 2025, affirmed the court’s decision. On December 1, 2025, defendants filed a petition for writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court regarding the Second Circuit’s August 2025 decision.

In matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) challenged in the Dutch courts the prior set-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $146 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’s corporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2012. The Dutch Authority alleged that the Firm was not entitled to receive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, that a Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securities subject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims with respect to certain of the tax years in dispute. On May 12, 2020, the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam granted the Dutch Authority’s appeal in matters re-styled Case number 18/00318 and Case number 18/00319. On January 19, 2024, the Dutch High Court granted the Firm’s appeal in matters re-styled Case number 20/01884 and referred the case to the Court of Appeal in The Hague. On November 11, 2024, the Firm reached an agreement to settle the Dutch Authority’s challenges for the tax years 2007 to 2012 and made payment of the prior set-off amounts and interest indicated above. The case has been withdrawn.

On June 22, 2021, Dutch criminal authorities sought various documents in connection with an investigation of the Firm related to the civil claims asserted by the Dutch Authority concerning the accuracy of the Firm subsidiary’s tax returns for 2007 to 2012. On September 30, 2025, the Dutch Public Prosecutor served the Firm subsidiaries (Morgan Stanley Derivatives Products (Netherlands) B.V. and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc) with indictments, bringing charges of filing false tax returns for 2007 to 2012. The matter was resolved on November 27, 2025, when the Dutch Public Prosecutor announced the imposition of penalty orders totaling €101 million (approximately $117 million) on Morgan Stanley Derivatives Products (Netherlands) B.V. and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc, which amounts were paid in the fourth quarter of 2025.

On February 21, 2025, the U.K. Competition and Markets Authority announced a settlement with the Firm, as well as other financial institutions, in connection with its investigation of suspected anti-competitive arrangements in the financial services sector, specifically regarding the Firm’s activities concerning certain liquid fixed income products between 2009 and 2012. Separately, on June 16, 2023, the Firm was named as a defendant in a purported antitrust class action in the United States District Court for the SDNY styled Oklahoma Firefighters Pension and Retirement System v. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, et al., alleging, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws in connection with their alleged effort to fix prices of gilts traded in the United States between 2009 and 2013. The complaint seeks, inter alia, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On September 16, 2024, the court granted defendants’ joint motion to dismiss, and the complaint was dismissed without prejudice. In October of 2024, the Firm and certain other defendants reached an agreement in principle to settle the U.S. litigation. On March 17, 2025, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement.

On May 17, 2013, the plaintiff in IKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. filed a complaint against the Firm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to the plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to the plaintiff was approximately $133 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, inter alia, compensatory and punitive damages. On October 29, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. All claims regarding four certificates were dismissed. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Firm or sold to the plaintiff by the Firm was approximately $116 million. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s order denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On July 15, 2022, the Firm filed a motion for summary judgment on all remaining claims. On March 1, 2023, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion for summary judgment, narrowing the alleged misrepresentations at issue in the case. On March 26, 2024, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s summary judgment order. On August 27, 2024, the plaintiff notified the court that in light of the court’s rulings to exclude certain evidence at trial, the plaintiff could not prove its claims at trial, and requested that the court dismiss the case, subject to its right to appeal the evidentiary rulings. On August 28, 2024, the court dismissed the case, and judgment was entered in the Firm’s favor. The plaintiff has appealed.

December 2025 Form 10-K

Beginning in February of 2024, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB”) and E*TRADE Securities LLC (“E*TRADE Securities”), among others, have been named as defendants in multiple putative class actions pending in the federal district courts for the District of New Jersey and SDNY. The class action claims have been brought on behalf of brokerage, advisory and retirement account holders, alleging various contractual, fiduciary, and statutory claims (including under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, 18 U.S.C. §1962(c)-(d)) that MSSB and/or E*TRADE Securities failed to pay a reasonable rate of interest on its cash sweep products. All matters pending in the SDNY (which focus solely on MSSB’s cash sweep program) were consolidated into one action styled Estate of Sherlip, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. An amended class action complaint was filed on August 15, 2025. On September 12, 2025, MSSB moved to dismiss the complaint. The matters pending in the District of New Jersey (which includes claims against both MSSB and E*TRADE Securities) have been consolidated into one action styled In re E*TRADE Cash Sweep Litigation, No. 2:24-cv-00603. The Firm awaits the appointment of lead counsel and, thereafter, the filing of a consolidated complaint in that matter. Together, the complaints seek, inter alia, certification of classes of plaintiffs, unspecified compensatory damages, equitable and injunctive relief, and treble damages. The Firm is also responding to requests from state securities regulators regarding brokerage account cash balances swept to the affiliate bank deposit program.

December 2025 Form 10-K128

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$468 $2 $575 $236

263 5 378 189

MTOB1,781 1,651 619 578

Other47 3 156 4

Total$2,559 $1,661 $1,728 $1,007

December 31, 2025

Cash and cash equivalents$19 $37

Trading assets at fair value1,216 1,395

Investment securities1,318 278

Customer and other receivables5 16

Other assets1 2

Total$2,559 $1,728

Other secured financings$1,653 $921

Other liabilities and accrued expenses5 82

Borrowings3 4

Total$1,661 $1,007

Noncontrolling interests$145 $42

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. Generally, most assets owned by consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not available to the Firm while the related liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Firm. However, in certain consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

At December 31, 2025

VIE assets (UPB)$218,543 $3,432 $4,620 $4,535 $87,118

Debt and equity interests$32,074 $158 $— $2,611 $11,904

Derivative and other contracts— — 3,258 — 4,473

Commitments, guarantees and other10,414 — — — 190

Total$42,488 $158 $3,258 $2,611 $16,567

Debt and equity interests$32,074 $158 $— $1,967 $11,904

Derivative and other contracts— — 5 — 2,010

Total$32,074 $158 $5 $1,967 $13,914

$15,907

Derivative and other contracts$— $— $2 $— $780

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss in the previous tables does not include the offsetting benefit of hedges or any reductions associated with the amount of collateral held as

December 2025 Form 10-K

part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Residential mortgages$20,130 $3,183 $17,316 $2,497

Commercial mortgages96,473 11,251 82,730 8,445

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations58,876 7,136 39,317 6,260

Other consumer or commercial loans43,064 10,504 40,323 9,772

Total$218,543 $32,074 $179,686 $26,974

Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in securitization transactions. As a market maker, the Firm offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests; these beneficial interests are generally included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

The Firm enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure. See Note 6 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

The Firm holds securities issued by VIEs within the Investment securities portfolio. These securities are composed of those related to transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies and predominantly the most senior

securities issued by VIEs backed by student loans and commercial mortgage loans. Transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies include an explicit or implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. Additionally, the Firm holds certain commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by VIEs retained as a result of the Firm’s securitization activities. See Note 7 for further information on the Investment securities portfolio.

December 2025 Form 10-K130

ELN transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. In an ELN transaction, the Firm typically transfers to an SPE either a note issued by the Firm, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index, or debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These ELN transactions with SPEs were not consolidated at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

At December 31, 2025

$15,089 $84,729 $18,230 $13,312

Investment grade$288 $456 $1,127 $—

Non-investment grade460 1,131 — 123

Total$748 $1,587 $1,127 $123

Investment grade$62 $62 $52 $—

Non-investment grade14 30 — —

Total$76 $92 $52 $—

Derivative assets $— $— $— $1,522

Derivative liabilities — — — 733

Fair Value at December 31, 2025

Investment grade$1,346 $— $1,346

Non-investment grade122 58 180

Total$1,468 $58 $1,526

Investment grade$176 $— $176

Non-investment grade22 22 44

Total$198 $22 $220

Derivative assets$1,522 $— $1,522

Derivative liabilities733 — 733

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millions202520242023

$52,869 $36,326 $21,051

Retained interests11,524 7,956 4,311

— — 24

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

$112,395 $92,229

Assets sold$113,159 $92,580

Derivative assets recognized in the balance sheet1,201 998

Derivative liabilities recognized in the balance sheet438 648

The Firm is an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Firm, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates the Firm’s compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and well-capitalized standards for the Firm’s U.S. bank subsidiaries, including, among others, MSBNA and MSPBNA (together, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and on certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. In addition, many of the Firm’s regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of regulatory minimum required ratios plus the Firm’s capital conservation buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024 At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

Fixed 2.5% buffer

—%—%2.5%

SCB4.3%6.0%N/A

—%—%—%

Capital conservation buffer requirement

7.3%9.0%5.5%

The capital conservation buffer requirement represents the amount of CET1 capital the Firm must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions,

December 2025 Form 10-K132

including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The Firm’s capital conservation buffer requirement computed under the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) is equal to the sum of the SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB. The capital conservation buffer requirement computed under the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”) is equal to the sum of a fixed 2.5% buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB. Based on 2025 data, the Firm estimates that its G-SIB Surcharge will potentially increase in the future from 3.0% to 3.5%. This change, if it occurs, would not take effect before January 1, 2028.

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024 At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

4.5%11.8%13.5%10.0%

Tier 1 capital ratio6.0%13.3%15.0%11.5%

Total capital ratio8.0%15.3%17.0%13.5%

1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital conservation buffer requirement.

The Firm’s risk-based capital ratios are computed under both (i) the Standardized Approach and (ii) the Advanced Approach. The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the differences between the actual and required ratios were lower under the Standardized Approach.

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

CET1 capital$83,153 $75,095

Tier 1 capital92,728 84,790

Total capital103,449 95,567

Total RWA552,515 471,834

CET1 capital15.0%15.9%

Tier 1 capital16.8%18.0%

Total capital18.7%20.3%

CET1 capital11.8%13.5%

Tier 1 capital13.3%15.0%

Total capital15.3%17.0%

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$1,383,314 $1,223,779

1,717,775 1,517,687

Leverage-based capital ratio

Tier 1 leverage6.7%6.9%

SLR5.4%5.6%

Tier 1 leverage4.0%4.0%

SLR5.0%5.0%

1.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, non-cash after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.

The OCC’s regulatory capital framework includes Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) standards, including “well-capitalized” PCA standards that are based on specified regulatory capital ratio minimums. For the Firm to remain an FHC, its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with the OCC’s PCA standards. In addition,

December 2025 Form 10-K

failure by the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to meet minimum capital requirements may result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ and the Firm’s financial statements.

At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, MSBNA and MSPBNA risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules.

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

6.5 %7.0 %$25,545 20.3 %$22,165 20.1 %

Tier 1 capital8.0 %8.5 %25,545 20.3 %22,165 20.1 %

Total capital10.0 %10.5 %26,423 21.0 %22,993 20.9 %

Tier 1 leverage5.0 %4.0 %$25,545 10.1 %$22,165 9.7 %

SLR6.0 %3.0 %25,545 7.6 %22,165 7.4 %

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

CET1 capital6.5 %7.0 %$17,298 26.1 %$16,672 26.1 %

Tier 1 capital8.0 %8.5 %17,298 26.1 %16,672 26.1 %

Total capital10.0 %10.5 %17,665 26.6 %17,004 26.6 %

Tier 1 leverage5.0 %4.0 %$17,298 7.0 %$16,672 7.7 %

SLR6.0 %3.0 %17,298 6.8 %16,672 7.5 %

December 31, 2025

Net capital$19,272 $18,483

Excess net capital13,905 13,883

As an Alternative Net Capital broker-dealer, and in accordance with Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) Rule 15c3-1, Appendix E, MS&Co. is subject to minimum net capital and tentative net capital requirements

and operates with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. As a futures commission merchant and registered swap dealer, MS&Co. is subject to CFTC capital requirements. In addition, MS&Co. must notify the SEC if its tentative net capital falls below certain levels. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, MS&Co. exceeded its net capital requirement and had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Certain other subsidiaries are also subject to various regulatory capital requirements. Such subsidiaries include the following, each of which operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, as applicable:

•MSESE, together with its subsidiary Morgan Stanley Bank AG (“MSBAG”) (the “MSESE Group”), is subject to the capital requirements of the European Central Bank, the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority and the German Central Bank. MSESE operates branches in Denmark, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Poland, Spain and Sweden that are also regulated by the relevant authorities in each jurisdiction. As of December 31, 2025, MSESE was conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. After becoming a fully licensed credit institution under the EU Capital Requirements Regulation in January 2026, MSESE became a Regulation K subsidiary of the Firm and is no longer subject to the SEC and CFTC substituted compliance rules for capital requirements.

•MSCS, a U.S. entity and the Firm’s primary non-bank security-based swap dealer, was conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer, registered with the SEC as an OTC derivatives dealer and registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer as of December 31, 2025. On February 14, 2026, MSCS was divided into two entities, one operating a Fixed Income business and a second operating an Equities business. The Fixed Income business was merged into MSBNA, and the Equities business

December 2025 Form 10-K134

continues to be subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and CFTC.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Restricted net assets$59,985 $49,914

$ in millions, except per share dataAtDecember 31,2025 LiquidationPreferenceper ShareAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

40,000 25,000 1,000 1,000

Total$9,750 $9,750

Description of Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2025

Earliest optional redemption date4

A44,000 1,000 $25,000 July 15, 2011

1,160,791 N/A1,100 October 15, 2011

E34,500 1,000 25,000 October 15, 2023

F34,000 1,000 25,000 January 15, 2024

I40,000 1,000 25,000 October 15, 2024

P

4.Series A and C are currently redeemable at the Firm’s option, in whole or in part, from time to time. Series E, F, I, L, and N are currently redeemable, and all other Series are redeemable, at the Firm’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the redemption date or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series).

in millions20252024

Shares outstanding at beginning of period1,607 1,627

(42)(43)

18 23

Shares outstanding at end of period1,583 1,607

$ in millions20252024

$4,585 $3,250

On July 1, 2025, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors reauthorized a multi-year repurchase program of up to $20 billion of outstanding common stock (the “Share Repurchase Authorization”), without a set expiration date, beginning in the third quarter of 2025, which will be exercised from time to time as conditions warrant and is subject to limitations on distributions from the Federal Reserve.

December 2025 Form 10-K

in millions202520242023

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic1,574 1,591 1,628

Effect of dilutive RSUs and PSUs18 20 18

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents, diluted1,592 1,611 1,646

Weighted average antidilutive common stock equivalents (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)2 — 2

$ in millions, except per share data202520242023

A$1,307 $58 $1,548 $68 $1,522 $67

E1,806 62 1,806 62 1,791 62

F1,743 59 1,747 60 1,719 58

I1,616 65 1,603 64 1,594 64

7,760 23 8,841 27 9,160 27

P1,625 65 1,625 65 1,625 65

1,656 66 759 30 — —

Total Preferred stock$612 $590 $557

Common stock$3.85 $6,147 $3.55 $5,745 $3.25 $5,393

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Rollforward

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$ in millionsCTAAFS SecuritiesPension and OtherDVACash Flow HedgesTotal

Beginning Balance

$(1,477)$(2,573)$(583)$(2,146)$(35)$(6,814)

OCI activity:

Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)

(5)1,326 7 (1,157)(19)152

Tax effect

311 (315)(1)284 5 284

After-tax Gain (Loss)

306 1,011 6 (873)(14)436

Non-Controlling Interests

(1)— — (9)— (10)

OCI Activity

307 1,011 6 (864)(14)446

Reclassified to Earnings:

Pre-tax Reclass.

— (30)29 20 95 114

Tax effect

— 7 (10)(5)(23)(31)

Reclass. After-tax

— (23)19 15 72 83

Net OCI Activity

307 988 25 (849)58 529

Ending Balance

$(1,170)$(1,585)$(558)$(2,995)$23 $(6,285)

$ in millionsCTAAFS SecuritiesPension and OtherDVACash Flow HedgesTotal

Beginning Balance$(1,153)$(3,094)$(595)$(1,595)$16 $(6,421)

OCI activity:

Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)(117)736 (8)(729)(99)(217)

Tax effect(305)(175)5 174 24 (277)

After-tax Gain (Loss)(422)561 (3)(555)(75)(494)

Non-Controlling Interests(98)— — 17 — (81)

OCI Activity(324)561 (3)(572)(75)(413)

Reclassified to Earnings:

Pre-tax Reclass

— (52)20 27 32 27

Tax effect— 12 (5)(6)(8)(7)

Reclass. After-tax

— (40)15 21 24 20

Net OCI Activity(324)521 12 (551)(51)(393)

Ending Balance$(1,477)$(2,573)$(583)$(2,146)$(35)$(6,814)

$ in millionsCTAAFS SecuritiesPension and OtherDVACash Flow HedgesTotal

Beginning Balance$(1,204)$(4,192)$(508)$(345)$(4)$(6,253)

OCI activity:

Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)(73)1,488 (96)(1,728)9 (400)

Tax effect53 (353)24 424 (1)147

After-tax Gain (Loss)(20)1,135 (72)(1,304)8 (253)

Non-Controlling Interests(71)— — (40)— (111)

OCI Activity51 1,135 (72)(1,264)8 (142)

Reclassified to Earnings:

Pre-tax Reclass

— (49)(18)19 16 (32)

Tax effect12 3 (5)(4)6

Reclass. After-tax

— (37)(15)14 12 (26)

Net OCI Activity51 1,098 (87)(1,250)20 (168)

Ending Balance$(1,153)$(3,094)$(595)$(1,595)$16 $(6,421)

December 2025 Form 10-K136

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Associated with net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency$(2,978)$(4,326)

Hedges, net of tax1,808 2,849

Total$(1,170)$(1,477)

Carrying value of net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges$20,904 $18,303

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Firm uses foreign currency contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries. The Firm may also elect not to hedge its net investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions or other reasons, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information relating to the effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments that resulted from the translation of foreign currency financial statements and from gains and losses from hedges of the Firm’s net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is summarized in the previous table.

$ in millions202520242023

$2,566 $3,068 $3,408

Investment securities5,328 5,161 3,992

Loans13,995 13,771 12,424

14,548 12,416 7,762

6,623 5,391 5,191

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities6,242 5,924 4,488

Customer receivables and Other1

9,761 8,404 8,584

Total interest income$59,063 $54,135 $45,849

Deposits$10,626 $10,368 $8,216

Borrowings12,556 13,242 11,437

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase4

12,874 10,787 6,737

Securities loaned5

3,076 1,036 784

Customer payables and Other

9,885 10,091 10,445

Total interest expense$49,017 $45,524 $37,619

Net interest$10,046 $8,611 $8,230

4.Includes interest received on Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

5.Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

Interest income and Interest expense are classified in the income statement based on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When included as a component of

the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Customer and other receivables$4,051 $3,322

Customer and other payables4,663 3,938

Certain current and former employees of the Firm, including financial advisors in the Wealth Management segment, participate in the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans. These plans include RSUs, PSUs and an ESPP.

$ in millions202520242023

RSUs$1,690 $1,464 $1,607

PSUs225 148 91

ESPP11 10 11

Total$1,926 $1,622 $1,709

$267 $202 $178

$ in millions202520242023

$413 $343 $382

20251

2026$583

2027248

Thereafter45

Total$876

1.Amounts do not include forfeitures or 2025 performance year compensation awarded in January 2026 which will begin to be amortized in 2026.

December 2025 Form 10-K

in millionsAtDecember 31,2025

Shares136

Number of RSUs

Weighted Average

Award Date

shares in millions, $ per share

Unvested2

Vested

Unvested

Vested

27 27 $88.64 $92.41

Awarded14 3 135.72 136.10

Conversions to common stock— (21)— 95.05

Forfeited(1)— 102.79 94.84

Vested

(16)16 91.43 91.43

Ending balance1

24 25 $112.60 $94.25

RSUs awarded in 2024$85.46

RSUs awarded in 2023$93.55

1.At December 31, 2025, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.1 years.

2.Unvested RSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements.

$ in millions202520242023

$2,774 $2,065 $2,019

Vested2,500 1,723 2,260

PSUs vest and convert to shares of common stock only if the Firm satisfies, over a three-year performance period, performance goals that are determined on the award date. The number of PSUs that may vest ranges from 0% to 150% of the target award, based on the Firm’s level of achievement of the specified performance goals. One-half of a PSU award is earned based on the Firm’s average return on tangible common equity (“MS Average ROTCE”) over the performance period. The other half of a PSU award is earned based on the MS Average ROTCE relative to the Return on

Tangible Common Equity of each member of the defined comparison group (“MS Relative ROTCE”). PSUs have vesting, conversion and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those of RSUs. Dividend equivalents that accrue on these awards are paid in cash when the awards convert. At December 31, 2025, approximately 2.5 million PSUs at target were outstanding.

Fair Value of PSU Awards

202520242023

Weighted average price on award date

$136.31 $83.86 $85.76

$ in millions202520242023

Deferred cash-based awards$950 $770 $693

Return on referenced investments764 672 668

Total$1,714 $1,442 $1,361

$401 $287 $259

$ in millions202520242023

Expense$235 $114 $44

$ in millions202520242023

Service cost, benefits earned during the period$23 $20 $20

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation145 137 140

Expected return on plan assets(92)(99)(99)

21 21 (9)

1 — 2

Net periodic benefit expense$99 $80 $55

Certain current and former U.S. employees of the Firm and its U.S. affiliates who were hired before July 1, 2007 are covered by the U.S. pension plan, a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the

December 2025 Form 10-K138

Internal Revenue Code (“U.S. Qualified Plan”). The U.S. Qualified Plan has ceased future benefit accruals.

The Firm also operates the Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan (“SEREP”). This is a non-contributory defined benefit plan that is not qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and has ceased accrual of future benefits.

$ in millions202520242023

Beginning balance$(812)$(821)$(716)

Net gain (loss)10 (12)(100)

21 21 (9)

1 (1)3

Changes recognized in OCI33 9 (105)

Ending balance$(779)$(812)$(821)

The Firm generally amortizes into net periodic benefit expense (income) the unrecognized net gains and losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. The U.S. pension plans amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses over the average life expectancy of participants. The remaining plans generally amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses and prior service cost over the average remaining service period of active participants.

202520242023

Discount rate5.39 %4.75 %4.93 %

4.27 %4.18 %3.54 %

$ in millions20252024

Projected benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year$2,764 $2,975

Service cost23 20

Interest cost145 137

23 (201)

Plan amendments— 1

Plan settlements(8)(1)

Benefits paid(152)(149)

25 (18)

Projected benefit obligation at end of year$2,820 $2,764

Fair value of plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$2,186 $2,422

Actual return on plan assets125 (114)

Employer contributions183 38

Benefits paid(152)(149)

Plan settlements(8)(1)

27 (10)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year$2,361 $2,186

Funded (unfunded) status$(459)$(578)

Assets$102 $71

Liabilities(561)(649)

Net amount recognized$(459)$(578)

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Pension plans$2,789 $2,740

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Projected benefit obligation$2,605 $2,616

Accumulated benefit obligation2,576 2,594

Fair value of plan assets2,044 1,967

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Discount rate5.32 %5.39 %

The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligation were selected by the Firm, in consultation with its independent actuary. The U.S. pension plans use a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the plans, each determined independently. The pension discount yield

December 2025 Form 10-K

curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad-based Aa-rated corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. For all non-U.S. pension plans, the assumed discount rates are based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

At December 31, 2025

U.S. government and agency securities1,846 152 — 1,998

Other investments— — 80 80

— 3 — 3

Total$1,853 $155 $80 $2,088

Money market30

Fixed income29

Liquidity16

Targeted cash flow203

Total$278

Total liabilities$— $(5)$— $(5)

Fair value of plan assets$2,361

$ in millions20252024

Balance at beginning of period$70 $71

Purchases, sales, settlements and exchange rate changes, net

8 (3)

Balance at end of period$80 $70

There were no transfers between levels during 2025 and 2024.

The U.S. Qualified Plan assets represented 86% of the Firm’s total pension plan assets at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of fixed income securities and related derivative instruments designed to approximate the expected cash flows of the plan’s liabilities to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with the obligation. The longer-duration fixed income allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run. The investment portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance with changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s benefit obligation.

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to the respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives are used solely for the purpose of enhancing investment returns in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. federal or state agency and available to institutional clients. The trust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from U.S. tax-qualified employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds based on the fair

December 2025 Form 10-K140

value of the underlying securities. Commingled trust funds are redeemable at NAV at the measurement date or in the near future.

The Firm’s policy is to fund at least the amount sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. At December 31, 2025, the Firm expected to contribute approximately $88 million to its pension plans in 2026 based upon the plans’ current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2026.

At December 31, 2025

2026$167

2028180

2029185

2030189

2031-2035

992

$ in millions202520242023

Expense$414 $400 $397

Eligible employees receive discretionary 401(k) matching cash contributions as determined annually by the Firm. The Firm generally matched eligible employee contributions up to the IRS limit at 4%, or 5% up to a certain compensation level, in 2025 and 2024. Eligible employees with eligible pay less than or equal to $100,001 also received a fixed contribution equal to 2% of eligible pay. Contributions are invested among available funds according to each participant’s investment direction and are included in the Firm’s 401(k) expense.

$ in millions202520242023

Expense$193 $181 $173

The Firm maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover eligible employees of certain non-U.S.

subsidiaries. Under such plans, contributions are generally determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements.

$ in millions202520242023

U.S. federal

$2,232 $2,011 $1,190

State and local

601 660 542

Foreign

1,535 1,244 1,314

Total$4,368 $3,915 $3,046

U.S. federal

$394 $8 $(295)

State and local

91 (6)(59)

Foreign

76 150 (109)

Total$561 $152 $(463)

Provision for income taxes$4,929 $4,067 $2,583

Reconciliation of U.S. Federal Statutory Income Tax to Effective Income Tax

202520242023

$%$%$%

U.S. federal statutory tax$4,610 21.0 %$3,695 21.0 %$2,481 21.0 %

State and local taxes1

430 2.0 378 2.1 292 2.5

Foreign taxes

India

Capital gains tax115 0.5 205 1.2 50 0.4

Other14 0.1 15 0.1 11 0.1

Brazil

Capital gains tax17 0.1 21 0.1 347 2.9

Other22 0.1 15 0.1 15 0.1

Other jurisdictions252 1.1 161 0.9 80 0.7

Changes in tax laws and rates— 0.0 15 0.1 — 0.0

Cross-border taxes

12 0.1 30 0.2 47 0.4

U.S. tax credits

General business credits

(260)(1.2)(295)(1.7)(285)(2.4)

Foreign tax credit

(28)(0.1)(50)(0.3)(375)(3.2)

Changes in valuation allowances9 0.0 14 0.1 (2)0.0

Nontaxable or nondeductible items

Income/(loss) from affiliates

(413)(1.9)(368)(2.1)(241)(2.0)

Employee share-based compensation

(167)(0.8)(71)(0.4)(138)(1.2)

Other30 0.1 36 0.2 79 0.7

Unrecognized tax benefits

99 0.5 77 0.4 66 0.6

Proportional amortization

187 0.9 189 1.1 156 1.3

Effective tax

$4,929 22.5 %$4,067 23.1 %$2,583 21.9 %

1.Amounts are net of U.S. federal income tax benefits. The tax effects in this category were primarily related to New York State and City in 2025, 2024 and 2023.

December 2025 Form 10-K

Income Taxes Paid, Net of Refunds

202520242023

U.S. federal

$1,501 $452 $408

State and local

New York State

* 111 *

New York City

*126 *

433 96 233

Foreign

U.K.

441 200 257

India

189 235 126

Brazil

*99 382

Japan

**179

Germany

**153

940 566 297

$3,504 $1,885 $2,035

*The amount of incomes taxes paid during the year does not meet the 5% disaggregation threshold and has been included in the relevant Other category above.

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards$265 $236

Employee compensation and benefit plans2,597 2,565

Allowance for credit losses and other reserves802 796

Valuation of net trading inventory, investments and receivables1,668 1,808

Other142 223

Total deferred tax assets5,474 5,628

Less: Deferred tax assets valuation allowance229 214

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance$5,245 $5,414

Fixed assets1,161 801

Intangibles and goodwill1,844 1,931

Total deferred tax liabilities$3,005 $2,732

Net deferred tax assets$2,240 $2,682

The Firm believes the recognized net deferred tax assets (after valuation allowance) at December 31, 2025 are more likely than not to be realized based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

The earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are indefinitely reinvested due to regulatory and other capital requirements in foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the unrecognized deferred tax liability attributable to indefinitely reinvested earnings is $490 million and $405 million, respectively.

$ in millions202520242023

Balance at beginning of period$1,305 $1,244 $1,129

Increases based on tax positions related to the current period211 202 147

Increases based on tax positions related to prior periods78 132 141

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods(30)(52)(73)

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities(2)(174)(79)

Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitations(44)(47)(21)

Balance at end of period$1,518 $1,305 $1,244

$1,347 $1,159 $1,090

$ in millions202520242023

Recognized in income statement$109 $92 $65

Accrued at end of period364 255 237

Earliest Tax Year Subject to Examination in Major Jurisdictions

Japan2021

The Firm is routinely under examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as the U.K., and in states and localities in which it has significant business operations, such as New York.

The Firm structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and its management organization, which is consistent with the approach used by the Firm’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to assess the Firm’s financial performance. The Firm provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth

December 2025 Form 10-K142

Management and Investment Management. For a further discussion of the business segments, see Note 1.

Investment banking$7,619 $760 $— $(180)$8,199

Trading17,721 855 (98)78 18,556

Investments562 130 659 — 1,351

3,302 2,973 — (339)5,936

753 18,627 6,068 (303)25,145

Other918 498 12 (16)1,412

Total non-interest revenues30,875 23,843 6,641 (760)60,599

Interest income43,684 16,311 57 (989)59,063

Interest expense41,479 8,400 173 (1,035)49,017

Net interest2,205 7,911 (116)46 10,046

Net revenues$33,080 $31,754 $6,525 $(714)$70,645

Provision for credit losses$302 $47 $— $— $349

9,785 16,950 2,481 — 29,216

11,756 5,464 2,566 (660)19,126

Total non-interest expenses$21,541 $22,414 $5,047 $(660)$48,342

Income before provision for income taxes$11,237 $9,293 $1,478 $(54)$21,954

Provision for income taxes2,430 2,163 349 (13)4,929

Net income8,807 7,130 1,129 (41)17,025

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests157 — 7 — 164

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$8,650 $7,130 $1,122 $(41)$16,861

34 %29 %23 %N/M31 %

39,332 16,247 112 (1,556)54,135

37,953 8,934 234 (1,597)45,524

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millions202520242023

Institutional Securities—Advisory$2,888 $2,378 $2,244

Institutional Securities—Underwriting4,731 3,792 2,334

Firm Investment banking revenues from contracts with customers84 %90 %91 %

$ in millions202520242023

Interest rate$4,358 $5,901 $4,646

Foreign exchange1,698 1,170 1,054

11,937 9,005 8,929

Commodity and other1,967 2,003 1,624

Credit(1,404)(1,316)(990)

Total$18,556 $16,763 $15,263

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing$926 $796

$ in millions202520242023

Fee waivers$117 $99 $93

$ in millions202520242023

Transaction taxes$1,289 $926 $866

December 2025 Form 10-K144

$ in millions202520242023

Americas$52,897 $46,929 $41,651

EMEA8,328 7,197 6,058

Asia9,420 7,635 6,434

Total$70,645 $61,761 $54,143

$ in millions202520242023

U.S.$15,846 $12,526 $8,334

6,108 5,070 3,479

Total$21,954 $17,596 $11,813

$ in millions202520242023

Non-interest revenues$2,303 $1,870 $1,778

The previous table includes revenues from contracts with customers recognized where some or all services were performed in prior periods. These revenues primarily include investment banking advisory fees.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Customer and other receivables$3,002 $2,628

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Institutional Securities$969,553 $796,608

Wealth Management433,017 400,848

Investment Management17,700 17,615

$1,420,270 $1,215,071

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Americas994,553 $893,170

EMEA228,870 179,187

Asia196,847 142,714

Total$1,420,270 $1,215,071

$ in millions202520242023

Dividends from bank subsidiaries$3,886 $5,571 $5,770

4,325 5,229 6,812

Total dividends from subsidiaries8,211 10,800 12,582

Trading(151)(827)(775)

Other(3)36 (31)

Total non-interest revenues8,057 10,009 11,776

Interest income14,234 15,739 13,596

Interest expense14,195 15,377 13,618

Net interest39 362 (22)

Net revenues8,096 10,371 11,754

Non-interest expenses397 358 287

Income before income taxes7,699 10,013 11,467

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(557)(499)(520)

Net income before undistributed gain of subsidiaries8,256 10,512 11,987

8,605 2,878 (2,900)

Net income16,861 13,390 9,087

Foreign currency translation adjustments307 (324)51

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities988 521 1,098

Pensions and other25 12 (87)

Change in net debt valuation adjustment(849)(551)(1,250)

Net change in cash flow hedges58 (51)20

Comprehensive income$17,390 $12,997 $8,919

Net income$16,861 $13,390 $9,087

Preferred stock dividends and other612 590 557

$16,249 $12,800 $8,530

December 2025 Form 10-K

$ in millions, except share dataAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Cash and cash equivalents$26,640 $19,343

Trading assets at fair value4,333 3,944

Available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost of $22,299 and $22,557; $165 and $11,816 were pledged to various parties)

22,044 22,100

Held-to-maturity (fair value of $7,809 and $12,050; $971 and $1,715 were pledged to various parties)

8,541 13,160

Securities purchased under agreement to resell to affiliates35,331 26,730

Bank and BHC35,548 37,370

Non-bank168,633 154,100

Bank and BHC68,190 60,904

Non-bank55,163 51,100

Other assets2,536 1,886

Total assets$426,959 $390,637

Trading liabilities at fair value$2,011 $100

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase from affiliates1,373 13,764

Payables to and advances from subsidiaries108,245 87,124

Other liabilities and accrued expenses3,260 3,011

Borrowings (includes $13,019 and $12,814 at fair value)

200,438 182,127

Total liabilities315,327 286,126

Preferred stock9,750 9,750

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,582,834,137 and 1,606,653,706

Additional paid-in capital31,153 30,179

Retained earnings115,091 104,989

Employee stock trusts5,154 5,103

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(6,285)(6,814)

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (456,059,842 and 432,240,273 shares)

(38,097)(33,613)

(5,154)(5,103)

Total shareholders’ equity111,632 104,511

Total liabilities and equity$426,959 $390,637

$ in millions202520242023

$18,578 $10,688 $24,914

Purchases(8,542)(7,806)(9,362)

Proceeds from sales550 — 300

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities8,249 7,444 5,479

Purchases— (1,729)—

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities4,674 4,402 4,003

Securities purchased under agreements to resell with affiliates(8,601)(2,037)(1,706)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with affiliates(12,391)(6,529)(8,389)

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries(13,906)(15,191)(10,097)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(29,967)(21,446)(19,772)

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs— 995 —

Issuance of Borrowings31,699 33,385 23,783

Borrowings(22,224)(24,500)(22,554)

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(5,835)(4,161)(6,178)

Cash dividends(6,593)(6,138)(5,763)

Net change in advances from subsidiaries21,032 13,839 (3,029)

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities18,079 13,420 (13,741)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents607 (200)147

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents7,297 2,462 (8,452)

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period19,343 16,881 25,333

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$26,640 $19,343 $16,881

Cash and due from banks$108 $66 $107

Deposits with bank subsidiaries26,532 19,277 16,774

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$26,640 $19,343 $16,881

Restricted cash$2,066 $1,086 $1,086

Interest$15,736 $15,971 $14,437

1,931 798 599

1.Represents total payments, net of refunds, made to various tax authorities and includes taxes paid on behalf of certain subsidiaries that are subsequently settled between the Parent Company and these subsidiaries. The settlements received from subsidiaries were $2.4 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.6 billion for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

December 2025 Form 10-K146

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Senior$188,255 $168,413

Subordinated12,182 13,713

Total$200,437 $182,126

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Aggregate balance$92,330 $70,662

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

$660 $628

As indicated in the Firm’s 2025 resolution plan submitted to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, the Parent Company has entered into an amended and restated support agreement with its material entities (including its wholly owned, direct subsidiary Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (the “Funding IHC”)) and certain other subsidiaries. Under the amended and restated secured support agreement, in the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its contributable assets to its supported entities and/or the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to its supported entities. The obligations of the Parent Company and the Funding IHC under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) and the assets of the Funding IHC.

December 2025 Form 10-K

20252024

U.S.$54,637 $1,732 3.2 %$47,751 $2,004 4.2 %

Non-U.S.45,666 834 1.8 %43,406 1,064 2.5 %

162,840 5,328 3.3 %156,920 5,161 3.3 %

257,513 13,995 5.4 %226,454 13,771 6.1 %

U.S.72,438 9,919 13.7 %65,222 7,332 11.2 %

Non-U.S.41,126 4,629 11.3 %47,735 5,084 10.7 %

U.S.120,273 6,396 5.3 %110,024 4,985 4.5 %

Non-U.S.18,854 227 1.2 %18,224 406 2.2 %

114,215 5,259 4.6 %106,063 5,016 4.7 %

24,088 983 4.1 %14,385 908 6.3 %

Customer receivables and Other:

66,830 7,630 11.4 %52,510 6,223 11.9 %

18,891 2,131 11.3 %15,889 2,181 13.7 %

Total$997,371 $59,063 5.9 %$904,583 $54,135 6.0 %

$384,412 $10,626 2.8 %$350,487 $10,368 3.0 %

307,055 12,556 4.1 %265,473 13,242 5.0 %

U.S.20,260 7,784 38.4 %18,442 5,336 28.9 %

Non-U.S.50,834 5,090 10.0 %52,135 5,451 10.5 %

U.S.9,844 2,152 21.9 %9,499 108 1.1 %

Non-U.S.7,025 924 13.2 %6,853 928 13.5 %

Customer payables and Other:

U.S.133,680 6,801 5.1 %128,853 6,478 5.0 %

Non-U.S.65,411 3,084 4.7 %61,237 3,613 5.9 %

Total$978,521 $49,017 5.0 %$892,979 $45,524 5.1 %

Net interest income and net interest rate spread$10,046 0.9 %$8,611 0.9 %

2025 versus 2024

U.S.$289 $(561)$(272)

Non-U.S.55 (285)(230)

195 (28)167

1,889 (1,665)224

U.S.811 1,776 2,587

Non-U.S.(704)249 (455)

U.S.464 947 1,411

Non-U.S.14 (193)(179)

U.S.386 (143)243

Non-U.S.612 (537)75

Customer receivables and Other:

U.S.1,697 (290)1,407

Non-U.S.412 (462)(50)

Change in interest income$6,120 $(1,192)$4,928

$1,004 $(746)$258

2,074 (2,760)(686)

U.S.526 1,922 2,448

Non-U.S.(136)(225)(361)

U.S.4 2,040 2,044

Non-U.S.23 (27)(4)

Customer payables and Other:

U.S.243 80 323

Non-U.S.246 (775)(529)

Change in interest expense$3,984 $(491)$3,493

Change in net interest income$2,136 $(701)$1,435

December 2025 Form 10-K148

U.S.$56,920 $2,386 4.2 %

Non-U.S.48,373 1,022 2.1 %

153,307 3,992 2.6 %

215,628 12,424 5.8 %

U.S.47,604 4,714 9.9 %

Non-U.S.61,766 3,048 4.9 %

U.S.115,279 4,794 4.2 %

Non-U.S.18,514 397 2.1 %

U.S.93,409 3,792 4.1 %

Non-U.S.12,788 696 5.4 %

U.S.45,815 6,314 13.8 %

Non-U.S.14,485 2,270 15.7 %

Total$883,888 $45,849 5.2 %

$342,583 $8,216 2.4 %

238,164 11,437 4.8 %

U.S.22,718 3,591 15.8 %

Non-U.S.46,392 3,146 6.8 %

Securities loaned7:

U.S.4,244 67 1.6 %

Non-U.S.9,470 717 7.6 %

Customer payables and Other:

U.S.133,069 6,954 5.2 %

Non-U.S.63,916 3,491 5.5 %

Total$860,556 $37,619 4.4 %

Net interest income and net interest rate spread$8,230 0.8 %

Securities loaned7:

Customer payables and Other:

December 2025 Form 10-K

202520242023

$296,827 2.2 %$280,926 2.5 %$286,513 2.0 %

Time87,584 4.6 %69,561 4.8 %56,070 4.3 %

Total$384,411 2.8 %$350,487 3.0 %$342,583 2.4 %

December 2025 Form 10-K150

December 2025 Form 10-K

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Firm conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Firm maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025.

December 2025 Form 10-K152

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Firm maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the financial statements of the Firm as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 and our report dated February 19, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

February 19, 2026

December 2025 Form 10-K

No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2025 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Removed paragraphs (37694 words)

For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results and strategic objectives, see “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding “Business” and “Return on Tangible Common Equity Goal” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our results of operations have been in the past and may, in the future, be materially affected by global financial market and economic conditions, including, in particular, by periods of low or slowing economic growth in the United States and other major markets, both directly and indirectly through their impact on client activity levels. These include the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices; the level, term structure and volatility of interest rates; inflation, currency values and unemployment rates; the level of other market indices, fiscal or monetary policies established by governments, central banks and financial regulators; and uncertainty concerning the future path of interest rates, government shutdowns, debt ceilings or funding, which may be driven by economic conditions, recessionary fears, market uncertainty or lack of confidence among investors and clients due to the effects of widespread events such as global pandemics, natural disasters, climate-related incidents, acts of war or aggression, geopolitical instability, changes as a result of global elections, including changes in U.S. presidential administrations or Congress, changes to global trade policies, supply chain complications and the implementation of tariffs, protectionist trade policies, trade sanctions or investment restrictions and other factors, or a combination of these or other factors.

The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial market fluctuations due to a variety of factors that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in business flows and activity and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things,

can be impacted by market uncertainty or lack of investor and client confidence due to unforeseen economic, geopolitical or market conditions that in turn affect the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments.

In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions, market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale, which could lead to increased individual counterparty risk for our businesses. Although our risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves, severe market events have historically been difficult to predict, and we could realize significant losses if extreme market events were to occur.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Our net interest income is sensitive to changes in interest rates, generally resulting in higher net interest income in higher interest rate scenarios and lower net interest income in lower interest rate scenarios. The level and pace of interest rate changes, along with other developments, such as pricing changes to certain deposit types due to various competitive dynamics and alternative cash-equivalent products available to depositors, have in the past impacted, and could again impact, client preferences for cash allocation and the pace of reallocation of client balances, resulting in changes in the deposit mix and associated interest expense, as well as client demand for loans. These factors have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, our results of operations, including our net interest income.

We incur significant credit risk exposure through our Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including, but not limited to: extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; acting as clearing broker for listed and over-the-counter derivatives whereby we guarantee client performance to clearinghouses; providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral, including, but not limited to, real estate and marketable securities, whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; posting margin and/or

collateral and other commitments to clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties; and investing and trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

Our valuations related to, and reserves for losses on, credit exposures rely on complex models, estimates and subjective judgments about the future. While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, future economic conditions, including inflation and changes in real estate and other asset values, that differ from or are more severe than forecast, inaccurate models or assumptions, or external factors, such as geopolitical events, changes in international trade policies, global pandemics or natural disasters, could lead to inaccurate measurement of or deterioration of credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or the value of collateral and result in unexpected losses. We may also incur higher-than-anticipated credit losses as a result of (i) disputes with counterparties over the valuation of collateral or (ii) actions taken by other lenders that may negatively impact the valuation of collateral. In cases where we foreclose on collateral, sudden declines in the value or liquidity of collateral may result in significant losses to us despite our (i) credit monitoring, (ii) over-collateralization, (iii) ability to call for additional collateral or (iv) ability to force repayment of the underlying obligation, especially where there is a single type of collateral supporting the obligation. In addition, in the longer term, climate change may have a negative impact on the financial condition of our clients, which may decrease revenues from those clients and increase the credit risk associated with loans and other credit exposures to those clients. Certain of our credit exposures may be concentrated by counterparty, product, sector, portfolio, industry or geographic region. Although our models and estimates account for correlations among related types of exposures, a change in the market or economic environment for a concentrated product or an external factor impacting a concentrated counterparty, sector, portfolio, industry or geographic region may result in credit losses in excess of amounts forecast. For further information regarding our country risk exposure, see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Country Risk.”

In addition, as a clearing member of several central counterparties, we are responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers and could incur financial losses

December 2024 Form 10-K14

in the event of default by other clearing members. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.

A default by a large financial institution could adversely affect financial markets.

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions and certain other large financial services firms may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships among such entities. Increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearinghouses, central agents or exchanges may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one or more such entities could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, or require financial commitments to multilateral actions intended to support market stability. This is sometimes referred to as systemic risk and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks and securities firms, with which we interact on a daily basis and, therefore, could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company.”

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors (e.g., inappropriate or unlawful conduct) or external events (e.g., cyberattacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, legal, regulatory and compliance risks, or damage to physical assets. We may experience operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities and support and control groups (e.g., information technology (“IT”) and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Operational Risk.”

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process and report, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. We may introduce new products or services or change processes or reporting, including in connection with new regulatory requirements, or integration of processes or systems of

acquired companies, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify.

As a major participant in the global capital markets, we face the risk of incorrect valuation or risk management of our trading positions due to flaws in data, models, electronic trading systems or processes, or due to fraud or cyberattacks. We also face the risk of operational failure or disruption of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearinghouses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our lending, securities and derivatives transactions. In addition, in the event of a breakdown or improper operation or disposal of our, or a direct or indirect third party’s (or third parties thereof) systems, processes or information assets, or improper or unauthorized action by third parties, including consultants and subcontractors or our employees, we have received in the past and may receive in the future regulatory sanctions, and could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity position, a disruption of our businesses or damage to our reputation.

In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with central agents, exchanges and clearinghouses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industrywide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business. Furthermore, the concentration of Firm and personal information held by a small number of third parties increases the risk that a breach or disruption at a key third party may cause an industrywide event that could significantly increase the cost and risk of conducting business. These risks may be heightened to the extent that we rely on third parties that are concentrated in a geographic area.

There can be no assurance that our or our third parties’ business contingency and security response plans fully mitigate all potential risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities where we are located. This may include a disruption involving physical site access; software flaws and

December 2024 Form 10-K

vulnerabilities; cybersecurity incidents; terrorist activities; political unrest; disease pandemics; catastrophic events; climate-related incidents and natural disasters (such as earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and wildfires); electrical outages; environmental hazards; computer servers; internet outages; client access to our digital platforms and mobile applications; communication platforms or other services we use; new technologies (such as generative artificial intelligence); and our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business. Although we and the third parties with whom we conduct business employ backup systems for data, those backup systems may be unavailable following a disruption, the affected data may not have been backed up or may not be recoverable from the backup, the backup systems may not process data as accurately or efficiently as the primary systems or the backup data may be costly to recover, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Notwithstanding evolving technology and technology-based risk and control systems, our businesses ultimately rely on people, including our employees and those of our third parties (or third parties thereof). As a result of human error or engagement in violations of applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures, certain errors or violations are not always discovered immediately by our technological processes or by our controls and other procedures that are intended to prevent and detect such errors or violations. These can include calculation or input errors, inadvertent or duplicate payments, mistakes in addressing emails or other communications, errors in software or model development or implementation, or errors in judgment, as well as intentional efforts to disregard or circumvent applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures. Our use of new technologies may be undermined by such human errors or misconduct due to undetected flaws or biases in the algorithms or data utilized by such technologies. Human errors and malfeasance, even if promptly discovered and remediated, can result in material losses and liabilities for us, and negatively impact our reputation in the future.

We conduct business in various jurisdictions outside the U.S., including jurisdictions that may not have comparable levels of protection for their corporate assets, such as intellectual property, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, and customer information and records. The protection afforded in those jurisdictions may be less established and/or predictable than in the U.S. or other jurisdictions in which we operate. As a result, there may also be heightened risks associated with the potential theft of their data, technology and intellectual property in those jurisdictions by domestic or foreign actors, including private parties and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Additionally, we are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and international laws and regulations governing areas such as cybersecurity, privacy and data governance, transfer and protection, which may differ and potentially conflict, in various jurisdictions. Any theft of data, technology or intellectual property may negatively impact our operations and reputation, including disrupting the business activities of our subsidiaries, affiliates,

joint ventures or clients conducting business in those jurisdictions.

Cybersecurity risks for financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years, in part because of the proliferation of new technologies; the use of the internet, mobile telecommunications and cloud technologies to conduct financial transactions; and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, state-sponsored actors and other parties. Any of these parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, clients, vendors or other third parties or users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our networks, systems or data or those of our employees or clients, and such parties may see their effectiveness enhanced by the use of artificial intelligence. Global events and geopolitical instability have also led to increased nation-state targeting of financial institutions in the U.S. and abroad.

Like other financial services firms, the Firm, its third-party providers and its clients continue to be the subject of unauthorized access attacks; mishandling, loss, theft or misuse of information; computer viruses or malware; cyberattacks designed to obtain confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or networks, impede our ability to execute or confirm settlement of transactions or cause other damage; ransomware; denial of

December 2024 Form 10-K16

service attacks; data breaches; social engineering attacks; phishing attacks; and other events. There can be no assurance that such unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse of information, or cybersecurity incidents will not occur in the future and they could occur more frequently and on a more significant scale.

While many of our agreements with partners and third parties include indemnification provisions, we may not be able to recover sufficiently, or at all, under such provisions to adequately offset any losses we may incur. In addition, although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber and information security risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover any or all losses we may incur, and we

cannot be sure that such insurance will continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or that our insurers will not deny coverage as to any future claim.

In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors, depositors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as an incurrence of large trading, credit or operational losses, a downgrade by the rating agencies, a decline in the level of our business activity, if regulatory authorities take significant action against us or our industry, or if we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity.

December 2024 Form 10-K

The Parent Company has no business operations and depends on dividends, distributions, loans and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory restrictions, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our

subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that, in certain circumstances, limit, as well as permit regulatory bodies to block or reduce, the flow of funds to the Parent Company, or that prohibit such transfers or dividends altogether, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities.

Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions; material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements; limitations on our business; or loss to reputation we may suffer as a result of our failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, terrorist financing and anti-corruption rules and regulations. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”

December 2024 Form 10-K18

Like other major financial services firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges, and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business, including an increasing number of complex sanctions and disclosure regimes. These laws and regulations, which may continue to increase in volume and complexity, significantly affect the way and costs of doing business and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.

The Firm and its employees are subject to wide-ranging regulation and supervision, which, among other things, subject us to intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses through acquisitions or otherwise, limitations on activities, a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity and funding requirements, including the global implementation of capital standards established by the Basel Committee, and other enhanced prudential standards, resolution regimes and resolution planning requirements, requirements for maintaining minimum amounts of TLAC and external long-term debt, restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, comprehensive derivatives regulation, interest rate benchmark requirements, commodities regulation, market structure regulation, consumer protection regulation, AML, terrorist financing and anti-corruption rules and regulations, tax regulations and interpretations, antitrust laws, trade and transaction reporting obligations, requirements related to preventing the misuse of confidential information, including material non-public information, record-keeping requirements, broadened fiduciary obligations and disclosure requirements.

In addition, regulatory requirements that are imposed by foreign policymakers and regulators may be inconsistent or conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and may adversely affect us.

In addition, a wholly owned, direct subsidiary of the Parent Company, Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (“Funding IHC”), serves as a resolution funding vehicle. The Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing basis, certain assets to the Funding IHC. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its material assets that can be contributed under the terms of the amended and restated support

December 2024 Form 10-K

agreement (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) to the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to certain supported subsidiaries, pursuant to the terms of the secured amended and restated support agreement.

In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdiction by writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity. Such “bail-in” powers are intended to enable the recapitalization of a failing institution by allocating losses to its shareholders and unsecured creditors. This may increase the overall level of capital and liquidity required by us on a consolidated basis and may result in limitations on our ability to efficiently distribute capital and liquidity among our affiliated entities, including in times of stress. Non-U.S. regulators are also considering requirements that certain subsidiaries of large financial institutions maintain minimum

amounts of TLAC that would pass losses up from the subsidiaries to the Parent Company and, ultimately, to security holders of the Parent Company in the event of failure.

Investigations and proceedings initiated by these authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, disgorgement, restitution, forfeiture, injunctions or other relief, and have included and may in the future include requirements that the Firm admit certain conduct, which may result in increased exposure to civil litigation. In addition, these measures have caused and may in the future cause collateral consequences. For example, such matters could impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses.

December 2024 Form 10-K20

We may be responsible for representations and warranties associated with commercial and residential real estate loans and may incur losses in excess of our reserves.

We originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related assets and products. In connection with these activities, we have provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached, and may incur losses as a result. We have also made representations and warranties in connection with our role as an originator of certain loans that we securitized in CMBS and RMBS. For additional information, see Note 14 to the financial statements.

As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, between an employee on the one hand and us or a client on the other, or situations in which we may be a creditor of a client. Moreover, we utilize multiple brands and business channels, including those resulting from our acquisitions, and continue to enhance the collaboration across business segments, which may heighten the potential conflicts of interest or the risk of improper sharing of information.

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management strategies, models and processes, including our use of various risk models for assessing market, credit, liquidity and operational exposures and hedging strategies, stress testing and other analysis capabilities, and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk management capabilities may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated.

December 2024 Form 10-K

As our businesses change and grow, including through acquisitions and the introduction and application of new technologies, such as artificial intelligence, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies, models and processes may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate.

In addition, many models we use are based on assumptions or inputs regarding correlations among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators and, therefore, cannot anticipate sudden, unanticipated or unidentified market or economic movements, such as the impact of a pandemic or a sudden geopolitical conflict, which could cause us to incur losses.

Climate change manifesting as physical or transition risks could result in increased costs and risks and adversely affect our operations, businesses and clients.

There continues to be increasing concern over the risks of climate change and related sustainability matters. The physical risks of climate change include harm to people and property arising from acute, climate-related events, such as floods, hurricanes, heatwaves, droughts and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as higher global average temperatures, rising sea levels and long-term droughts. Such events could disrupt our operations or those of our clients or third parties on which we rely, including through direct damage to physical assets and indirect impacts from supply chain disruption and market volatility. These events could impact the ability of certain of our clients or

customers to repay their obligations, reduce the value of collateral, increase costs, including the cost or availability of insurance coverage, and result in other adverse effects.

The transition risks of climate change include policy, legal, technology and market changes. Examples of these transition risks include changes in consumer and business sentiment, related technologies, shareholder preferences and any additional regulatory and legislative requirements, including increased disclosure or regulation of carbon emissions. These risks could increase our expenses and adversely impact our strategies. Negative impacts to certain of our clients, such as decreased profitability and asset write-downs, could also lead to increased credit and liquidity risk to us.

In addition, our reputation and client relationships may be adversely impacted as a result of our, or our clients’, involvement in certain practices that may have, or are associated with having, an adverse impact on climate change. Legislative or regulatory change regarding climate-related risks, including inconsistent requirements and uncertainties, could result in loss of revenue, or increased credit, market, liquidity, regulatory, compliance, reputational and other risks and costs.

Our ability to achieve our climate-related targets and commitments and the way we go about this could also result in reputational harm as a result of public sentiment, legislative and regulatory scrutiny (including from U.S. federal and state governments and foreign policymakers and regulators), litigation and reduced investor and stakeholder confidence. If we are unable to achieve our objectives relating to climate change or our current response to climate change is perceived to be ineffective or insufficient, or the way we respond is perceived negatively, our business and reputation may suffer.

The risks associated with, and the perspective of regulators, governments, shareholders, employees and other stakeholders regarding climate change, as well as geopolitical events, continue to evolve rapidly, making it difficult to assess the ultimate impact on us of climate-related risks and uncertainties. As climate risk is interconnected with other risks, we have developed and continue to enhance processes to embed climate risk considerations into our risk management practices and governance structures. Despite our risk management practices, the unpredictability surrounding the timing and severity of climate-related events, and societal or political changes in reaction to them, make it difficult to predict, identify, monitor and mitigate climate risks.

In addition, the methodologies and data used to manage and monitor climate risk continue to evolve. Current approaches utilize information and estimates that have been derived from information or factors released by third-party sources, which may not reflect the latest or most accurate data. Climate-related data, particularly greenhouse gas emissions for clients and counterparties, remains limited in availability and varies in quality. Certain third-party information may also change

December 2024 Form 10-K22

over time as methodologies evolve and are refined. While we believe this information is the best available at the time, we may only be able to complete limited validation. Furthermore, modeling capabilities and methodologies to analyze climate-related risks, although improving, remain nascent and emerging and are subject to uncertainty due to limited historical trend information and the absence of standardized and comprehensive data. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially, which could impact our ability to manage climate-related risks.

The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, global investment banks, regional banks, broker-dealers, wire houses, private banks, registered investment advisers, digital investing platforms, traditional and alternative asset managers, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial and ancillary services in the U.S. and globally. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, technology, reputation, risk appetite and price.

We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, increased competition in the U.S. and globally driven by established financial services firms and emerging firms, including non-financial companies and business models focusing on technology innovation, competing for the same clients and assets, or offering similar products and services to retail and institutional customers. It is also possible that competition may become even more intense as we continue to compete with financial or other institutions that may be, or will become, larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain geographies or products.

We continue to experience price competition in some of our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities and other automated trading platforms, and the introduction and application of new technologies, including generative artificial intelligence, will likely continue the pressure on revenues. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future.

International Risk

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations that could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, increased taxes and levies, cybersecurity, data transfer and outsourcing restrictions, regulatory scrutiny regarding the use of new technologies, prohibitions on certain

December 2024 Form 10-K

types of foreign and capital market activities, limitations on cross-border listings and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability, including tensions between China and the U.S., the expansion or escalation of hostilities between Russia and Ukraine or in the Middle East, or the initiation or escalation of hostilities or terrorist activity around the world and the potential associated impacts on global and local economies and our operations. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries and multinational corporations are uncertain, evolving and subject to sudden change or may be inconsistent with U.S. law. It may also be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market or adapt to changes in law, which could adversely impact our businesses. Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.

As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multinational bodies and governmental agencies worldwide, which may be inconsistent with local law. We and certain of our subsidiaries are also subject to applicable AML and/or anti-corruption laws in the U.S., as well as in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. A violation of a sanction, embargo program, AML or anti-corruption law could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action, as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.

Acquisition, Divestiture and Joint Venture Risk

Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses or the introduction of new products, may change our client or account profile or bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes, services, competitors and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign, compliance and operational risks, as well as franchise and reputational concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held, or services are being delivered.

December 2024 Form 10-K24

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K. For an analysis of 2023 results compared with 2022 results, see Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 filed with the SEC.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity securities and other products, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Equity and Fixed Income businesses include sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, Asia wealth management services and certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to clients. Other activities include research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions. Wealth Management covers: financial advisor-led brokerage, custody, administrative and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; securities-based lending, residential and commercial real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by: competition; legislative, legal and regulatory developments; and other risk factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements”, “Business—Competition”, “Business—Supervision and Regulation”, “Risk Factors” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Consolidated Results—Full Year Ended December 31, 2024

•The Firm reported net revenues of $61.8 billion and net income of $13.4 billion, reflecting strong results across our business segments.

•The Firm delivered ROE of 14.0% and ROTCE of 18.8% (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein).

•The Firm expense efficiency ratio was 71% compared to 77% in the prior year, reflecting higher revenues and expense discipline. In the prior year, the ratio was negatively impacted by specific severance costs of $353 million, integration-related expenses of $293 million, an FDIC special assessment of $286 million and higher legal expenses related to a $249 million settlement in connection with resolutions of investigations into the Firm’s blocks business. (See “Expenses” herein for more information).

•The Firm accreted $5.6 billion of Common Equity Tier 1 capital while supporting clients and returning capital to shareholders. At December 31, 2024, the Firm’s Standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.9%.

•Institutional Securities net revenues of $28.1 billion reflect higher results across businesses and regions on higher client activity and improved market conditions.

•Wealth Management delivered net revenues of $28.4 billion, reflecting higher Asset management and Transactional revenues. The pre-tax margin was 27.2%. Fee-based asset flows were $123 billion and the business added net new assets of $252 billion.

•Investment Management reported net revenues of $5.9 billion, primarily driven by asset management revenues on higher average AUM.

2024 Compared with 2023

•We reported net revenues of $61.8 billion in 2024, which increased by 14% compared with $54.1 billion in 2023. Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $13.4 billion in 2024, which increased by 47% compared with $9.1 billion in 2023. Diluted earnings per common share was $7.95 in 2024, which increased by 53% compared with $5.18 in 2023.

December 2024 Form 10-K26

•Compensation and benefits expenses of $26,178 million in 2024 increased 7% from the prior year, primarily due to an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives and higher discretionary incentive compensation, both on higher revenues, partially offset by lower severance costs.

In 2023, Compensation and benefits expenses included severance costs of $353 million, primarily associated with a specific Firmwide reduction in workforce during the second quarter of 2023. We recorded severance costs of $220 million in the Institutional Securities business segment, $105 million in the Wealth Management business segment, and $28 million in the Investment Management business segment for 2023.

In 2022, Compensation and benefits expenses included severance costs of $133 million, associated with a specific Firmwide reduction in workforce during the fourth quarter of 2022. We recorded severance costs of $88 million in the Institutional Securities business segment, $30 million in the Wealth Management business segment, and $15 million in the Investment Management business segment for 2022. These specific reductions in workforce occurred across the Firm’s business segments and geographic regions, impacted approximately 4% and 1% of the Firm’s global workforce in 2023 and 2022, respectively, and resulted from the Firm’s review of its global workforce, operating expenses and the business environment following the acquisitions of E*TRADE Financial Corporation (“E*TRADE”) and Eaton Vance Corp. (“Eaton Vance”), rather than a change in strategy or exit of businesses. These costs were primarily incurred in the Americas and EMEA, with the majority in the Americas.

•Non-compensation expenses of $17,723 million in 2024 increased 3% from the prior year, primarily driven by higher execution-related expenses and increased technology spend, partially offset by lower legal expenses and lower FDIC special assessment cost.

In 2023, integration-related expenses were $293 million, of which $201 million related to the integration of E*TRADE within the Wealth Management business segment and $92 million related to the integration of Eaton Vance within the Investment Management business segment. In 2022, integration-related expenses were $470 million, of which $357 million related to the integration of E*TRADE within the Wealth Management business segment and $113 million related to the integration of Eaton Vance within the Investment Management business segment. Integration-related expenses primarily included non-compensation expenses such as information technology expense related to the consolidation of platforms, and professional fees related to changes in legal entity structures and the integration of clients, within both Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments. Integration-related activities were substantially completed as of December 31, 2023.

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $264 million in 2024 was primarily related to certain specific commercial real estate loans and growth in the corporate loan portfolio, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $532 million in 2023 was primarily related to credit deterioration in the commercial real estate sector, including provisions for certain specific loans, mainly in the office portfolio, and modest growth in certain other loan portfolios.

December 2024 Form 10-K

•Institutional Securities net revenues of $28,080 million in 2024 increased 22% from the prior year, reflecting higher results across businesses, particularly in Equity and underwriting results within Investment Banking.

•Wealth Management net revenues of $28,420 million in 2024 increased 8% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher Asset management revenues and Transactional revenues, partially offset by lower Net interest income.

•Investment Management net revenues of $5,861 million in 2024 increased 9% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher Asset management and related fees and higher Performance-based income and other revenues.

•Americas net revenues in 2024 increased 13% from the prior year, primarily driven by higher Asset management revenues within the Wealth Management business segment and higher results across businesses within the Institutional Securities business segment.

•EMEA net revenues in 2024 increased 19% from the prior year, primarily driven by higher results across businesses within the Institutional Securities business segment.

•Asia net revenues in 2024 increased 19% from the prior year, primarily driven by higher results from Equity and Investment Banking within the Institutional Securities business segment.

202420232022

Net revenues$61,761 $54,143 $53,668

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$12,800 $8,530 $10,540

Earnings per diluted common share$7.95 $5.18 $6.15

71 %77 %73 %

14.0 %9.4 %11.2 %

18.8 %12.8 %15.3 %

28 %22 %26 %

Effective tax rate 23.1 %21.9 %20.7 %

Institutional Securities31 %19 %28 %

Wealth Management27 %25 %27 %

Investment Management19 %16 %15 %

AtDecember 31,2024AtDecember 31,2023

$345,440 $314,504

$246,814 $226,828

Total assets$1,215,071 $1,193,693

Deposits$376,007 $351,804

Borrowings$288,819 $263,732

$94,761 $90,288

$71,604 $66,527

Common shares outstanding1,607 1,627

$58.98 $55.50

$44.57 $40.89

Worldwide employees (in thousands)80 80

$7,860 $6,588

Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Standardized15.9 %15.2 %

Tier 1 capital—Standardized18.0 %17.1 %

Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Advanced15.7 %15.5 %

Tier 1 capital—Advanced17.8 %17.4 %

Tier 1 leverage6.9 %6.7 %

SLR5.6 %5.5 %

2.ROE and ROTCE represent earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively.

December 2024 Form 10-K28

8.Client assets represent the sum of Wealth Management client assets and Investment Management AUM. Certain Wealth Management client assets are invested in Investment Management products and are therefore also included in Investment Management’s AUM.

The economic environment, client and investor confidence and overall market sentiment improved in 2024. While interest rates declined in recent months, elevated inflation, geopolitical risks including ongoing tensions in the Middle East, uncertainties surrounding government and policy developments in the markets we operate in and the timing and pace of further interest rate actions present ongoing risks to the economic environment. These factors have impacted, and could continue to impact capital markets and our businesses, as discussed further in “Business Segments” herein.

For more information on economic and market conditions, and the potential effects of geopolitical events and acts of war or aggression on our future results, refer to “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

We present certain non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the impact of mark-to-market gains and losses, net of financing costs on DCP investments from net revenues. We also exclude the impact of mark-to-market gains and losses on DCP from compensation expenses. The impact of DCP investments and DCP are primarily reflected in our Wealth Management business segment results. These measures allow for better comparability of period-to-period underlying operating performance and revenue trends. By excluding the impact of these items, we are better able to describe the business drivers and resulting impact to net revenues and

corresponding change to the associated compensation expenses. For additional information on DCP, refer to “Other Matters” herein.

202420232022

Net revenues$61,761 $54,143 $53,668

(363)(434)1,198

Adjusted Net revenues—non-GAAP$61,398 $53,709 $54,866

Compensation expense$26,178 $24,558 $23,053

(672)(668)716

Adjusted Compensation expense—non-GAAP$25,506 $23,890 $23,769

Wealth Management Net revenues$28,420 $26,268 $24,417

(239)(282)858

Adjusted Wealth Management Net revenues—non-GAAP$28,181 $25,986 $25,275

Wealth Management Compensation expense$15,207 $13,972 $12,534

(431)(412)530

Adjusted Wealth Management Compensation expense—non-GAAP$14,776 $13,560 $13,064

$ in millions202420232022

$94,761 $90,288 $91,391

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(23,157)(23,761)(24,268)

$71,604 $66,527 $67,123

December 2024 Form 10-K

$ in millions202420232022

$91,699 $90,819 $93,873

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(23,482)(24,013)(24,789)

$68,217 $66,806 $69,084

$ in billions202420232022

Institutional Securities$45.0 $45.6 $48.8

Wealth Management29.1 28.8 31.0

Investment Management10.8 10.4 10.6

Institutional Securities14 %7 %10 %

Wealth Management20 %17 %16 %

Investment Management8 %6 %6 %

Institutional Securities$44.6 $45.2 $48.3

Wealth Management15.5 14.8 16.3

Investment Management1.1 0.7 0.8

Institutional Securities14 %7 %10 %

Wealth Management37 %33 %31 %

Investment Management76 %88 %86 %

Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to our business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures. See Note 22 to the financial statements for segment net revenues by income statement line item and information on intersegment transactions.

Within the Institutional Securities business segment, Trading revenues arise from transactions in cash instruments and derivatives in which we act as a market maker for our clients. In this role, we stand ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and to provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. Our liquidity obligations can be explicit in some cases, and in others, customers expect us to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill our market-making function, we engage in activities across all of our trading businesses that include, but are not limited to:

December 2024 Form 10-K30

Investments revenues are composed of realized and unrealized gains and losses derived from investments, including those associated with employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Estimates of the fair value of the investments that produce these revenues may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions, generally or in relation to specific transactions.

Within the Investment Management business segment, Investments revenues are primarily from performance-based fees in the form of carried interest, a portion of which is subject to reversal, and gains and losses from investments. The business is entitled to receive carried interest when the return in certain funds exceeds specified performance targets. Additionally, we consolidate certain sponsored Investment Management funds where revenues are primarily attributable to holders of noncontrolling interests.

Within the Wealth Management business segment, Asset management revenues are related to advisory services

associated with fee-based assets, account service and administration, as well as distribution of products. These revenues are generally based on the net asset value of the account in which a client is invested.

Within the Institutional Securities business segment, Net interest is a function of market-making strategies, client activity, and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Net interest is impacted by market-making, lending and financing activities as we generally earn interest on securities held by the Firm, Securities borrowed, Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Loans and margin loans, while Borrowings, Securities loaned and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally incur interest expense.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Following is a description of the revenue-generating activities within our equity and fixed income businesses, as well as how their results impact the income statement line items.

Equity—Execution services. A significant portion of the results for this business is generated by commissions and fees from executing and clearing client transactions on major stock and derivative exchanges, as well as from OTC transactions. We make markets for our clients principally in equity-related securities and derivative products, including those that provide liquidity and are utilized for hedging. Market-making also generates gains and losses on inventory held to facilitate client activity, which are reflected in Trading revenues. Execution services also includes certain Investments and Other revenues.

•Global macro products. We make markets for our clients in interest rate, foreign exchange and emerging market products, including exchange-traded and OTC securities and derivative instruments. The results of this market-making activity are primarily driven by gains and losses from buying and selling positions to stand ready for and satisfy client demand and are recorded in Trading revenues.

•Credit products. We make markets in credit-sensitive products, such as corporate bonds and mortgage securities and other securitized products, and related derivative instruments. The values of positions in this business are sensitive to changes in credit spreads and interest rates, which result in gains and losses reflected in Trading revenues. We undertake lending activities, which include commercial mortgage lending, secured lending facilities and financing extended to sales and trading customers. Due

to the amount and type of the interest-bearing securities and loans making up this business, a significant portion of the results is also reflected in Net interest revenues.

Compensation and benefits expenses include base salaries and fixed allowances, formulaic programs, discretionary incentive compensation, amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, changes in the fair value of DCP investments, carried interest allocated to employees, severance costs, and other items such as health and welfare benefits. For additional information on DCP, refer to “Other Matters” herein.

December 2024 Form 10-K32

$ in millions20242023202220242023

Advisory$2,378 $2,244 $2,946 6 %(24)%

Equity1,599 889 851 80 %4 %

Fixed income2,193 1,445 1,438 52 %— %

Total Underwriting3,792 2,334 2,289 62 %2 %

Total Investment banking6,170 4,578 5,235 35 %(13)%

Equity12,230 9,986 10,769 22 %(7)%

Fixed income8,418 7,673 9,022 10 %(15)%

Other1,262 823 (633)53 %N/M

Net revenues28,080 23,060 24,393 22 %(5)%

Provision for credit losses202 401 211 (50)%90 %

Compensation and benefits8,669 8,369 8,246 4 %1 %

Non-compensation expenses10,460 9,814 9,221 7 %6 %

Total non-interest expenses19,129 18,183 17,467 5 %4 %

Income before provision for income taxes8,749 4,476 6,715 95 %(33)%

Provision for income taxes1,947 884 1,308 120 %(32)%

Net income6,802 3,592 5,407 89 %(34)%

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests136 139 165 (2)%(16)%

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$6,666 $3,453 $5,242 93 %(34)%

$ in billions202420232022

$628 $677 $881

63 32 23

Fixed income offerings2, 4

323 236 229

Source: LSEG Data & Risk Analytics (formerly known as Refinitiv) as of January 2, 2025. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal, change in value or change in timing of certain transactions.

Net revenues of $6,170 million in 2024 increased 35% compared with the prior year, reflecting an increase in underwriting and Advisory revenues.

•Advisory revenues increased primarily due to higher completed M&A transactions.

•Equity underwriting revenues increased primarily on higher initial public offerings and follow-on offerings.

•Fixed income underwriting revenues increased primarily reflecting higher bond issuances, non-investment grade loan issuances and securitized products revenues.

While Investment Banking results improved from the prior year, we continue to operate in a market environment with lower completed M&A activity relative to longer-term averages.

Total Fixed income$8,464 $394 $(730)$290 $8,418

Total Fixed income$7,848 $375 $(975)$425 $7,673

Financing$5,223 $535 $(257)$36 $5,537

Execution services2,947 2,462 (81)(96)5,232

Total Equity$8,170 $2,997 $(338)$(60)$10,769

Total Fixed income$7,711 $341 $922 $48 $9,022

Net revenues of $12,230 million in 2024 increased 22% compared with the prior year, reflecting an increase in both Execution services and Financing, particularly in Asia and the Americas.

•Financing revenues increased primarily due to higher client activity and lower funding and liquidity costs.

•Execution services revenues increased primarily due to higher gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity and increased client activity in derivatives and cash equities.

Net revenues of $8,418 million in 2024 increased 10% compared with the prior year, reflecting an increase across businesses, particularly in Credit and Global macro products.

•Global macro products increased primarily due to lower losses on foreign exchange products and higher gains on rates products, on inventory held to facilitate client activity.

•Credit products revenues increased primarily due to higher lending and securitized products revenues and lower losses

December 2024 Form 10-K

on inventory held to facilitate client activity in corporate credit products.

•Commodities products and other fixed income revenues were relatively unchanged.

Other net revenues were $1,262 million in 2024 compared with $823 million in the prior year, primarily due to lower mark-to-market losses on corporate loans, inclusive of hedges, and higher net interest income and fees on corporate loans.

In 2024, the Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $202 million was primarily related to growth in the corporate loan portfolio and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $401 million in 2023 was primarily related to credit deterioration in the commercial real estate sector, including provisions for certain specific loans, mainly in the office portfolio, and modest growth in certain other loan portfolios.

Non-interest expenses of $19,129 million in 2024 increased 5% compared with the prior year as a result of higher Non-compensation expenses and Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased primarily reflecting higher discretionary incentive compensation on higher revenues, partially offset by lower severance costs.

•Non-compensation expenses increased primarily reflecting higher execution-related expenses and increased technology spend, partially offset by lower legal expenses and lower FDIC special assessment cost.

December 2024 Form 10-K34

$ in millions20242023202220242023

Asset management$16,501 $14,019 $13,872 18 %1 %

3,864 3,556 2,473 9 %44 %

Net interest7,313 8,118 7,429 (10)%9 %

742 575 643 29 %(11)%

Net revenues28,420 26,268 24,417 8 %8 %

Provision for credit losses62 131 69 (53)%90 %

Compensation and benefits15,207 13,972 12,534 9 %11 %

Non-compensation expenses5,411 5,635 5,231 (4)%8 %

Total non-interest expenses20,618 19,607 17,765 5 %10 %

Income before provision for income taxes7,740 6,530 6,583 19 %(1)%

Provision for income taxes1,852 1,508 1,444 23 %4 %

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$5,888 $5,022 $5,139 17 %(2)%

$ in billionsAt December 31,2024At December 31,2023

$6,194$5,129

U.S. Bank Subsidiary loans$160$147

$28$21

$370$346

Period end2.73%2.92%

Period average3.05%2.43%

202420232022

$251.7$282.3$311.3

1.Client assets represent those for which Wealth Management is providing services including financial advisor-led brokerage, custody, administrative and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage and investment advisory services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration, and retirement plan services. See “Advisor-Led Channel” and “Self-Directed Channel” herein for additional information.

4.Annualized weighted average represents the total annualized weighted average cost of the various deposit products. Amounts at December 31, 2024 include the effect of related hedging derivatives. Amounts at December 31, 2023 exclude the effect of related hedging derivatives, which did not have a material impact on the cost of deposits. The period end cost of deposits is based upon balances and rates as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The period average is based on daily balances and rates for the period.

NNA represent client asset inflows, inclusive of interest, dividends and asset acquisitions, less client asset outflows, and exclude the impact of business combinations/divestitures and the impact of fees and commissions. The level of NNA in a given period is influenced by a variety of factors, including macroeconomic factors that impact client investment and spending behaviors, seasonality, our ability to attract and retain financial advisors and clients, capital market and corporate activities which may impact the amount of assets in certain client channels, and large idiosyncratic inflows and

outflows. These factors have had an impact on our NNA in recent periods. Should these factors continue, the growth rate of our NNA may be impacted.

$ in billionsAt December 31,2024At December 31,2023

$4,758$3,979

$2,347$1,983

49%50%

202420232022

$123.1$109.2$162.8

3.Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets (including asset acquisitions), net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees, and exclude institutional cash management related activity. For a description of the Inflows and Outflows included in Fee-based asset flows, see Fee-based client assets herein.

At December 31,2024At December 31,2023

$1,437$1,150

8.38.1

202420232022

837759864

At December 31,2024At December 31,2023

$475$416

Number of participants (in millions)3

6.66.6

Asset management revenues of $16,501 million in 2024 increased 18% compared with the prior year, reflecting higher fee-based assets due to higher market levels and the cumulative impact of positive fee-based flows.

Transactional revenues of $3,864 million in 2024 increased 9% compared with the prior year, reflecting higher client activity particularly in equity-related transactions.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Net interest revenues of $7,313 million in 2024 decreased 10% compared with the prior year, primarily due to lower average sweep deposits, partially offset by higher yields on our investment portfolio and lending growth.

The level and pace of interest rate changes and other macroeconomic factors have impacted client preferences for cash allocation to higher-yielding products and client demand for loans. These factors, along with other developments, such as pricing changes to certain deposit types due to various competitive dynamics, have impacted our net interest income. To the extent they persist, or other factors arise, such as central bank actions and changes in the path of interest rates, net interest income may be impacted in future periods.

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $62 million in 2024 was primarily related to certain specific commercial real estate and securities-based loans, and portfolio growth, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $131 million in 2023 was primarily related to deteriorating conditions in the commercial real estate sector including provisions for certain specific loans, mainly in the office portfolio.

Non-interest expenses of $20,618 million in 2024 increased 5% compared with the prior year, as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses, partially offset by lower Non-compensation expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased, primarily due to an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives on higher compensable revenues.

•Non-compensation expenses decreased, primarily driven by lower professional services and legal expenses and lower FDIC special assessment cost, partially offset by higher technology spend.

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2021 Inflows1,5

AtDecember 31,2022

$479 $141 $(25)$(94)$501

Unified managed467 76 (50)(85)408

Advisor211 29 (35)(38)167

Portfolio manager636 94 (67)(111)552

Subtotal$1,793 $340 $(177)$(328)$1,628

Cash management46 38 (34)— 50

Total fee-based client assets$1,839 $378 $(211)$(328)$1,678

5.Includes $75 billion of fee-based assets acquired in an asset acquisition in the first quarter of 2022, reflected in Separately managed.

Fee rate in bps202420232022

Unified managed91 92 94

Advisor79 80 81

Portfolio manager89 91 92

Subtotal65 65 66

Total fee-based client assets63 64 65

•Separately managed—accounts by which third party and affiliated asset managers are engaged to manage clients’ assets with investment decisions made by the asset

December 2024 Form 10-K36

manager. Only one third-party asset manager strategy can be held per account.

•Unified managed—accounts that provide the client with the ability to combine separately managed accounts, mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, all in one aggregate account. Investment decisions and discretionary authority may be exercised by the client, financial advisor or portfolio manager. Also includes accounts that give the client the ability to systematically allocate assets across a wide range of mutual funds, for which the investment decisions are made by the client.

December 2024 Form 10-K

$ in millions20242023202220242023

$5,627 $5,231 $5,332 8 %(2)%

234 139 43 68 %N/M

Net revenues5,861 5,370 5,375 9 %— %

Compensation and benefits2,302 2,217 2,273 4 %(2)%

Non-compensation expenses2,422 2,311 2,295 5 %1 %

Total non-interest expenses4,724 4,528 4,568 4 %(1)%

Income before provision for income taxes1,137 842 807 35 %4 %

Provision for income taxes275 199 162 38 %23 %

Net income862 643 645 34 %— %

3 4 (15)(25)%127 %

$859 $639 $660 34 %(3)%

Asset management and related fees of $5,627 million in 2024 increased 8% compared with the prior year, primarily driven by higher average AUM on higher market levels.

Performance-based income and other revenues increased to $234 million in 2024, from $139 million in the prior year, primarily due to higher accrued carried interest in infrastructure and real estate funds, partially offset by lower accrued carried interest in certain private equity funds.

Non-interest expenses of $4,724 million in 2024 increased 4% from the prior year, as a result of higher Non-compensation and Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased primarily due to higher compensation associated with carried interest.

•Non-compensation expenses increased primarily due to higher distribution expenses on higher AUM.

December 2024 Form 10-K38

Alternatives and Solutions508 140 (108)62 (9)593

173 56 (62)11 (7)171

Alternatives and Solutions431 108 (91)57 3 508

$863 $204 $(210)$125 $(8)$974

2021

Equity$395 $56 $(74)$(106)$(12)$259

Fixed Income207 66 (78)(16)(6)173

Alternatives and Solutions466 102 (83)(47)(7)431

Long-Term AUM$1,068 $224 $(235)$(169)$(25)$863

Liquidity and Overlay Services497 2,224 (2,268)(6)(5)442

Total$1,565 $2,448 $(2,503)$(175)$(30)$1,305

4.Other contains both distributions and foreign currency impact for all periods. Distributions represent decreases in invested capital due to returns of capital after the investment period of a fund. It also includes fund dividends that the client has not reinvested. Foreign currency impact reflects foreign currency changes for non-U.S. dollar denominated funds.

$ in billions202420232022

Equity$305 $279 $298

Fixed income180 170 186

Alternatives and Solutions557 466 435

Long-Term AUM Subtotal

1,042 915 919

Liquidity and Overlay Services498 464 462

Total AUM$1,540 $1,379 $1,381

Fee rate in bps202420232022

Equity71 71 70

Fixed income36 35 35

Alternatives and Solutions28 32 34

42 44 46

Liquidity and Overlay Services12 13 11

Total AUM32 34 34

Alternatives and Solutions. Includes products in fund of funds, real estate, infrastructure, private equity and credit strategies and multi-asset portfolios, as well as systematic strategies that create custom investment solutions.

Liquidity and Overlay Services. Includes liquidity fund products, as well as overlay services, which represent investment strategies that use passive exposure instruments to obtain, offset or substitute specific portfolio exposures, beyond those provided by the underlying holdings of the fund.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries accept deposits, provide loans to a variety of customers, including large corporate and institutional clients, as well as high to ultra-high net worth individuals, and invest in securities. Lending activity in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from the Institutional Securities business segment primarily includes Secured lending facilities, Commercial and Residential real estate and Corporate loans. Lending activity in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from the Wealth Management business segment primarily includes Securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, and Residential real estate loans.

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2024AtDecember 31,2023

Available-for-sale at fair value$76.5 $66.6

Held-to-maturity47.8 51.4

Total Investment securities$124.3 $118.0

Residential real estate$66.6 $60.3

92.9 86.2

$159.5 $146.5

Corporate$7.1 $10.1

Secured lending facilities50.2 40.8

Commercial and Residential real estate10.5 10.7

Securities-based lending and Other5.6 4.1

$73.4 $65.7

$434.8 $396.1

$369.7 $346.1

The Firm sponsors a number of deferred cash-based compensation programs for current and former employees, which generally contain vesting, clawback and cancellation provisions.

Employees are permitted to allocate the value of their deferred awards among a menu of notional investments, whereby the value of their awards will track the performance of the referenced notional investments. The menu of investments, which is selected by the Firm, includes fixed income, equity, commodity and money market funds.

We invest directly, as principal, in financial instruments and other investments to economically hedge certain of our obligations under these DCP awards. Changes in the fair value of such investments, net of financing costs, are recorded in net revenues, and included in Transactional revenues in the Wealth Management business segment. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments recognized in net revenues, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on our investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period. While this timing difference may not be material to our Income before provision for income taxes in any individual period, it may impact the Wealth Management business segment reported ratios and operating metrics in certain periods due to potentially significant impacts to net revenues and compensation expenses. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, substantially all employee-referenced investments that subjected the Firm to price risk were economically hedged.

$ in millions202420232022

Deferred cash-based awards$770 $693 $761

Return on referenced investments672 668 (716)

Total recognized in compensation expense$1,442 $1,361 $45

$ in millions202420232022

Institutional Securities$150 $162 $(97)

Wealth Management1,100 984 11

Investment Management 192 215 131

Total recognized in compensation expense$1,442 $1,361 $45

December 2024 Form 10-K40

Award liabilities at December 31, 20242, 3

$5,658

Fully vested amounts to be distributed by the end of February 20254

(772)

Unrecognized portion of prior awards at December 31, 20243

1,590

2024 performance year awards granted in 20253

432

$6,908

1.Amounts relate to performance years 2024 and prior.

2.Balance is reflected in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2024.

5.Of the total projected future compensation obligation, approximately 18% relates to Institutional Securities, approximately 74% relates to Wealth Management and approximately 8% relates to Investment Management.

$623

2026389

Thereafter1,010

Total$2,022

1.Amounts relate to performance years 2024 and prior, and do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.

The previous table sets forth an estimate of compensation expense associated with the projected future compensation obligation. Our projected future compensation obligation and expense for DCP for performance years 2024 and prior are forward-looking statements subject to uncertainty. Actual results may be materially affected by various factors, including, among other things: the performance of each participant’s referenced investments; changes in market conditions; participants’ allocation of their deferred awards; and participant cancellations or accelerations. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for additional information.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates that apply to us. Accounting updates not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or to not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations upon adoption.

We are currently evaluating the following accounting updates; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations upon adoption:

•Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. This update requires quantitative and qualitative disclosure of certain expense categories contained within their relevant expense lines in the income statement, including but not limited to: (1) employee compensation; (2) depreciation; and (3) intangible asset amortization. The update requires the disaggregation of these expense lines in a tabular format in the notes to the financial statements, including the separate disclosure of certain other expenses and gains or losses included within these expense lines which are required under existing U.S. GAAP, with all other expenses permitted to be disclosed in an “other items” category. Additionally, the update requires disclosure of the total amount and definition of the Firm’s selling expenses. The update is effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2027, and interim reporting periods beginning January 1, 2028, with early adoption permitted.

•Income Tax Disclosures. This update enhances annual income tax disclosures primarily to further disaggregate disclosures related to the income tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. For the income tax rate reconciliation, this update requires (1) disclosure of specific categories of reconciling items (where applicable), and (2) providing additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. For income taxes paid (net of refunds), this update requires disclosure of amounts disaggregated by (1) federal, state, and foreign taxes; and (2) individual jurisdictions that meet a quantitative threshold. Additionally, the update requires disclosure of (1) income (or loss) before income taxes, disaggregated between domestic and foreign; and (2) income tax expense disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. The update is effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted.

December 2024 Form 10-K

In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs, and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels: wherein Level 1 represents quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 represents valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment. The fair values for the substantial majority of our financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in level 1 or 2, of the fair value hierarchy. Level 3 financial assets represented 0.9% and 1.2% of our total assets, as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs, as well as market liquidity, may be reduced for many instruments, which could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments carried at fair value. Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of methodologies or assumptions different than those used by the Firm could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. For further information on the

definition of fair value, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 4 to the financial statements.

December 2024 Form 10-K42

Intangible assets are initially recorded at cost, or in the situation where acquired as part of a business combination, at the fair value determined as part of the acquisition method of accounting. Subsequently, amortizable intangible assets are carried in the balance sheet at amortized cost, where amortization is recognized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist.

In many legal proceedings and investigations, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where we have determined that a loss is probable or reasonably possible, or an exposure to loss or range of loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, we are often unable to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss or range of loss. It is particularly difficult to determine if a loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, forfeiture, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved in an investigation or proceeding before a determination can be made that a loss or additional loss (or

December 2024 Form 10-K

range of loss or range of additional loss) is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, including through potentially lengthy discovery or determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification, the calculation of damages or other relief, and consideration of novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question.

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals, and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

Our deferred tax balances may also include deferred assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. We perform regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax-planning strategies, including

strategies that may be available to tax attribute carryforwards before they expire.

Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

December 2024 Form 10-K44

At December 31, 2023

Cash and cash equivalents$72,928 $16,172 $132 $89,232

Trading assets at fair value353,841 7,962 5,271 367,074

Investment securities39,212 115,595 — 154,807

Securities purchased under agreements to resell90,701 20,039 — 110,740

Securities borrowed119,823 1,268 — 121,091

Customer and other receivables47,333 31,237 1,535 80,105

72,110 146,526 4 218,640

424 10,199 6,084 16,707

26 3,427 3,602 7,055

14,108 12,743 1,391 28,242

Total assets$810,506 $365,168 $18,019 $1,193,693

December 2024 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we maintained sufficient Liquidity Resources to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

We maintain sufficient liquidity resources, which consist of HQLA and cash deposits with banks (“Liquidity Resources”), to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. We actively manage the amount of our Liquidity Resources considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements.

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2024September 30, 2024

Cash deposits with central banks$58,493 $48,848

U.S. government obligations161,952 171,663

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities94,512 90,290

22,646 24,011

Other investment grade securities600 810

$338,203 $335,622

Cash deposits with banks (non-HQLA)7,237 6,998

Total Liquidity Resources$345,440 $342,620

2.Primarily composed of unencumbered French, U.K., Japanese, Italian, German, and Spanish government obligations

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2024September 30, 2024

Parent Company$71,981 $76,366

Non-Parent Company61,684 60,537

Total U.S.133,665 136,903

Non-U.S.61,432 63,965

Total Non-Bank legal entities195,097 200,868

U.S.144,735 136,171

Non-U.S.5,608 5,581

Total Bank legal entities150,343 141,752

Total Liquidity Resources$345,440 $342,620

As of December 31, 2024, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum LCR and NSFR requirements of 100%.

December 2024 Form 10-K46

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2024September 30, 2024

Cash deposits with central banks$53,836 $40,406

213,394 234,710

$267,230 $275,116

Net cash outflows$205,780 $205,868

LCR130 %134 %

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2024September 30, 2024

$616,689 $610,727

Required stable funding507,022 502,318

NSFR122 %122 %

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$242,424 $231,831

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$65,293 $77,708

$9,625 $6,219

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2024December 31, 2023

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$250,354 $235,928

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$74,949 $87,285

In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet, and payables under these financing transactions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheet. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies and the elements of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

December 2024 Form 10-K

deposit carried at fair value, which are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts that are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail initial net investment criteria. As part of our asset/liability management strategy, when appropriate, we use derivatives to make adjustments to the interest rate risk profile of our borrowings (see Notes 6 and 13 to the financial statements).

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

$142,550 $148,274

Savings and other157,348 139,978

Total Savings and demand deposits299,898 288,252

76,109 63,552

$376,007 $351,804

Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics relative to other sources of funding. Each category of deposits presented above has a different cost profile and clients may respond differently to changes in interest rates and other macroeconomic conditions. Total deposits in 2024 increased primarily due to increases in Savings and Time deposits, partially offset by a reduction in Brokerage sweep deposits, largely due to net outflows to alternative cash equivalent and other investment products.

Borrowings by Maturity at December 31, 20241

Original maturities of one year or less$— $4,512 $4,512

2025$7,544 $14,377 $21,921

202624,738 13,231 37,969

202720,716 13,334 34,050

202813,844 14,875 28,719

202916,318 9,841 26,159

Thereafter98,886 36,603 135,489

Total greater than one year$182,046 $102,261 $284,307

Total$182,046 $106,773 $288,819

Borrowings of $289 billion at December 31, 2024 increased when compared with $264 billion at December 31, 2023, primarily due to issuances net of maturities and redemptions.

We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit-sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.

We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. Our credit ratings are one of the factors in the cost and availability of financing and can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as certain OTC derivative transactions. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider both company-specific and industry-wide factors. See also “Risk Factors—Liquidity Risk.”

Parent Company and U.S. Bank Subsidiaries Issuer Ratings at February 14, 2025

DBRS, Inc.R-1 (middle)A (high)Positive

In connection with certain OTC derivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities

December 2024 Form 10-K48

business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position. See Note 6 to the financial statements for additional information on OTC derivatives that contain such contingent features.

in millions, except for per share data202420232022

Number of shares33 62 113

Average price per share$99.16 $85.35 $87.25

Total$3,250 $5,300 $9,865

Announcement dateJanuary 16, 2025

Amount per share$0.925

Date paidFebruary 14, 2025

Shareholders of record as ofJanuary 31, 2025

We are an FHC under the BHC Act and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve, and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are swap entities, see Note 16 to the financial statements.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”)

December 2024 Form 10-K

capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of regulatory minimum required ratios plus our capital buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.

AtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023 At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023

Capital conservation buffer——2.5%

6.0%5.4%N/A

0%0%0%

Capital buffer requirement9.0%8.4%5.5%

The capital buffer requirement represents the amount of CET1 capital we must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. Our capital buffer requirement computed under the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market RWAs (“Standardized Approach”) is equal to the sum of our SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB, and our capital buffer requirement computed under the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs (“Advanced Approach”) is equal to our 2.5% capital conservation buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB.

Regulatory MinimumAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023 At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023

4.5 %13.5%12.9%10.0%

Tier 1 capital ratio6.0 %15.0%14.4%11.5%

Total capital ratio8.0 %17.0%16.4%13.5%

1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital buffer requirement.

•Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities,

correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

•Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).

Our risk-based capital ratios are computed under each of (i) the Standardized Approach and (ii) the Advanced Approach. The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights and exposure methodologies, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the differences between the actual and required ratios were lower under the Standardized Approach.

CECL Deferral. Beginning on January 1, 2020, we elected to defer the effect of the adoption of CECL on our risk-based and leverage-based capital amounts and ratios, as well as our RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure calculations, over a five-year transition period. The deferral impacts began to phase in at 25% per year from January 1, 2022 and were phased-in at 75% from January 1, 2024. The deferral impacts were fully phased-in from January 1, 2025.

December 2024 Form 10-K50

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2024

At December 31, 2023

At December 31, 2023

CET1 capital$75,095 $69,448 $75,095 $69,448

Tier 1 capital84,790 78,183 84,790 78,183

Total capital95,567 88,874 94,846 88,190

Total RWA471,834 456,053 477,331 448,154

CET1 capital15.9 %15.2 %15.7 %15.5 %

Tier 1 capital18.0 %17.1 %17.8 %17.4 %

Total capital20.3 %19.5 %19.9 %19.7 %

CET1 capital13.5 %12.9 %10.0 %10.0 %

Tier 1 capital15.0 %14.4 %11.5 %11.5 %

Total capital17.0 %16.4 %13.5 %13.5 %

Leveraged-based capital

$ in millionsAt December 31,

At December 31, 2023

Leveraged-based capital

$1,223,779 $1,159,626

1,517,687 1,429,552

Leveraged-based capital ratios

Tier 1 leverage6.9 %6.7 %

SLR5.6 %5.5 %

Tier 1 leverage4.0 %4.0 %

SLR5.0 %5.0 %

1.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024AtDecember 31,2023 Change

$94,761 $90,288 $4,473

Net goodwill(16,354)(16,394)40

Net intangible assets(5,003)(5,509)506

62 124 (61)

1,629 939 690

$75,095 $69,448 $5,647

Preferred stock$9,750 $8,750 $1,000

Noncontrolling interests807 758 49

Additional Tier 1 capital$10,557 $9,508 $1,049

Deduction for investments in covered funds(862)(773)(89)

Total Tier 1 capital$84,790 $78,183 $6,607

Subordinated debt$8,851 $8,760 $91

Eligible ACL2,065 2,051 14

Other adjustments and deductions(139)(120)(19)

Total Standardized Tier 2 capital$10,777 $10,691 $86

Total Standardized capital$95,567 $88,874 $6,693

Subordinated debt$8,851 $8,760 $91

Eligible credit reserves1,344 1,367 (23)

Other adjustments and deductions(139)(120)(19)

Total Advanced Tier 2 capital$10,056 $10,007 $49

Total Advanced capital$94,846 $88,190 $6,656

1.Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of CET1 capital primarily includes net after-tax DVA, the credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments and certain deferred tax assets.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Balance at December 31, 2023$407,731 $297,858

Derivatives(8,690)3,106

Securities financing transactions9,699 1,871

Investment securities(133)(2,515)

Commitments, guarantees and loans7,956 15,523

Equity investments(50)(279)

Other credit risk1,469 865

Total change in credit risk RWA$10,251 $18,571

Balance at December 31, 2023$48,322 $48,201

Regulatory VaR124 124

Regulatory stressed VaR643 643

Incremental risk charge1,577 1,577

Comprehensive risk measure(98)493

Specific risk3,284 3,284

Total change in market risk RWA$5,530 $6,121

Balance at December 31, 2023N/A$102,095

Change in operational risk RWAN/A4,485

Total RWA$471,834 $477,331

In 2024, Credit risk RWA increased under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. Under the Standardized Approach, the increase was primarily due to higher Securities financing transactions, growth in Corporate lending, as well as an increase in Other credit risk driven by securitizations. These increases were partially offset by decreased exposure in derivatives. Under the Advanced Approach, the increase was primarily due to growth in Corporate lending, increase in Derivatives driven by counterparty credit risk, and higher Securities financing transactions. These increases were partially offset by decreased exposure in investment securities.

Market risk RWA increased in 2024 under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, primarily driven by higher charges on Specific risk and Incremental risk due to increased exposures.

The increase in Operational risk RWA in 2024 is related to legal expenses and execution losses.

We and other U.S. G-SIBs are subject to an additional risk-based capital surcharge, the G-SIB capital surcharge, which must be satisfied using CET1 capital and which functions as an extension of the capital conservation buffer. The surcharge is calculated based on the G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, and complexity and

A covered BHC is also required to maintain minimum external TLAC equal to the greater of (i) 18% of total RWA or (ii) 7.5% of its total leverage exposure (the denominator of its SLR). Covered BHCs must also meet a minimum external LTD requirement equal to the greater of (i) total RWA multiplied by the sum of 6% plus the higher of the Method 1 or Method 2 G-SIB capital surcharge applicable to the Parent Company or (ii) 4.5% of its total leverage exposure.

TLAC buffer requirements are imposed on top of both the risk-based and leverage exposure-based external TLAC minimum requirements. The risk-based TLAC buffer is equal to the sum of 2.5%, our Method 1 G-SIB surcharge and the CCyB, if any, as a percentage of total RWA. The leverage exposure-based TLAC buffer is equal to 2% of our total leverage exposure. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

December 2024 Form 10-K52

AtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

$266,146 $250,914

External TLAC as a % of RWA18.0 %21.5 %55.8 %55.0 %

External TLAC as a % of leverage exposure7.5 %9.5 %17.5 %17.6 %

$169,690 $162,547

Eligible LTD as a % of RWA9.0 %9.0 %35.5 %35.6 %

Eligible LTD as a % of leverage exposure4.5 %4.5 %11.2 %11.4 %

We are in compliance with all TLAC requirements as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

We must submit, on at least an annual basis, a capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate annual stress tests designed by us and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess our systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain our internal capital adequacy. As banks with less than $250 billion of total assets, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are not subject to company-run stress test regulatory requirements.

The capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance or redemption of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases) and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact our consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we

will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios and how we will serve as a source of strength to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance setting out its heightened expectations for capital planning practices at certain large financial institutions, including us.

For the 2024 capital planning and stress test cycle, we submitted our capital plan and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on April 5, 2024. On June 26, 2024, the Federal Reserve published summary results of its supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, in which the projected decline in our CET1 ratio in the severely adverse scenario increased from the prior annual supervisory stress test by 50 basis points, from 4.1% to 4.6%. Following the publication of the supervisory stress test results, we announced that our SCB will be 6.0% from October 1, 2024 through September 30, 2025. In addition to the projected decline in our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio in the severely adverse scenario, our SCB reflects the increase in our common stock dividend in the dividend add-on. Together with other features of the regulatory capital framework, this SCB results in an aggregate Standardized Approach Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 13.5%. Generally, our SCB is determined annually based on the results of the supervisory stress test.

We also disclosed a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests on our Investor Relations website and increased our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.925 per share from $0.85, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 16, 2024.

December 2024 Form 10-K

$ in billions202420232022

Institutional Securities$45.0 $45.6 $48.8

29.1 28.8 31.0

10.8 10.4 10.6

Parent6.8 6.0 3.5

Total$91.7 $90.8 $93.9

We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC (“Agencies”) a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. We submitted our 2023 full resolution plan on June 30, 2023. In June 2024, we received joint feedback on our 2023 resolution plan from the Agencies, with no shortcomings or deficiencies identified. Our next resolution plan submission will be a targeted resolution plan in July 2025. For more information about resolution planning requirements, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning.”

As described in our most recent resolution plan, our preferred resolution strategy is an SPOE strategy. In line with our

SPOE strategy, the Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing basis, certain assets to its wholly owned, direct subsidiary Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (the “Funding IHC”). In addition, the Parent Company has entered into an amended and restated support agreement with its material entities (including the Funding IHC) and certain other subsidiaries. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its contributable assets to our supported entities and/or the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our supported entities. The combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the requirement to maintain certain levels of TLAC is that losses in resolution would be imposed on the holders of eligible LTD and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on creditors of our supported entities and without requiring taxpayer or government financial support.

Basel III Endgame and G-SIB Surcharge Proposals

On July 27, 2023, U.S. banking agencies proposed revisions to risk-based capital and related standards applicable to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries (“Basel III Endgame Proposal”). We continue to monitor developments related to this rulemaking as well as the proposed revisions to the G-SIB capital surcharge framework.

December 2024 Form 10-K54

Our risk appetite defines the aggregate level and types of risk that the Firm is willing to accept to achieve its business objectives, taking into account the interests of clients and fiduciary duties to shareholders, as well as capital and other regulatory requirements. This risk appetite is embedded in our risk culture and linked to our short-term and long-term strategic, capital and financial plans, as well as compensation programs. This risk appetite and the related Board-level risk limits and risk tolerance statements are reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board (“BRC”) and the Board on at least an annual basis.

December 2024 Form 10-K

The Board has also authorized the Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”), a management committee appointed and co-chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Risk Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Firm from the business, independent risk functions and control groups, to help oversee the ERM framework. The FRC’s responsibilities include: oversight of our risk management principles, procedures, limits and tolerances; the monitoring of capital levels and material market, credit, model, operational, liquidity, legal, compliance, reputational and other risks, as appropriate; and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The FRC also establishes and communicates risk appetite, including aggregate Firm limits and tolerances, as appropriate. The Governance Process Review Subcommittee of the FRC oversees governance and process issues on behalf of the FRC. The FRC reports to the Board, the BAC, the BOTC and the BRC through the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Head of Non-Financial Risk.

Each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies, procedures, controls and systems that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, our aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of our risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

December 2024 Form 10-K56

The Financial Risk Management functions (Market Risk, Credit Risk, Model Risk and Liquidity Risk Management Departments) and Non-Financial Risk Management functions (Compliance, Global Financial Crimes, and Operational Risk Departments) are independent of our business units and report to the Chief Risk Officer and Head of Non-Financial Risk, respectively. These functions assist senior management and the FRC in monitoring and controlling our risk through a number of control processes. Each function maintains its own risk governance structure with specified individuals and committees responsible for aspects of managing risk. Further discussion about the responsibilities of the risk management functions may be found under “Market Risk,” “Credit Risk,” “Operational Risk,” “Model Risk,” “Liquidity Risk,” and “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” herein.

Our support and control groups include, but are not limited to, Legal, the Finance Division, the Technology Division (“Technology”), the Operations Division (“Operations”), the Human Capital Management, and Firm Strategy and Execution. Our support and control functions coordinate with

the business segment control groups to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, controls over financial reporting and disclosure; each business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile; liquidity risks; model risks; sales practices; reputational, legal enforceability, compliance and regulatory risks; and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Firm and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo thorough review.

The Internal Audit Department (“IAD”) independently identifies and assesses risks facing the Firm and provides independent, objective and timely assurance to stakeholders about the effectiveness of risk management, governance and controls over key risks within the Firm’s businesses and functions. Every activity (including outsourced activities) and every entity of the Firm (including subsidiaries, affiliates and branches) is subject to IAD coverage. IAD develops and executes a comprehensive risk-based assurance plan to fulfill its role and purpose, which includes assessing compliance with policies, procedures and laws and regulations. IAD may also conduct other activities, such as retrospective reviews, pre-implementation reviews and investigations as requested by the BAC, senior management or the Firm’s regulators.

IAD executes its activities in accordance with the mandatory elements of The Institute of Internal Auditors’ International Professional Practices Framework as well as the Firm’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, regulatory requirements, and IAD’s policies, procedures, standards and guidance. The Chief Audit Officer, who reports directly to the Chair of the BAC and administratively to the Firm’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), communicates the results of IAD activities to the BAC on a quarterly basis and periodically to the BRC and BOTC.

The Board is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s practices and procedures relating to culture, values and conduct, as set forth in the Board’s Corporate Governance Policies. Senior management committees oversee the Firmwide culture, values and conduct program and report regularly to the Board. A

December 2024 Form 10-K

fundamental building block of these programs is the Firm’s Code of Conduct, which establishes standards for employee conduct that further reinforce the Firm’s commitment to integrity and ethical conduct. Every new hire and every employee annually is required to certify to their understanding of and adherence to the Code of Conduct. The Firm’s Global Conduct Risk Management Policy also sets out a consistent global framework for managing conduct risk (i.e., the risk arising from misconduct by employees or contingent workers) and conduct risk incidents at the Firm.

December 2024 Form 10-K58

December 2024 Form 10-K

Interest rate and credit spread$29 $34 $43 $27

Equity price19 24 38 15

Foreign exchange rate6 9 18 5

Commodity price11 17 35 10

(27)(40)N/AN/A

Primary Risk Categories$38 $44 $60 $33

Credit Portfolio25 21 25 18

(22)(15)N/AN/A

Total Management VaR$41 $50 $72 $41

Average Total Management VaR and average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories decreased from 2023, primarily driven by lower market volatility.

We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with corresponding actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of

December 2024 Form 10-K60

trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy. There were 11 trading loss days in 2024, none of which exceeded 95% Total Management VaR, compared to 16 trading loss days in 2023, one of which exceeded 95% Total Management VaR.

Daily 95%/One-Day Total Management VaR for 2024

Daily Net Trading Revenues for 2024

Daily net trading revenues include profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities for our trading businesses. Certain items such as fees, commissions, net interest income and counterparty default risk are excluded from daily net trading revenues and the VaR model. Revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting further exclude intraday trading.

We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of our non-trading risks. The following

sensitivity analyses cover substantially all of the non-trading market risk in our portfolio.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Borrowings carried at fair value49 48

Wealth Management Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis1

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

$699 $1,127

+100350 585

-100(371)(609)

(803)(1,255)

1. The prior period has been revised to conform to the current period presentation.

Our Wealth Management business segment balance sheet is asset sensitive, given assets reprice faster than liabilities, resulting in higher net interest income in higher interest rate scenarios and lower net interest income in lower interest rate scenarios. The level of interest rates may impact the amount of deposits held at the Firm, given competition for deposits

December 2024 Form 10-K

from other institutions and alternative cash-equivalent products available to depositors. Further, the level of interest rates could also impact client demand for loans. Net interest income sensitivity to interest rates at December 31, 2024 decreased from December 31, 2023, primarily driven by the effects of changes in the mix of our assets and liabilities and changes in market rates.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

$571 $481

MUMSS122 134

Other Firm investments463 399

We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which is for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net revenues associated with a reasonably possible 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance-based income, as applicable. Investment sensitivity changed between December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 primarily due to new investments in the Community Reinvestment Act affordable housing and new private credit funds in Investment Management.

December 2024 Form 10-K62

We may seek to mitigate credit risk from our lending and trading activities in multiple ways, including collateral provisions, guarantees and hedges. At the transaction level, we seek to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. We actively hedge our lending and derivatives exposures. Hedging activities consist of the purchase, sale or transfer of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Additionally, we may sell, assign or syndicate loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan markets.

December 2024 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2023

Corporate$6,758 $11,862 $— $18,620

Secured lending facilities39,498 3,161 — 42,659

Commercial and Residential real estate8,678 209 3,331 12,218

Securities-based lending and Other2,818 — 4,402 7,220

Total Institutional Securities57,752 15,232 7,733 80,717

Residential real estate60,375 22 — 60,397

Securities-based lending and Other86,423 1 — 86,424

Total Wealth Management146,798 23 — 146,821

4 — 455 459

204,554 15,255 8,188 227,997

ACL(1,169)(1,169)

Total loans, net of ACL$203,385 $15,255 $8,188 $226,828

$128,134 $21,329 $510 $149,973

Total exposure$331,519 $36,584 $8,698 $376,801

In 2024, total loans and lending commitments increased by approximately $47 billion, primarily due to an increase in Corporate lending commitments and Secured lending facilities within the Institutional Securities business segment, and growth across portfolios within the Wealth Management business segment.

$ in millions2024

Beginning balance$1,169

Gross charge-offs(242)

Recoveries7

(235)

Provision for credit losses146

Other(14)

Ending balance$1,066

Beginning balance$551

Provision for credit losses118

Other(13)

Ending balance$656

Total ending balance$1,722

Loans$81 $65 $146

Lending commitments121 (3)118

Total$202 $62 $264

Credit exposure arising from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments include the borrower’s financial strength, industry, facility structure, LTV ratio, debt service ratio, collateral and covenants. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

The allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments was relatively unchanged since December 31, 2023, reflecting provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans and growth in the corporate loan portfolio, offset by charge-offs related to commercial real estate lending, mainly in the office sector, and improvements in the macroeconomic outlook.

The base scenario used in our ACL models as of December 31, 2024 was generated using a combination of consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and internally developed and validated models. This scenario assumes continued economic growth as well as lower interest rates relative to the prior year forecast. The ACL calculation incorporates key macroeconomic variables, including U.S. real GDP growth rate. The significance of key macroeconomic variables on the ACL calculation varies depending on portfolio composition and economic conditions.

4Q 20254Q 2026

Year-over-year growth rate1.9 %2.1 %

December 2024 Form 10-K64

Other key macroeconomic variables used in the ACL calculation include corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate indices. See Note 2 to the financial statements for a discussion of the Firm’s ACL methodology under CECL.

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Accrual99.2 %99.7 %98.9 %99.8 %

0.8 %0.3 %1.1 %0.2 %

1.Nonaccrual loans are loans where principal or interest is not expected when contractually due or are past due 90 days or more.

$ in millionsCorporate Secured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal

Net charge-off ratio 1

0.57 %0.03 %1.87 %— %0.03 %0.11 %

Average loans$6,895 $43,158 $8,620 $63,204 $91,221 $213,098

Net charge-off ratio 1

0.47 %— %1.50 %— %— %0.08 %

Average loans$7,062 $37,702 $8,590 $57,177 $91,126 $201,657

Net charge-off ratio 1

(0.09)%0.01 %0.09 %— %0.02 %0.01 %

Average loans$6,544 $33,172 $8,234 $49,937 $93,427 $191,314

At December 31, 2023

AA$3 $11 $216 $— $230

A1,054 950 182 — 2,186

BBB7,117 10,076 346 — 17,539

BB11,723 16,367 1,775 277 30,142

Other NIG9,586 12,961 2,924 156 25,627

111 1,036 62 2,910 4,119

Total loans, net of ACL29,594 41,401 5,505 3,343 79,843

AAA— 50 — — 50

AA2,610 3,064 154 — 5,828

A7,704 21,256 593 — 29,553

BBB9,161 46,304 106 — 55,571

BB4,069 16,431 1,594 414 22,508

Other NIG1,916 13,842 1,077 3 16,838

6 7 — — 13

25,466 100,954 3,524 417 130,361

Total exposure$55,060 $142,355 $9,029 $3,760 $210,204

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024AtDecember 31,2023

Financials$68,512 $57,804

Real estate40,041 35,342

Communications services20,425 15,301

Industrials20,024 18,056

Information technology15,666 12,430

Healthcare15,455 14,274

Consumer discretionary14,699 12,190

Consumer staples12,098 9,305

Utilities11,755 11,522

Energy9,036 9,156

Materials7,378 6,503

Insurance6,812 6,486

Other2,428 1,835

Total exposure$244,329 $210,204

The Institutional Securities business segment lending activities include Corporate, Secured lending facilities, Commercial and Residential real estate, and Securities-based lending and Other. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, over 90% of our total lending exposure, which consists of loans and lending commitments, was investment grade and/or secured by collateral.

December 2024 Form 10-K

subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged. Relationship loans and lending commitments are extended to select institutional clients, primarily for general corporate purposes and generally with the intent to hold for the foreseeable future. Event-driven loans and lending commitments are extended in connection with specific client transactions and are explained in further detail in “Institutional Securities Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments” herein.

Institutional Securities Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments

$ in millions<11-55-15Total

Loans, net of ACL$2,253 $2,839 $733 $5,825

Lending commitments5,153 2,152 2,918 10,223

Total exposure$7,406 $4,991 $3,651 $16,048

At December 31, 2023

$ in millions<11-55-15Total

Loans, net of ACL$1,974 $2,564 $2,580 $7,118

Lending commitments3,564 685 549 4,798

Total exposure$5,538 $3,249 $3,129 $11,916

Event-driven loans and lending commitments are associated with certain underwritings and/or syndications to finance a specific transaction, such as merger, acquisition, recapitalization or project finance activities. Balances may fluctuate as such lending is related to transactions that vary in timing and size from period to period.

At December 31, 2023

Corporate$6,758 $91,752 $98,510

Secured lending facilities39,498 15,589 55,087

Commercial real estate8,678 266 8,944

2,818 915 3,733

Total, before ACL$57,752 $108,522 $166,274

ACL$(874)$(533)$(1,407)

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Americas$5,066 $820 $5,886 $5,410 $289 $5,699

EMEA3,806 522 4,328 3,127 56 3,183

Asia467 13 480 485 — 485

$9,339 $1,355 $10,694 $9,022 $345 $9,367

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Office$2,846 $109 $2,955 $3,310 $186 $3,496

Industrial2,610 125 2,735 2,435 5 2,440

Multifamily2,042 80 2,122 1,715 74 1,789

Retail1,105 971 2,076 842 7 849

Hotel736 70 806 718 73 791

Other— — — 2 — 2

$9,339 $1,355 $10,694 $9,022 $345 $9,367

The current economic environment and changes in business and consumer behavior have adversely impacted commercial real estate borrowers due to pressure from higher interest rates, tenant lease renewals, and elevated refinancing risks for loans with near-term maturities, among other issues. While we continue to actively monitor all our loan portfolios, the commercial real estate sector remains under heightened focus given the sector’s sensitivity to economic and secular factors, credit conditions, and difficulties specific to certain property types, most notably office.

As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, our lending against commercial real estate (“CRE”) properties within the Institutional Securities business segment totaled $10.7 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively. This represents

December 2024 Form 10-K66

4.4% and 4.5%, respectively, of total exposure reflected in the Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments table above. Those CRE loans are originated for experienced sponsors and are generally secured by specific institutional CRE properties. In many cases, loans are subsequently syndicated or securitized on a full or partial basis, reducing our ongoing exposure.

$241 $153 $463 $17 $874

(39)(11)(165)— (215)

— — 4 1 5

(39)(11)(161)1 (210)

2 1 77 1 81

Other(4)(3)(6)(2)(15)

Ending balance$200 $140 $373 $17 $730

$431 $70 $26 $6 $533

86 19 16 — 121

Other(10)(1)(2)(1)(14)

Total ending balance$707 $228 $413 $22 $1,370

Institutional Securities HFI Loans—Ratios of Allowance for Credit Losses to Balance before Allowance

AtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Corporate2.9 %3.6 %

Secured lending facilities0.3 %0.4 %

Commercial real estate4.4 %5.3 %

Securities-based lending and Other0.6 %0.6 %

Total Institutional Securities loans1.1 %1.5 %

At December 31, 2023

$76,923 $7,679 $1,494 $133 $86,229

1 91 1,255 58,950 60,297

Total loans, net of ACL$76,924 $7,770 $2,749 $59,083 $146,526

Lending commitments16,312 2,937 19 344 19,612

Total exposure$93,236 $10,707 $2,768 $59,427 $166,138

Securities-based lending allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, generally for any purpose other than purchasing, trading or carrying securities or refinancing margin debt. We establish approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitor limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, require customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. These credit lines are primarily uncommitted loan facilities, as we reserve the right not to make any advances or may terminate these credit lines at any time. Factors considered in the review of these loans include, but are not limited to, the loan amount, the client’s credit profile, the degree of leverage, collateral diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral. Other loans primarily include tailored lending, which typically consist of bespoke lending arrangements provided to ultra-high net worth clients. Securities-based lending and Other loans are generally secured by various types of eligible collateral, including marketable securities, private investments, commercial real estate and other financial assets.

December 2024 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Retail$2,293 $— $2,293 $2,180 $3 $2,183

Multifamily1,928 261 2,189 1,891 159 2,050

Office1,951 11 1,962 1,736 16 1,752

Industrial456 — 456 454 — 454

Hotel442 — 442 400 — 400

Other309 — 309 253 — 253

$7,379 $272 $7,651 $6,914 $178 $7,092

As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, our direct lending against CRE properties totaled $7.7 billion and $7.1 billion, respectively, within the Wealth Management business segment. This represents 4.3% and 4.3%, respectively, of total exposure reflected in the Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments table above, primarily included within Securities-based lending and Other loans. Such loans are originated through our private banking platform, are both secured and generally benefiting from full or partial guarantees from high or ultra-high net worth clients, which partially reduce associated credit risk. At both December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, greater than 95% of the CRE loans balance in the Wealth Management business segment received guarantees. During 2024, there were charge-offs of Wealth Management commercial real estate loans of $25 million, mainly in the office sector. All of our lending against CRE properties within Wealth Management are in the Americas region.

Beginning balance$100 $195 $295

Gross charge-offs— (27)(27)

Recoveries— 2 2

— (25)(25)

(3)68 65

Other— 1 1

Ending balance$97 $239 $336

Beginning balance$4 $14 $18

— (3)(3)

Other— 1 1

Ending balance$4 $12 $16

Total ending balance$101 $251 $352

As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, more than 75% of Wealth Management residential real estate loans were to borrowers with “Exceptional” or “Very Good” FICO scores (i.e., exceeding 740). Additionally, Wealth Management’s securities-based lending portfolio remains well-collateralized and subject to daily client margining,

which includes requiring customers to deposit additional collateral or reduce debt positions, when necessary.

Margin and Other Lending

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024AtDecember 31,2023

Institutional Securities$27,612 $24,208

Wealth Management28,270 21,436

Total$55,882 $45,644

Credit exposures arising from margin lending activities are generally mitigated by their short-term nature, the value of collateral held and our right to call for additional margin when collateral values decline. However, we could incur losses in the event that the customer fails to meet margin calls and collateral values decline below the loan amount. This risk is elevated in loans backed by collateral pools with significant concentrations in individual issuers or securities with similar risk characteristics. For a further discussion, see “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” herein.

December 2024 Form 10-K68

(3,320)(44,604)(98,598)(47,132)(14,691)(208,345)

At December 31, 2023

Less than 1 year$2,013 $16,885 $37,517 $25,529 $10,084 $92,028

1-3 years1,013 7,274 18,451 12,757 7,360 46,855

3-5 years504 8,897 8,814 5,989 3,825 28,029

Over 5 years3,955 29,511 50,512 28,003 6,597 118,578

Total, gross$7,485 $62,567 $115,294 $72,278 $27,866 $285,490

Counterparty netting(3,691)(48,821)(86,826)(53,178)(15,888)(208,404)

Cash and securities collateral(2,709)(10,704)(25,921)(13,025)(5,554)(57,913)

Total, net$1,085 $3,042 $2,547 $6,075 $6,424 $19,173

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024AtDecember 31,2023

Financials$5,678 $7,215

Utilities3,733 4,267

Industrials1,315 937

Consumer discretionary1,046 684

Energy987 533

Communications services914 841

Regional governments799 1,319

Consumer staples734 515

Sovereign governments683 262

Information technology634 677

Materials409 383

Healthcare353 468

Insurance207 156

Not-for-profit organizations94 166

Real estate91 167

Other840 583

Total$18,517 $19,173

A credit derivative is a contract between a seller and buyer of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one

or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The buyer typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the seller is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructuring.

December 2024 Form 10-K

We conduct periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on our credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios including changes to global trade policies and the implementation of tariffs. When deemed appropriate by our risk managers, the stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects and second order risks. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.

$ in millionsUnited KingdomFranceJapan

BrazilGermany

$934 $1,530 $2,048 $4,845 $(4,924)

3 — 30 — 92

Exposure before hedges937 1,530 2,078 4,845 (4,832)

(55)(147)(165)(141)(242)

Net exposure$882 $1,383 $1,913 $4,704 $(5,074)

$1,523 $868 $589 $83 $1,011

7,788 3,396 3,551 575 3,368

Loans7,875 449 160 139 1,702

Lending commitments9,334 3,024 199 426 6,087

Exposure before hedges26,520 7,737 4,499 1,223 12,168

(1,691)(1,534)(214)(35)(1,746)

Net exposure$24,829 $6,203 $4,285 $1,188 $10,422

Total net exposure$25,711 $7,586 $6,198 $5,892 $5,348

$ in millionsKoreaSpain

Australia

Canada

Italy

$3,149 $194 $(419)$(58)$1,703

250 — 86 22 23

Exposure before hedges3,399 194 (333)(36)1,726

(35)(8)— — (29)

Net exposure$3,364 $186 $(333)$(36)$1,697

$118 $551 $365 $607 $281

842 479 701 1,106 753

Loans— 1,855 1,958 461 39

Lending commitments— 1,167 1,472 1,717 1,062

Exposure before hedges960 4,052 4,496 3,891 2,135

(35)(272)(448)(154)(348)

Net exposure$925 $3,780 $4,048 $3,737 $1,787

Total net exposure$4,289 $3,966 $3,715 $3,701 $3,484

2.Net counterparty exposure (e.g, repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) is net of the benefit of collateral received and also is net by counterparty when legally enforceable master netting agreements are in place. For more information, see “Additional Information—Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures” herein.

December 2024 Form 10-K70

Additional Information—Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures

Collateral Held Against Net Counterparty Exposure1

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024

Country of RiskCollateral2

United KingdomU.K., U.S., and France$8,618

JapanJapan and U.S.5,637

OtherItaly, U.S., and Korea18,366

1.The benefit of collateral received is reflected in the Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures at December 31, 2024.

2.Primarily consists of cash and government obligations of the countries listed.

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors (e.g., inappropriate or unlawful conduct) or external events (e.g., cyberattacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, legal and compliance risks, or damage to physical assets. We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities and support and control groups (e.g., IT and trade processing).

The breadth and range of operational risk are such that the types of mitigating activities are wide-ranging. Examples of activities include: continuous enhancement of defenses against cyberattacks, use of legal agreements and contracts to

transfer and/or limit operational risk exposures, due diligence, implementation of enhanced policies and procedures, technology change management controls, exception management processing controls, and segregation of duties.

The Operational Risk Department and Non-Financial Risk Cyber, Technology, and Information Security Department (“NFR CTIS”) provide independent oversight of operational risk and assess, measure and monitor operational risk against appetite. The Operational Risk Department and NFR CTIS work with the divisions and control groups to embed a transparent, consistent and comprehensive framework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Firm.

The NFR CTIS scope includes oversight of technology risk, cybersecurity risk, information security risk and compliance. The Operational Risk Department scope includes oversight of the fraud risk management and prevention program, and third-party risk management (supplier and affiliate risk oversight and assessment), among others.

As part of the ERM framework, we have implemented and maintain a program to assess, identify and manage risks arising from the cybersecurity threats confronting the Firm (“Cybersecurity Program”). Our Cybersecurity Program helps

December 2024 Form 10-K

protect our clients, customers, employees, property, products, services and reputation by seeking to preserve the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information, enable the secure delivery of financial services, and protect the business and the safe operation of our technology systems. We continually adjust our Cybersecurity Program to address the evolving cybersecurity threat landscape and comply with extensive legal and regulatory expectations.

Our Cybersecurity Program takes into account industry best practices and addresses risks from cybersecurity threats to our network, infrastructure, computing environment and the third parties that we rely on. We periodically assess the design of our cybersecurity controls against the Cyber Risk Institute Cyber Profile, which is based on the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Cybersecurity Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure Cybersecurity, as well as global cybersecurity regulations, and develop improvements to those controls in response to that assessment. Our Cybersecurity Program also includes cybersecurity and information security policies, procedures and technologies that are designed to address regulatory requirements and protect our clients’, employees’ and own data against unauthorized disclosure, modification and misuse. These policies, procedures and technologies cover a broad range of areas, including: identification of internal and external threats, access control, data security, protective controls, detection of malicious or unauthorized activity, incident response and recovery planning. See also “Firm Resilience” herein for a discussion of our resilience program that is designed to mitigate the impacts of cybersecurity events and other risks.

Our processes are designed to help oversee, identify and mitigate cybersecurity risks associated with our use of third-party vendors. We maintain a third-party risk management program that evaluates and responds to cybersecurity risks at our third-party vendors. Prior to engaging third-party vendors to provide services to the Firm, we assess the third-party vendors’ cybersecurity programs to identify cybersecurity risks arising from the use of those vendors’ services. Once onboarded, third-party vendors’ cybersecurity programs are subject to risk-based oversight, which may include security questionnaires, submission of independent security audit reports or a Firm audit of the third-party vendor’s security program, and, with limited exceptions, third-party vendors are required to meet our minimum cybersecurity standards. Where a third-party vendor cannot meet those standards, its services, and the residual risk to the Firm, are subject to review, challenge and escalation through our risk management processes and ERM committees, which may ultimately result in requesting increased security measures or ceasing engagement with such third-party vendor.

Our Cybersecurity Program is operated and maintained by management, including the Chief Information Officer of Cyber, Data, Risk and Resilience (“CIO”) and the Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”). These senior officers are responsible for assessing and managing the Firm’s cybersecurity risks. Our Cybersecurity Program strategy, which is set by the CISO and overseen by the Head of Cyber, Technology, and Information Security Non-Financial Risk (“Head of NFR CTIS”), is informed by various risk and control assessments, control testing, external assessments, threat intelligence, and public and private information sharing. Our Cybersecurity Program also includes processes

December 2024 Form 10-K72

for escalating and considering the materiality of incidents that impact the Firm, including escalation to senior management and the Board.

The members of management that lead our Cybersecurity Program and strategy have extensive experience in technology, cybersecurity and information security. The CIO has over 30 years of experience in various engineering, IT, operations and information security roles. The CISO has over 25 years of experience leading cybersecurity teams at financial institutions, including in the areas of IT strategy, risk management and information security. The Head of NFR CTIS has over 20 years of experience in technology, security and compliance roles, including experience in government security agencies.

Risk levels and mitigating measures are presented to and monitored by dedicated management-level cybersecurity risk committees. These committees include representatives from Firm management as well as business and control stakeholders who review, challenge and, where appropriate, consider exceptions to our policies and procedures. Significant cybersecurity risks are escalated from these committees to our Non-Financial Risk Committee. The CIO and the Head of NFR CTIS report on the status of our Cybersecurity Program, including significant cybersecurity risks; review metrics related to the program; and discuss the status of regulatory and remedial actions and incidents to the FRC, the BOTC and the Board, as appropriate. For more information regarding the Firm’s ERM framework, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Risk Management.”

In accordance with its charter, the BOTC receives quarterly reports from (i) Technology, including the CIO or the CISO; (ii) Operations; and (iii) NFR. Such reporting includes updates on our Cybersecurity Program, risks from cybersecurity threats, our programs to address and mitigate the risks associated with the evolving cybersecurity threat environment, and NFR’s assessment of cybersecurity risks. Senior officers in Technology and NFR also provide an annual report to the BOTC on the status of our broader information security program in compliance with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which includes a discussion of risks arising

from cybersecurity threats. At least annually, senior management representatives in Technology and NFR discuss the status of the Cybersecurity Program and key cybersecurity risks with the Board and, in accordance with the Board’s Corporate Governance Policies, all Board members are invited to attend BOTC meetings and have access to meeting materials. The BOTC, which meets at least quarterly, also reviews and approves significant policies related to cybersecurity, receives an annual independent assessment of key aspects of our Cybersecurity Program from an independent third party and holds joint meetings with the BAC and BRC, as necessary and appropriate. The chair of the BOTC regularly discusses cybersecurity developments with senior management, including the senior officers mentioned above, and reports to the Board on cybersecurity risks and threats and other related matters.

The Firm’s critical processes and businesses could be disrupted by events including cyberattacks, failure or loss of access to technology and/or associated data, military conflicts, acts of terror, natural disasters, severe weather events and infectious disease. The Firm maintains a Firmwide resilience program that is designed to provide for operational resilience and enable it to respond to and recover critical processes and supporting assets in the event of a disruption impacting our people, technology, facilities and third parties. The key elements of the Firm’s resilience program include business continuity management, technology disaster recovery, third party resilience and key business service resilience. Resilience testing is performed both internally and with critical third parties to validate recovery capability in accordance with business requirements.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision-making, noncompliance with applicable laws and/or regulations or damage to the Firm's reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions.

Our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is critical to helping ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity reserves and durable funding sources to meet our daily obligations and to withstand unanticipated stress events. The Liquidity Risk

Department is a distinct area in Risk Management responsible for the oversight and monitoring of liquidity risk. The Liquidity Risk Department ensures transparency of material liquidity and funding risks, compliance with established risk limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management.

We have established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to facilitate compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and to require that our policies relating to business conduct, ethics and practices are followed globally. In addition, we have established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The heightened legal and

December 2024 Form 10-K74

regulatory focus on the financial services and banking industries globally presents a continuing business challenge for us.

Climate change manifests as physical and transition risks. The physical risks of climate change include harm to people and property arising from acute climate-related events, such as floods, hurricanes, heatwaves, droughts and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as higher global average temperatures, rising sea levels and long-term droughts. The transition risk of climate change include policy, legal, technology and market changes. Examples of these transition risks include changes in consumer and business sentiment, related technologies, shareholder preferences and any additional regulatory and legislative requirements, including increased disclosure or regulation of carbon emissions.

Climate risk, which is not expected to have a significant effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition in the near term, is an overarching risk that can impact other categories of risk. Physical risk may lead to increased credit risk by diminishing borrowers’ repayment capacity or impacting the value of collateral. In addition, physical risk could pose increased operational risk to our facilities and people. The impacts of transition risk may lead to and amplify credit or liquidity risk by reducing our customers’ operating income or the value of their assets as well as exposing us to reputational, compliance and/or litigation risk due to increased legal and regulatory scrutiny or negative public sentiment.

As climate risk is interconnected with other risk types, we have developed and continue to enhance processes to embed climate risk considerations into our risk management practices and governance structures. The BRC oversees Firmwide risks, which include climate risk, and, as part of its oversight, receives updates on our risk management approach to climate risk, including our approaches toward scenario analysis and integration of climate risk into our existing risk management processes. Our climate risk management efforts are overseen by the Climate Risk Committee, which is co-chaired by our Chief Risk Officer and Chief Sustainability Officer and shapes our approach to managing climate-related risks in line with our overall risk framework.

December 2024 Form 10-K

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated income statements, comprehensive income statements, cash flow statements and statements of changes in total equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Firm as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 21, 2025, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Valuation of Level 3 Financial Assets and Liabilities Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis and Level 3 Loans Held for Sale — Refer to Note 4 to the financial statements

The Firm’s trading and financing activities result in the Firm carrying material financial instruments having limited price transparency. These financial instruments can span a broad array of product types and generally include derivatives, securities, loans, and borrowings. As described in Note 4, these Level 3 financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis approximate $6.8 billion and $4.1 billion, respectively, and the Level 3 loans held for sale approximate $6.1 billion at December 31, 2024. Unlike financial instruments whose inputs are readily observable and, therefore, more easily independently corroborated, the valuation of these financial instruments is inherently subjective and often involves the use of unobservable inputs and proprietary valuation models whose underlying algorithms and valuation methodologies are complex.

We identified the valuation of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis and Level 3 loans held for sale as a critical audit matter given the Firm uses complex valuation models and/or valuation inputs that are not observable in the marketplace to determine the respective carrying values. Performing our audit procedures to evaluate the appropriateness of these models and inputs involved a high degree of auditor judgment, professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, and an increased extent of testing.

Our audit procedures related to the valuation of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis and Level 3 loans held for sale included the following, among others:

•We tested the design and operating effectiveness of the Firm’s model review and price verification controls. The Firm maintains these internal controls to assess the appropriateness

December 2024 Form 10-K76

of its valuation methodologies and the relevant inputs and assumptions.

•We independently evaluated the appropriateness of management’s valuation methodologies, for selected financial instruments, including the input assumptions, considering the expected assumptions of other market participants and external data when available.

•We developed independent estimates for selected financial instruments, using externally sourced inputs and independent valuation models, and used such estimates to further evaluate management’s estimates. For certain of our selected financial instruments, this included a comparison to the Firm’s estimates for similar transactions and an evaluation of the Firm’s assumptions inclusive of the inputs, as applicable.

•We tested the revenues arising from the trade date fair value estimates for selected structured transactions for which we developed independent fair value estimates to test the valuation inputs and assumptions used by the Firm and evaluated whether these methods were consistent with the Firm’s relevant valuation policies.

•We assessed the consistency by which management has applied significant and unobservable valuation assumptions used in developing the Firm's estimates.

•We performed a retrospective assessment of management’s fair value estimates for certain of our selected financial instruments, for which there were events or transactions occurring after the valuation date. We did so by comparing management’s estimates to the relevant evidence provided by such events or transactions, as applicable.

February 21, 2025

December 2024 Form 10-K

in millions, except per share data202420232022

Investment banking$6,705 $4,948 $5,599

Trading16,763 15,263 13,928

Investments824 573 15

Commissions and fees5,094 4,537 4,938

Asset management22,499 19,617 19,578

Other1,265 975 283

Total non-interest revenues53,150 45,913 44,341

54,135 45,849 21,595

45,524 37,619 12,268

Net interest8,611 8,230 9,327

Net revenues61,761 54,143 53,668

Provision for credit losses264 532 280

Compensation and benefits26,178 24,558 23,053

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees4,140 3,476 3,458

Information processing and communications4,088 3,775 3,493

Professional services2,901 3,058 3,070

Occupancy and equipment1,905 1,895 1,729

Marketing and business development965 898 905

Other3,724 4,138 3,591

Total non-interest expenses43,901 41,798 39,299

Income before provision for income taxes17,596 11,813 14,089

Provision for income taxes4,067 2,583 2,910

Net income$13,529 $9,230 $11,179

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests139 143 150

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$13,390 $9,087 $11,029

Preferred stock dividends 590 557 489

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$12,800 $8,530 $10,540

Basic$8.04 $5.24 $6.23

Diluted7.95 5.18 6.15

Basic1,591 1,628 1,691

Diluted1,611 1,646 1,713

$ in millions202420232022

Net income$13,529 $9,230 $11,179

Foreign currency translation adjustments(422)(20)(337)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities521 1,098 (4,437)

Pension and other12 (87)43

Change in net debt valuation adjustment(534)(1,290)1,502

Net change in cash flow hedges(51)20 (4)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)$(474)$(279)$(3,233)

Comprehensive income$13,055 $8,951 $7,946

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests139 143 150

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests(81)(111)(82)

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley$12,997 $8,919 $7,878

December 2024 Form 10-K78

December 31, 2023

Cash and cash equivalents$105,386 $89,232

Trading assets at fair value ($148,945 and $162,698 were pledged to various parties)

331,884 367,074

Available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost of $101,960 and $92,149)

98,608 88,113

Held-to-maturity (fair value of $51,203 and $57,453)

61,071 66,694

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $— and $7 at fair value)

118,565 110,740

Securities borrowed123,859 121,091

Customer and other receivables86,158 80,105

Held for investment (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,066 and $1,169)

225,834 203,385

Held for sale12,319 15,255

Goodwill16,706 16,707

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $5,445 and $4,847)

6,453 7,055

Other assets28,228 28,242

Total assets$1,215,071 $1,193,693

Deposits (includes $6,499 and $6,472 at fair value)

$376,007 $351,804

Trading liabilities at fair value153,764 151,513

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $956 and $1,020 at fair value)

50,067 62,651

Securities loaned15,226 15,057

Other secured financings (includes $14,088 and $9,899 at fair value)

21,602 12,655

Customer and other payables175,938 208,148

Other liabilities and accrued expenses28,220 28,151

Borrowings (includes $103,332 and $93,900 at fair value)

288,819 263,732

Total liabilities1,109,643 1,093,711

Preferred stock9,750 8,750

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,606,653,706 and 1,626,828,437

Additional paid-in capital30,179 29,832

Retained earnings104,989 97,996

Employee stock trusts5,103 5,314

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(6,814)(6,421)

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (432,240,273 and 412,065,542 shares)

(33,613)(31,139)

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts(5,103)(5,314)

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity104,511 99,038

Noncontrolling interests917 944

Total equity105,428 99,982

Total liabilities and equity$1,215,071 $1,193,693

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements79

December 2024 Form 10-K

$ in millions202420232022

Beginning balance$8,750 $8,750 $7,750

Issuance of preferred stock1,000 — 1,000

Ending balance9,750 8,750 8,750

Beginning balance29,832 29,339 28,841

Share-based award activity352 493 503

Issuance of preferred stock(5)— (6)

Other net increases (decreases)— — 1

Ending balance30,179 29,832 29,339

Beginning balance97,996 94,862 89,432

(60)— —

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley13,390 9,087 11,029

(590)(557)(489)

(5,745)(5,393)(5,108)

Other net increases (decreases)(2)(3)(2)

Ending balance104,989 97,996 94,862

Beginning balance5,314 4,881 3,955

Share-based award activity(211)433 926

Ending balance5,103 5,314 4,881

Beginning balance(6,421)(6,253)(3,102)

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(393)(168)(3,151)

Ending balance(6,814)(6,421)(6,253)

Beginning balance(31,139)(26,577)(17,500)

Share-based award activity1,704 1,654 1,794

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(4,178)(6,216)(10,871)

Ending balance(33,613)(31,139)(26,577)

Beginning balance(5,314)(4,881)(3,955)

Share-based award activity211 (433)(926)

Ending balance(5,103)(5,314)(4,881)

Beginning balance944 1,090 1,157

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests139 143 150

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests(81)(111)(82)

Other net increases (decreases)(85)(178)(135)

Ending balance917 944 1,090

$105,428 $99,982 $101,231

December 2024 Form 10-K80

$ in millions202420232022

Net income$13,529 $9,230 $11,179

Deferred income taxes152 (463)(849)

Stock-based compensation expense1,622 1,709 1,875

Depreciation and amortization5,161 4,256 3,998

Provision for credit losses264 532 280

Other operating adjustments4 308 618

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities34,496 (61,026)(39,422)

Securities borrowed(2,768)12,283 (3,661)

Securities loaned169 (622)3,380

Customer and other receivables and other assets(5,308)602 14,664

Customer and other payables and other liabilities(25,550)(3,629)(4,897)

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(7,825)3,167 6,092

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(12,584)117 346

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities1,362 (33,536)(6,397)

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software(3,462)(3,412)(3,078)

Changes in loans, net(22,618)(4,059)(23,652)

Purchases(35,327)(23,078)(24,602)

Proceeds from sales5,728 5,929 22,014

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities21,089 14,316 13,435

Purchases(3,860)— (5,231)

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities10,475 8,143 9,829

Other investing activities(1,485)(923)(347)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(29,460)(3,084)(11,632)

Other secured financings4,358 796 (884)

Deposits23,955 (5,075)1,659

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs995 — 994

Proceeds from issuance of Borrowings108,365 78,424 72,460

Borrowings(80,230)(64,805)(34,898)

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(4,199)(6,178)(10,871)

Cash dividends(6,138)(5,763)(5,401)

Other financing activities(350)(125)(345)

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities46,756 (2,726)22,714

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(2,504)451 (4,283)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents16,154 (38,895)402

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period89,232 128,127 127,725

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$105,386 $89,232 $128,127

Interest$46,359 $41,940 $9,819

Income taxes, net of refunds1,885 2,035 4,147

December 2024 Form 10-K

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity securities and other products, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Equity and Fixed Income businesses include sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, Asia wealth management services and certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to clients. Other activities include research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions. Wealth Management covers: financial advisor-led brokerage, custody, administrative and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; securities-based lending, residential and commercial real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products, which are offered through a variety of investment vehicles, include equity, fixed income, alternatives and solutions, and liquidity and overlay services. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds,

insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are generally served through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

For entities where the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and the equity holders bear the residual economic risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Firm consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria), the Firm consolidates those entities where it has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

For investments in entities in which the Firm does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, it applies the equity method

December 2024 Form 10-K82

of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues (see Note 11) unless the Firm has elected to measure the investment at fair value, in which case net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 5).

Presentation Changes in 2024

In the first quarter of 2024, the Firm implemented certain presentation changes which resulted in a decrease to both interest income and interest expense of $4,432 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, and no effect on net interest income, with the entire impact to the Firm recorded within the Institutional Securities segment. These changes further aligned the accounting treatment between the balance sheet and the related interest income or expense, primarily by offsetting interest income and expense for certain prime brokerage-related customer receivables and payables that are currently accounted for as a single unit of account on the balance sheet. The current and previous presentation of these interest income and interest expense amounts are acceptable and the change does not represent a change in accounting principle. These changes were applied retrospectively to the consolidated income statement for 2023 and accordingly, 2023 amounts were adjusted to conform with the current presentation.

Underwriting revenues are generally recognized on trade date if there is no uncertainty or contingency related to the amount to be paid. Underwriting costs are deferred and recognized in the relevant non-interest expenses line items when the related underwriting revenues are recorded.

83

December 2024 Form 10-K

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in

December 2024 Form 10-K84

an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the product. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination

of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Firm in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the total fair value amount is disclosed in the level appropriate for the lowest level input that is significant to the total fair value of the asset or liability.

December 2024 Form 10-K

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy for inputs as described above, which requires that observable inputs be

used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

In connection with its derivative activities, the Firm generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Firm with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off cash collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty. Derivatives with enforceable master netting agreements are reported net of cash collateral received and posted.

The Firm applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments for the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges); hedges of variability in forecasted cash flows from floating-rate assets due to contractually specified interest rates (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the Parent Company (net investment hedges). These financial instruments are included within Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts or Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts in the balance sheet. For hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, the Firm performs effectiveness testing and other procedures. The change in the fair value of the designated portion of the hedging instrument should be

December 2024 Form 10-K86

highly correlated, between 80 and 125 percent of the change in the fair value, cash flows, or carrying value (due to translation gains or losses) of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. The Firm considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to counterparty credit spreads and its own credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

The Firm’s designated fair value hedges consist of interest rate swaps designated as hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain fixed-rate AFS securities and senior borrowings. The Firm also designates interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain fixed rate deposits. The Firm is permitted to hedge the full, or part of the contractual term of the hedged instrument. The Firm uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships. For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the change in the fair value of the derivative, offset by the change in the fair value attributable to the change in the benchmark interest rate risk of the hedged asset (liability), is recognized in earnings each period as a component of Interest income (expense). For AFS securities, the change in fair value of the hedged item due to changes other than the risk being hedged will continue to be reported in OCI. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged asset (liability) is amortized to Interest income (expense) over the remaining life of the asset (liability) using the effective interest method. For certain AFS securities, the Firm also applies the portfolio layer method of hedge accounting, which permits prepayable and non-prepayable assets to be included in the portfolio and allows more of the portfolio to be hedged. Further, the portfolio layer method of accounting requires that basis adjustments are maintained at the portfolio level and not allocated to individual items until certain de-designation events occur. The amount designated as hedged is the sum of the notional amounts of all outstanding layers in each portfolio. Refer to Note 6 and Note 7 to the financial statements for additional information on portfolio layer method hedging.

The Firm uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage a portion of the currency exposure relating to its net investments in foreign operations. To the extent that the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the underlying exchange rate of the derivative hedging instrument is the same as the exchange rate between the functional currency of the investee and the intermediate parent entity’s functional currency, it is considered to be perfectly effective. The gain or loss from revaluing qualifying hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is reported within AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and changes in the fair value of

this excluded component are recorded currently in Interest income.

The objective of this strategy is to hedge the risk of changes in the hedged item’s cash flows attributable to changes in the contractually specified interest rate. For qualifying cash flow hedges of contractually specified interest rates, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in OCI and subsequently reclassified to earnings in the same periods when the hedged item affects earnings. If cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued, AOCI is released into earnings immediately if the cash flow of the hedged item is probable of not occurring. Otherwise the amount in AOCI is released into earnings as the forecasted transaction affects earnings.

For all other AFS securities in an unrealized loss position, any portion of unrealized losses representing a credit loss is recognized in Other revenues and as an increase to the ACL for AFS securities, with the remainder of unrealized losses recognized in OCI. A credit loss exists if the Firm does not expect to recover the amortized cost basis of the security.

December 2024 Form 10-K

When considering whether a credit loss exists, the Firm considers relevant information, including:

Nonaccrual & ACL Charge-offs on AFS Securities

AFS securities follow the same nonaccrual and charge-off guidance as discussed in “Allowance for Credit Losses” herein.

All loan categories described below follow the same nonaccrual guidance and loans held for investment follow the charge-off guidance as discussed in “Allowance for Credit Losses” herein.

Interest Income. Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to produce a level rate of return.

December 2024 Form 10-K88

Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value and included in Trading assets in the balance sheet, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. For further information on loans carried at fair value and classified as Trading assets, see Note 4.

Factors considered by management when determining the ACL include payment status, fair value of collateral and expected payments of principal and interest, as well as internal or external information relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The Firm uses three forecasts that include assumptions about certain macroeconomic variables, including, but not limited to, U.S. gross domestic product (“GDP”), equity market indices and unemployment rates, as well as commercial real estate and home price indices. At the conclusion of the Firm’s reasonable and supportable forecast period of 13 quarters, there is a gradual reversion back to historical averages.

The ACL is measured on a collective basis when similar risk characteristics exist for multiple instruments, considering all available information relevant to assessing the collectability of cash flows. Generally, the Firm applies a probability of

default/loss given default model for instruments that are collectively assessed, under which the ACL is calculated as the product of probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default. These parameters are forecast for each collective group of assets using a scenario-based statistical model.

If the instrument does not share similar risk characteristics with other instruments, including when it is probable that the Firm will be unable to collect the full payment of principal and interest on the instrument when due, the ACL is measured on an individual basis. The Firm generally applies a discounted cash flow method for instruments that are individually assessed.

Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, the nature and volume of the portfolio,

December 2024 Form 10-K

and lending terms and the volume and severity of past due loans are also considered in the ACL calculations.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”),

including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements-to-maturity, are carried in the balance sheet at the amount of cash paid or received plus accrued interest except for certain reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements for which the Firm has elected the fair value option (see Note 5). Where appropriate, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.

In instances where the Firm is the lender in securities-for-securities transactions and is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the fair value of the collateral received is reported in Trading assets, and the related obligation to return the collateral is reported in Trading liabilities in the balance sheet. Securities-for-securities transactions where the Firm is the borrower are not included in the balance sheet.

December 2024 Form 10-K90

The Firm has granted PSUs that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if predetermined performance and market goals are satisfied. Since the issuance of the shares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on the number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the reporting date was the end of the performance period.

The Firm measures compensation expense for stock-based awards at fair value. The Firm determines the fair value of RSUs (including PSUs with non-market performance conditions) based on the grant-date fair value of its common stock, measured as the volume-weighted average price on the date of grant (“VWAP”). The fair value of RSUs not entitled to dividends until conversion is measured at VWAP reduced by the present value of dividends expected to be paid on the underlying shares prior to scheduled conversion date. PSUs that contain market-based conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model.

Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period relevant to each separately vesting portion of the award. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recognized based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. Compensation expense for awards with market-based conditions is recognized irrespective of the probability of the market condition being achieved and is not reversed if the market condition is not met. The Firm accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

Stock-based awards generally contain clawback and cancellation provisions. Certain awards provide the Firm discretion to claw back or cancel all or a portion of the award

December 2024 Form 10-K

under specified circumstances. Where award terms are considered to be subjective, a grant date cannot be established and the awards are subject to variable accounting which requires that compensation expense for those awards is adjusted for changes in the fair value of the Firm’s common stock or the relevant model valuation, as appropriate, until conversion, exercise or expiration. Following amendments to clarify specific subjective award terms in the second quarter of 2023, a grant date for the awards was established such that compensation expense for those awards is no longer adjusted for changes in the fair value of the Firm’s common stock. The Firm also operates an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) which allows eligible employees of the Firm to purchase shares of Morgan Stanley at a discount.

For year-end stock-based awards and DCP awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost of the awards over the course of the calendar year preceding the grant date, which reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

Uncertain tax positions are recorded on the basis of a two-step process, whereby (i) the Firm determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet this threshold, the Firm recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax

December 2024 Form 10-K92

benefits are recognized as a component of the provision for income taxes.

The Firm adopted the Segment Reporting - Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures accounting update retrospectively, effective January 1, 2024. This accounting update requires additional reportable segment disclosures on an annual and interim basis, primarily about significant segment expenses and other segment items that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within the reported measure of segment profit or loss. See Note 22 to the financial statements for disclosures on the Firm’s reportable segments.

The Firm adopted the Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures - Tax Credit Structures accounting update on January 1, 2024 using the modified retrospective method. This accounting update permits an election to account for tax equity investments using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, the initial cost of the investment is amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received and recognized net in the income statement as a component of provision for income taxes. The update requires a separate accounting policy election to be made for each tax credit program. Additional disclosures are required regarding (i) the nature of our tax equity investments and (ii) the effect of our tax equity investments and related income tax credits on the financial condition and results of operations (see Note 11).

Accounting Update Adopted in 2022

Reference Rate Reform

The Firm has adopted the Reference Rate Reform accounting update, which extends the period of time entities can utilize the reference rate reform relief guidance from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2024. The relief provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that reference LIBOR or other interest rate benchmarks for which the referenced rate is expected to be discontinued or replaced. The Firm is applying the accounting relief as relevant contract and hedge accounting relationship modifications are made during the course of the reference rate reform transition period. There was no impact to the Firm’s financial statements upon issuance of this accounting standard update.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Cash and due from banks$4,436 $7,323

Interest bearing deposits with banks100,950 81,909

Total Cash and cash equivalents$105,386 $89,232

Restricted cash$29,643 $30,571

December 2024 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2023

U.S. Treasury and agency securities$56,459 $53,741 $— $— $110,200

Other sovereign government obligations22,580 9,946 94 — 32,620

State and municipal securities— 2,148 34 — 2,182

MABS— 1,540 489 — 2,029

— 6,122 2,066 — 8,188

Corporate and other debt— 35,833 1,983 — 37,816

126,772 929 199 — 127,900

Interest rate7,284 140,139 784 — 148,207

Credit— 10,244 393 — 10,637

Foreign exchange12 93,218 20 — 93,250

Equity2,169 55,319 587 — 58,075

Commodity and other1,608 11,862 2,811 — 16,281

(7,643)(237,497)(1,082)(42,915)(289,137)

Total derivative and other contracts3,430 73,285 3,513 (42,915)37,313

781 836 949 — 2,566

Physical commodities— 736 — — 736

210,022 185,116 9,327 (42,915)361,550

Investment securities —AFS57,405 30,708 — — 88,113

Securities purchased under agreements to resell— 7 — — 7

Total assets at fair value$267,427 $215,831 $9,327 $(42,915)$449,670

December 2024 Form 10-K94

At December 31, 2023

Deposits$— $6,439 $33 $— $6,472

U.S. Treasury and agency securities27,708 16 — — 27,724

Other sovereign government obligations26,829 3,955 6 — 30,790

Corporate and other debt— 10,560 9 — 10,569

46,809 300 45 — 47,154

Interest rate8,000 129,983 857 — 138,840

Credit— 10,795 297 — 11,092

Foreign exchange96 89,880 385 — 90,361

Equity2,411 64,794 1,689 — 68,894

Commodity and other1,642 11,904 1,521 — 15,067

(7,643)(237,497)(1,082)(42,757)(288,979)

Total derivative and other contracts4,506 69,859 3,667 (42,757)35,275

Total trading liabilities105,852 84,690 3,727 (42,757)151,512

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase— 571 449 — 1,020

Other secured financings— 9,807 92 — 9,899

Borrowings— 92,022 1,878 — 93,900

Total liabilities at fair value$105,852 $193,529 $6,179 $(42,757)$262,803

5.At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Firm’s Trading assets included an insignificant amount of equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions that generally prohibit the Firm from selling the security for a period of time as of the measurement date.

December 31, 2023

Commercial real estate$498 $422

Residential real estate1,922 2,909

Securities-based lending and Other loans6,241 4,857

Total$8,661 $8,188

December 31, 2023

Customer and other receivables, net$1,914 $1,062

•Level 1—as inputs are observable and in an active market

•Level 1—on-the-run agency issued debt securities if actively traded and inputs are observable

•Level 1—if actively traded and inputs are observable

•Level 3—in instances where the prices are unobservable

December 2024 Form 10-K

•Fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is determined by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of loans and lending commitments also takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract.

•Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is estimated based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan

or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using the Firm’s best available estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions.

•Fair value of equity margin loans is determined by discounting future interest cash flows, net of potential losses resulting from large downward price movements of the underlying margin loan collateral. The potential losses are modeled using the margin loan rate, which is calibrated from market observable CDS spreads, implied debt yields or volatility metrics of the loan collateral.

•Level 3—in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity

•Asset-backed CDOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from comparable instruments as indicated by market activity.

December 2024 Form 10-K96

Each asset-backed CDO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, deal structures and liquidity.

•Level 3—when the contract is valued using an unobservable input that is deemed significant

•Level 3—when valued using observable inputs with limited market liquidity or if an unobservable input is deemed significant

•After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of non-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Firm generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value. These investments are included in the Fund

December 2024 Form 10-K

Interests table in the “Net Asset Value Measurements” section herein.

•The Firm issues FDIC-insured certificates of deposit that pay either fixed coupons or that have repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices or currencies. The fair value of these certificates of deposit is determined using valuation models that incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the deposits are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, equity prices, and the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, adjusted for the impact of the FDIC insurance, which is based on vanilla deposit issuance rates.

•Level 3—in instances where an unobservable input is deemed significant

•Other secured financings are composed of short-dated notes secured by Corporate equities, agreements to repurchase Physical commodities, the liabilities related to sales of Loans and lending commitments accounted for as financings, and secured contracts that are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the Valuation Techniques described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.

•The Firm carries certain borrowings at fair value that are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts that are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail initial net investment criteria.

•Fair value is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the instruments. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the instruments are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, and commodity or equity prices.

December 2024 Form 10-K98

•Level 3—in instances where an unobservable input is deemed significant

$ in millions202420232022

Beginning balance$— $17 $2

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)— — (3)

Purchases— — 14

Sales— (10)(1)

Net transfers— (7)5

Ending balance$— $— $17

Unrealized gains (losses)$— $— $(1)

Beginning balance$94 $169 $211

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(12)5 (5)

Purchases4 38 116

Sales— (86)(107)

Net transfers(69)(32)(46)

Ending balance$17 $94 $169

Unrealized gains (losses)$(9)$2 $(14)

Beginning balance$34 $145 $13

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)— — (4)

Purchases— 9 91

Sales(29)(6)(82)

Net transfers(5)(114)127

Ending balance$— $34 $145

Beginning balance$489 $416 $344

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)9 (2)(342)

Purchases83 232 511

Sales(121)(165)(130)

Net transfers(179)8 33

Ending balance$281 $489 $416

Unrealized gains (losses)$(16)$(14)$2

Beginning balance$2,066 $2,017 $3,806

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(15)(189)(80)

Purchases and originations235 1,502 793

Sales(674)(477)(740)

Settlements(221)(843)(1,526)

(332)56 (236)

Ending balance$1,059 $2,066 $2,017

Unrealized gains (losses)$(15)$(76)$29

$ in millions202420232022

Beginning balance$1,983 $2,096 $1,973

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(72)145 456

Purchases and originations602 623 1,165

Sales(631)(664)(1,889)

Settlements(84)(33)(27)

(540)(184)418

Ending balance$1,258 $1,983 $2,096

Unrealized gains (losses)$55 $(10)$160

Beginning balance$199 $116 $115

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(119)12 (97)

Purchases40 85 73

Sales(16)(41)(22)

Net transfers50 27 47

Ending balance$154 $199 $116

Unrealized gains (losses)$(44)$19 $11

Beginning balance$949 $923 $1,125

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)33 35 (409)

Purchases62 158 63

Sales(288)(183)(107)

Net transfers(2)16 251

Ending balance$754 $949 $923

Unrealized gains (losses)$(32)$27 $(397)

Beginning balance$— $35 $—

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)— — (3)

Sales— (32)—

— (3)38

Ending balance$— $— $35

Unrealized gains (losses)$— $— $(3)

Beginning balance$(73)$(151)$708

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)126 (336)(643)

Purchases59 140 1

Issuances(9)(43)—

Settlements(175)241 (92)

Net transfers19 76 (125)

Ending balance$(53)$(73)$(151)

Unrealized gains (losses)$(53)$(210)$(327)

Beginning balance$96 $110 $98

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(30)5 84

Purchases— — 5

Issuances— — (10)

Settlements32 (21)(61)

Net transfers(1)2 (6)

Ending balance$97 $96 $110

Unrealized gains (losses)$(47)$2 $70

December 2024 Form 10-K

$ in millions202420232022

Beginning balance$(365)$66 $52

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)874 (290)(8)

Purchases— — 1

Issuances— (1)—

Settlements(25)(15)(46)

Net transfers105 (125)67

Ending balance$589 $(365)$66

Unrealized gains (losses)$728 $(277)$43

Beginning balance$(1,102)$(736)$(945)

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)225 (91)201

Purchases214 221 77

Issuances(710)(572)(339)

Settlements132 87 348

93 (11)(78)

Ending balance$(1,148)$(1,102)$(736)

Unrealized gains (losses)$308 $(201)$328

Beginning balance$1,290 $1,083 $1,529

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(1,361)910 315

Purchases87 78 185

Issuances(153)(136)(210)

Settlements1,336 (701)(510)

Net transfers109 56 (226)

Ending balance$1,308 $1,290 $1,083

Unrealized gains (losses)$(142)$243 $(935)

Beginning balance$33 $20 $67

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)— 1 —

Issuances— 25 11

Settlements— — (3)

Net transfers(32)(13)(55)

Ending balance$1 $33 $20

Unrealized losses (gains)$— $1 $—

Beginning balance$60 $74 $61

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(27)8 (86)

Purchases(27)(38)(35)

Sales101 22 93

Net transfers3 (6)41

Ending balance$110 $60 $74

Unrealized losses (gains)$(21)$8 $17

Beginning balance$449 $512 $651

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(5)2 (8)

Issuances— 1 17

Settlements— (9)(22)

Net transfers— (57)(126)

Ending balance$444 $449 $512

Unrealized losses (gains)$(5)$2 $—

$ in millions202420232022

Beginning balance$92 $91 $403

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(14)5 (6)

Sales(21)— —

Issuances112 83 39

Settlements(113)(99)(342)

Net transfers20 12 (3)

Ending balance$76 $92 $91

Unrealized losses (gains)$(14)$5 $(6)

Beginning balance$1,878 $1,587 $2,157

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)4 219 (133)

Issuances288 708 513

Settlements(255)(391)(285)

(968)(245)(665)

Ending balance$947 $1,878 $1,587

Unrealized losses (gains)$16 $182 $(138)

Portion of unrealized losses (gains) recorded in OCI—Change in net DVA7 29 (35)

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Other sovereign government obligations$17 $94

Bond price45 to 104 points (75 points)

61 to 110 points (87 points)

MABS$281 $489

Bond price27 to 98 points (67 points)

0 to 88 points (61 points)

December 2024 Form 10-K100

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

$1,059 $2,066

Margin loan rate1% to 4% (3%)

2% to 4% (3%)

Loan price49 to 102 points (90 points)

85 to 102 points (98 points)

$1,258 $1,983

Bond price28 to 130 points (83 points)

28 to 135 points (82 points)

Loss given default54% to 84% (62% / 54%)

Corporate equities$154 $199

Investments$754 $949

WACC12% to 21% (16%)

16% to 18% (17%)

Exit multiple9 to 10 times (10 times)

9 to 17 times (15 times)

EBITDA multiple20 times

22 times

Equity price24% to 100% (84%)

24% to 100% (86%)

Interest rate$(53)$(73)

IR volatility skew72% to 97% (81% / 79%)

70% to 100% (81% / 93%)

IR curve correlation28% to 99% (83% / 86%)

49% to 99% (77% / 79%)

Bond volatility78% to 148% (92% / 92%)

79% to 85% (82% / 85%)

Inflation volatility30% to 68% (44% / 38%)

27% to 70% (43% / 39%)

Credit$97 $96

Cash-synthetic basis7 points

Bond price0 to 90 points (48 points)

0 to 92 points (46 points)

Credit spread10 to 360 bps (90 bps)

10 to 404 bps (94 bps)

Funding spread10 to 590 bps (76 bps)

18 to 590 bps (67 bps)

$589 $(365)

IR curve5% to 10% (8% / 8%)

-4% to 26% (7% / 5%)

Foreign exchange volatility skewN/M

-3% to 12% (2% / 0%)

Contingency probability90% to 95% (91% / 95%)

95%

$(1,148)$(1,102)

Equity volatility7% to 98% (20%)

6% to 97% (23%)

Equity volatility skew-2% to 0% (-1%)

-1% to 0% (0%)

Equity correlation20% to 94% (58%)

25% to 97% (49%)

FX correlation -68% to 60% (-36%)

-79% to 40% (-28%)

IR correlationN/M

10% to 30% (15%)

Commodity and other$1,308 $1,290

Forward power price$0 to $185 ($48) per MWh

$0 to $220 ($49) per MWh

Commodity volatility0% to 165% (37%)

8% to 123% (31%)

Cross-commodity correlation54% to 100% (94%)

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$444 $449

Funding spread 11 to 102 bps (36 / 26 bps)

28 to 135 bps (79 bps)

Other secured financings$76 $92

Loan price0 to 100 points (33 points)

22 to 101 points (76 points)

Borrowings$947 $1,878

Equity volatility 7% to 71% (21%)

6% to 69% (13%)

Equity volatility skew -2% to 0% (0%)

Equity correlation53% to 64% (58%)

41% to 97% (79%)

Equity - FX correlation -52% to 24% (-12%)

-65% to 40% (-30%)

IR curve correlation

50% to 89% (71% / 70%)

Credit spread247 to 433 bps (340 bps)

Loss given default54% to 84% (62% / 54%)

Loans$4,518 $4,532

Credit spread109 to 1,469 bps (1,007 bps)

99 to 1,467 bps (1,015 bps)

Loan price25 to 100 points (71 points)

25 to 93 points (70 points)

Credit spread207 to 280 bps (254 bps)

115 to 268 bps (185 bps)

During 2024, there were no significant revisions made to the descriptions of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.

December 2024 Form 10-K

•Comparable Bond or Loan Price. A pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond or loan, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond or loan. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds or loans, such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the bond or loan being valued in order to establish the value of the bond or loan.

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Private equity and other$2,653 $644 $2,685 $720

Real estate3,461 214 2,765 240

Hedge92 2 74 3

Total$6,206 $860 $5,524 $963

Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund

December 2024 Form 10-K102

investments, as well as any related performance-based income in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether the fund investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.

Carrying Value at December 31, 2024

Less than 5 years$1,066 $2,016

5-10 years1,432 1,334

Over 10 years155 111

Total$2,653 $3,461

At December 31, 2023

Loans$4,215 $4,532 $8,747

Other assets—Other investments— 4 4

Total$4,238 $4,536 $8,774

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$110 $60 $170

Total$110 $60 $170

$ in millions202420232022

$(64)$(426)$(563)

(9)(15)(14)

(17)(8)(6)

(33)(35)(11)

Total$(123)$(484)$(594)

$19 $75 $(137)

Total$19 $75 $(137)

1.Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale; otherwise, they are recorded in Other expenses.

December 2024 Form 10-K

225,834 — 17,859 202,297 220,156

At December 31, 2023

Cash and cash equivalents$89,232 $89,232 $— $— $89,232

Investment securities—HTM66,694 21,937 34,411 1,105 57,453

110,733 — 108,099 2,674 110,773

Securities borrowed121,091 — 121,091 — 121,091

Customer and other receivables74,337 — 70,110 4,031 74,141

Held for investment203,385 — 20,125 176,291 196,416

15,255 — 8,652 6,672 15,324

Deposits$345,332 $— $345,391 $— $345,391

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase61,631 — 61,621 — 61,621

Securities loaned15,057 — 15,055 — 15,055

Other secured financings2,756 — 2,756 — 2,756

Customer and other payables208,015 — 208,015 — 208,015

Borrowings169,832 — 171,009 4 171,013

$149,464 $— $1,338 $749 $2,087

December 31, 2023

Equity$49,144 $46,073

Interest rates34,451 31,055

Commodities14,829 12,798

Credit3,306 2,400

Foreign exchange1,602 1,574

Total$103,332 $93,900

Borrowings$(1,118)$650 $(1,767)

Borrowings12,370 293 12,077

$(108)$—

Lending commitments(12)—

Deposits— (24)

Borrowings— 2,006

December 2024 Form 10-K104

December 31, 2023

Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI$(2,868)$(2,166)

December 31, 2023

$10,207 $11,086

7,719 8,566

3,249 3,030

December 31, 2023

Nonaccrual loans$647 $440

$155 $75

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$3,354

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$4,321

December 2024 Form 10-K

Assets at December 31, 2023

Interest rate$25 $— $— $25

Foreign exchange5 5 — 10

Total30 5 — 35

Credit2 27 — 29

Interest rate127,414 19,914 854 148,182

Credit5,712 4,896 — 10,608

Foreign exchange90,654 2,570 16 93,240

Equity20,338 — 37,737 58,075

Commodity and other13,928 — 2,353 16,281

Total258,048 27,407 40,960 326,415

Total gross derivatives$258,078 $27,412 $40,960 $326,450

Counterparty netting(184,553)(23,851)(38,510)(246,914)

Cash collateral netting(39,493)(2,730)— (42,223)

Total in Trading assets$34,032 $831 $2,450 $37,313

Financial instruments collateral(15,690)— — (15,690)

Net amounts$18,342 $831 $2,450 $21,623

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$2,641

Liabilities at December 31, 2023

Interest rate$467 $— $— $467

Foreign exchange414 43 — 457

Total881 43 — 924

Credit43 702 — 745

Interest rate120,604 17,179 590 138,373

Credit5,920 4,427 — 10,347

Foreign exchange87,104 2,694 106 89,904

Equity31,545 — 37,349 68,894

Commodity and other12,237 — 2,830 15,067

Total257,453 25,002 40,875 323,330

Total gross derivatives$258,334 $25,045 $40,875 $324,254

Counterparty netting(184,553)(23,851)(38,510)(246,914)

Cash collateral netting(41,082)(983)— (42,065)

Total in Trading liabilities$32,699 $211 $2,365 $35,275

Financial instruments collateral(6,864)(8)(37)(6,909)

Net amounts$25,835 $203 $2,328 $28,366

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$5,911

Assets at December 31, 2023

Interest rate$— $92 $— $92

Foreign exchange1 1 — 2

Total1 93 — 94

Credit— 1 — 1

Interest rate4,153 8,357 560 13,070

Credit214 176 — 390

Foreign exchange3,378 165 7 3,550

Equity528 — 440 968

Commodity and other142 — 65 207

Total8,415 8,699 1,072 18,186

Total gross derivatives$8,416 $8,792 $1,072 $18,280

December 2024 Form 10-K106

Liabilities at December 31, 2023

Interest rate$3 $183 $— $186

Foreign exchange14 3 — 17

Total17 186 — 203

Credit2 22 — 24

Interest rate4,631 8,197 455 13,283

Credit229 155 — 384

Foreign exchange3,496 167 33 3,696

Equity587 — 712 1,299

Commodity and other101 — 79 180

Total9,046 8,541 1,279 18,866

Total gross derivatives$9,063 $8,727 $1,279 $19,069

$ in millions202420232022

Interest rate contracts$291 $(576)$1,928

Investment Securities—AFS(204)638 (1,838)

Interest rate contracts$(822)$3,664 $(15,159)

Deposits(75)(88)124

Borrowings889 (3,564)15,042

Recognized in OCI$1,084 $(168)$657

214 211 (33)

Recognized in OCI$(100)$9 $(4)

(32)(16)—

Net change in cash flow hedges included within AOCI(68)25 (4)

1.For the year ended 2024, there were no forecasted transactions that failed to occur. The net gains (losses) associated with cash flow hedges expected to be reclassified from AOCI within 12 months as of December 31, 2024 is approximately $31 million. The maximum length of time over which forecasted cash flows are hedged is 28 months.

December 31, 2023

$54,809 $47,179

$(741)$(732)

Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$21,524 $10,569

$44 $(31)

Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$171,834 $158,659

Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Outstanding hedges$(10,072)$(9,219)

Basis adjustments included in amortized cost—Terminated hedges

$(648)$(671)

1.Carrying amount represents the amortized cost, net of allowance if applicable. At December 31, 2024, the amortized cost of the portfolio layer method closed portfolios was $325 million, of which $178 million was designated as hedged. The cumulative amount of basis adjustments was $(2) million as of December 31, 2024. Refer to Note 2 and Note 7 for additional information.

$ in millions202420232022

(294)(522)(62)

Derivatives with Credit Risk-Related Contingencies

December 31, 2023

Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features$22,414 $21,957

Collateral posted16,252 16,389

One-notch downgrade$235

Two-notch downgrade411

$524

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., S&P Global Ratings and/or other rating agencies. The previous table shows the future potential

December 2024 Form 10-K

collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Years to Maturity at December 31, 2023

Investment grade$19 $29 $39 $10 $97

Non-investment grade7 14 17 1 39

Total$26 $43 $56 $11 $136

Investment grade$8 $19 $85 $4 $116

Non-investment grade8 14 95 17 134

Total$16 $33 $180 $21 $250

Total CDS sold$42 $76 $236 $32 $386

Total credit protection sold$42 $76 $236 $35 $389

CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$330

December 31, 2023

Investment grade$1,890 $1,904

Non-investment grade585 399

Total$2,475 $2,303

Investment grade$799 $1,929

Non-investment grade489 45

Total$1,288 $1,974

Total CDS sold$3,763 $4,277

Other credit contracts133 314

Total credit protection sold$3,896 $4,591

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Single name$156 $166

Index and basket193 213

Tranched index and basket28 30

Total$377 $409

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Single name$(2,693)$(2,799)

Index and basket(654)(1,208)

Tranched index and basket(962)(1,012)

Total$(4,309)$(5,019)

December 2024 Form 10-K108

U.S. Treasury securities$70,160 $62 $388 69,834

State and municipal securities1,373 18 4 1,387

At December 31, 2023

U.S. Treasury securities$58,484 $24 $1,103 $57,405

25,852 4 2,528 23,328

Agency CMBS5,871 — 456 5,415

State and municipal securities 1,132 46 5 1,173

810 — 18 792

Total AFS securities92,149 74 4,110 88,113

U.S. Treasury securities23,222 — 1,285 21,937

40,894 — 7,699 33,195

Agency CMBS1,337 — 121 1,216

Non-agency CMBS1,241 2 138 1,105

Total HTM securities66,694 2 9,243 57,453

Total investment securities$158,843 $76 $13,353 $145,566

4.Represents the amount of unallocated portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS securities hedged in a closed portfolio. Portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities. Refer to Note 2 and Note 6 for additional information.

Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position

At December 31,2024At December 31,2023

Less than12 months$18,338 $65 $14,295 $22

12 months or longer19,629 323 33,458 1,081

Total37,967 388 47,753 1,103

Less than12 months765 11 4,297 43

12 months or longer18,996 2,641 18,459 2,485

Total19,761 2,652 22,756 2,528

12 months or longer5,018 388 5,415 456

Total5,018 388 5,415 456

Less than12 months242 2 524 3

12 months or longer62 2 35 2

Total304 4 559 5

Less than12 months— — 56 1

12 months or longer442 9 616 17

Total442 9 672 18

Less than12 months19,345 78 19,172 69

12 months or longer44,147 3,363 57,983 4,041

Total$63,492 $3,441 $77,155 $4,110

For AFS securities, the Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that have credit losses after performing the analysis described in Note 2. Additionally, the Firm does not intend to sell these securities and is not likely to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the securities in an unrealized loss position are predominantly investment grade.

The HTM securities net carrying amounts at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 reflect an ACL of $52 million and $44 million, respectively, predominantly related to Non-agency CMBS. See Note 2 for a description of the ACL methodology used for HTM Securities.

As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, 98% of the Firm’s portfolio of HTM securities were investment grade U.S. agency securities, U.S. Treasury securities and Agency CMBS, which were on accrual status and for which there is an underlying assumption of zero credit losses. Non-investment grade HTM securities primarily consisted of certain Non-agency CMBS securities, for which the expected credit losses were insignificant and were predominantly on accrual status at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Due within 1 year$18,575 $18,393 2.2 %

After 1 year through 5 years46,529 46,395 3.7 %

After 5 years through 10 years5,056 5,046 4.2 %

Total70,160 69,834

Due within 1 year11 11 1.0 %

After 1 year through 5 years254 241 1.6 %

After 5 years through 10 years414 380 1.8 %

After 10 years23,434 20,835 3.4 %

Total24,113 21,467

After 1 year through 5 years4,054 3,899 2.0 %

After 5 years through 10 years547 535 1.6 %

After 10 years1,103 882 1.5 %

Total5,704 5,316

Due within 1 year852 852 4.9 %

After 1 year through 5 years215 214 4.7 %

After 5 years through 10 years49 48 5.8 %

After 10 years257 273 4.6 %

Total1,373 1,387

Due within 1 year12 11 5.3 %

After 1 year through 5 years113 110 5.6 %

After 5 years through 10 years24 23 5.4 %

After 10 years463 460 5.8 %

Total612 604

(2)— —

Total AFS securities101,960 98,608 3.3 %

Due within 1 year$4,635 $4,558 1.2 %

After 1 year through 5 years10,191 9,777 2.3 %

After 5 years through 10 years503 414 1.1 %

After 10 years1,556 1,054 2.3 %

Total16,885 15,803

After 1 year through 5 years8 8 1.8 %

After 5 years through 10 years223 208 2.1 %

After 10 years41,351 32,778 2.1 %

Total41,582 32,994

Due within 1 year294 289 1.5 %

After 1 year through 5 years632 591 1.2 %

After 5 years through 10 years176 144 1.6 %

After 10 years52 42 1.3 %

Total1,154 1,066

Due within 1 year146 124 3.9 %

After 1 year through 5 years648 618 4.5 %

After 5 years through 10 years455 403 4.0 %

After 10 years201 195 7.4 %

Total1,450 1,340

Total HTM securities61,071 51,203 2.1 %

Total investment securities$163,031 $149,811 2.9 %

3.At December 31, 2024, the annualized average yield, including the interest rate swap accrual of related hedges, was 2.7% for AFS securities contractually maturing within 1 year and 3.8% for all AFS securities.

4.Represents the amount of unallocated portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS securities hedged in a closed portfolio. Portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities. Refer to Note 2 and Note 6 for additional information.

$ in millions202420232022

Gross realized gains$52 $70 $164

Gross realized (losses)— (21)(94)

$52 $49 $70

December 2024 Form 10-K110

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

Securities loaned—

At December 31, 2023

Securities purchased under agreements to resell$300,242 $(189,502)$110,740 $(108,893)$1,847

Securities borrowed142,453 (21,362)121,091 (115,969)5,122

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$252,153 $(189,502)$62,651 $(58,357)$4,294

Securities loaned36,419 (21,362)15,057 (15,046)11

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

Securities purchased under agreements to resell$1,741

Securities borrowed607

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase3,014

Securities loaned2

At December 31, 2023

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$80,376 $114,826 $25,510 $31,441 $252,153

Securities loaned21,508 1,345 709 12,857 36,419

Total included in the offsetting disclosure$101,884 $116,171 $26,219 $44,298 $288,572

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral13,528 — — — 13,528

Total$115,412 $116,171 $26,219 $44,298 $302,100

December 31, 2023

U.S. Treasury and agency securities$177,464 $98,377

Other sovereign government obligations135,806 122,342

Corporate equities14,993 18,144

Other12,874 13,290

Total$341,137 $252,153

Other sovereign government obligations$1,805 $1,379

Corporate equities54,144 34,434

Other1,060 606

Total$57,009 $36,419

Total included in the offsetting disclosure$398,146 $288,572

Corporate equities$18,059 $13,502

Other8 26

Total$18,067 $13,528

Total$416,213 $302,100

December 31, 2023

Trading assets$30,867 $37,522

The Firm pledges certain of its trading assets to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities

December 2024 Form 10-K

loaned, other secured financings and derivatives and to cover customer short sales.

Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the balance sheet. Pledged financial instruments that cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party are included within Trading Assets, but not identified as pledged assets parenthetically in the balance sheet.

December 31, 2023

Collateral received with right to sell or repledge$932,626 $735,830

724,177 553,386

December 31, 2023

$26,329 $20,670

December 31, 2023

11 %12 %

Positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments, including those made in connection with the Firm’s private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often

involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including investment grade and non-investment grade issuers.

December 31, 2023

Margin and other lending$55,882 $45,644

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to collateralized notes, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales and consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 13 and 15). Additionally, for certain secured financing transactions that meet applicable netting criteria, the Firm offset Other secured financing liabilities against financing receivables recorded within Trading assets in the amount of

December 2024 Form 10-K112

$437 million at December 31, 2024 and $3,472 million at December 31, 2023.

At December 31, 2023

Corporate$6,758 $11,862 $18,620

Secured lending facilities39,498 3,161 42,659

Commercial real estate8,678 209 8,887

Residential real estate60,375 22 60,397

89,245 1 89,246

Total loans204,554 15,255 219,809

ACL(1,169)(1,169)

Total loans, net$203,385 $15,255 $218,640

Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net$21,152 $5,043 $26,195

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Corporate$— $16,071 $— $18,620

Secured lending facilities— 51,349 — 42,659

Commercial real estate— 9,041 141 8,746

Residential real estate31,014 35,724 28,934 31,464

25,478 70,542 23,922 65,323

Total loans, before ACL$56,492 $182,727 $52,997 $166,812

December 2024 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

$2,668 $3,963 $6,631 $2,350 $3,863 $6,213

202476 58 134

2023— 50 50 — 88 88

2022— 25 25 — 166 166

202115 — 15 15 89 104

202031 3 34 29 25 54

— — — — 133 133

$2,790 $4,099 $6,889 $2,394 $4,364 $6,758

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

$11,405 $27,753 $39,158 $9,494 $22,240 $31,734

2024818 2,863 3,681

20231,371 1,359 2,730 1,535 1,459 2,994

2022279 1,909 2,188 392 2,390 2,782

2021— 198 198 — 365 365

2020— — — — 80 80

100 787 887 356 1,187 1,543

$13,973 $34,869 $48,842 $11,777 $27,721 $39,498

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Revolving$— $161 $161 $— $170 $170

2024147 2,202 2,349

2023351 772 1,123 261 1,067 1,328

2022305 1,488 1,793 284 1,900 2,184

2021166 1,603 1,769 370 1,494 1,864

2020— 430 430 — 756 756

— 787 787 195 2,181 2,376

$969 $7,443 $8,412 $1,110 $7,568 $8,678

20206,494 1,346 97 7,529 408 7,937

Prior10,594 2,825 394 12,826 987 13,813

At December 31, 2023

Revolving$108 $33 $8 $149 $— $149

20237,390 1,517 230 8,168 969 9,137

202210,927 2,424 389 12,650 1,090 13,740

202111,075 2,376 239 12,763 927 13,690

20206,916 1,430 104 8,017 433 8,450

Prior11,642 3,131 436 14,106 1,103 15,209

Total$48,058 $10,911 $1,406 $55,853 $4,522 $60,375

$76,432 $6,342 $1,551 $84,325

202039 219 497 755

Prior231 1,211 2,350 3,792

At December 31, 2023

Revolving$71,474 $5,230 $1,362 $78,066

20231,612 627 346 2,585

20221,128 816 804 2,748

2021165 330 377 872

2020— 435 414 849

Prior215 2,096 1,814 4,125

Total$74,594 $9,534 $5,117 $89,245

1.Securities-based loans are subject to collateral maintenance provisions, and at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, these loans are predominantly over-collateralized. For more information on the ACL methodology related to securities-based loans, see Note 2.

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Corporate$— $47

Commercial real estate272 185

Residential real estate186 160

86 1

Total$544 $393

1.As of December 31, 2024, the majority of the amounts are 90 days or more past due. As of December 31, 2023, the majority of the amounts are past due for a period of less than 90 days.

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Corporate$108 $95

Secured lending facilities6 87

Commercial real estate447 426

Residential real estate160 95

298 174

$1,019 $877

Nonaccrual loans without an ACL$162 $86

1.There were no loans held for investment that were 90 days or more past due and still accruing as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. For further information on the Firm’s nonaccrual policy, see Note 2 to the financial statements.

The Firm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, and these modifications include interest rate reductions, principal forgiveness, term extensions and other-than-

December 2024 Form 10-K114

insignificant payment delays or a combination of these aforementioned modifications. Modified loans are typically evaluated individually for allowance for credit losses.

20242023

Corporate$211 3.1 %$183 2.7 %

Secured lending facilities41 0.1 %— — %

Commercial real estate172 2.0 %199 2.3 %

Residential real estate— — %1 0.1 %

Securities-based lending and Other 138 0.1 %145 0.2 %

Total$562 0.4 %$528 0.3 %

Securities-based lending and Other$— — %$71 0.1 %

Total$— — %$71 0.1 %

Residential real estate$2 — %$— — %

Total$2 — %$— — %

Commercial real estate$81 1.0 %$— — %

Residential real estate1 — %1 — %

Total $82 0.1 %$1 — %

Multiple Modifications - Term Extension and Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay

Commercial real estate$— — %$24 0.3 %

Total$— — %$24 0.3 %

Total Modifications$646 0.3 %$624 0.4 %

1.Lending commitments to borrowers for which the Firm has modified terms of the receivable, during the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were $746 million and $1,062 million, as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

Residential real estate00— 1 %

Commercial real estate610— 2 %

Residential real estate840— 1 %

Year Ended December 31, 20231

Corporate220$— — %

Commercial real estate500— — %

Residential real estate40— — %

Securities-based lending and Other76— — %

Multiple Modifications - Term Extension and Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay

Commercial real estate76$— — %

Residential real estate1200$— 1 %

Past Due Loans Held for Investment Modified in the Last 12 months

Commercial real estate$— 56 56

At December 31, 2023

Commercial real estate$24 $21 $45

Residential real estate— 1 1

Total$24 $22 $46

At December 31, 2024, there were two commercial real estate loans held for investment with a total amortized cost of $56 million that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2024 and had been modified in the 12 month period prior to default. There were no loans held for investment that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2023 that had been modified in the 12 month period prior.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Year Ended December 31, 2022

$165 $163 $206 $60 $60 $654

Gross charge-offs— (3)(7)— (21)(31)

Recoveries6 — — 1 — 7

6 (3)(7)1 (21)(24)

Provision (release)65 (6)80 26 51 216

Other(1)(1)(4)— (1)(7)

Ending balance$235 $153 $275 $87 $89 $839

3 %18 %4 %27 %48 %100 %

$356 $41 $20 $1 $26 $444

Provision (release)59 10 (5)3 (3)64

Other(4)— — — — (4)

Ending balance$411 $51 $15 $4 $23 $504

$646 $204 $290 $91 $112 $1,343

The allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments was relatively unchanged in 2024, reflecting provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans and growth in the corporate loan portfolio, offset by charge-offs related to commercial real estate lending, mainly in the office sector, and improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The base scenario used in our ACL models as of December 31, 2024 was generated using a combination of consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and internally developed and validated models. This scenario assumes continued economic growth as well as lower interest rates relative to the prior year forecast. The ACL calculation incorporates key macroeconomic variables, including U.S. real GDP growth rate. The significance of key macroeconomic variables on the ACL calculation varies depending on portfolio composition and economic conditions. Other key macroeconomic variables used in the ACL calculation include corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate indices.

— — (18)— — (18)

2021

— — (14)— (2)(16)

2020

— (11)— — — (11)

December 2024 Form 10-K116

$(34)$— $— $— $— $(34)

2020— — — — (3)(3)

2019— — (85)— (1)(86)

— — (44)— — (44)

$(34)$— $(129)$— $(4)$(167)

AtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

ACL for loans to total HFI loans0.5 %0.6 %

104.6 %133.3 %

December 31, 2023

$4,255 $4,257

83 92

Employee loans$4,338 $4,349

ACL(112)(121)

Employee loans, net of ACL$4,226 $4,228

Remaining repayment term, weighted average in years5.65.8

At December 31, 2022¹$429 $10,202 $6,021 $16,652

(5)2 7 4

— — 56 56

Foreign currency(12)(8)(3)(23)

Acquired23 — — 23

Disposals— (1)— (1)

At December 31, 2024¹$435 $10,190 $6,081 $16,706

2.There were no impairments recorded in 2024, 2023 or 2022.

At December 31, 2022$36 $3,911 $3,671 $7,618

— 9 37 46

Disposals— (13)— (13)

Amortization expense(10)(481)(110)(601)

Other— 1 4 5

Acquired13 — — 13

Management contracts$2,112 $245 $93

At December 31, 2023

Management contracts2,113 245 72

Customer relationships— 8,763 4,582

— 767 187

Other— 14 6

Total$2,113 $9,789 $4,847

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2024

2025$451

2026343

2027340

2028336

2029333

The Firm’s annual goodwill and non-amortizable intangible asset impairment testing as of July 1, 2024 did not indicate any impairment. For more information, see Note 2.

December 2024 Form 10-K

December 31, 2023

Investments$1,869 $1,915

$ in millions202420232022

Income (loss)$241 $124 $39

$ in millions202420232022

Income (loss) from investment in MUMSS$146 $129 $35

The Firm engages in transactions in the ordinary course of business with MUFG and its affiliates; for example, investment banking, financial advisory, sales and trading, derivatives, investment management, lending, securitization and other financial services transactions. Such transactions are on substantially the same terms as those that would be available to unrelated third parties for comparable transactions.

Additionally, during 2024 the Firm further expanded its alliance with MUFG to collaborate in the foreign exchange trading and Japanese research and equity businesses for institutional clients.

The Firm invests in tax equity investment interests which entitle the Firm to a share of tax credits and other income tax benefits generated by the projects underlying the investments.

Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm made an election to account for certain renewable energy and other tax equity investments programs using the proportional amortization method under newly adopted accounting guidance.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Low-income housing1

$1,787 $1,699

Renewable energy and other2

67 —

$1,854 $1,699

1.Amounts include unfunded equity contributions of $613 million and $661 million as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The corresponding liabilities for the commitments to fund these equity contributions are recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses. The majority of these commitments are expected to be funded within 5 years.

2.Prior to adoption of the Investments - Tax Credit Structures accounting update on January 1, 2024, Renewable energy and other investments were accounted for under the equity method.

3.At December 31, 2024, this amount excludes $48 million of tax equity investments within programs for which the Firm elected the proportional amortization method that do not meet the conditions to apply the proportional amortization method, which are accounted for as equity method investments.

$ in millions202420232022

Income tax credits and other income tax benefits$301 $237 $208

Proportional amortization(239)(197)(174)

Net benefits$62 $40 $34

December 31, 2023

Other assets—ROU assets$4,114 $4,368

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lease liabilities4,937 5,417

Remaining lease term, in years8.58.7

Discount rate4.3 %4.0 %

December 2024 Form 10-K118

December 31, 2023

2024$913

2025$772 846

2026790 774

2027736 716

2028716 644

2029562 500

Thereafter2,405 2,137

Total undiscounted cash flows5,981 6,530

Imputed interest(1,044)(1,113)

Amount on balance sheet$4,937 $5,417

Committed leases not yet commenced$63 $248

$ in millions202420232022

Fixed costs$917 $938 $841

181 206 170

Less: Sublease income(6)(10)(7)

Total lease cost, net$1,092 $1,134 $1,004

$ in millions202420232022

Cash outflows—Lease liabilities$942 $892 $881

Non-cash—ROU assets recorded for new and modified leases489 1,055 544

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Savings and demand deposits$299,898 $288,252

Time deposits76,109 63,552

$376,007 $351,804

Deposits subject to FDIC insurance$298,351 $276,598

Deposits not subject to FDIC insurance$77,656 $75,206

2025$38,046

202618,016

20279,433

20286,047

20294,148

Thereafter419

Total$76,109

$ in millionsAtDecember 31, 2024

Less than 3 months$2,659

3 - 6 months431

6 - 12 months390

Over 12 months—

Total$3,480

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Deposits in U.S. bank subsidiaries from non-U.S. depositors$700 $880

December 31, 2023

Next 12 months$— $— $146 $4,366 $4,512 $3,188

2024$20,151

2025$6,617 $927 $2,672 $11,705 $21,921 35,523

202623,288 1,450 3,828 9,403 37,969 35,423

202718,833 1,883 3,452 9,882 34,050 25,338

202812,478 1,366 5,808 9,067 28,719 21,239

202916,129 189 1,278 8,563 26,159 22,193

Thereafter96,378 2,508 11,499 25,104 135,489 100,677

Total greater than one year

$173,723 $8,323 $28,537 $73,724 $284,307 $260,544

$173,723 $8,323 $28,683 $78,090 $288,819 $263,732

3.9 %4.9 %5.1 %5.9 %4.1 %3.6 %

December 31, 2023

Senior$270,594 $248,174

Subordinated13,713 12,370

Total$284,307 $260,544

Weighted average stated maturity, in years6.66.6

December 2024 Form 10-K

The Firm’s Borrowings include notes carried and managed on a fair value basis. These include instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts that are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail initial net investment criteria. To minimize the exposure from such instruments, the Firm has entered into various swap contracts and purchased options that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Trading revenues. See Notes 2 and 5 for further information on borrowings carried at fair value.

December 31, 2023

Put options embedded in debt agreements$429 $1,571

$3,597 $3,166

20242023

Contractual weighted average coupon4.5 %4.3 %

Subordinated debt generally is issued to meet the capital requirements of the Firm or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily is U.S. dollar denominated. Maturities of subordinated debt range from 2025 to 2039.

202420232022

4.1 %3.6 %3.2 %

Weighted average coupon after hedging derivatives5.6 %6.5 %5.1 %

December 31, 2023

One year or less$17,133 $5,732

Greater than one year4,469 6,923

Total$21,602 $12,655

Transfers of assets accounted for as secured financings10,275 5,848

At December 31, 2024AtDecember 31,2023

Next 12 months$3,055 $3,951 $7,006 $8

2024$5,085

2025$— $2,389 $2,389 95

20267 683 690 92

2027— 107 107 —

2028— 453 453 434

Thereafter7 675 682 1,093

Total$14 $4,307 $4,321 $6,799

4.6 %4.9 %4.6 %5.6 %

December 31, 2023

2024$— $5,749

202510,184 9

202642 36

20275 21

202812 11

20295 3

Thereafter27 19

Total$10,275 $5,848

December 2024 Form 10-K120

Corporate$17,393 $40,373 $64,851 $6,357 $128,974

Secured lending facilities6,894 6,646 7,169 3,874 24,583

Commercial and Residential real estate762 404 126 411 1,703

Securities-based lending and Other16,453 3,418 788 612 21,271

122,535 1,503 — — 124,038

Central counterparty300 — — 20,747 21,047

Investment activities1,509 107 84 466 2,166

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees39 2 — 6 47

Total$165,885 $52,453 $73,018 $32,473 $323,829

Lending commitments participated to third parties$10,859

1.These amounts primarily include secured financing receivables yet to settle as of December 31, 2024, with settlement generally occurring within three business days. These amounts also include commitments to enter into certain collateralized financing transactions.

1,161,382 626,951 152,534 460,222 (40,849)

1,599 732 1,031 2,581 18

Liquidity facilities2,453 — — — 2

Whole loan sales guarantees24 63 — 23,050 —

— — — 87,305 —

General partner guarantees180 133 53 35 (98)

Client clearing guarantees816 — — — —

2.These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.6 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

3.As of December 31, 2024, the carrying amount of standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued includes an allowance for credit losses of $56 million.

December 2024 Form 10-K

December 2024 Form 10-K122

•Futures and Over-the-Counter Derivatives Clearing. The Firm provides clearing services on central counterparty clearinghouses (“CCPs”) for clients that need to clear exchange-traded and OTC derivatives contracts with CCPs. The Firm acts as an agent in its role as clearing member for these client transactions. As such, the Firm does not reflect the underlying exchange-traded or OTC derivatives contracts in its Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 6 for a discussion of the Firm’s derivatives activities that are reflected in its Consolidated Financial Statements. As a clearing member, the Firm is responsible to the CCP for the performance of its clients, collects cash and securities collateral (margin) as well as any settlement amounts due from or to clients, and remits them to the relevant CCP or client in whole or part. There are two types of margin: (1) variation margin is posted on a daily basis based on the value of clients’ derivative contracts and (2) initial margin is posted at inception of a derivative contract, generally on the basis of the potential changes in the variation margin requirement for the contract.As a clearing member, the Firm is exposed to the risk of nonperformance by its clients to CCPs but is not liable to clients for the performance of the CCPs. Where possible, the Firm seeks to mitigate its risk to the client through the collection of appropriate amounts of margin at inception and throughout the life of the transactions. In the event of nonperformance by a client, the Firm would close out the client’s positions and access available margin. The CCP would utilize any margin it holds to make itself whole, with any remaining shortfalls required to be paid by the Firm as a clearing member.It is difficult to estimate the Firm’s maximum possible exposure through its role as a clearing member as it depends on the nature and volume of client's future transactions, market conditions and potential client defaults. However, based upon historical experience, the Firm’s exposure is significantly mitigated by the credit risk mitigants available to the Firm. As a result, management believes that the risk of material loss to the Firm is expected to be remote.

•Merger and Acquisition Guarantees. The Firm may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Firm provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date

December 2024 Form 10-K

and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The Firm believes the likelihood of any payment by the Firm under these arrangements is remote given the level of its due diligence in its role as investment banking advisor.

The Firm is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental or other regulatory agencies regarding the Firm’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making activities, investment banking advisory services, capital markets activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Firm, wealth and investment management services, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, disgorgement, restitution, forfeiture, injunctions, limitations on our ability to conduct certain business, or other relief.

$ in millions202420232022

Legal expenses$106 $488 $443

December 2024 Form 10-K124

Beginning in February of 2016, the Firm was named as a defendant in multiple purported antitrust class actions now consolidated into a single proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”) styled In Re: Interest Rate Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. and New York state antitrust laws from 2008 through December of 2016 in connection with alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for interest rate swaps trading. Complaints were filed both on behalf of a purported class of investors who purchased interest rate swaps from defendants, as well as on behalf of three operators of swap execution facilities that allegedly were thwarted by the defendants in their efforts to develop such platforms. The consolidated complaints seek, inter alia, certification of the investor class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On July 28, 2017, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaints. On December 15, 2023, the court denied the class plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On December 29, 2023, the class plaintiffs petitioned the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit for leave to appeal that decision. On February 28, 2024, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the class claims. On July 11, 2024, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement.

The Firm is a defendant in three antitrust class action complaints which have been consolidated into one proceeding in the United States District Court for the SDNY under the caption City of Philadelphia, et al. v. Bank of America Corporation, et al. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws and relevant state laws in connection with alleged efforts to artificially inflate interest rates for Variable Rate Demand Obligations (“VRDO”). The consolidated complaint seeks, inter alia, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. The complaint was filed on behalf of a class of municipal issuers of VRDO for which defendants served as remarketing agent. On November 2, 2020, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated

complaint, dismissing state law claims, but denying dismissal of the U.S. antitrust claims. On September 21, 2023, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On February 5, 2024, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit granted leave to appeal that decision.

In matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) challenged in the Dutch courts the prior set-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $128 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’s corporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2012. The Dutch Authority alleged that the Firm was not entitled to receive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, that a Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securities subject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims with respect to certain of the tax years in dispute. On May 12, 2020, the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam granted the Dutch Authority’s appeal in matters re-styled Case number 18/00318 and Case number 18/00319. On January 19, 2024, the Dutch High Court granted the Firm’s appeal in matters re-styled Case number 20/01884 and referred the case to the Court of Appeal in The Hague. On November 11, 2024, the Firm reached an agreement to settle the Dutch Authority’s challenges for the tax years 2007 to 2012 and made payment of the prior set-off amounts and interest indicated above. The case has been withdrawn.

On June 22, 2021, Dutch criminal authorities sought various documents in connection with an investigation of the Firm related to the civil claims asserted by the Dutch Authority concerning the accuracy of the Firm subsidiary’s tax returns for 2007 to 2012. The Dutch criminal authorities have requested additional information, and the Firm is continuing to respond to them in connection with their ongoing investigation, and is engaging with them as the criminal process progresses.

On February 21, 2025, the U.K. Competition and Markets Authority announced a settlement with the Firm, as well as other financial institutions, in connection with its investigation of suspected anti-competitive arrangements in the financial services sector, specifically regarding the Firm’s activities concerning certain liquid fixed income products between 2009 and 2012. Separately, on June 16, 2023, the Firm was named as a defendant in a purported antitrust class action in the United States District Court for the SDNY styled Oklahoma Firefighters Pension and Retirement System v. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, et al., alleging, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws in

December 2024 Form 10-K

connection with their alleged effort to fix prices of gilts traded in the United States between 2009 and 2013. The complaint seeks, inter alia, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On September 16, 2024, the court granted defendants’ joint motion to dismiss, and the complaint was dismissed without prejudice. The Firm and certain other defendants have reached an agreement in principle to settle the U.S. litigation.

On August 13, 2021, the plaintiff in Camelot Event Driven Fund, a Series of Frank Funds Trust v. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, et al. filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”) a purported class action complaint alleging violations of federal securities laws against ViacomCBS (“Viacom”), certain of its officers and directors, and the underwriters, including the Firm, of two March 2021 Viacom offerings: a $1.7 billion Viacom Class B Common Stock offering and a $1 billion offering of 5.75% Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Offerings”). The complaint seeks certification of the class of plaintiffs and unspecified compensatory damages and alleges, inter alia, that the Viacom offering documents for both issuances contained material misrepresentations and omissions because they did not disclose that certain of the underwriters, including the Firm, had prime brokerage relationships and/or served as counterparties to certain derivative transactions with Archegos Capital Management LP (“Archegos”), a fund with significant exposure to Viacom securities across multiple prime brokers. The complaint also alleges that the offering documents did not adequately disclose the risks associated with Archegos’s concentrated Viacom positions at the various prime brokers, including that the unwind of those positions could have a deleterious impact on the stock price of Viacom. On November 5, 2021, the complaint was amended to add allegations that defendants failed to disclose that certain underwriters, including the Firm, had intended to unwind Archegos’s Viacom positions while simultaneously distributing the Offerings. On February 6, 2023, the court issued a decision denying motions to dismiss as to the Firm and the other underwriters, but granting the motion to dismiss as to Viacom and the Viacom individual defendants. On February 15, 2023, the underwriters, including the Firm, filed their notices of appeal of the denial of their motions to dismiss. On March 10, 2023, the plaintiff appealed the dismissal of Viacom and the individual Viacom defendants. On April 4, 2024, the Appellate Division upheld the lower court’s decision as to the Firm and other underwriter defendants that had prime brokerage relationships and/or served as counterparties to certain derivative transactions with Archegos, dismissed the remaining underwriters, and upheld the dismissal of Viacom and its officers and directors. On July 25, 2024, the Appellate Division denied the plaintiff’s and the Firm’s respective motions for leave to reargue or appeal the April 4, 2024 decision. On January 4, 2024, the court granted

the plaintiff’s motion for class certification, which the defendants have appealed.

On May 17, 2013, the plaintiff in IKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. filed a complaint against the Firm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to the plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to the plaintiff was approximately $133 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, inter alia, compensatory and punitive damages. On October 29, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. All claims regarding four certificates were dismissed. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Firm or sold to the plaintiff by the Firm was approximately $116 million. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s order denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On July 15, 2022, the Firm filed a motion for summary judgment on all remaining claims. On March 1, 2023, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion for summary judgment, narrowing the alleged misrepresentations at issue in the case. On March 26, 2024, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s summary judgment order. On August 27, 2024, the plaintiff notified the court that in light of the court’s rulings to exclude certain evidence at trial, the plaintiff could not prove its claims at trial, and requested that the court dismiss the case, subject to its right to appeal the evidentiary rulings. On August 28, 2024, the court dismissed the case, and judgment was entered in the Firm’s favor. The plaintiff has filed notices of appeal.

Beginning in February of 2024, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB”) and E*TRADE Securities LLC (“E*TRADE Securities”), among others, have been named as defendants in multiple putative class actions pending in the federal district courts for the District of New Jersey and SDNY. The class action claims have been brought on behalf of brokerage, advisory and retirement account holders, alleging various contractual, fiduciary, and statutory claims (including under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, 18 U.S.C. §1962(c)-(d)) that MSSB and/or E*TRADE Securities failed to pay a reasonable rate of interest on its cash sweep products. The cases are at an early stage with motions for consolidation and transfer currently pending. Together, the complaints seek, inter alia, certification of a class of plaintiffs, unspecified compensatory damages, equitable and injunctive relief, and treble damages.

The Firm has been engaged with and is responding to requests for information from the Enforcement Division of the SEC regarding advisory account cash balances swept to the

December 2024 Form 10-K126

affiliate bank deposit program and compliance with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and from a state securities regulator regarding brokerage account cash balances swept to the affiliate bank deposit program.

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

$575 $236 $597 $256

378 189 753 502

MTOB619 578 582 520

Other156 4 378 97

Total$1,728 $1,007 $2,310 $1,375

December 31, 2023

Cash and cash equivalents$37 $164

Trading assets at fair value1,395 1,557

Investment securities278 492

Securities purchased under agreements to resell— 67

Customer and other receivables16 26

Other assets2 4

Total$1,728 $2,310

Other secured financings$921 $1,222

Other liabilities and accrued expenses82 121

Borrowings4 32

Total$1,007 $1,375

Noncontrolling interests$42 $54

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. Generally, most assets owned by consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not available to the Firm

December 2024 Form 10-K

while the related liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Firm. However, in certain consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

At December 31, 2023

VIE assets (UPB)$144,906 $1,526 $3,152 $3,102 $50,052

Debt and equity interests$21,203 $52 $— $2,049 $9,076

Derivative and other contracts— — 2,092 — 4,452

Commitments, guarantees and other3,439 — — — 55

Total$24,642 $52 $2,092 $2,049 $13,583

Debt and equity interests$21,203 $52 $— $1,682 $9,075

Derivative and other contracts— — 2 — 1,330

Total$21,203 $52 $2 $1,682 $10,405

$15,002

Derivative and other contracts$— $— $3 $— $452

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss in the previous tables does not include the offsetting benefit of hedges or any reductions associated with the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Residential mortgages$17,316 $2,497 $17,346 $3,355

Commercial mortgages82,730 8,445 74,590 8,342

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations39,317 6,260 42,917 6,675

Other consumer or commercial loans40,323 9,772 10,053 2,831

Total$179,686 $26,974 $144,906 $21,203

Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in securitization transactions. As a market maker, the Firm offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests; these beneficial interests generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

The Firm enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are

December 2024 Form 10-K128

managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure. See Note 6 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

The Firm holds securities issued by VIEs within the Investment securities portfolio. These securities are composed of those related to transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies and predominantly the most senior securities issued by VIEs backed by student loans and commercial mortgage loans. Transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies include an explicit or implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. Additionally, the Firm holds certain commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by VIEs retained as a result of the Firm’s securitization activities. See Note 7 for further information on the Investment securities portfolio.

ELN transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. In an ELN transaction, the Firm typically transfers to an SPE either a note issued by the Firm, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index, or debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These ELN transactions with SPEs were not consolidated at December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023.

December 2024 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2023

$4,333 $73,818 $12,083 $12,438

Investment grade$149 $653 $460 $—

Non-investment grade83 788 — 69

Total$232 $1,441 $460 $69

Investment grade$20 $22 $42 $—

Non-investment grade— 16 — —

Total$20 $38 $42 $—

Derivative assets $— $— $— $1,073

Derivative liabilities — — — 426

Fair Value at December 31, 2023

Investment grade$576 $— $576

Non-investment grade10 56 66

Total$586 $56 $642

Investment grade$77 $7 $84

Non-investment grade12 4 16

Total$89 $11 $100

Derivative assets$1,073 $— $1,073

Derivative liabilities426 — 426

$ in millions202420232022

$36,326 $21,051 $22,136

Retained interests7,956 4,311 4,862

— 24 62

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

$92,229 $60,766

Assets sold$92,580 $62,221

Derivative assets recognized in the balance sheet998 1,546

Derivative liabilities recognized in the balance sheet648 93

December 2024 Form 10-K130

The Firm is an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Firm, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates the Firm’s compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s U.S. bank subsidiaries, including, among others, MSBNA and MSPBNA (together, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. In addition, many of the Firm’s regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of regulatory minimum required ratios plus the Firm’s capital buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.

CECL Deferral. Beginning on January 1, 2020, the Firm elected to defer the effect of the adoption of CECL on its risk-based and leverage-based capital amounts and ratios, as well as RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure calculations, over a five-year transition period. The deferral impacts began to phase in at 25% per year from January 1, 2022 and were phased-in at 75% from January 1, 2024. The deferral impacts were fully phased-in from January 1, 2025.

AtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023 At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023

Capital conservation buffer——2.5%

SCB6.0%5.4%N/A

0%0%0%

Capital buffer requirement9.0%8.4%5.5%

The capital buffer requirement represents the amount of CET1 capital the Firm must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The Firm’s capital buffer requirement computed under the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) is equal to the sum of the SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB, and the capital buffer requirement computed under the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”) is equal to the sum of the 2.5% capital conservation buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB.

AtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023 At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023

4.5 %13.5%12.9%10.0%

Tier 1 capital ratio6.0 %15.0%14.4%11.5%

Total capital ratio8.0 %17.0%16.4%13.5%

1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital buffer requirement.

December 2024 Form 10-K

The Firm’s risk-based capital ratios are computed under both (i) the Standardized Approach and (ii) the Advanced Approach. The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the differences between the actual and required ratio were lower under the Standardized Approach.

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

CET1 capital$75,095 $69,448

Tier 1 capital84,790 78,183

Total capital95,567 88,874

Total RWA471,834 456,053

CET1 capital15.9 %15.2 %

Tier 1 capital18.0 %17.1 %

Total capital20.3 %19.5 %

CET1 capital13.5 %12.9 %

Tier 1 capital15.0 %14.4 %

Total capital17.0 %16.4 %

Leveraged-based capital

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

Leveraged-based capital

$1,223,779 $1,159,626

1,517,687 1,429,552

Leveraged-based capital ratio

Tier 1 leverage6.9 %6.7 %

SLR5.6 %5.5 %

Tier 1 leverage4.0 %4.0 %

SLR5.0 %5.0 %

1.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.

The OCC’s regulatory capital framework includes Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) standards, including “well-capitalized” PCA standards that are based on specified regulatory capital ratio minimums. For the Firm to remain an FHC, its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with the OCC’s PCA standards. In addition, failure by the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to meet minimum capital requirements may result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ and the Firm’s financial statements.

At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, MSBNA and MSPBNA risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules. Beginning on January 1, 2020, MSBNA and MSPBNA elected to defer the effect of the adoption of CECL on risk-based capital amounts and ratios, as well as RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure calculations, over a five-year transition period. The deferral impacts began to phase in at 25% per year from January 1, 2022 and were phased-in at 75% from January 1, 2024. The deferral impacts were fully phased-in from January 1, 2025.

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

6.5 %7.0 %$22,165 20.1 %$21,925 21.7 %

Tier 1 capital8.0 %8.5 %22,165 20.1 %21,925 21.7 %

Total capital10.0 %10.5 %22,993 20.9 %22,833 22.6 %

Tier 1 leverage5.0 %4.0 %$22,165 9.7 %$21,925 10.6 %

SLR6.0 %3.0 %22,165 7.4 %21,925 8.2 %

December 2024 Form 10-K132

At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2023

CET1 capital6.5 %7.0 %$16,672 26.1 %$15,388 25.8 %

Tier 1 capital8.0 %8.5 %16,672 26.1 %15,388 25.8 %

Total capital10.0 %10.5 %17,004 26.6 %15,675 26.3 %

Tier 1 leverage5.0 %4.0 %$16,672 7.7 %$15,388 7.5 %

SLR6.0 %3.0 %16,672 7.5 %15,388 7.2 %

December 31, 2023

Net capital$18,483 $18,121

Excess net capital13,883 13,676

As an Alternative Net Capital broker-dealer, and in accordance with Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) Rule 15c3-1, Appendix E, MS&Co. is subject to minimum net capital and tentative net capital requirements and operates with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. As a futures commission merchant and registered swap dealer, MS&Co. is subject to CFTC capital requirements. In addition, MS&Co. must notify the SEC if its tentative net capital falls below certain levels. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, MS&Co. exceeded its net capital requirement and had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Certain other subsidiaries are also subject to various regulatory capital requirements. Such subsidiaries include the following, each of which operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, as applicable:

•Morgan Stanley Europe Holdings SE Group (“MSEHSE Group”), including MSESE, a Germany-based broker-dealer, is subject to the capital requirements of the European Central Bank, BaFin and the German Central Bank. MSESE is also conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. It currently complies with home-country capital requirements in lieu of SEC and CFTC capital requirements pursuant to applicable substituted compliance rules.

•MSCS, a U.S. entity and the Firm’s primary non-bank security-based swap dealer, is conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer, registered with the SEC as an OTC derivatives dealer and registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. MSCS is subject to the capital requirements of both regulators.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Restricted net assets$49,914 $49,008

December 2024 Form 10-K

$ in millions, except per share dataAtDecember 31,2024 LiquidationPreferenceper ShareAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

40,000 25,000 1,000 —

Total$9,750 $8,750

Description of Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2024

Date4

A44,000 1,000 $25,000 Currently redeemable

1,160,791 N/A1,100 Currently redeemable

E34,500 1,000 25,000 Currently redeemable

F34,000 1,000 25,000 Currently redeemable

I40,000 1,000 25,000 Currently redeemable

P6

Q7

4.Series A and C are currently redeemable at the Firm’s option, in whole or in part, from time to time. Series E, F and I are currently redeemable, and all other Series are redeemable, at the Firm’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the redemption date or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series).

6.The Firm issued Series P Preferred Stock on August 2, 2022.

7.The Firm issued Series Q Preferred Stock on July 30, 2024.

in millions20242023

Shares outstanding at beginning of period1,627 1,675

(43)(71)

23 23

Shares outstanding at end of period1,607 1,627

$ in millions20242023

$3,250 $5,300

On June 28, 2024, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors reauthorized a multi-year repurchase program of up to $20 billion of outstanding common stock (the “Share Repurchase Authorization”), without a set expiration date, beginning in the third quarter of 2024, which will be exercised from time to time as conditions warrant.

December 2024 Form 10-K134

in millions202420232022

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic1,591 1,628 1,691

Effect of dilutive RSUs and PSUs20 18 22

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents, diluted1,611 1,646 1,713

Weighted average antidilutive common stock equivalents (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)— 2 3

$ in millions, except per share data202420232022

A$1,548 $68 $1,522 $67 $1,061 $47

E1,806 62 1,791 62 1,781 60

F1,747 60 1,719 58 1,719 59

I1,603 64 1,594 64 1,594 64

8,841 27 9,160 27 5,300 16

P1,625 65 1,625 65 739 29

759 30 — — — —

Total Preferred stock$590 $557 $489

Common stock$3.55 $5,745 $3.25 $5,393 $2.95 $5,108

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)1

$ in millionsCTAAFS SecuritiesPensionand OtherDVACash Flow HedgesTotal

December 31, 2021$(1,002)$245 $(551)$(1,794)$— $(3,102)

OCI during the period(202)(4,437)43 1,449 (4)(3,151)

December 31, 2022(1,204)(4,192)(508)(345)(4)(6,253)

OCI during the period51 1,098 (87)(1,250)20 (168)

December 31, 2023(1,153)(3,094)(595)(1,595)16 (6,421)

OCI during the period(324)521 12 (551)(51)(393)

December 31, 2024$(1,477)$(2,573)$(583)$(2,146)$(35)$(6,814)

CTA—Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments

1.Amounts are net of tax and noncontrolling interests.

Components of Period Changes in OCI

$ in millionsPre-taxGain(Loss)Income Tax Benefit (Provision)After-taxGain(Loss)Non-controllingInterestsNet

CTA

OCI activity$(117)$(305)$(422)$(98)$(324)

Reclassified to earnings— — — — —

Net OCI$(117)$(305)$(422)$(98)$(324)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

OCI activity$736 $(175)$561 $— $561

Reclassified to earnings(52)12 (40)— (40)

Net OCI$684 $(163)$521 $— $521

Pension and other

OCI activity$(8)$5 $(3)$— $(3)

Reclassified to earnings20 (5)15 — 15

Net OCI$12 $— $12 $— $12

Change in net DVA

OCI activity$(729)$174 $(555)$17 $(572)

Reclassified to earnings27 (6)21 — 21

Net OCI$(702)$168 $(534)$17 $(551)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives

OCI activity$(99)$24 $(75)$— $(75)

Reclassified to earnings32 (8)24 — $24

Net OCI$(67)$16 $(51)$— $(51)

$ in millionsPre-taxGain(Loss)Income Tax Benefit (Provision)After-taxGain(Loss)Non-controllingInterestsNet

CTA

OCI activity$(73)$53 $(20)$(71)$51

Reclassified to earnings— — — — —

Net OCI$(73)$53 $(20)$(71)$51

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

OCI activity$1,488 $(353)$1,135 $— $1,135

Reclassified to earnings(49)12 (37)— (37)

Net OCI$1,439 $(341)$1,098 $— $1,098

Pension and other

OCI activity$(96)$24 $(72)$— $(72)

Reclassified to earnings(18)3 (15)— (15)

Net OCI$(114)$27 $(87)$— $(87)

Change in net DVA

OCI activity$(1,728)$424 $(1,304)$(40)$(1,264)

Reclassified to earnings19 (5)14 — 14

Net OCI$(1,709)$419 $(1,290)$(40)$(1,250)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives

OCI activity

$9 $(1)$8 $— $8

Reclassified to earnings16 (4)12 — 12

Net OCI$25 $(5)$20 $— $20

December 2024 Form 10-K

$ in millionsPre-taxGain(Loss)Income Tax Benefit (Provision)After-taxGain(Loss)Non-controllingInterestsNet

CTA

OCI activity$(179)$(217)$(396)$(135)$(261)

Reclassified to earnings— 59 59 — 59

Net OCI$(179)$(158)$(337)$(135)$(202)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

OCI activity$(5,720)$1,337 $(4,383)$— $(4,383)

Reclassified to earnings(70)16 (54)— (54)

Net OCI$(5,790)$1,353 $(4,437)$— $(4,437)

Pension and other

OCI activity$38 $(13)$25 $— $25

Reclassified to earnings22 (4)18 — 18

Net OCI$60 $(17)$43 $— $43

Change in net DVA

OCI activity$1,982 $(480)$1,502 $53 $1,449

Reclassified to earnings— — — — —

Net OCI$1,982 $(480)$1,502 $53 $1,449

Change in fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives

OCI activity

$(4)$— $(4)$— $(4)

Reclassified to earnings

— — — — —

Net OCI$(4)$— $(4)$— $(4)

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Associated with net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency$(4,326)$(2,917)

Hedges, net of tax2,849 1,764

Total$(1,477)$(1,153)

Carrying value of net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges$18,303 $18,761

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Firm uses foreign currency contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries and determines the amount of exposure to hedge on a pre-tax basis. The Firm may also elect not to hedge its net investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions or other reasons, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information relating to the effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments that resulted from the translation of foreign currency financial statements and from gains and losses from hedges of the Firm’s net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is summarized in the previous table.

$ in millions202420232022

$3,068 $3,408 $914

Investment securities5,161 3,992 3,066

Loans13,771 12,424 6,988

12,416 7,762 2,188

5,391 5,191 1,020

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities5,924 4,488 2,484

Customer receivables and Other1,4

8,404 8,584 4,935

Total interest income$54,135 $45,849 $21,595

Deposits$10,368 $8,216 $1,825

Borrowings13,242 11,437 5,054

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase5

10,787 6,737 1,760

Securities loaned6

1,036 784 503

Customer payables and Other4,7

10,091 10,445 3,126

Total interest expense$45,524 $37,619 $12,268

Net interest$8,611 $8,230 $9,327

4.Certain prior-period amounts have been adjusted to conform with the current-period presentation. This adjustment resulted in a decrease to both interest income and interest expense of $4,432 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, and no effect on net interest income, with the entire impact to the Firm recorded within the Institutional Securities segment. See Note 2 for additional information.

5.Includes interest received on Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

6.Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

7.Includes fees received from Equity Financing customers related to their short transactions, which can be under either margin or securities lending arrangements.

Interest income and Interest expense are classified in the income statement based on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Customer and other receivables$3,322 $4,206

Customer and other payables3,938 4,360

Certain current and former employees of the Firm participate in the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans. These plans include RSUs, PSUs and an ESPP.

December 2024 Form 10-K136

$ in millions202420232022

RSUs$1,464 $1,607 $1,827

PSUs148 91 40

ESPP10 11 8

Total$1,622 $1,709 $1,875

$202 $178 $176

$ in millions202420232022

$343 $382 $427

20241

2025$510

2026230

Thereafter38

Total$778

1.Amounts do not include forfeitures or 2024 performance year compensation awarded in January 2025 which will begin to be amortized in 2025.

in millionsAtDecember 31,2024

Shares109

shares in millionsNumber ofSharesWeightedAverageAward DateFair Value

RSUs at beginning of period59 $86.92

Awarded20 85.46

Conversions to common stock(23)77.11

Forfeited(2)90.84

RSUs at end of period1

54 $90.53

RSUs awarded in 202393.55

RSUs awarded in 202296.61

1.At December 31, 2024, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.2 years.

Unvested RSU Activity

shares in millionsNumber ofSharesWeightedAverageAward DateFair Value

Unvested RSUs at beginning of period28 $89.16

Awarded20 85.46

Vested(19)85.96

Forfeited(2)90.51

Unvested RSUs at end of period1

27 $88.64

1.Unvested RSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements.

$ in millions202420232022

$2,065 $2,019 $2,301

Vested1,723 2,260 2,433

PSUs vest and convert to shares of common stock only if the Firm satisfies, over a three-year performance period, performance goals that are determined on the award date. The number of PSUs that may vest ranges from 0% to 150% of the target award, based on the Firm’s level of achievement of the specified performance goals. One-half of a PSU award is earned based on the Firm’s average return on tangible common equity (“MS Average ROTCE”) over the performance period. The other half of a PSU award is earned based on the Firm’s total shareholder return, relative to the total shareholder return of the S&P 500 Financials Sector Index (“MS Relative TSR”) for awards granted prior to 2023, or for PSU awards granted from 2023 onwards based on the MS Average ROTCE relative to the Return on Tangible Common Equity of each member of the defined comparison group (“MS Relative ROTCE”). PSUs have vesting, conversion and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those of RSUs. Dividend equivalents that accrue on these awards are paid in cash when the awards convert. At December 31, 2024, approximately 2.8 million PSUs at target were outstanding.

December 2024 Form 10-K

PSU Awards - Fair Value on Award Date

202420232022

MS Average ROTCE/ Relative ROTCE1

$83.86 $85.76 $100.12

MS Relative TSR

— — 102.17

1. Weighted average price on award date

The MS Relative TSR fair values on the award date were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation and the following assumptions.

Monte Carlo Simulation Assumptions

Risk-FreeInterest RateExpectedStock PriceVolatilityCorrelationCoefficient

Award year

20221.3 %38.9 %0.91

The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues. The expected stock price volatility was determined using historical volatility. The correlation coefficient was developed based on historical price data of the Firm and the S&P 500 Financials Sector Index. The model uses an expected dividend yield equivalent to reinvesting dividends.

$ in millions202420232022

Deferred cash-based awards$770 $693 $761

Return on referenced investments672 668 (716)

Total$1,442 $1,361 $45

$287 $259 $264

$ in millions202420232022

Expense$114 $44 $225

$ in millions202420232022

Service cost, benefits earned during the period$20 $20 $19

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation137 140 111

Expected return on plan assets(99)(99)(56)

21 (9)25

— 2 —

Net periodic benefit expense$80 $55 $100

Certain current and former U.S. employees of the Firm and its U.S. affiliates who were hired before July 1, 2007 are covered by the U.S. pension plan, a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (“U.S. Qualified Plan”). The U.S. Qualified Plan has ceased future benefit accruals.

The Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan (“SEREP”), is a non-contributory defined benefit plan that is not qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, has ceased future benefit accruals.

$ in millions202420232022

Beginning balance$(821)$(716)$(768)

Net gain (loss)(12)(100)26

21 (9)25

(1)3 —

Changes recognized in OCI9 (105)52

Ending balance$(812)$(821)$(716)

The Firm generally amortizes into net periodic benefit expense (income) the unrecognized net gains and losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. The U.S. pension plans amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses over the average life expectancy of participants. The remaining plans generally amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses and prior service credit over the average remaining service period of active participants.

December 2024 Form 10-K138

202420232022

Discount rate4.75 %4.93 %2.80 %

4.18 %3.54 %1.71 %

$ in millions20242023

Rollforward of projected benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year$2,975 $2,907

Service cost20 20

Interest cost137 140

(201)79

Plan amendments1 —

Plan settlements(1)(13)

Benefits paid(149)(164)

(18)6

Projected benefit obligation at end of year$2,764 $2,975

Rollforward of fair value of plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$2,422 $2,416

Actual return on plan assets(114)78

Employer contributions38 89

Benefits paid(149)(164)

Plan settlements(1)(13)

(10)16

Fair value of plan assets at end of year$2,186 $2,422

Funded (unfunded) status$(578)$(553)

Assets$71 $84

Liabilities(649)(637)

Net amount recognized$(578)$(553)

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Pension plans$2,740 $2,956

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Projected benefit obligation$2,616 $2,821

Accumulated benefit obligation2,594 2,803

Fair value of plan assets1,967 2,184

AtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Discount rate5.39 %4.75 %

The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligation were selected by the Firm, in consultation with its independent actuary. The U.S. pension plans use a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the plans, each determined independently. The pension discount yield curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad-based Aa-rated corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. For all non-U.S. pension plans, the assumed discount rates are based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

December 2024 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2023

Cash and cash equivalents$6 $— $— $6

U.S. government and agency securities1,800 230 — 2,030

Derivative contracts— 3 — 3

Other investments— — 71 71

1 15 — 16

Total$1,807 $248 $71 $2,126

Money market64

Fixed income62

Liquidity171

Targeted cash flow14

Total$311

(1)(14)— (15)

Total liabilities$(1)$(14)$— $(15)

Fair value of plan assets$2,422

$ in millions20242023

Balance at beginning of period$71 $64

Purchases, sales and settlements, net(3)5

Balance at end of period$70 $71

There were no transfers between levels during 2024 and 2023.

The U.S. Qualified Plan assets represent 86% and 87% of the Firm’s total pension plan assets at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of fixed income securities and related derivative instruments designed to approximate the expected cash flows of the plan’s liabilities to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with the obligation. The longer-duration fixed income allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run. The investment portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance with changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s benefit obligation.

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to the respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives are used solely for the purpose of enhancing

investment returns in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. federal or state agency and available to institutional clients. The trust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from U.S. tax-qualified employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds based on the fair value of the underlying securities. Commingled trust funds are redeemable at NAV at the measurement date or in the near future.

The Firm’s policy is to fund at least the amount sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. At December 31, 2024, the Firm expected to contribute approximately $40 million to its pension plans in 2025 based upon the plans’ current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2025.

2025$161

2026167

2028179

2029183

2030-2034968

December 2024 Form 10-K140

$ in millions202420232022

Expense$400 $397 $355

Eligible employees receive discretionary 401(k) matching cash contributions as determined annually by the Firm. The Firm generally matched eligible employee contributions up to the IRS limit at 4%, or 5% up to a certain compensation level, in 2024 and 2023. Eligible employees with eligible pay less than or equal to $100,001 also received a fixed contribution equal to 2% of eligible pay. Contributions are invested among available funds according to each participant’s investment direction and are included in the Firm’s 401(k) expense.

$ in millions202420232022

Expense$181 $173 $163

The Firm maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover eligible employees of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under such plans, contributions are generally determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements.

$ in millions202420232022

Federal$2,011 $1,190 $2,518

State and local660 542 442

Non-U.S.:

U.K.487 267 405

India1

243 127 17

Japan115 139 105

Brazil2

57 437 24

342 344 248

Total$3,915 $3,046 $3,759

Federal$8 $(295)$(803)

State and local(6)(59)(142)

Non-U.S.:

U.K.42 12 55

India1

55 (12)—

Japan9 (13)20

Brazil2

6 (43)25

38 (53)(4)

Total$152 $(463)$(849)

Provision for income taxes$4,067 $2,583 $2,910

1.In 2024, India was presented separately for the first time. The prior period amounts for Other have been disaggregated to exclude India to align with the current presentation.

2.In 2023, Brazil was presented separately for the first time. The prior period amounts for Other have been disaggregated to exclude Brazil to align with the current presentation.

3.Other Non-U.S. tax provisions for 2024, 2023 and 2022 primarily include Germany, Hong Kong and Singapore.

Reconciliation of the U.S. Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate to the Effective Income Tax Rate

202420232022

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of

U.S. federal income tax benefits

3.0 3.4 1.8

Domestic tax credits and tax exempt income(0.6)(1.3)(0.9)

Non-U.S. earnings1.8 1.9 0.6

Employee share-based awards(0.6)(1.5)(1.7)

Non-taxable income1

(1.9)(2.3)(0.8)

Other0.4 0.7 0.7

Effective income tax rate23.1 %21.9 %20.7 %

1.In 2023, Non-taxable income was presented separately for the first time. The prior period amounts for Non-U.S. earnings and Other have been disaggregated to exclude Non-taxable income to align with the current presentation.

December 2024 Form 10-K

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards$236 $255

Employee compensation and benefit plans2,565 2,636

Allowance for credit losses and other reserves796 755

Valuation of net trading inventory, investments and receivables1,808 1,897

Other223 78

Total deferred tax assets5,628 5,621

Less: Deferred tax assets valuation allowance214 211

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance$5,414 $5,410

Fixed assets801 772

Intangibles and goodwill1,931 2,003

Total deferred tax liabilities$2,732 $2,775

Net deferred tax assets$2,682 $2,635

The Firm believes the recognized net deferred tax assets (after valuation allowance) at December 31, 2024 are more likely than not to be realized based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

The earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are indefinitely reinvested due to regulatory and other capital requirements in foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the unrecognized deferred tax liability attributable to indefinitely reinvested earnings is $405 million and $302 million, respectively.

$ in millions202420232022

Balance at beginning of period$1,244 $1,129 $971

Increases based on tax positions related to the current period202 147 256

Increases based on tax positions related to prior periods132 141 64

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods(52)(73)(134)

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities(174)(79)(6)

Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitations(47)(21)(22)

Balance at end of period$1,305 $1,244 $1,129

$1,159 $1,090 $1,007

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Firm’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

$ in millions202420232022

Recognized in income statement$92 $65 $39

Accrued at end of period255 237 175

Earliest Tax Year Subject to Examination in Major Tax Jurisdictions

Japan2020

The Firm is routinely under examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states and localities in which it has significant business operations, such as New York.

The Firm structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and its management organization, which is consistent with the approach used by the Firm’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to assess the Firm’s financial performance. The Firm provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. For a further discussion of the business segments, see Note 1.

December 2024 Form 10-K142

Interest income39,332 16,247 112 (1,556)54,135

Interest expense37,953 8,934 234 (1,597)45,524

Interest income5

Interest expense5

Investment banking$5,235 $438 $— $(74)$5,599

Trading14,318 (432)(11)53 13,928

Investments(156)51 120 — 15

2,756 2,467 — (285)4,938

580 13,872 5,332 (206)19,578

Other(295)592 (2)(12)283

Total non-interest revenues22,438 16,988 5,439 (524)44,341

Interest income13,276 9,579 56 (1,316)21,595

Interest expense11,321 2,150 120 (1,323)12,268

Net interest1,955 7,429 (64)7 9,327

Net revenues$24,393 $24,417 $5,375 $(517)$53,668

Provision for credit losses$211 $69 $— $— $280

8,246 12,534 2,273 — 23,053

9,221 5,231 2,295 (501)16,246

Total non-interest expenses$17,467 $17,765 $4,568 $(501)$39,299

Income before provision for income taxes$6,715 $6,583 $807 $(16)$14,089

Provision for income taxes1,308 1,444 162 (4)2,910

Net income5,407 5,139 645 (12)11,179

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests165 — (15)— 150

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$5,242 $5,139 $660 $(12)$11,029

28 %27 %15 %N/M26 %

5.Certain prior-period amounts have been adjusted to conform with the current-period presentation. This adjustment resulted in a decrease to both interest income and interest expense of $4,432 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, and no effect on net interest income, with the entire impact to the Firm recorded within the Institutional Securities segment. See Note 2 for additional information.

December 2024 Form 10-K

$ in millions202420232022

Institutional Securities—Advisory$2,378 $2,244 $2,946

Institutional Securities—Underwriting3,792 2,334 2,289

Firm Investment banking revenues from contracts with customers90 %91 %90 %

$ in millions202420232022

Interest rate$5,901 $4,646 $2,808

Foreign exchange1,170 1,054 1,585

9,005 8,929 7,515

Commodity and other2,003 1,624 1,466

Credit(1,316)(990)554

Total$16,763 $15,263 $13,928

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing$796 $787

$ in millions202420232022

Fee waivers$99 $93 $211

$ in millions202420232022

Transaction taxes$926 $866 $910

$ in millions202420232022

Americas$46,929 $41,651 $40,117

EMEA7,197 6,058 6,811

Asia7,635 6,434 6,740

Total$61,761 $54,143 $53,668

$ in millions202420232022

U.S.$12,526 $8,334 $9,363

5,070 3,479 4,726

Total$17,596 $11,813 $14,089

$ in millions202420232022

Non-interest revenues$1,870 $1,778 $2,538

The previous table includes revenues from contracts with customers recognized where some or all services were

December 2024 Form 10-K144

performed in prior periods. These revenues primarily include investment banking advisory fees.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Customer and other receivables$2,628 $2,339

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Institutional Securities$796,608 $810,506

Wealth Management400,848 365,168

Investment Management17,615 18,019

$1,215,071 $1,193,693

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Americas893,170 $832,714

EMEA179,187 218,923

Asia142,714 142,056

Total$1,215,071 $1,193,693

$ in millions202420232022

Dividends from bank subsidiaries$5,571 $5,770 $2,875

5,229 6,812 8,661

Total dividends from subsidiaries10,800 12,582 11,536

Trading(827)(775)(1,143)

Other36 (31)170

Total non-interest revenues10,009 11,776 10,563

Interest income15,739 13,596 5,805

Interest expense15,377 13,618 6,162

Net interest362 (22)(357)

Net revenues10,371 11,754 10,206

Non-interest expenses358 287 252

Income before income taxes10,013 11,467 9,954

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(499)(520)(456)

Net income before undistributed gain of subsidiaries10,512 11,987 10,410

2,878 (2,900)619

Net income13,390 9,087 11,029

Foreign currency translation adjustments(324)51 (202)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities521 1,098 (4,437)

Pensions and other12 (87)43

Change in net debt valuation adjustment(551)(1,250)1,449

Net change in cash flow hedges(51)20 (4)

Comprehensive income$12,997 $8,919 $7,878

Net income$13,390 $9,087 $11,029

Preferred stock dividends and other590 557 489

$12,800 $8,530 $10,540

December 2024 Form 10-K

$ in millions, except share dataAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Cash and cash equivalents$19,343 $16,881

Trading assets at fair value3,944 4,160

Available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost of $22,557 and $22,164; $11,816 and $10,179 were pledged to various parties)

22,100 21,515

Held-to-maturity (fair value of $12,050 and $14,093; $1,715 and $10,010 were pledged to various parties)

13,160 15,284

Securities purchased under agreement to resell to affiliates26,730 24,693

Bank and BHC37,370 38,550

Non-bank154,100 139,250

Bank and BHC60,904 58,949

Non-bank51,100 50,291

Other assets1,886 2,595

Total assets$390,637 $372,168

Trading liabilities at fair value$100 $44

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase from affiliates13,764 20,293

Payables to and advances from subsidiaries87,124 73,370

Other liabilities and accrued expenses3,011 2,539

Borrowings (includes $12,814 and $13,404 at fair value)

182,127 176,884

Total liabilities286,126 273,130

Preferred stock9,750 8,750

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,606,653,706 and 1,626,828,437

Additional paid-in capital30,179 29,832

Retained earnings104,989 97,996

Employee stock trusts5,103 5,314

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(6,814)(6,421)

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (432,240,273 and 412,065,542 shares)

(33,613)(31,139)

(5,103)(5,314)

Total shareholders’ equity104,511 99,038

Total liabilities and equity$390,637 $372,168

$ in millions202420232022

$10,688 $24,914 $(13,064)

Purchases(7,806)(9,362)(1,855)

Proceeds from sales— 300 676

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities7,444 5,479 3,814

Purchases(1,729)— (4,228)

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities4,402 4,003 3,434

Securities purchased under agreements to resell with affiliates(2,037)(1,706)(1,871)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with affiliates(6,529)(8,389)11,755

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries(15,191)(10,097)(10,574)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(21,446)(19,772)1,151

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs995 — 994

Issuance of Borrowings33,385 23,783 34,431

Borrowings(24,500)(22,554)(14,441)

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(4,161)(6,178)(10,871)

Cash dividends(6,138)(5,763)(5,401)

Net change in advances from subsidiaries13,839 (3,029)16,707

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities13,420 (13,741)21,419

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(200)147 485

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents2,462 (8,452)9,991

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period16,881 25,333 15,342

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$19,343 $16,881 $25,333

Cash and due from banks$66 $107 $75

Deposits with bank subsidiaries19,277 16,774 25,258

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$19,343 $16,881 $25,333

Restricted cash$1,086 $1,086 $836

Interest$15,971 $14,437 $5,955

798 599 3,132

1.Represents total payments, net of refunds, made to various tax authorities and includes taxes paid on behalf of certain subsidiaries that are subsequently settled between the Parent Company and these subsidiaries. The settlements received from subsidiaries were $1.6 billion, $1.6 billion and $2.6 billion for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

December 2024 Form 10-K146

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Senior$168,413 $164,514

Subordinated13,713 12,370

Total$182,126 $176,884

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

Aggregate balance$70,662 $60,942

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2024 AtDecember 31,2023

$628 $632

As indicated in the Firm’s 2023 resolution plan submitted to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, the Parent Company has entered into an amended and restated support agreement with its material entities (including its wholly owned, direct subsidiary Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (the “Funding IHC”)) and certain other subsidiaries. Under the amended and restated secured support agreement, in the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its contributable assets to its supported entities and/or the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to its supported entities. The obligations of the Parent Company and the Funding IHC under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) and the assets of the Funding IHC.

December 2024 Form 10-K

20242023

U.S.$47,751 $2,004 4.2 %$56,920 $2,386 4.2 %

Non-U.S.43,406 1,064 2.5 %48,373 1,022 2.1 %

156,920 5,161 3.3 %153,307 3,992 2.6 %

226,454 13,771 6.1 %215,628 12,424 5.8 %

U.S.65,222 7,332 11.2 %47,604 4,714 9.9 %

Non-U.S.47,735 5,084 10.7 %61,766 3,048 4.9 %

U.S.110,024 4,985 4.5 %115,279 4,794 4.2 %

Non-U.S.18,224 406 2.2 %18,514 397 2.1 %

106,063 5,016 4.7 %93,409 3,792 4.1 %

14,385 908 6.3 %12,788 696 5.4 %

Customer receivables and Other1,10:

52,510 6,223 11.9 %45,815 6,314 13.8 %

15,889 2,181 13.7 %14,485 2,270 15.7 %

Total$904,583 $54,135 6.0 %$883,888 $45,849 5.2 %

$350,487 $10,368 3.0 %$342,583 $8,216 2.4 %

265,473 13,242 5.0 %238,164 11,437 4.8 %

U.S.18,442 5,336 28.9 %22,718 3,591 15.8 %

Non-U.S.52,135 5,451 10.5 %46,392 3,146 6.8 %

U.S.9,499 108 1.1 %4,244 67 1.6 %

Non-U.S.6,853 928 13.5 %9,470 717 7.6 %

Customer payables and Other9,10:

U.S.128,853 6,478 5.0 %133,069 6,954 5.2 %

Non-U.S.61,237 3,613 5.9 %63,916 3,491 5.5 %

Total$892,979 $45,524 5.1 %$860,556 $37,619 4.4 %

Net interest income and net interest rate spread$8,611 0.9 %$8,230 0.8 %

Customer receivables and Other1,10:

Customer payables and Other9,10:

December 2024 Form 10-K148

U.S.$57,889 $692 1.2 %

Non-U.S.58,052 222 0.4 %

167,494 3,066 1.8 %

205,069 6,988 3.4 %

U.S.57,565 1,643 2.9 %

Non-U.S.62,585 545 0.9 %

U.S.123,288 1,039 0.8 %

Non-U.S.19,345 (19)(0.1)%

U.S.74,932 2,068 2.8 %

Non-U.S.14,748 416 2.8 %

U.S.56,040 3,798 6.8 %

Non-U.S.15,891 1,137 7.2 %

Total$912,898 $21,595 2.4 %

$340,741 $1,825 0.5 %

229,255 5,054 2.2 %

U.S.21,481 1,086 5.1 %

Non-U.S.39,631 674 1.7 %

Securities loaned7,9:

U.S.6,277 37 0.6 %

Non-U.S.7,669 466 6.1 %

Customer payables and Other9:

U.S.143,448 1,991 1.4 %

Non-U.S.73,291 1,135 1.5 %

Total$861,793 $12,268 1.4 %

Net interest income and net interest rate spread$9,327 1.0 %

2023 versus 2022

U.S.$(12)$1,706 $1,694

Non-U.S.(37)837 800

(260)1,186 926

360 5,076 5,436

U.S.(284)3,355 3,071

Non-U.S.(7)2,510 2,503

U.S.(67)3,822 3,755

Non-U.S.1 415 416

U.S.510 1,214 1,724

Non-U.S.(55)335 280

Customer receivables and Other1,10:

U.S.(693)3,209 2,516

Non-U.S.(101)1,234 1,133

Change in interest income$(645)$24,899 $24,254

$10 $6,381 $6,391

196 6,187 6,383

U.S.63 2,442 2,505

Non-U.S.115 2,357 2,472

Securities loaned7,9:

U.S.(12)42 30

Non-U.S.109 142 251

Customer payables and Other9,10:

U.S.(144)5,107 4,963

Non-U.S.(145)2,501 2,356

Change in interest expense$192 $25,159 $25,351

Change in net interest income$(837)$(260)$(1,097)

9.Includes fees received from Equity Financing customers related to their short transactions, which can be under either margin or securities-lending arrangements.

10.Certain prior-period amounts have been adjusted to conform with the current-period presentation. This adjustment resulted in a decrease to both interest income and interest expense of $4,432 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, and no effect on net interest income, with the entire impact to the Firm recorded within the Institutional Securities segment. See Note 2 for additional information.

December 2024 Form 10-K

202420232022

$280,926 2.5 %$286,513 2.0 %$321,316 0.4 %

Time69,561 4.8 %56,070 4.3 %19,425 2.7 %

Total$350,487 3.0 %$342,583 2.4 %$340,741 0.5 %

December 2024 Form 10-K150

LIBOR

London Interbank Offered Rate

MSEHSEMorgan Stanley Europe Holdings SE

December 2024 Form 10-K

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Firm conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Firm maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024.

December 2024 Form 10-K152

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Firm maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the financial statements of the Firm as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024 and our report dated February 21, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

February 21, 2025

December 2024 Form 10-K

No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Current §1A text (2025)

Show full section (95206 words)

Table of Contents

Risk Factors

For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results and strategic objectives, see “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding “Business” and “Return on Tangible Common Equity Goal” in “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. We have direct exposure to market risk. In addition, market risk may also impact our clients and markets in a manner that may indirectly impact us. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk.”

Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by global financial market and economic conditions and other factors.

Our results of operations have been in the past and may, in the future, be materially affected by global financial market and economic conditions, including, in particular, by periods of low or slowing economic growth in the United States and other major markets, both directly and indirectly through their impact on client activity levels. These include the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices; the level, term structure and volatility of interest rates; inflation, currency values and unemployment rates; the level of other market indices; fiscal or monetary policies established by governments, central banks and financial regulators; and uncertainty concerning the future path of interest rates, government shutdowns, debt ceilings or funding, which may be driven by economic conditions, recessionary fears, market uncertainty or lack of confidence among investors and clients due to the effects of widespread events such as global pandemics, natural disasters, climate-related incidents, acts of war or aggression, geopolitical instability, changes as a result of global elections, including changes in U.S. presidential administrations or Congress, changes to global trade policies, supply chain complications and the implementation of tariffs, protectionist trade policies, trade sanctions or investment restrictions and other factors, or a combination of these or other factors.

The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial market fluctuations due to a variety of factors that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in business flows and activity and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to

the level of global market activity, which, among other things, can be impacted by market uncertainty or lack of investor and client confidence due to unforeseen economic, geopolitical or market conditions that in turn affect the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments.

Periods of unfavorable market or economic conditions, including equity market levels and the level and pace of changes in interest rates and asset valuation, may have adverse impacts on the level of individual investor confidence and participation in the global markets and/or the level of and mix of client assets, including deposits. This could also impact the level of net new asset flows and/or flows into fee-based assets. Any of these factors could negatively impact the results of our Wealth Management business segment.

Substantial market fluctuations or divergence in asset performance could also cause variations in the value of our investments in our funds, the flow of investment capital into or from AUM, and the way customers allocate capital among money market, equity, fixed income or other investment alternatives, which could negatively impact the results of our Investment Management business segment.

The value of our financial instruments may be materially affected by market fluctuations. Market volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the markets may make it difficult to value and monetize certain of our financial instruments, particularly during periods of market uncertainty or displacement. Subsequent valuations in future periods, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the value of these instruments and may adversely impact historical or prospective fees and performance-based income (also known as incentive fees, which include carried interest) in respect of certain businesses. In addition, at the time of any sales and settlements of these financial instruments, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could cause a decline in the value of our financial instruments, which may adversely affect our results of operations in future periods.

In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions, market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale, which could lead to increased individual counterparty risk for our businesses. Although our risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves, severe market events have historically been difficult to

13

December 2025 Form 10-K

Table of Contents

predict, and we could realize significant losses if extreme market events were to occur.

Significant changes to interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our net interest income is sensitive to changes in interest rates, generally resulting in higher net interest income in higher interest rate scenarios and lower net interest income in lower interest rate scenarios. The level and pace of interest rate changes, along with other developments, such as pricing changes to certain deposit types due to various competitive dynamics and alternative cash-equivalent products available to depositors, have in the past impacted, and could again impact, client preferences, including cash allocation, and the pace of reallocation of client balances, resulting in changes in the deposit mix and associated interest expense, as well as client demand for loans. These factors have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, our results of operations, including our net interest income.

Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.

Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, investing, underwriting (including block trading) and lending businesses (including margin lending) in the event of unfavorable market movements. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in our taking large positions in the securities of, or making large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region. In the event we hold a concentrated position larger than those held by competitors, we may incur larger losses. For further information regarding our country risk exposure, see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Country Risk.”

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk.”

We are exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.

We incur significant credit risk exposure through our Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including, but not limited to: extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; acting as clearing broker for listed and over-the-counter derivatives whereby we guarantee client performance to clearinghouses; providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral, including, but not limited to, real estate and marketable

securities, whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; posting margin and/or collateral and other commitments to clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties; and investing and trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

We also incur credit risk in our Wealth Management business segment lending to mainly individual investors, including, but not limited to, margin- and securities-based loans collateralized by securities, residential mortgage loans, including home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”), and structured loans to ultra-high net worth clients, that are in most cases secured by various types of collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount, including marketable securities, private investments, commercial real estate and other financial assets.

Our valuations related to, and reserves for losses on, credit exposures rely on complex models, estimates and subjective judgments about the future. While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, future economic conditions, including U.S. real GDP growth rate, credit spreads, interest rates and changes in real estate and other asset values, that differ from or are more severe than forecast, inaccurate models or assumptions, or external factors, such as geopolitical events, changes in international trade policies, global pandemics or natural disasters, could lead to inaccurate measurement of or deterioration of credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or the value of collateral and result in unexpected losses. We may also incur higher-than-anticipated credit losses as a result of (i) disputes with counterparties over the valuation of collateral or (ii) actions taken by other lenders that may negatively impact the valuation of collateral. In cases where we foreclose on collateral, sudden declines in the value or liquidity of collateral may result in significant losses to us despite our (i) credit monitoring, (ii) over-collateralization, (iii) ability to call for additional collateral or (iv) ability to force repayment of the underlying obligation, especially where there is a single type of collateral supporting the obligation. Certain of our credit exposures may be concentrated by counterparty, product, sector, portfolio, industry or geographic region. Although our models and estimates account for correlations among related types of exposures, a change in the market or economic environment for a concentrated product or an external factor impacting a concentrated counterparty, sector, portfolio, industry or geographic region may result in credit losses in excess of amounts forecast. For further information regarding our country risk exposure, see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Country Risk.”

In addition, as a clearing member of several central counterparties, we are responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers and could incur financial losses in the event of default by other clearing members. Although

December 2025 Form 10-K14

we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.

A default by a large financial institution or financial services firm could adversely affect financial markets.

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions and certain other large financial services firms may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships among such entities. Increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearinghouses, agent banks or exchanges may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one or more such entities could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, or require financial commitments to multilateral actions intended to support market stability. This is sometimes referred to as systemic risk and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks and securities firms, with which we interact on a daily basis and, therefore, could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company.”

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors (e.g., inappropriate or unlawful conduct) or external events (e.g., cyberattacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, legal, regulatory and compliance risks, or damage to physical assets. We may experience operational risk events across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities and support and control groups (e.g., information technology (“IT”) and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Operational Risk.”

We are subject to operational risks, including a failure, breach or other disruption of our operations or security systems or those of our third parties (or third parties thereof), as well as human error or malfeasance, which could adversely affect our businesses or reputation.

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process and report, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. We may introduce new products or services or change processes or reporting, including in connection with new regulatory requirements, or integration of processes or systems of acquired companies, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify.

The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets, and the move to more automated trading platforms has resulted in the use of increasingly complex technology that relies on the continued effectiveness of the programming code and integrity of the data to process the trades. We rely on the ability of our employees, our consultants, our internal systems and systems at technology centers maintained by unaffiliated third parties to operate our different businesses and process a high volume of transactions. Unusually high trading volumes or site usage could cause our systems to operate at an unacceptably slow speed or even fail. Disruptions to, destruction of, instability of or other failure to effectively maintain our IT systems or external technology that allows our clients and customers to use our products and services (including our self-directed brokerage platform and mobile services) could harm our business and our reputation.

As a major participant in the global capital markets, we face the risk of incorrect valuation or risk management of our trading positions due to flaws in data, models, electronic trading systems or processes, or due to fraud or cyberattacks. We also face the risk of operational failure or disruption of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearinghouses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our lending, securities and derivatives transactions. In addition, in the event of a breakdown or improper operation or disposal of our, or a direct or indirect third party’s (or third parties thereof) systems, processes or information assets, or improper or unauthorized action by third parties, including consultants and subcontractors, or our employees, we have received in the past and may receive in the future regulatory sanctions, and could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity position, a disruption of our businesses or damage to our reputation.

Our businesses and operations may also be adversely impacted by inadequate data quality management processes, including failure to meet defined expectations related to the appropriate completeness, timeliness and accuracy of data in reports, models or other data deliverables.

In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with agent banks, exchanges and clearinghouses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industrywide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business. Furthermore, the concentration of Firm and personal information held by a small number of third parties increases the risk that a breach or disruption at a key third party may cause an industrywide event that could significantly increase the cost and risk of conducting business. These risks may be heightened to the extent that we rely on third parties that are concentrated in a geographic area.

There can be no assurance that our or our third parties’ business contingency and security response plans fully mitigate all potential risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the

15

December 2025 Form 10-K

infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities where we are located. This may include a disruption involving physical site access; software flaws and vulnerabilities; cybersecurity incidents; terrorist activities; political unrest; disease pandemics; catastrophic events; climate-related incidents and natural disasters (such as earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and wildfires); electrical outages; environmental hazards; computer servers; internet outages; client access to our digital platforms and mobile applications; communication platforms or other services we use; new technologies (such as generative artificial intelligence); and our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business. Although we and the third parties with whom we conduct business employ backup systems for data, those backup systems may be unavailable following a disruption, the affected data may not have been backed up or may not be recoverable from the backup, the backup systems may not process data as accurately or efficiently as the primary systems or the backup data may be costly to recover, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Notwithstanding evolving technology and technology-based risk and control systems, our businesses ultimately rely on people, including our employees and those of our third parties (or third parties thereof). As a result of human error or misconduct that may violate applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures, certain errors or violations are not always discovered immediately by our technological processes or by our controls and other procedures that are intended to prevent and detect such errors or violations. These can include calculation or input errors, inadvertent or duplicate payments, mistakes in addressing emails or other communications, errors in software or model development or implementation, or errors in judgment, as well as intentional efforts to disregard or circumvent applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures. Our use of new technologies may be undermined by such human errors or misconduct due to undetected flaws or biases in the algorithms or data utilized by such technologies. Human errors and malfeasance, even if promptly discovered and remediated, can result in material losses and liabilities for us, and negatively impact our reputation in the future.

We conduct business in various jurisdictions outside the U.S., including jurisdictions that may not have comparable levels of protection for their corporate assets, such as intellectual property, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, and customer information and records. The protection afforded in those jurisdictions may be less established and/or predictable than in the U.S. or other jurisdictions in which we operate. As a result, there may also be heightened risks associated with the potential theft of their data, technology and intellectual property in those jurisdictions by domestic or foreign actors, including private parties and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Additionally, we are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and international laws and regulations governing areas such as cybersecurity, privacy and data governance, transfer and protection, which may differ and potentially conflict, in various jurisdictions or cause us to develop or enhance controls that may encumber

operations and/or increase costs. Any theft of data, technology or intellectual property may negatively impact our operations and reputation, including disrupting the business activities of our subsidiaries, affiliates, joint ventures or clients conducting business in those jurisdictions.

A cyberattack, information or security breach or a technology failure of ours or a third party could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business or manage our exposure to risk, or result in disclosure or misuse of personal, confidential or proprietary information and otherwise adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause reputational harm.

Cybersecurity risks for financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years, in part because of the proliferation of new technologies; the use of the internet, mobile telecommunications and cloud technologies to conduct financial transactions; the use of artificial intelligence and the emergence of quantum computing; and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, state-sponsored actors and other parties. Any of these parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, clients, vendors or other third parties or users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our networks, systems or data or those of our employees or clients, and such parties may see their effectiveness enhanced by the use of advanced systems, such as artificial intelligence. Global events and geopolitical instability have also led to increased nation-state targeting of financial institutions in the U.S. and abroad.

Information security risks may also derive from human error, fraud or malice on the part of our employees or third parties, software bugs, server malfunctions, software or hardware failure or other technological failure. For example, human error has led to the loss of the Firm's physical data-bearing devices in the past. These risks may be heightened by several factors, including remote work, reliance on new technologies (such as generative artificial intelligence) or as a result of the integration of acquisitions and other strategic initiatives that may subject us to new technology, customers or third-party providers. In addition, third parties with whom we do business or share information, and each of their service providers, our regulators and the third parties with whom our customers and clients share information used for authentication, may also be sources of cybersecurity and information security risks, particularly where these activities are beyond our security and control systems. There is no guarantee that the measures we take will provide absolute security or recoverability given that the techniques used in cyberattacks are complex, frequently change and are difficult to anticipate.

Like other financial services firms, the Firm, its third-party providers and its clients continue to be the subject of unauthorized access attacks; mishandling, loss, theft or misuse of information; computer viruses or malware;

December 2025 Form 10-K16

cyberattacks designed to obtain confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or networks, impede our ability to execute or confirm settlement of transactions or cause other damage; ransomware; denial of service attacks; data breaches; social engineering attacks; phishing attacks; and other events. There can be no assurance that such unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse of information, or cybersecurity incidents will not occur in the future and they could occur more frequently and on a more significant scale.

We maintain a significant amount of personal and confidential information on our customers, clients and certain counterparties that we are required to protect under various state, federal and international data protection and privacy laws. These laws may be in conflict with one another or courts and regulators may interpret them in ways that we had not anticipated or that adversely affect our business. A cyberattack, information or security breach, or a technology failure of ours or of a third party could jeopardize our or our clients’, employees’, partners’, vendors’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our and our third parties’ computer systems and networks. Furthermore, such events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, partners’, vendors’, counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, as well as the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of personal, confidential, proprietary and other information of ours, our employees, our customers or of other third parties. Any of these events could result in reputational damage with our clients and the market, client dissatisfaction, additional costs to us to maintain and update our operational and security systems and infrastructure, violation of the applicable data protection and privacy laws, regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, litigation exposure, or fines or penalties, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Given our global footprint and the high volume of transactions we process; the large number of clients, partners, vendors and counterparties we interact with to conduct business; and the increasing sophistication of cyberattacks; a cyberattack or information or security breach could occur and persist for an extended period of time without detection. It could take considerable time for us to determine the scope, extent, amount and type of information compromised, and the impact of such an attack may not be fully understood. During such time, we would not necessarily know the extent of the harm or how best to remediate it, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, if at all, all or any of which would further increase the costs and consequences of a cyberattack or information security incident.

While many of our agreements with partners and third parties include indemnification provisions, we may not be able to recover sufficiently, or at all, under such provisions to adequately offset any losses we may incur. In addition,

although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber and information security risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover any or all losses we may incur, and we cannot be sure that such insurance will continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or that our insurers will not deny coverage as to any future claim.

We continue to make investments with a view toward maintaining and enhancing our cybersecurity, resilience and information security posture, including investments in technology and associated technology risk management activities. The cost of managing cybersecurity and information security risks and attacks, along with complying with new, increasingly expansive and evolving regulatory requirements, could adversely affect our results of operations and business.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern, as well as the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may negatively affect our liquidity and may impact our ability to raise new funding or the cost of new funding. For more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Liquidity Risk.”

Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.

Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be negatively affected by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets, our inability to access the secured lending markets, our inability to attract and retain deposits, or unanticipated outflows of cash or collateral by customers or clients. Factors that we cannot control, such as volatility and disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, including concerns regarding fiscal matters in the U.S. and other geographic areas, could impair our ability to raise funding.

In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors, depositors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as an incurrence of large trading, credit or operational losses, a downgrade by the rating agencies, a decline in the level of our business activity, if regulatory

17

December 2025 Form 10-K

authorities take significant action against us or our industry, or if we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity.

If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to utilize other funding sources or finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment portfolios or trading assets, to meet maturing liabilities or other obligations. We may be unable to sell some of our assets or we may have to sell assets at a discount to market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend on our credit ratings.

The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are impacted by (among other things) our long-term and short-term credit ratings. The rating agencies continue to monitor certain Firm-specific and industrywide factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings. These include governance, capital adequacy, the level and quality of earnings, liquidity and funding, risk appetite and management, asset quality, strategic direction, business mix, regulatory or legislative changes, macroeconomic environment and perceived levels of support, and it is possible that the rating agencies could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions.

Our credit ratings also can have an adverse impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC and other derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with our Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to, or immediately settle any outstanding liability balance with, certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade.

Termination of our trading agreements could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant payments in the form of cash or securities. The additional collateral or termination payments that may occur in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., S&P Global Ratings and/or other rating agencies. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings—Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments.”

We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.

The Parent Company has no business operations and depends on dividends, distributions, loans and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all

payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory restrictions, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that, in certain circumstances, limit, as well as permit regulatory bodies to block or reduce, the flow of funds to the Parent Company, or that prohibit such transfers or dividends altogether, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities.

These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a BHC, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends. The U.S. banking agencies have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends or other capital actions by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. See “We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital requirements” under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” herein.

Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economies.

In particular, our cost and availability of funding in the past have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets, interest rates and wider credit spreads. Significant turbulence in the U.S., the E.U. and other international markets and economies could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

Risk Management Strategies, Models and Processes

Our risk management strategies, models and processes may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposures in all market environments or against all types of risk, which could result in unexpected losses.

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management strategies, models and processes, including our use of various risk models for assessing market, credit, liquidity and operational exposures and hedging strategies, stress testing and other analysis capabilities, and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk management capabilities may not be fully effective in

December 2025 Form 10-K18

mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated.

As our businesses change and grow, including through acquisitions and the introduction and application of new technologies, such as artificial intelligence and tokenization, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies, models and processes may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. Many models we use are based on assumptions or inputs regarding correlations among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators and, therefore, may not anticipate future market conditions, such as the impact of a pandemic or a geopolitical conflict, which could cause us to incur losses.

Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, model, legal, regulatory and compliance risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Our trading risk management strategies and techniques also seek to balance our ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to potential losses.

While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the timing of such outcomes. For example, to the extent that our trading or investing activities involve less liquid trading markets or are otherwise subject to restrictions on sales or hedging, we may not be able to reduce our positions and, therefore, reduce our risk associated with such positions. We may, therefore, incur losses in the course of our trading or investing activities. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks and related strategies, models and processes, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk.”

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions; material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements; limitations on our business; or loss to reputation we may suffer as a result of our failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, terrorist financing and anti-corruption rules and regulations. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see

“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”

The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation, and changes in regulation will impact our business.

Like other major financial services firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges, and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business, including an increasing number of complex sanctions and disclosure regimes. These laws and regulations, which could in the future increase in volume and complexity, significantly affect the way and costs of doing business and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.

The Firm and its employees are subject to wide-ranging regulation and supervision, which, among other things, subject us to intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses through acquisitions or otherwise, limitations on activities, a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity and funding requirements, including the global implementation of capital standards established by the Basel Committee, and other enhanced prudential standards, resolution regimes and resolution planning requirements, requirements for maintaining minimum amounts of TLAC and external long-term debt, restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, comprehensive derivatives regulation, commodities regulation, market structure regulation, consumer protection regulation, AML, terrorist financing and anti-corruption rules and regulations, tax regulations and interpretations, antitrust laws, trade and transaction reporting obligations, requirements related to preventing the misuse of confidential information, including material non-public information, record-keeping requirements, broadened fiduciary obligations and disclosure requirements and laws and regulations related to new technologies, including artificial intelligence and tokenization.

New laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, as well as ongoing implementation of, our efforts to comply with, and/or changes to laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, including changes in the breadth, application, interpretation or enforcement of laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, could materially impact the profitability of our businesses and the value of assets we hold, impact our income tax provision and effective tax rate, expose us to additional theories of liability and additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase our stock or require us to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors.

In addition, regulatory requirements that are imposed by foreign policymakers and regulators may be inconsistent or

19

December 2025 Form 10-K

conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and may adversely affect us. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”

The application of regulatory requirements and strategies in the U.S. or other jurisdictions to facilitate the orderly resolution of large financial institutions may pose a greater risk of loss for our security holders and subject us to other restrictions.

We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC were to jointly determine that our resolution plan submission was not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution, and if we were unsuccessful in addressing any deficiencies identified by the regulators, we or any of our subsidiaries may be subject to more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or after a two-year period, we may be required to divest assets or operations.

In addition, provided that certain procedures are met, we can be subject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver instead of being resolved under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The FDIC’s power under the orderly liquidation authority to disregard the priority of creditor claims and treat similarly situated creditors differently in certain circumstances, subject to certain limitations, could adversely impact holders of our unsecured debt. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements.”

Further, because both our resolution plan contemplates an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and the FDIC has indicated that it expects to use an SPOE strategy through which it may apply its orderly liquidation authority powers for a U.S. G-SIB, we believe that the application of an SPOE strategy is the reasonably likely outcome if either our resolution plan were implemented or a resolution proceeding were commenced under the orderly liquidation authority. An SPOE strategy generally contemplates the provision of adequate capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy, and the Parent Company has entered into a secured amended and restated support agreement with such entities, pursuant to which it would provide such capital and liquidity to such entities.

In addition, a wholly owned, direct subsidiary of the Parent Company, Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (“Funding IHC”), serves as a resolution funding vehicle. The Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing

basis, certain assets to the Funding IHC. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its material assets that can be contributed under the terms of the amended and restated support agreement (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) to the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to certain supported subsidiaries, pursuant to the terms of the secured amended and restated support agreement.

The obligations of the Parent Company and of the Funding IHC, respectively, under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets), and the assets of the Funding IHC, as applicable. As a result, claims of certain supported subsidiaries, including the Funding IHC, against the assets of the Parent Company with respect to such secured assets are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.

Although an SPOE strategy, whether applied pursuant to our resolution plan or in a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, is intended to result in better outcomes for creditors overall, there is no guarantee that the application of an SPOE strategy, including the provision of support to the Parent Company’s supported subsidiaries pursuant to the secured amended and restated support agreement, will not result in greater losses for holders of our securities compared with a different resolution strategy for us.

Regulators have taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority and other resolution regimes. For example, the Federal Reserve requires top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIBs, including the Firm, to maintain adequate TLAC, including equity and eligible long-term debt, in order to ensure that such institutions have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of debt to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible TLAC where the SPOE strategy is used. The combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC requirement is that our losses will be imposed on the holders of eligible long-term debt and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on the creditors of our supported subsidiaries without requiring taxpayer or government financial support.

In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdiction by writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity. Such “bail-in” powers are intended to enable the recapitalization of a failing institution by allocating losses to its shareholders and unsecured creditors. This may increase the overall level of capital and liquidity required by us on a consolidated basis and may result in limitations on our

December 2025 Form 10-K20

ability to efficiently distribute capital and liquidity among our affiliated entities, including in times of stress. Non-U.S. regulators are also considering requirements that certain subsidiaries of large financial institutions maintain minimum amounts of TLAC that would pass losses up from the subsidiaries to the Parent Company and, ultimately, to security holders of the Parent Company in the event of failure.

We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital requirements.

We are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, including with respect to regulatory capital requirements, stress testing and capital planning. We submit, on at least an annual basis, a capital plan to the Federal Reserve describing proposed dividend payments to shareholders, proposed repurchases of our outstanding securities and other proposed capital actions that we intend to take. Our ability to take capital actions described in the capital plan is dependent on, among other factors, the results of supervisory stress tests conducted by the Federal Reserve and our compliance with regulatory capital requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve.

In addition, the Federal Reserve may change regulatory capital requirements to impose higher requirements that restrict our ability to take capital actions or may modify or impose other regulatory standards or restrictions that increase our operating expenses or constrain our ability to take capital actions. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to extensive regulatory and law enforcement investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.

As a global financial services firm, we face the risk of investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in all countries in which we conduct our business. These investigations and proceedings, as well as the amount of penalties and fines sought, continue to impact the financial services industry. Certain U.S. and international governmental entities have brought criminal actions against, or have sought criminal convictions, pleas, deferred prosecution agreements or non-prosecution agreements from financial institutions. Significant regulatory or law enforcement action against us could materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition or results of operations, and increase our exposure to civil litigation.

Investigations and proceedings initiated by these authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, disgorgement, restitution, forfeiture, injunctions or other relief, and have included and may in the future include requirements that the Firm admit certain conduct, which may result in increased exposure to civil litigation. In addition,

these measures have caused and may in the future cause collateral consequences. For example, such matters could impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses.

As part of the resolution of certain investigations and proceedings, the Firm has been and may in the future be required to undertake certain measures and failure to do so may result in adverse consequences, such as further investigations or proceedings—both civil and criminal—and additional penalties, fines, judgments or other relief.

The Dodd-Frank Act also provides compensation to whistleblowers who present the SEC or CFTC with information related to securities or commodities law violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. As a result of this compensation, it is possible we could face an increased number of investigations by the SEC or CFTC.

We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, as well as investigations or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal or regulatory actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in material penalties, fines or other results adverse to us.

In some cases, the third-party entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt, in financial distress or may not honor applicable indemnification obligations. In other cases, including antitrust litigation, we may be subject to claims for joint and several liability with other defendants for treble damages or other relief related to alleged conspiracies involving other institutions. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, including noncompliance with policies, laws, rules and regulations, and improper use or disclosure of confidential information, or improper sales practices or other conduct.

A failure to address conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.

As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, between an employee on the one hand and us or a client on the other, or situations in which we may be a creditor of a client. Moreover, we utilize multiple brands and business channels, including those resulting from our acquisitions, and continue to enhance the collaboration across business segments, including as part of our Integrated

21

December 2025 Form 10-K

Firm initiatives, which may heighten the potential conflicts of interest or the risk of improper sharing of information.

We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to identify and address potential conflicts of interest, and we utilize various measures, such as the use of disclosure, to manage these potential conflicts. However, identifying and mitigating potential conflicts of interest can be complex and challenging and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation at risk even if the likelihood of an actual conflict has been mitigated. It is possible that potential conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which a conflict may occur and could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.

Our regulators also have the ability to scrutinize our activities for potential conflicts of interest, including through detailed examinations of specific transactions. For example, our status as a BHC supervised by the Federal Reserve subjects us to direct Federal Reserve scrutiny with respect to transactions between our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and their affiliates. Further, the Volcker Rule subjects us to regulatory scrutiny regarding certain transactions between us and our clients.

Competitive Environment

We face strong competition from financial services firms and others, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, global investment banks, regional banks, broker-dealers, private banks, registered investment advisers, digital investing platforms, traditional and alternative asset managers, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial and ancillary services in the U.S. and globally. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, technology, reputation, risk appetite and price.

We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, increased competition in the U.S. and globally driven by established financial services firms and emerging firms, including non-financial companies and business models focusing on technology innovation, such as tokenization, competing for the same clients and/or assets, or offering similar products and services to retail and/or institutional customers. It is also possible that competition may become even more intense as we continue to compete with financial or other institutions that may be, or may become, larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain geographies or products.

We have experienced, and may continue to experience, pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices and fees, paying higher interest rates on deposits, eliminating commissions or other fees or otherwise providing more favorable terms of business. In addition, certain of our competitors may be subject to different and, in some cases, less stringent, legal and regulatory regimes than we are, thereby putting us at a competitive disadvantage. For more information regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”

Automated trading markets and the introduction and application of new technologies may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.

We continue to experience price competition in some of our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities and other automated trading platforms, and the introduction and application of new technologies, including generative artificial intelligence and tokenization, will likely continue the pressure on revenues. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future.

Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

Our people are our most important asset. We compete with various other companies in attracting and retaining qualified and skilled personnel. If we are unable to continue to attract, integrate and retain highly qualified employees or successfully transition key roles, or do so at levels or in forms necessary to maintain our competitive position, our performance, including our competitive position and results of operations, could be materially adversely affected. Our ability to attract and retain qualified and skilled personnel depends on numerous factors, some of which are outside of our control.

Compensation costs required to attract and retain employees may increase or the competitive market for talent may further intensify due to factors such as low unemployment, a strong job market and changes in employees’ expectations, concerns and preferences. The financial industry has experienced, and may continue to experience, more stringent regulation of employee compensation than other industries, which may or may not impact competitors. These more stringent regulations have shaped our compensation practices, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees.

December 2025 Form 10-K22

Other Risks

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, compliance, tax, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations that could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, compliance, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, increased taxes, levies and tariffs, cybersecurity, data transfer and outsourcing restrictions, regulatory scrutiny regarding the use of new technologies, prohibitions on certain types of foreign and capital market activities, limitations on cross-border listings and other restrictive governmental actions, or political and governmental instability, including tensions between the U.S. and its significant trading partners, such as China, as well as the outbreak or escalation of hostilities or terrorist activity around the world, and the potential associated impacts on global and local economies and our operations. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries and multinational corporations are uncertain, evolving and subject to sudden change or may be inconsistent with U.S. law. It may also be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market or adapt to changes in law, which could adversely impact our businesses. Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.

Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic or financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or potential defaults on sovereign debt, capital and currency exchange controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.

A disease pandemic or other widespread health emergencies, natural disasters, climate-related incidents, terrorist activities or military actions, or social or political tensions, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets or in other areas of the global economy that could adversely affect our businesses, or could lead to operational difficulties, including travel limitations and supply chain complications, that could impair our ability to manage or conduct our businesses around the world.

As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multinational bodies and governmental

agencies worldwide, which may be inconsistent with local law. We and certain of our subsidiaries are also subject to applicable AML and/or anti-corruption laws in the U.S., as well as in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. A violation of a sanction, embargo program, AML or anti-corruption law could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action, as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.

We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, partnerships, minority stakes or strategic alliances, and certain acquisitions may subject our business to new or increased risk.

In connection with past or future acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, partnerships, minority stakes or strategic alliances (including with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”)), we face numerous risks and uncertainties in combining, transferring, separating or integrating the relevant businesses and systems that may present operational and other risks, including the need to combine or separate accounting, data processing, technology and other systems, management controls and legal entities, and to integrate relationships with clients, trading counterparties and business partners. Certain of these strategic initiatives, and integration thereof, may cause us to incur incremental expenses and may also require incremental financial, management and other resources.

In the case of joint ventures, partnerships and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties because we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or franchise and reputational damage relating to systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control, and conflicts or disagreements between us and any of our partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the relevant partnerships.

There is no assurance that any of our acquisitions, divestitures or investments will be successfully integrated or disaggregated or yield all of the positive benefits and synergies anticipated. If we are not able to integrate or disaggregate successfully our past and future acquisitions or dispositions, including aligning the processes, policies and procedures of the acquired entities with our standards, there is a risk that our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.

Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses or the introduction of new products, may change our client or account profile or bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes, services, competitors and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign, compliance and operational risks, as well as franchise and reputational

23

December 2025 Form 10-K

concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held, or services are being delivered.

For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”

Climate-related risks could result in increased costs and adversely affect our operations, businesses and clients.

Climate-related physical risks include harm to people and property arising from acute, climate-related events, such as floods, hurricanes, heatwaves, droughts and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as higher global average temperatures, rising sea levels and long-term droughts. Such events could disrupt our operations or those of our clients or third parties on which we rely, including through direct damage to physical assets and indirect impacts from supply chain disruption and market volatility. These events could impact the ability of certain of our clients or customers to repay their obligations, reduce the value of collateral, increase costs, including the cost or availability of insurance coverage, and result in other adverse effects.

Climate-related transition risks include policy, legal, technology and market changes. Examples of these transition risks include changes in consumer and business sentiment, related technologies, shareholder preferences and any additional regulatory and legislative requirements, including increased disclosure requirements or taxation of carbon emissions. These risks could increase our expenses and adversely impact our strategies. Negative impacts to certain of our clients, such as decreased profitability and asset write-downs, could also lead to increased credit and liquidity risk to us.

In addition, our reputation and client relationships may be adversely impacted as a result of our, or our clients’, involvement, or lack of involvement, in certain practices that may impact, or are perceived or associated with impacting the climate. Moreover, legislative or regulatory change regarding climate-related risks, including inconsistent requirements and uncertainties, could result in loss of revenue, or increased credit, market, liquidity, regulatory, compliance, reputational and other risks and costs.

Our ability to achieve our climate-related objectives and the way we go about this are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside our control, such as the pace and success of client transition, energy demand and usage, the implementation of public policy and technological advances, and could also result in reputational harm as a result of public sentiment, legislative and regulatory scrutiny (including from U.S. federal and state governments and foreign policymakers and regulators), litigation and reduced investor and stakeholder confidence. If we are unable to achieve our climate-related objectives or our current response to climate-related risks is perceived to be ineffective or insufficient, or

the way we respond is perceived negatively, our business and reputation may suffer.

Climate-related risks, and the perspective of regulators, governments, shareholders, employees and other stakeholders regarding climate change, as well as geopolitical events, continue to evolve rapidly, making it difficult to assess the ultimate impact on us of climate-related risks and uncertainties. As climate risk is interconnected with other risks, we have developed and continue to enhance processes to embed climate risk considerations into our risk management practices and governance structures. Despite our risk management practices, the unpredictability surrounding the timing and severity of climate-related events, and societal or political changes in reaction to them, make it difficult to predict, identify, monitor and mitigate climate risks.

In addition, the methodologies and data used to manage and monitor climate risk continue to evolve. Current approaches utilize information and estimates that have been derived from information or factors released by third-party sources, which may not reflect the latest or most accurate data and may not be available in a timely manner. Climate-related data, particularly greenhouse gas emissions for clients and counterparties, varies in quality and comparability. Certain third-party information may also change over time as methodologies evolve and are refined. While we believe we use the best available information at the time, we may only be able to complete limited validation. Furthermore, modeling capabilities and methodologies to analyze climate-related risks, although improving, remain nascent and emerging and are subject to uncertainty due to limited historical trend information and the absence of standardized and comprehensive data. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially, which could impact our ability to manage climate-related risks.

December 2025 Form 10-K24

Cybersecurity

For a discussion of cybersecurity, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk— Operational Risk— Cybersecurity.”

25

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. We operate as an Integrated Firm whereby we serve clients holistically across our business segments. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K. For an analysis of 2024 results compared with 2023 results, see Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 filed with the SEC.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is below. Through the Integrated Firm some of our clients may use the products and services of more than one of our business segments.

Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity securities and other products, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Markets business, which comprises Equity and Fixed Income, provides sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, and Asia wealth management services and holds certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to clients. Other activities include research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors, including high and ultra-high net worth individuals, and businesses and institutions. Wealth Management supports clients through three channels: Advisor-Led, Self-Directed and Workplace. Wealth Management includes: financial advisor-led brokerage, investment advisory, custody, cash management, and administrative services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; securities-based lending, residential and commercial real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products, which are offered through a variety of investment vehicles, include equity, fixed income, alternatives and solutions, and liquidity and overlay services. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are generally served through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis includes certain metrics that we believe to be useful to us, investors, analysts and other stakeholders by providing further transparency about, or an additional means of assessing, our financial condition and operating results. Such metrics, when used, are defined and may be different from or inconsistent with metrics used by other companies.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by: competition; legislative, legal and regulatory developments; market and economic conditions; and other risk factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements”, “Business—Competition”, “Business—Supervision and Regulation”, “Risk Factors” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

December 2025 Form 10-K26

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Executive Summary

Overview of Financial Results

Consolidated Results—Full Year Ended December 31, 2025

•The Firm reported net revenues of $70.6 billion and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $16.9 billion reflecting strong results across our business segments and demonstrating the strength of our Integrated Firm.

•The Firm delivered ROE of 16.6% and ROTCE of 21.6% (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein).

•The Firm expense efficiency ratio was 68% compared to 71% in the prior year, demonstrating operating leverage while continuing to invest in our businesses.

•At December 31, 2025, the Firm’s Standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.0%, and its Supplementary Leverage Ratio was 5.4%.

•Institutional Securities net revenues of $33.1 billion, primarily reflecting strong performance in Equity on higher client activity and higher underwriting and Advisory revenues within Investment Banking.

•Wealth Management delivered net revenues of $31.8 billion, primarily reflecting higher Asset management revenues on higher market levels and the cumulative impact of strong fee-based flows. The pre-tax margin was 29.3%. Fee-based asset flows were $160 billion and the business added net new assets of $356 billion.

•Investment Management reported net revenues of $6.5 billion, primarily reflecting higher asset management fees driven by higher average AUM on higher market levels.

Net Revenues

($ in millions)

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley

($ in millions)

Earnings per Diluted Common Share

2025 Compared with 2024

•We reported net revenues of $70.6 billion in 2025, which increased by 14% compared with $61.8 billion in 2024. Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $16.9 billion in 2025, which increased by 26% compared with $13.4 billion in 2024. Diluted earnings per common share was $10.21 in 2025, which increased by 28% compared with $7.95 in 2024.

27

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-Interest Expenses

($ in millions)

•Compensation and benefits expenses of $29,216 million in 2025 increased 12% from the prior year, primarily due to an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management advisors and higher discretionary incentive compensation within Institutional Securities, both on higher revenues, and higher salary expenses.

In 2025, as a result of a March workforce management action, we recognized severance costs of $144 million, included in Compensation and benefits expense. The workforce management action was related to performance management and the alignment of our workforce to our business needs, rather than a change in strategy or exit of businesses. The workforce management action occurred across our business segments and geographic regions and impacted approximately 2% of our global workforce at that time. We recorded severance costs of $78 million in the Institutional Securities business segment, $50 million in the Wealth Management business segment, and $16 million in the Investment Management business segment. These costs were incurred across all regions, with the majority in the Americas.

•Non-compensation expenses of $19,126 million in 2025 increased 8% from the prior year, primarily due to higher execution-related expenses and increased technology spend.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $349 million in 2025 was primarily related to portfolio growth in corporate loans and secured lending facilities and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $264 million in 2024 was primarily related to certain specific commercial real estate loans and growth in the corporate loan portfolio, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook.

For further information on the Provision for credit losses, see “Credit Risk” herein.

Business Segment Results

Net Revenues by Segment1

($ in millions)

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment1

($ in millions)

1.The amounts in the charts represent the contribution of each business segment to the total of the applicable financial category and may not sum to the total presented on top of the bars due to intersegment eliminations. See Note 22 to the financial statements for details of intersegment eliminations.

•Institutional Securities net revenues of $33,080 million in 2025 increased 18% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher results in Equity driven by increased client activity and higher average client balances, and higher underwriting and Advisory revenues within Investment Banking.

•Wealth Management net revenues of $31,754 million in 2025 increased 12% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher Asset management revenues on higher market levels and the cumulative impact of positive fee-based flows, and higher Transactional revenues on higher client activity.

•Investment Management net revenues of $6,525 million in 2025 increased 11% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher Asset management and related fees driven by higher AUM on higher market levels and higher Performance-based income and other revenues.

December 2025 Form 10-K28

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Net Revenues by Region1

($ in millions)

1.For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown of net revenues is determined, see Note 22 to the financial statements.

•Americas net revenues in 2025 increased 13% from the prior year, driven by higher results across all business segments.

•EMEA net revenues in 2025 increased 16% from the prior year, primarily driven by higher Equity revenues within the Institutional Securities business segment.

•Asia net revenues in 2025 increased 23% from the prior year, primarily driven by higher results in Equity and Investment Banking within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Selected Financial Information and Other Statistical Data

$ in millions, except per share data

202520242023

Consolidated results

Net revenues$70,645 $61,761 $54,143

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$16,249 $12,800 $8,530

Earnings per diluted common share$10.21 $7.95 $5.18

Consolidated financial measures

Expense efficiency ratio1

68 %71 %77 %

ROE2

16.6 %14.0 %9.4 %

ROTCE2,3

21.6 %18.8 %12.8 %

Pre-tax margin4

31 %28 %22 %

Effective tax rate 22.5 %23.1 %21.9 %

Pre-tax margin by segment4

Institutional Securities34 %31 %19 %

Wealth Management29 %27 %25 %

Investment Management23 %19 %16 %

$ in millions, except per share data, worldwide employees and client assets

AtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

Average liquidity resources for three months ended5

$385,884 $345,440

Loans6

$289,038 $246,814

Total assets$1,420,270 $1,215,071

Deposits$415,523 $376,007

Borrowings$348,935 $288,819

Common equity

$101,882 $94,761

Tangible common equity3

$79,147 $71,604

Common shares outstanding1,583 1,607

Book value per common share7

$64.37 $58.98

Tangible book value per common share3,7

$50.00 $44.57

Worldwide employees (in thousands)83 80

Client assets8 (in billions)

$9,276 $7,860

Capital ratios9

Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Standardized15.0 %15.9 %

Tier 1 capital—Standardized16.8 %18.0 %

Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Advanced16.2 %15.7 %

Tier 1 capital—Advanced18.0 %17.8 %

Tier 1 leverage6.7 %6.9 %

SLR5.4 %5.6 %

1.The expense efficiency ratio represents total non-interest expenses as a percentage of net revenues.

2.ROE and ROTCE represent annualized earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively.

3.Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

4.Pre-tax margin represents income before provision for income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.

5.For a discussion of Liquidity resources, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources— Balance Sheet—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Liquidity Resources” herein.

6.Includes loans held for investment, net of ACL, loans held for sale and also includes loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheet.

7.Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share equal common equity and tangible common equity, respectively, divided by common shares outstanding.

8.Client assets represents the sum of Wealth Management client assets and Investment Management AUM. Certain Wealth Management client assets, totaling $350 billion as of December 31, 2025, are invested in Investment Management products and are therefore also included in Investment Management’s AUM.

9.For a discussion of our capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

Economic and Market Conditions

The economic environment was resilient in 2025, as client and investor confidence and market sentiment improved and markets rebounded from early-year uncertainty. The year was characterized by increased momentum in capital markets activity and lower interest rates. The rate of economic growth, ongoing geopolitical uncertainty, as well as the timing and pace of any further central bank actions have impacted and could continue to impact capital markets and our businesses, as discussed further in “Business Segments” herein.

For more information on economic and market conditions, and the potential effects of geopolitical events on our future results, refer to “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” herein.

29

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information

We prepare our financial statements using U.S. GAAP. From time to time, we may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in this document or in the course of our earnings releases, earnings and other conference calls, financial presentations, definitive proxy statements and other public disclosures. A “non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We consider the non-GAAP financial measures we disclose to be useful to us, investors, analysts and other stakeholders by providing further transparency about, or an alternate means of assessing or comparing our financial condition, operating results and capital adequacy.

These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever we refer to a non-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and the non-GAAP financial measure.

We present certain non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the impact of mark-to-market gains and losses on DCP investments from net revenues and compensation expenses. The impact of DCP is primarily reflected in our Wealth Management business segment results. These measures allow for better comparability of period-to-period underlying operating performance and revenue trends, especially in our Wealth Management business segment. By excluding the impact of these items, we are better able to describe the business drivers and resulting impact to net revenues and corresponding change to the associated compensation expenses. For additional information on DCP, refer to “Other Matters” herein.

Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that we believe analysts, investors and other stakeholders consider useful to allow for comparability to peers and of the period-to-period use of our equity. The calculation of tangible common equity represents common shareholders’ equity less goodwill and intangible assets net of allowable mortgage servicing rights deduction. In addition, we believe that certain ratios that utilize tangible common equity, such as return on average tangible common equity (“ROTCE”) and tangible book value per common share, also non-GAAP financial measures, are useful for evaluating the operating performance and capital adequacy of the business period-to-period, respectively. The calculation of ROTCE represents annualized earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average tangible common equity. The calculation of tangible book value per common share represents tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding.

The principal non-GAAP financial measures presented in this document are set forth in the following tables.

Reconciliations from U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Consolidated Financial Measures

$ in millions

202520242023

Net revenues$70,645 $61,761 $54,143

Adjustment for mark-to-market losses (gains) on DCP1

(471)(363)(434)

Adjusted Net revenues—non-GAAP$70,174 $61,398 $53,709

Compensation expense$29,216 $26,178 $24,558

Adjustment for mark-to-market gains (losses) on DCP1

(764)(672)(668)

Adjusted Compensation expense—non-GAAP$28,452 $25,506 $23,890

Wealth Management Net revenues$31,754 $28,420 $26,268

Adjustment for mark-to-market losses (gains) on DCP1

(348)(239)(282)

Adjusted Wealth Management Net revenues—non-GAAP$31,406 $28,181 $25,986

Wealth Management Compensation expense$16,950 $15,207 $13,972

Adjustment for mark-to-market gains (losses) on DCP1

(535)(431)(412)

Adjusted Wealth Management Compensation expense—non-GAAP$16,415 $14,776 $13,560

1.Net revenues and compensation expense are adjusted for DCP for both Firm and Wealth Management business segment. See “Other Matters” herein for more information.

At December 31,

$ in millions202520242023

Tangible equity

Common equity

$101,882 $94,761 $90,288

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(22,735)(23,157)(23,761)

Tangible common equity—non-GAAP

$79,147 $71,604 $66,527

Average Monthly Balance

$ in millions202520242023

Tangible equity

Common equity

$98,046 $91,699 $90,819

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(22,922)(23,482)(24,013)

Tangible common equity—non-GAAP

$75,124 $68,217 $66,806

Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment

$ in billions202520242023

Average common equity1

Institutional Securities$48.4 $45.0 $45.6

Wealth Management29.4 29.1 28.8

Investment Management10.6 10.8 10.4

ROE2

Institutional Securities17 %14 %7 %

Wealth Management24 %20 %17 %

Investment Management11 %8 %6 %

Average tangible common equity1

Institutional Securities$48.0 $44.6 $45.2

Wealth Management16.3 15.5 14.8

Investment Management1.0 1.1 0.7

ROTCE2

Institutional Securities17 %14 %7 %

Wealth Management43 %37 %33 %

Investment Management111 %76 %88 %

1.Average common equity and average tangible common equity for each business segment is determined using our Required Capital framework (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework” herein). The sums of the segments’ Average common equity and Average tangible common equity do not equal the Consolidated measures due to Parent Company equity.

December 2025 Form 10-K30

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

2.The calculation of ROE and ROTCE by segment uses net income applicable to Morgan Stanley by segment less preferred dividends allocated to each segment, annualized as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively, allocated to each segment.

Return on Tangible Common Equity Goal

We have an ROTCE goal of 20%. Our ROTCE goal is a forward-looking statement that is based on a normal market environment and may be materially affected by many factors.

See “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” herein for further information on market and economic conditions and their potential effects on our future operating results.

ROTCE represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For further information on non-GAAP measures, see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

Business Segments

Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to our business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures. See Note 22 to the financial statements for segment net revenues by income statement line item, segment expenses, and information on intersegment transactions.

Net Revenues

Investment Banking

Investment banking revenues are derived from client engagements in which we act as an advisor, underwriter or distributor of capital.

Within the Institutional Securities business segment, these revenues are primarily composed of fees earned from underwriting equity and fixed income securities, syndicating loans and advisory services in relation to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and corporate restructurings.

Within the Wealth Management business segment, these revenues are derived from the distribution of newly issued securities.

Trading

Trading revenues include the realized gains and losses from transactions in financial instruments, unrealized gains and losses from ongoing changes in the fair value of our positions, and gains and losses from financial instruments used to economically hedge compensation expense related to DCP.

Within the Institutional Securities business segment, Trading revenues arise from transactions in cash instruments and derivatives in which we act as a market maker for our clients. In this role, we stand ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and to provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer

requests. Our liquidity obligations can be explicit in some cases, and in others, customers expect us to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill our market-making function, we engage in activities across all of our trading businesses that include, but are not limited to:

•taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time;

•building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory held to facilitate client activity through trades with other market participants;

•managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between risks incurred from the facilitation of client transactions and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks;

•trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and

•engaging in other activities to provide efficiency and liquidity for markets.

In many markets, the realized and unrealized gains and losses from purchase and sale transactions will include any spreads between bids and offers. Certain fees received on loans carried at fair value and dividends from equity securities are also recorded in Trading revenues since they relate to positions carried at fair value.

Within the Wealth Management business segment, Trading revenues primarily include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of fixed income instruments in which we act as principal, as well as gains and losses related to DCP investments.

Investments

Investments revenues are composed of realized and unrealized gains and losses derived from investments, including those associated with carried interest arrangements and co-investment plans. Estimates of the fair value of the investments that produce these revenues may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions, generally or in relation to specific transactions.

Within the Institutional Securities segment, gains and losses are primarily from business-related investments. Certain investments are subject to sale restrictions.

Within the Investment Management business segment, Investments revenues are primarily from performance-based fees in the form of carried interest, a portion of which is subject to risk of reversal, and gains and losses from investments. The business is entitled to receive carried interest when the return in certain funds exceeds specified performance targets. Additionally, we consolidate certain sponsored Investment Management funds where revenues are primarily attributable to holders of noncontrolling interests.

31

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Commissions and Fees

Commissions and fees result from arrangements in which the client is charged a fee for executing transactions related to securities, services related to sales and trading activities, and sales of other products.

Within the Institutional Securities business segment, commissions and fees include fees earned from market-making activities, such as executing and clearing client transactions on major stock and derivative exchanges, as well as from OTC derivatives.

Within the Wealth Management business segment, commissions and fees arise from client transactions including in equity securities, insurance products, mutual funds, alternative investments, futures and options. Wealth Management also earns revenues from order flow payments for directing customer orders to broker-dealers, exchanges and market centers for execution.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues include fees associated with the management and supervision of assets and the distribution of funds and similar products.

Within the Wealth Management business segment, Asset management revenues are related to advisory services associated with fee-based assets, account service and administration, as well as distribution of products. These revenues are generally based on the net asset value of the account in which a client is invested.

Within the Investment Management business segment, Asset management revenues are primarily composed of fees received from investment vehicles on the basis of assets under management. Performance-based fees, not in the form of carried interest, are earned on certain products and separately managed accounts as a percentage of appreciation in value and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These performance fees are generally recognized on a quarterly or annual basis.

Net Interest

Interest income and Interest expense are functions of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including Trading assets and Trading liabilities, Investment securities, Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell, Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase, Loans, Deposits and Borrowings.

Within the Institutional Securities business segment, Net interest is a function of market-making strategies, client activity, and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Net interest is impacted by market-making, lending and financing activities. We generally earn interest on securities held by the Firm, Securities borrowed, Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Loans and margin

loans, while Borrowings, Securities loaned and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally incur interest expense.

Within the Wealth Management business segment, Interest income is driven by assets held including Investment securities, Loans and margin loans. Interest expense is driven by Deposits and other funding.

Other

Other revenues for Institutional Securities include revenues and losses from equity method investments, fees earned in association with lending activities, mark-to-market gains and losses on loans and lending commitments held for sale, as well as gains and losses on economic derivative hedges associated with certain held-for-sale and held-for-investment loans and lending commitments.

Other revenues for Wealth Management include realized gains and losses on AFS securities, account handling fees, referral fees and other miscellaneous revenues.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Provision for credit losses includes the provision for credit losses for loans and lending commitments held for investment.

Institutional Securities—Fixed Income and Equities

Fixed income and Equities net revenues are composed of Trading revenues, Commissions and fees, Asset management revenues, Net interest, and certain Investments and Other revenues directly attributable to those businesses. These revenues, which can be affected by a variety of interrelated factors, including market volumes, bid-offer spreads and the impact of market conditions on inventory held to facilitate client activity, as well as the effect of hedging activity, are viewed in the aggregate when assessing the performance and profitability of our businesses.

The following is a description of the revenue-generating activities within our equity and fixed income businesses, as well as how their results impact the income statement line items.

Equity—Financing. We provide financing, prime brokerage and fund administration services to our clients active in the equity markets through a variety of products, including margin lending, securities lending and swaps. Results from this business are largely driven by the difference between financing income earned and financing and liquidity costs incurred, which are reflected in Net interest for securities lending products, and in Trading revenues for derivative products. Fees for providing fund administration services are reflected in Asset management revenues.

Equity—Execution services. A significant portion of the results for this business is generated by commissions and fees from executing and clearing client transactions on major stock

December 2025 Form 10-K32

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

and derivative exchanges, as well as from OTC transactions. We make markets for our clients principally in equity-related securities and derivative products, including those that provide liquidity and are utilized for hedging. Market-making also generates gains and losses on inventory held to facilitate client activity, which are reflected in Trading revenues. Execution services also includes certain Investments and Other revenues.

Fixed Income—Within fixed income, we make markets in various flow and structured products in order to facilitate client activity as part of the following products and services:

•Global macro products. We make markets for our clients in interest rate and foreign exchange products across emerging and developed markets, including exchange-traded and OTC securities and derivative instruments. The results of this market-making activity are primarily driven by gains and losses from buying and selling positions to stand ready for and satisfy client demand and are recorded in Trading revenues.

•Credit products. We make markets in credit-sensitive products, such as corporate bonds and mortgage securities and other securitized products, and related derivative instruments. This market-making activity also generates gains and losses on inventory held to facilitate client activity which are reflected in Trading revenues. We undertake lending activities, which include commercial mortgage lending, secured lending facilities and financing extended to sales and trading customers. Due to the amount and type of the interest-bearing securities and loans making up this business, a significant portion of the results is also reflected in Net interest revenues.

•Commodities products and Other. We make markets in various commodity products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, oil and metals. These activities are primarily recorded in Trading revenues.

Fixed income also includes certain Investments and Other revenues.

Institutional Securities—Other Net Revenues

Other net revenues include impacts from certain treasury functions, such as liquidity and funding costs and gains and losses on economic hedges related to certain borrowings. Other net revenues also include mark-to-market gains and losses on held-for-sale corporate loans and lending commitments, as well as net interest and gain and losses on economic hedges associated with held-for-sale and held-for-investment corporate loans and lending commitments. Also included are gains and losses from financial instruments used to economically hedge compensation expense related to certain DCP, income and losses from the equity method investment related to our Japanese securities joint venture with MUFG, as well as Investments and Other revenues that are not directly attributable to Fixed income and Equities businesses.

Compensation Expense

Compensation and benefits expenses include base salaries and fixed allowances, formulaic programs, discretionary incentive compensation, amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, changes in the fair value of the referenced notional DCP investments, carried interest allocated to employees, severance costs, and other items such as health and welfare benefits. For additional information on DCP, refer to “Other Matters” herein.

The factors that drive compensation for our employees vary from period to period, from segment to segment and within a segment. For certain revenue-producing employees in the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, compensation is largely paid on the basis of formulaic payouts that link employee compensation to revenues. Compensation for other employees, including revenue-producing employees in the Institutional Securities business segment and employees in corporate support functions, include base salary and benefits and may also include incentive compensation that is determined following the assessment of the performance of the Firm, business unit and individual.

Income Taxes

The Income tax provision for our business segments is generally determined based on the revenues, expenses and activities directly attributable to each business segment. Certain items have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues or other relevant measures.

33

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Institutional Securities

Income Statement Information

% Change

$ in millions20252024202320252024

Revenues

Advisory$2,888 $2,378 $2,244 21 %6 %

Equity1,965 1,599 889 23 %80 %

Fixed Income

2,766 2,193 1,445 26 %52 %

Total Underwriting4,731 3,792 2,334 25 %62 %

Total Investment Banking

7,619 6,170 4,578 23 %35 %

Equity15,631 12,230 9,986 28 %22 %

Fixed Income

8,716 8,418 7,673 4 %10 %

Other1,114 1,262 823 (12)%53 %

Net revenues33,080 28,080 23,060 18 %22 %

Provision for credit losses302 202 401 50 %(50)%

Compensation and benefits9,785 8,669 8,369 13 %4 %

Non-compensation expenses11,756 10,460 9,814 12 %7 %

Total non-interest expenses21,541 19,129 18,183 13 %5 %

Income before provision for income taxes11,237 8,749 4,476 28 %95 %

Provision for income taxes2,430 1,947 884 25 %120 %

Net income8,807 6,802 3,592 29 %89 %

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests157 136 139 15 %(2)%

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$8,650 $6,666 $3,453 30 %93 %

Investment Banking

Investment Banking Volumes

$ in billions202520242023

Completed mergers and acquisitions1

$756 $655 $677

Equity and equity-related offerings2, 3

79 63 32

Fixed Income offerings2, 4

414 326 236

Source: LSEG Data & Risk Analytics (formerly known as Refinitiv) as of January 2, 2026. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal, change in value or change in timing of certain transactions.

1.Includes transactions of $100 million or more. Based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction.

2.Based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers.

3.Includes Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock, convertible securities and rights offerings.

4.Includes Rule 144A and publicly registered issuances, non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Excludes leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

Investment Banking Revenues

Net revenues of $7,619 million in 2025 increased 23% compared with the prior year, reflecting increases across regions and businesses, particularly in underwriting revenues.

•Advisory revenues increased primarily reflecting higher completed M&A transactions.

•Equity underwriting revenues increased primarily reflecting higher convertible issuances and initial public offerings.

•Fixed income underwriting revenues increased primarily reflecting higher non-investment and investment grade bond and loan issuances, which benefited from higher event-related activity.

See “Investment Banking Volumes” herein.

Equity, Fixed Income and Other Net Revenues

Equity and Fixed Income Net Revenues

2025

$ in millionsTradingFees1

Net

Interest2

All

Other3

Total

Financing$9,714 $635 $(2,543)$4 $7,810

Execution services4,790 2,992 (396)435 7,821

Total Equity$14,504 $3,627 $(2,939)$439 $15,631

Total Fixed Income$7,440 $428 $494 $354 $8,716

2024

$ in millionsTradingFees1

Net

Interest2

All

Other3

Total

Financing$8,135 $566 $(2,840)$17 $5,878

Execution services3,702 2,591 (291)350 6,352

Total Equity$11,837 $3,157 $(3,131)$367 $12,230

Total Fixed Income

$8,464 $394 $(730)$290 $8,418

2023

$ in millionsTradingFees1

Net

Interest2

All

Other3

Total

Financing$7,206 $524 $(2,886)$66 $4,910

Execution services2,919 2,235 (190)112 5,076

Total Equity$10,125 $2,759 $(3,076)$178 $9,986

Total Fixed Income

$7,848 $375 $(975)$425 $7,673

1.Includes Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues.

2.Includes funding costs, which are allocated to the businesses based on funding usage.

3.Includes Investments and Other revenues.

Equity

Net revenues of $15,631 million in 2025 increased 28% compared with the prior year, reflecting an increase in Financing and Execution services.

•Financing revenues increased primarily due to higher average client balances and increased client activity.

•Execution services revenues increased primarily due to increased client activity and higher gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity in derivatives and cash equities.

Fixed Income

Net revenues of $8,716 million in 2025 increased 4% compared with the prior year, reflecting an increase in Global macro and Credit products, partially offset by a decrease in Commodities.

•Global macro products revenues increased primarily due to increased client activity in rates and foreign exchange products.

•Credit products revenues increased due to increased client activity across products, primarily driven by securitization and lending activity, partially offset by lower results on inventory held to facilitate client activity.

•Commodities products and other fixed income revenues decreased primarily due to lower gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity in power and gas.

December 2025 Form 10-K34

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Other Net Revenues

Other net revenues were $1,114 million in 2025 compared with $1,262 million in the prior year, primarily due to lower net interest income and fees, following the sale of corporate loans held-for-sale in the first quarter of 2025, partially offset by net gains on corporate loans held-for-sale, inclusive of hedges.

Provision for Credit Losses

In 2025, the Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $302 million was primarily related to portfolio growth in corporate loans and secured lending facilities and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $202 million in 2024 was primarily related to growth in the corporate loan portfolio and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook.

For further information on the Provision for credit losses, see “Credit Risk” herein.

Non-Interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $21,541 million in 2025 increased 13% compared with the prior year, reflecting higher Non-compensation expenses and Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased primarily due to higher discretionary incentive compensation on higher revenues, higher expenses related to outstanding deferred compensation and higher salary expenses.

•Non-compensation expenses increased primarily due to higher execution-related expenses on higher volumes.

35

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Wealth Management

Income Statement Information

% Change

$ in millions20252024202320252024

Revenues

Asset management$18,627 $16,501 $14,019 13 %18 %

Transactional1

4,588 3,864 3,556 19 %9 %

Net interest7,911 7,313 8,118 8 %(10)%

Other2

628 742 575 (15)%29 %

Net revenues31,754 28,420 26,268 12 %8 %

Provision for credit losses47 62 131 (24)%(53)%

Compensation and benefits16,950 15,207 13,972 11 %9 %

Non-compensation expenses5,464 5,411 5,635 1 %(4)%

Total non-interest expenses22,414 20,618 19,607 9 %5 %

Income before provision for income taxes9,293 7,740 6,530 20 %19 %

Provision for income taxes2,163 1,852 1,508 17 %23 %

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$7,130 $5,888 $5,022 21 %17 %

1.Transactional includes Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees revenues.

2.Other includes Investments and Other revenues.

Wealth Management Metrics

$ in billionsAt December 31,2025At December 31,2024

Total client assets1

$7,381$6,194

U.S. Bank Subsidiary loans$181$160

Margin and other lending2

$31$28

Deposits3

$408$370

Annualized weighted average cost of deposits4

Period end2.51%2.73%

Period average2.76%3.05%

202520242023

Net new assets

$356.3$251.7$282.3

1.Client assets represent those for which Wealth Management is providing services including financial advisor-led brokerage, investment advisory, custody, cash management, and administrative services; self-directed brokerage and investment advisory services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration, and retirement plan services. As part of the Integrated Firm, Wealth Management may provide these services to clients who also use the services of one or more other business segments. See “Advisor-Led Channel” and “Self-Directed Channel” herein for additional information.

2.Margin and other lending represents margin lending arrangements, which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities and other lending which includes non‐purpose securities-based lending on non‐bank entities.

3.Deposits reflect liabilities sourced from Wealth Management clients and other sources of funding on our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. Deposits include sweep deposit programs, savings and other deposits, and time deposits.

4.Annualized weighted average represents the total annualized weighted average cost of the various deposit products. Amounts include the effect of related hedging derivatives. The period end cost of deposits is based upon balances and rates as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The period average is based on daily balances and rates for the period.

Net New Assets (NNA)

NNA represent client asset inflows, including interest, dividends and asset acquisitions, less client asset outflows, and excluding the impact of business combinations/divestitures and the impact of fees and commissions. Any revenues earned by Wealth Management on client assets will vary depending upon the services and products provided. The level of NNA in a given period is influenced by a variety of factors, including macroeconomic factors that impact client investment and spending behaviors, seasonality, our ability to attract and retain financial advisors and clients, capital market

and corporate activities which may impact the amount of assets in certain client channels, and large idiosyncratic inflows and outflows, including single large client events. These factors have had an impact on our NNA in recent periods. Should these factors continue, the growth rate of our NNA may be impacted.

Advisor-Led Channel

$ in billionsAt December 31,2025At December 31,2024

Advisor-led client assets1

$5,715$4,758

Fee-based client assets2

$2,753$2,347

Fee-based client assets as a

percentage of advisor-led client

assets

48%49%

202520242023

Fee-based asset flows3

$160.1$123.1$109.2

1.Advisor-led client assets represent client assets in accounts that have a Wealth Management representative assigned.

2.Fee‐based client assets represent the amount of client assets where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.

3.Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets (including asset acquisitions), net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees, and exclude institutional cash management related activity. For a description of the Inflows and Outflows included in Fee-based asset flows, see “Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.

Self-Directed Channel

At December 31,2025At December 31,2024

Self-directed assets (in billions)1

$1,667$1,437

Self-directed households (in millions)2

8.58.3

202520242023

Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”) (in thousands)3

1,029837759

1.Self-directed client assets represent active accounts which are not advisor led. Active accounts are defined as having at least $25 in assets.

2.Self-directed households represent the total number of households that include at least one active account with self-directed assets. Individual households or participants that are engaged in one or more of our Wealth Management channels are included in each of the respective channel counts.

3.DARTs represent the total self-directed trades in a period divided by the number of trading days during that period.

Workplace Channel1

At December 31,2025At December 31,2024

Workplace unvested assets (in billions)2

$534$475

Number of participants (in millions)3, 4

6.56.6

1.The workplace channel includes equity compensation solutions for companies, their executives and employees.

2.Stock plan unvested assets represent the market value of public company securities at the end of the period.

3.Stock plan participants represent total accounts with vested and/or unvested stock plan assets in the workplace channel. Individuals with accounts in multiple plans are counted as participants in each plan.

4.The number of stock plan participants declined slightly in 2025, primarily as a result of the previously announced disposition of the Firm’s EMEA stock plan business.

Net Revenues

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $18,627 million in 2025 increased 13% compared with the prior year, primarily reflecting higher fee-based assets due to higher market levels and the cumulative impact of positive fee-based flows.

See “Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.

December 2025 Form 10-K36

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $4,588 million in 2025 increased 19% compared with the prior year, primarily driven by higher client activity across products and channels, particularly in equity-related transactions, and higher gains on DCP investments.

Net Interest

Net interest revenues of $7,911 million in 2025 increased 8% compared with the prior year, primarily due to the cumulative impact of lending growth and changes in balance sheet mix, partially offset by the net effect of lower interest rates.

The level and pace of interest rate changes and other macroeconomic factors have impacted client preferences, including cash allocation to other products and client demand for loans. These factors, along with other developments, such as pricing changes to certain deposit types due to various competitive dynamics and central bank actions, have impacted our net interest income. To the extent they persist, or other factors arise, net interest income may be impacted in future periods.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $47 million in 2025 was primarily related to certain specific loans in our tailored lending and residential real estate portfolios, as well as portfolio growth in residential real estate loans. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $62 million in 2024 was primarily related to certain specific commercial real estate and securities-based loans, and portfolio growth, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook.

For further information on the Provision for credit losses, see “Credit Risk” herein.

Non-Interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $22,414 million in 2025 increased 9% compared with the prior year, as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased, primarily due to an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management advisors driven by higher compensable revenue.

•Non-compensation expenses were relatively unchanged compared with the prior year as higher marketing and business development costs and increased technology spend were offset by lower amortization of intangible assets.

Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2024 Inflows1

Outflows2

Market

Impact3

AtDecember 31,2025

Separately managed4

$719 $91 $(39)$62 $833

Unified managed613 145 (66)68 760

Advisor207 36 (37)23 229

Portfolio manager750 126 (95)80 861

Subtotal$2,289 $398 $(237)$233 $2,683

Cash management58 56 (44)— 70

Total fee-based client assets$2,347 $454 $(281)$233 $2,753

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2023 Inflows1

Outflows2

Market

Impact3

AtDecember 31,2024

Separately managed4

$589 $69 $(38)$99 $719

Unified managed501 120 (56)48 613

Advisor188 31 (35)23 207

Portfolio manager645 120 (88)73 750

Subtotal$1,923 $340 $(217)$243 $2,289

Cash management60 57 (59)— 58

Total fee-based client assets$1,983 $397 $(276)$243 $2,347

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2022 Inflows1

Outflows2

Market

Impact3

AtDecember 31,2023

Separately managed4

$501 $70 $(23)$41 $589

Unified managed408 96 (56)53 501

Advisor167 29 (32)24 188

Portfolio manager552 98 (73)68 645

Subtotal$1,628 $293 $(184)$186 $1,923

Cash management50 60 (50)— 60

Total fee-based client assets$1,678 $353 $(234)$186 $1,983

1.Inflows include new accounts, account transfers, deposits, dividends and interest.

2.Outflows include closed or terminated accounts, account transfers, withdrawals and client fees.

3.Market impact includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments.

4.Includes non-custody account values based on asset values reported on a quarter lag by third-party custodians.

Average Fee Rates1

Fee rate in bps202520242023

Separately managed12 12 12

Unified managed90 91 92

Advisor78 79 80

Portfolio manager88 89 91

Subtotal64 65 65

Cash management6 6 6

Total fee-based client assets63 63 64

1.Based on Asset management revenues related to advisory services associated with fee-based assets.

Asset management revenues within the Wealth Management segment are primarily generated from the following types of accounts:

•Separately managed—accounts by which third party and affiliated asset managers are engaged to manage clients’ assets with investment decisions made by the asset manager. Only one third-party asset manager strategy can be held per account.

37

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

•Unified managed—accounts that provide the client with the ability to combine separately managed accounts, mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, all in one aggregate account. Investment decisions and discretionary authority may be exercised by the client, financial advisor or portfolio manager.

•Advisor—accounts where the investment decisions must be approved by the client, and the financial advisor must obtain approval each time a change is made to the account or its investments.

•Portfolio manager—accounts where a financial advisor has discretion (contractually approved by the client) to make ongoing investment decisions without the client’s approval for each individual change.

•Cash management—accounts where the financial advisor provides discretionary cash management services to institutional clients, whereby securities or proceeds are invested and reinvested in accordance with the client’s investment criteria. Generally, the portfolio will be invested in short-term fixed income and cash equivalent investments.

December 2025 Form 10-K38

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investment Management

Income Statement Information

% Change

$ in millions20252024202320252024

Revenues

Asset management and related

fees

$6,068 $5,627 $5,231 8 %8 %

Performance-based income and

other1

457 234 139 95 %68 %

Net revenues6,525 5,861 5,370 11 %9 %

Compensation and benefits2,481 2,302 2,217 8 %4 %

Non-compensation expenses2,566 2,422 2,311 6 %5 %

Total non-interest expenses5,047 4,724 4,528 7 %4 %

Income before provision for income taxes1,478 1,137 842 30 %35 %

Provision for income taxes349 275 199 27 %38 %

Net income1,129 862 643 31 %34 %

Net income applicable to

noncontrolling interests

7 3 4 133 %(25)%

Net income applicable to

Morgan Stanley

$1,122 $859 $639 31 %34 %

1.Includes Investments and Trading, Net interest and Other revenues.

Net Revenues

Asset Management and Related Fees

Asset management and related fees of $6,068 million in 2025 increased 8% compared with the prior year, primarily driven by higher average AUM on higher market levels.

Asset management revenues are influenced by the level, relative mix of AUM and related fee rates. While higher market levels drove increases in average AUM in the current year period, there were continued net outflows in the Equity asset class, which may be influenced by the structure and performance of our investment strategies and products relative to their benchmarks, offset by higher net inflows in the Alternatives and Solutions and Fixed Income asset classes reflecting client preferences. To the extent these conditions continue, we would expect our Asset management revenue to continue to be impacted.

See “Assets Under Management or Supervision” herein.

Performance-based Income and Other

Performance-based income and other revenues increased to $457 million in 2025, from $234 million in the prior year, primarily due to higher accrued carried interest in infrastructure and real estate funds.

Non-Interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $5,047 million in 2025 increased 7% from the prior year, as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses and Non-compensation expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased, primarily due to higher compensation associated with carried interest and higher salaries.

•Non-compensation expenses increased, primarily due to higher distribution expenses on higher AUM and increased technology spend.

Assets Under Management or Supervision Rollforwards

$ in billionsAt

Dec 31,

2024

Inflows1

Outflows2

Market Impact3

Other4

At

Dec 31,

2025

Equity$312 $45 $(67)$26 $(2)$314

Fixed Income

192 89 (59)12 — 234

Alternatives and Solutions6

593 159 (120)76 (5)703

Long-Term AUM

$1,097 $293 $(246)$114 $(7)$1,251

Liquidity and Overlay Services569 2,721 (2,661)26 (11)644

Total$1,666 $3,014 $(2,907)$140 $(18)$1,895

$ in billionsAt

Dec 31,

2023

Inflows1

Outflows2

Market Impact3

Other4

At

Dec 31,

2024

Equity$295 $44 $(66)$49 $(10)$312

Fixed Income

171 69 (49)7 (6)192

Alternatives and Solutions6

508 140 (108)62 (9)593

Long-Term AUM

$974 $253 $(223)$118 $(25)$1,097

Liquidity and Overlay Services485 2,349 (2,268)20 (17)569

Total$1,459 $2,602 $(2,491)$138 $(42)$1,666

$ in billionsAt

Dec 31,

2022

Inflows1

Outflows2

Market Impact3

Other4,5

At

Dec 31,

2023

Equity$259 $40 $(57)$57 $(4)$295

Fixed Income173 56 (62)11 (7)171

Alternatives and Solutions6

431 108 (91)57 3 508

Long-Term AUM$863 $204 $(210)$125 $(8)$974

Liquidity and Overlay Services442 2,282 (2,244)20 (15)485

Total$1,305 $2,486 $(2,454)$145 $(23)$1,459

1.Inflows represent investments or commitments from new and existing clients in new or existing investment products, including reinvestments of client dividends and increases in invested capital. Inflows exclude the impact of exchanges, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

2.Outflows represent redemptions from clients’ funds, transition of funds from the committed capital period to the invested capital period and decreases in invested capital. Outflows exclude the impact of exchanges, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

3.Market impact includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments. This excludes any funds where market impact does not impact management fees.

4.Other contains both distributions to investors and foreign currency impact for all periods. Distributions represent returns of capital or returns on investments. Foreign currency impact reflects foreign currency changes for non-U.S. dollar denominated funds.

5.In 2023, our Retail Municipal and Corporate Fixed Income business (“FIMS”) was combined with our Parametric retail customized solutions business. The impact of the change was a $6 billion movement in AUM from Fixed Income to the Alternatives and Solutions asset class included in Other.

6.As of December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, Alternatives and Solutions includes Parametric Long-Term period-end AUM of $524 billion, $423 billion and $336 billion, respectively. Parametric Long-Term products generally have lower average fee rates than other Alternatives and Solutions products.

39

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Average AUM

$ in billions202520242023

Equity$318 $305 $279

Fixed income212 180 170

Alternatives and Solutions640 557 466

Long-term AUM subtotal

1,170 1,042 915

Liquidity and Overlay Services572 498 464

Total

$1,742 $1,540 $1,379

Average Fee Rates1

Fee rate in bps202520242023

Equity69 71 71

Fixed income36 36 35

Alternatives and Solutions27 28 32

Long-term AUM

40 42 44

Liquidity and Overlay Services12 12 13

Total

31 32 34

1.Based on Asset management revenues, net of waivers, excluding performance-based fees and other non-management fees. For certain non-U.S. funds, it includes the portion of advisory fees that the advisor collects on behalf of third-party distributors. The payment of those fees to the distributor is included in Non-compensation expenses in the income statement.

Asset management and other related fees within the Investment Management segment are primarily generated from Equity, Fixed Income and the following products:

Alternatives and Solutions. Includes products in fund of funds, real estate, infrastructure, private equity and credit strategies and multi-asset portfolios, as well as systematic strategies that create custom investment solutions, including those offered by Parametric.

Liquidity and Overlay Services. Includes liquidity products, as well as overlay services, which represent investment strategies that use passive exposure instruments to obtain, offset or substitute specific portfolio exposures, beyond those provided by the underlying holdings of the fund.

December 2025 Form 10-K40

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Supplemental Financial Information

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries accept deposits, provide loans to a variety of customers, including large corporate and institutional clients, as well as high to ultra-high net worth individuals, and invest in securities. Lending activity in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from the Institutional Securities business segment primarily includes Secured lending facilities, Commercial and Residential real estate and Corporate loans. Lending activity in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from the Wealth Management business segment primarily includes Securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, other forms of secured loans, including tailored lending to ultra-high net worth clients, and Residential real estate loans.

Consistent with the Firm’s strategic objective of ongoing growth of eligible assets at MSBNA, on February 14, 2026, the fixed income derivatives business of Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC (“MSCS”) was merged into MSBNA.

For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” herein. For a further discussion about loans and lending commitments, see Notes 9 and 14 to the financial statements.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information1

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

Investment securities

Available-for-sale at fair value$88.4 $76.5

Held-to-maturity44.2 47.8

Total Investment securities$132.6 $124.3

Wealth Management loans2

Residential real estate$72.3 $66.6

Securities-based lending and Other3

108.9 92.9

Total Wealth Management loans

$181.2 $159.5

Institutional Securities loans2

Corporate$8.4 $7.1

Secured lending facilities67.2 50.2

Commercial and Residential real estate11.2 10.5

Securities-based lending and Other9.0 5.6

Total Institutional Securities loans

$95.8 $73.4

Total assets

$487.3 $434.8

Deposits4

$408.1 $369.7

1.Amounts exclude transactions between the bank subsidiaries, as well as deposits from the Parent Company and affiliates.

2.Represents loans, net of ACL. For a further discussion of loans in the Wealth Management and Institutional Securities business segments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” herein.

3.Other loans primarily include tailored lending. For a further discussion of Other loans, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” herein.

4.For further information on deposits, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Balance Sheet—Unsecured Financing” herein.

Other Matters

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation

The Firm sponsors a number of deferred cash-based compensation programs and stock-based compensation programs for current and former employees, including financial advisors in the Wealth Management business segment, which generally contain vesting, clawback and cancellation provisions. Deferred compensation for financial advisors in the Wealth Management business segment is generally composed of 75% cash-based awards and 25% stock-based awards. The following discussion and tables relate only to deferred cash-based compensation.

Employees are permitted to allocate the value of their deferred cash-based awards among a menu of notional investments, whereby the value of their awards will track the performance of the referenced notional investments. The menu of investments, which is selected by the Firm, includes fixed income, equity, commodity and money market funds.

Compensation expense for DCP awards is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for changes in the fair value of the referenced investments that employees select. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period relevant to each separately vesting portion of deferred awards.

We invest directly, as principal, in financial instruments and other investments to economically hedge certain of our obligations under these DCP awards. Changes in the fair value of such investments, net of financing costs, are recorded in net revenues, and included in Transactional revenues in the Wealth Management business segment. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments recognized in net revenues, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on our investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period. While this timing difference may not be material to our Income before provision for income taxes in any individual period, it may impact the Wealth Management business segment reported ratios and operating metrics in certain periods due to potentially significant impacts to net revenues and compensation expenses. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, substantially all employee-referenced investments that subjected the Firm to price risk were economically hedged.

Amounts Recognized in Compensation Expense

$ in millions202520242023

Deferred cash-based awards$950 $770 $693

Return on referenced investments764 672 668

Total recognized in compensation expense$1,714 $1,442 $1,361

41

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Amounts Recognized in Compensation Expense by Segment

$ in millions202520242023

Institutional Securities$155 $150 $162

Wealth Management1,382 1,100 984

Investment Management 177 192 215

Total recognized in compensation expense$1,714 $1,442 $1,361

Projected Future Compensation Obligation1

$ in millions

Award liabilities at December 31, 20252, 3

$6,423

Fully vested amounts to be distributed by the end of February 20264

(701)

Unrecognized portion of prior awards at December 31, 20253

1,928

2025 performance year awards granted in 20263

446

Total5

$8,096

1.Amounts relate to performance years 2025 and prior.

2.Balance is reflected in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2025.

3.Amounts do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.

4.Distributions after February of each year are generally immaterial.

5.Of the total projected future compensation obligation, approximately 15% relates to Institutional Securities, approximately 79% relates to Wealth Management and approximately 6% relates to Investment Management.

The previous table presents a rollforward of the Firm’s estimated projected future compensation obligation for existing deferred cash-based compensation awards, exclusive of any assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.

Projected Future Compensation Expense1

$ in millions

Estimated to be recognized in:

2026

$679

2027475

Thereafter1,220

Total$2,374

1.Amounts relate to performance years 2025 and prior, and do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.

The previous table sets forth an estimate of compensation expense associated with the projected future compensation obligation. Our projected future compensation obligation and expense for DCP for performance years 2025 and prior are forward-looking statements subject to uncertainty. Actual results may be materially affected by various factors, including, among other things: the performance of each participant’s referenced investments; changes in market conditions; participants’ allocation of their deferred awards; and participant cancellations or accelerations. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for additional information.

For further information on the Firm’s deferred stock-based plans and carried interest compensation, which are excluded from the previous tables, see Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements.

Accounting Development Updates

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates that apply to us. Accounting updates not referenced below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or to not have a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

•ASU 2024-03 - Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (Issued November 2024). This update requires quantitative and qualitative disclosure of certain expense categories contained within their relevant expense lines in the income statement, including but not limited to: (1) employee compensation; (2) depreciation; and (3) intangible asset amortization. The update requires the disaggregation of these expense lines in a tabular format in the notes to the financial statements, including the separate disclosure of certain other expenses and gains or losses included within these expense lines which are required under existing U.S. GAAP, with all other expenses permitted to be disclosed in an “other items” category. Additionally, the update requires disclosure of the total amount and definition of the Firm’s selling expenses. The update is effective for the Firm for annual periods beginning January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the disclosure impact of this accounting update; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

•ASU 2025-06 - Internal-Use Software (Issued September 2025). This update introduces targeted improvements to the recognition and capitalization guidance for internal-use software costs. The update eliminates the prior “project stage” framework and instead requires capitalization of software development costs when (i) management has authorized and committed to funding the software project, and (ii) it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform its intended function. In assessing the probability threshold, entities are required to evaluate whether significant development uncertainty exists, including whether the software contains novel or unproven functionality or whether significant performance requirements have not been identified or continue to be substantially revised. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2028, with early adoption permitted. Transition may be applied prospectively, retrospectively, or under a modified approach. We are currently evaluating this accounting update.

December 2025 Form 10-K42

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

•ASU 2025-07 - Derivatives Scope Refinements and Share-Based Consideration from a Customer (Issued September 2025). This update introduces targeted refinements to the derivatives and revenue recognition accounting guidance. It expands an existing scope exception for derivative accounting to exclude certain non-exchange-traded contracts. The update also clarifies that share-based payments from a customer are treated as noncash consideration under the revenue recognition standard until the related performance obligations are fulfilled and the right to the consideration is unconditional. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. Transition may be applied prospectively, or under a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating this accounting update; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

•ASU 2025-08 - Purchased Loans (Issued November 2025). This update expands the application of the “gross-up” approach for purchased credit deteriorated financial assets under Topic 326 to include purchased seasoned loans (excluding credit cards), measured at amortized cost that are not credit deteriorated. Purchased seasoned loans include loans obtained in a business combination or loans acquired at least 90 days after origination and the acquirer was not involved in the origination, either through an asset purchase or through consolidation of a variable interest entity. The gross-up approach requires recognition of an allowance for credit losses at acquisition with a corresponding increase to the amortized cost basis of the loan. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. Transition will be applied prospectively to loans acquired on or after the adoption date. We are currently evaluating this accounting update.

•ASU 2025-09 - Hedge Accounting Improvements (Issued November 2025). This update improves hedge accounting guidance by clarifying certain aspects and aligning hedge accounting more closely with the economics of an entity’s risk management activities. The ASU enables entities to apply hedge accounting to a greater number of highly effective economic hedges by making targeted improvements to several areas including, but not limited to, the similar risk assessment for cash flow hedges. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The updates should be applied prospectively for all hedging relationships as of the date of adoption. We are currently evaluating this accounting update; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

•ASU 2025-10 - Government Grants (Issued December 2025). This update introduces guidance on the accounting for government grants, including recognition, measurement and presentation requirements to reduce diversity in practice and increase consistency among business entities. The guidance excludes transactions within the scope of ASC 740, Income Taxes, government guarantees and the benefit of below-market interest rate loans. Grants related to an asset or to income will be recognized when it is probable that an entity will comply with the conditions attached to the grant, the grant will be received and the related expenses that the grant is intended to compensate have been incurred. For grants related to an asset, entities may elect either a deferred income approach or a cost accumulation approach. The update is effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2029, with early adoption permitted. Transition may be applied on a modified prospective approach, a modified retrospective approach or on a full retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating this accounting update.

•ASU 2025-11 - Interim Reporting (Issued December 2025). This update improves the navigability of interim disclosure requirements and clarifies when that guidance is applicable. The amendments also add a principle for disclosing material events since the last annual reporting period, which aligns U.S. GAAP interim financial statement requirements with SEC regulations for registrants. The amendments do not expand or reduce existing disclosure requirements, rather they provide clarity on existing interim reporting requirements. The update is effective for interim periods beginning January 1, 2028, with early adoption permitted. Amendments may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. We are currently evaluating the disclosure impact of this accounting update; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the financial statements). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the financial statements), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Fair Value

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

A significant number of our financial instruments are carried at fair value. The use of fair value to measure financial instruments is fundamental to our risk management practices and is our most critical accounting estimate. We make estimates regarding the valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:

43

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

•Trading assets and Trading liabilities;

•Investment Securities—AFS;

•Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;

•Loans held-for-sale (measured at the lower of amortized cost or fair value);

•Certain Deposits, primarily certificates of deposit;

•Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

•Certain Other secured financings; and

•Certain Borrowings.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs, and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels: wherein Level 1 represents quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 represents valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment. The fair values for the substantial majority of our financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in level 1 or 2, of the fair value hierarchy. Level 3 financial assets represented 0.7% and 0.9% of our total assets, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs, as well as market liquidity, may be reduced for many instruments, which could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments carried at fair value. Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of methodologies or assumptions different than those used by the Firm could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. For further information on the definition of fair value, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 4 to the financial statements.

Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors, such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty, concentration risk and funding, in order to arrive at fair value. For a further discussion of valuation adjustments that we apply, see Note 2 to the financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. Evaluating goodwill for impairment requires management to make significant judgments, including, in part, the use of unobservable inputs that are subject to uncertainty. Goodwill impairment tests are performed at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below our business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill.

For both the annual and interim tests, we have the option to either (i) perform a quantitative impairment test or (ii) first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, in which case the quantitative test would be performed.

When performing a quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the goodwill impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value, limited by the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

The carrying value of each reporting unit is determined based on the capital allocated to the reporting unit. The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques we believe market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology. In certain instances, we may also utilize methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of comparable companies.

The discounted cash flow methodology uses projected future cash flows based on the reporting units’ earnings forecast. The discount rate used represents an estimate of the cost of equity for that reporting unit based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model.

At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of our reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are initially recorded at cost, or in the situation where acquired as part of a business combination, at the fair value determined as part of the acquisition method of accounting. Subsequently, amortizable intangible assets are carried in the balance sheet at amortized cost, where amortization is recognized over their estimated useful lives.

December 2025 Form 10-K44

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist.

On a quarterly basis:

•All intangible assets are assessed for the presence of impairment indicators. Where such indicators are present, an evaluation for impairment is conducted.

•For amortizable intangible assets, an impairment loss exists if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

•For indefinite-lived intangible assets, an impairment exists if the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value.

•Amortizable intangible assets are assessed for any indication that the remaining useful life or the finite life classification should be revised. In such cases, the remaining carrying amount is amortized prospectively over the revised useful life, unless it is determined that the life of the intangible asset is indefinite, in which case the intangible asset is not amortized.

•Indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for any indication that the life of the intangible asset is no longer indefinite; in such cases, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is amortized prospectively over its remaining useful life.

The initial valuation of an intangible asset as part of the acquisition method of accounting and the subsequent valuation of intangible assets as part of an impairment assessment are subjective and based, in part, on inputs that are unobservable and can be subject to uncertainty. These inputs include, but are not limited to, forecasted cash flows, revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates and discount rates.

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Unanticipated declines in our revenue-generating capability, adverse market or economic events, and regulatory actions, could result in material impairment charges in future periods.

See Notes 2 and 10 to the financial statements for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.

Legal and Regulatory Contingencies

In the normal course of business, we have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution.

Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the third-party entities that are, or would otherwise be, the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt, in financial distress, or may not honor applicable indemnification obligations. These actions have included, but are not limited to, antitrust claims, claims under various false claims act statutes, and matters arising from our sales and trading businesses and our activities in the capital markets.

We are also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding our business, and involving, among other matters, sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making activities, investment banking advisory services, capital markets activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by us, wealth and investment management services, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, disgorgement, restitution, forfeiture, injunctions, limitations on our ability to conduct certain business, or other relief.

We contest liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and we can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss or the range of loss, we accrue an estimated loss by a charge to income.

In many legal proceedings and investigations, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where we have determined that a loss is probable or reasonably possible, or an exposure to loss or range of loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, we are often unable to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss or range of loss. It is particularly difficult to determine if a loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, forfeiture, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved in an investigation or proceeding before a determination can be made that a loss or additional loss (or range of loss or range of additional loss) is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, including through potentially lengthy discovery or determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification, the calculation of damages or other relief, and consideration of novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question.

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals, and the actual cost of a legal claim or

45

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

See Note 14 to the financial statements for additional information on legal contingencies.

Income Taxes

We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which we have business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. We must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws and make estimates about certain items affecting taxable income when determining the provision for income taxes in the various tax jurisdictions.

Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. We periodically evaluate the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the relevant accounting guidance. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

Our provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.

Our deferred tax balances may also include deferred assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. We perform regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax-planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to tax attribute carryforwards before they expire.

Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, we may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount we estimate is more likely than not to be realized at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes may reflect adjustments related to our unrecognized tax benefits.

Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation

allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

See Note 2 to the financial statements for additional information on our significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 21 to the financial statements for additional information on our tax examinations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity and capital policies are established and maintained by senior management, with oversight by the Asset/Liability Management Committee and our Board of Directors (“Board”). Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. Our Corporate Treasury department (“Treasury”), Firm Risk Committee, Asset/Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and managing the impact that our business activities have on our balance sheet, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Balance Sheet

We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.

We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated and business segment levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity and market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need to re-allocate our balance sheet based on business segment needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size and capital usage.

December 2025 Form 10-K46

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Total Assets by Business Segment

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsISWMIMTotal

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents$81,228 $30,426 $41 $111,695

Trading assets at fair value410,573 12,428 5,275 428,276

Investment securities34,111 129,445 — 163,556

Securities purchased under agreements to resell106,728 13,515 — 120,243

Securities borrowed150,902 1,006 — 151,908

Customer and other receivables71,645 41,447 1,628 114,720

Loans1

96,850 181,241 3 278,094

Goodwill

437 10,199 6,090 16,726

Intangible assets

21 2,607 3,382 6,010

Other assets2

17,058 10,703 1,281 29,042

Total assets$969,553 $433,017 $17,700 $1,420,270

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsISWMIMTotal

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents$74,079 $31,072 $235 $105,386

Trading assets at fair value320,003 6,915 4,966 331,884

Investment securities38,096 121,583 — 159,679

Securities purchased under agreements to resell100,404 18,161 — 118,565

Securities borrowed121,901 1,958 — 123,859

Customer and other receivables47,321 37,196 1,641 86,158

Loans1

78,607 159,542 4 238,153

Goodwill

435 10,190 6,081 16,706

Intangible assets

27 2,939 3,487 6,453

Other assets2

15,735 11,292 1,201 28,228

Total assets$796,608 $400,848 $17,615 $1,215,071

1.Amounts include loans held for investment, net of ACL, and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheet (see Note 9 to the financial statements).

2.Other assets primarily includes premises, equipment and software, ROU assets related to leases, other investments and deferred tax assets.

A substantial portion of total assets consists of cash and cash equivalents, liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables. In the Institutional Securities business segment, these arise from market-making, financing and prime brokerage activities, and in the Wealth Management business segment, these arise from banking activities, including management of the investment portfolio.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework

The primary goal of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support the execution of our business strategies.

The following principles guide our Liquidity Risk Management Framework:

•Sufficient liquidity resources, which consist of HQLA and cash deposits with banks (“Liquidity Resources”) should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

•Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

•Source, counterparty, currency, region and term of funding should be diversified; and

•Liquidity Stress Tests should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding.

The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and Liquidity Resources, which support our target liquidity profile.

Required Liquidity Framework

Our Required Liquidity Framework establishes the amount of liquidity we must hold in both normal and stressed environments to ensure that our financial condition and overall soundness are not adversely affected by an inability (or perceived inability) to meet our financial obligations in a timely manner. The Required Liquidity Framework considers the most constraining liquidity requirement to satisfy all regulatory and internal limits at a consolidated and legal entity level.

Liquidity Stress Tests

We use Liquidity Stress Tests to model external and intercompany liquidity flows across multiple scenarios and a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events of different severity and duration. The methodology, implementation, production and analysis of our Liquidity Stress Tests are important components of the Required Liquidity Framework.

The assumptions used in our various Liquidity Stress Test scenarios include, but are not limited to, the following:

•No government support;

•No access to equity and limited access to unsecured debt markets;

•Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;

•Higher haircuts for and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

•Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;

•Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;

•Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

•Drawdowns on lending commitments provided to third parties; and

•Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions.

Liquidity Stress Tests are produced and results are reported at different levels, including major operating subsidiaries and major currencies, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Firm, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress

47

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent Company and that the Parent Company will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, we take into consideration settlement risk related to intraday settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.

At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Liquidity Resources

We maintain sufficient Liquidity Resources, which consist of HQLA and cash deposits with banks, to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. We actively manage the amount of our Liquidity Resources considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements.

The amount of Liquidity Resources we hold is based on our risk appetite and is calibrated to meet various internal and regulatory requirements and to fund prospective business activities. The Liquidity Resources are primarily held within the Parent Company and its major operating subsidiaries. The Total HQLA values in the tables immediately following are different from Eligible HQLA, which, in accordance with the LCR rule, also takes into account certain regulatory weightings and other operational considerations.

Liquidity Resources by Type of Investment

Average Daily BalanceThree Months Ended

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025September 30, 2025

Cash deposits with central banks$67,334 $56,629

Unencumbered HQLA securities1:

U.S. government obligations186,200 189,861

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities89,737 82,958

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2

34,790 30,629

Other investment grade securities358 321

Total HQLA1

$378,419 $360,398

Cash deposits with banks (non-HQLA)7,465 7,692

Total Liquidity Resources$385,884 $368,090

1.HQLA is presented prior to applying weightings and includes all HQLA held in subsidiaries.

2.Primarily composed of unencumbered French, U.K., Japanese, German, Italian, and Spanish government obligations.

Liquidity Resources by Non-Bank and Bank Legal Entities

Average Daily BalanceThree Months Ended

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025September 30, 2025

Non-Bank legal entities

U.S.:

Parent Company$91,181 $90,626

Non-Parent Company58,795 55,786

Total U.S.149,976 146,412

Non-U.S.77,770 70,173

Total Non-Bank legal entities227,746 216,585

Bank legal entities

U.S.150,428 145,349

Non-U.S.7,710 6,156

Total Bank legal entities158,138 151,505

Total Liquidity Resources$385,884 $368,090

Liquidity Resources may fluctuate from period to period based on the overall size and composition of our balance sheet, the maturity profile of our unsecured debt, and estimates of funding needs in a stressed environment, among other factors.

Regulatory Liquidity Framework

Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio

We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are required to maintain a minimum LCR and NSFR of 100%.

The LCR rule requires large banking organizations to have sufficient Eligible HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations. In determining Eligible HQLA for LCR purposes, weightings (or asset haircuts) are applied to HQLA, and certain HQLA held in subsidiaries is excluded.

The NSFR rule requires large banking organizations to maintain an amount of available stable funding, which is their regulatory capital and liabilities subject to standardized weightings, equal to or greater than their required stable funding, which is their projected minimum funding needs, over a one-year time horizon.

As of December 31, 2025, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum LCR and NSFR requirements of 100%.

December 2025 Form 10-K48

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

Average Daily BalanceThree Months Ended

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025September 30, 2025

Eligible HQLA

Cash deposits with central banks$62,425 $51,867

Securities1

232,693 234,905

Total Eligible HQLA

$295,118 $286,772

Net cash outflows$219,706 $222,223

LCR134 %129 %

1.Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds and investment grade corporate bonds.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

Average Daily BalanceThree Months Ended

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025September 30, 2025

Available stable funding

$698,728 $678,009

Required stable funding577,403 565,048

NSFR121 %120 %

Funding Management

We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing.

We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources include our equity capital, borrowings, bank notes, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Treasury allocates interest expense to our businesses based on the tenor and interest rate profile of the assets being funded. Treasury similarly allocates interest income to businesses carrying deposit products and other liabilities across the businesses based on the characteristics of those deposits and other liabilities.

Secured Financing

The liquid nature of the marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment provides us with flexibility in managing the composition of our balance sheet. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, we actively manage our secured financings based on the quality of the assets being funded.

We have established longer-tenor secured funding requirements for less liquid asset classes, for which funding

may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. We define highly liquid assets as government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these criteria.

To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, we have established concentration limits to diversify our investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. As a component of the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, we hold a portion of our Liquidity Resources against the potential disruption to our secured financing capabilities.

In general, we maintain a pool of liquid and easily fundable securities, which takes into account HQLA classifications consistent with LCR definitions, and other regulatory requirements, and provides a valuable future source of liquidity.

Collateralized Financing Transactions

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$272,151 $242,424

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$95,849 $65,293

Securities received as collateral1

$2,449 $9,625

1.Included within Trading assets in the balance sheet.

Average Daily BalanceThree Months Ended

$ in millionsDecember 31, 2025December 31, 2024

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$255,202 $250,354

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$90,397 $74,949

See “Total Assets by Business Segment” herein for additional information on the assets shown in the previous table and Notes 2 and 8 to the financial statements for additional information on collateralized financing transactions.

In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are held in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet, and payables under these financing transactions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheet. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies and the elements of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

Unsecured Financing

We view deposits and borrowings as stable sources of funding for unencumbered securities and non-security assets. Our unsecured financings include borrowings and certificates of

49

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

deposit carried at fair value, which are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts that are not classified as derivatives because they fail the initial net investment criterion. As part of our asset/liability management strategy, when appropriate, we use derivatives to make adjustments to the interest rate risk profile of our borrowings (see Notes 6 and 13 to the financial statements).

Deposits

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Savings and demand deposits:

Brokerage sweep deposits1

$145,237 $142,550

Savings and other170,646 157,348

Total Savings and demand deposits315,883 299,898

Time deposits2

99,640 76,109

Total3

$415,523 $376,007

1.Amounts represent balances swept from client brokerage accounts.

2.Our Time deposits are predominantly brokered certificates of deposit.

3.Our deposits are primarily held in U.S. offices.

Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics relative to other sources of funding. Each category of deposits presented above has a different cost profile and clients may respond differently to changes in interest rates and other macroeconomic conditions. Total deposits in 2025 increased primarily due to increases in Time and Savings deposits.

Borrowings by Maturity at December 31, 20251

$ in millionsParentCompanySubsidiariesTotal

Original maturities of one year or less$— $7,254 $7,254

Original maturities greater than one year

2026$11,568 $14,667 $26,235

202722,066 17,551 39,617

202816,080 28,682 44,762

202923,549 12,961 36,510

203016,080 14,840 30,920

Thereafter110,985 52,652 163,637

Total greater than one year$200,328 $141,353 $341,681

Total$200,328 $148,607 $348,935

1.Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, maturity represents the earliest put date.

Borrowings of $349 billion at December 31, 2025 increased when compared with $289 billion at December 31, 2024, primarily due to non-bank issuances net of maturities and redemptions.

We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings

with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit-sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.

The availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. We also engage in, and may continue to engage in, repurchases of our borrowings as part of our market-making activities.

For further information on Borrowings, see Note 13 to the financial statements.

Credit Ratings

We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. Our credit ratings are one of the factors in the cost and availability of financing and can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as certain OTC derivative transactions. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider both company-specific and industry-wide factors. See also “Risk Factors—Liquidity Risk” herein.

Parent Company and U.S. Bank Subsidiaries Issuer Ratings at February 13, 2026

Parent Company

Short-Term DebtLong-Term DebtRating Outlook

DBRS, Inc.R-1 (middle)AA (low)Stable

Fitch Ratings, Inc.F1A+Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1A1Stable

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.a-1A+Stable

S&P Global RatingsA-2A-Stable

MSBNA

Short-Term DebtLong-Term DebtRating Outlook

Fitch Ratings, Inc.F1+AA-Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1Aa3Stable

S&P Global RatingsA-1A+Stable

MSPBNA

Short-Term DebtLong-Term DebtRating Outlook

Fitch Ratings, Inc.F1+AA-Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1Aa3Stable

S&P Global RatingsA-1A+Stable

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments

In connection with certain OTC derivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability

December 2025 Form 10-K50

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position. See Note 6 to the financial statements for additional information on OTC derivatives that contain such contingent features.

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among other things, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency before the downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management

We view capital as an important source of financial strength and actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements, such as the SCB, and rating agency guidelines. In the future, we may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses.

Common Stock Repurchases

in millions, except for per share data202520242023

Number of shares32 33 62

Average price per share$141.33 $99.16 $85.35

Total$4,585 $3,250 $5,300

For additional information on our common stock repurchases, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein and Note 17 to the financial statements.

For a description of our capital plan, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.

Common Stock Dividend Announcement

Announcement dateJanuary 15, 2026

Amount per share$1.00

Date paidFebruary 13, 2026

Shareholders of record as ofJanuary 30, 2026

For additional information on our common stock dividends, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.

For additional information on our common stock and information on our preferred stock, see Note 17 to the financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated SPEs and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.

We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see Note 15 to the financial statements.

For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 14 to the financial statements. For a further discussion of our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Loans and Lending Commitments” herein.

Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

We are a FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and well-capitalized standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and on certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve, and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are swap entities, see Note 16 to the financial statements.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital and TLAC ratios. For additional information on TLAC, see “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of

51

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

regulatory minimum required ratios plus our capital conservation buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.

Capital Buffer Requirements

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024 At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

StandardizedStandardizedAdvanced

Capital buffers

Fixed 2.5% buffer—%—%2.5%

SCB1

4.3%6.0%N/A

G-SIB capital surcharge2

3.0%3.0%3.0%

CCyB3

—%—%—%

Capital conservation buffer requirement7.3%9.0%5.5%

1.For additional information on the SCB, see “Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.

2.For a further discussion of the G-SIB capital surcharge, see “G-SIB Capital Surcharge” herein.

3.The CCyB can be set up to 2.5% but is currently set by the Federal Reserve at zero.

The capital conservation buffer requirement represents the amount of CET1 capital we must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. Our capital conservation buffer requirement computed under the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market RWAs (“Standardized Approach”) is equal to the sum of our SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB, and our capital conservation buffer requirement computed under the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs (“Advanced Approach”) is equal to the sum of a fixed 2.5% buffer, our G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB. Based on 2025 data, the Firm estimates that its G-SIB Surcharge will potentially increase in the future from 3.0% to 3.5%. This change, if it occurs, would not take effect before January 1, 2028.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements

Regulatory MinimumAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024 At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

StandardizedStandardizedAdvanced

Required ratios1

CET1 capital ratio

4.5%11.8%13.5%10.0%

Tier 1 capital ratio6.0%13.3%15.0%11.5%

Total capital ratio8.0%15.3%17.0%13.5%

1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital conservation buffer requirement.

Risk-Weighted Assets. RWA reflects both our on- and off-balance sheet risk, as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from the following:

•Credit risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to us;

•Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

•Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyberattacks or damage to physical assets).

Our risk-based capital ratios are computed under each of (i) the Standardized Approach and (ii) the Advanced Approach. The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights and exposure methodologies, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the differences between the actual and required ratios were lower under the Standardized Approach.

Leverage-Based Regulatory Capital. Leverage-based capital requirements include a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, a minimum SLR of 3% and an enhanced supplementary leverage ratio (“eSLR”) capital buffer of at least 2%. For additional information, see “Regulatory Developments and Other Matters—Final Rulemaking on Changes to the Enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio” herein.

December 2025 Form 10-K52

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Regulatory Capital Ratios

Risk-based capital

StandardizedAdvanced

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Risk-based

capital

CET1 capital$83,153 $75,095 $83,153 $75,095

Tier 1 capital92,728 84,790 92,728 84,790

Total capital103,449 95,567 102,680 94,846

Total RWA552,515 471,834 514,158 477,331

Risk-based capital ratios

CET1 capital15.0%15.9%16.2%15.7%

Tier 1 capital16.8%18.0%18.0%17.8%

Total capital18.7%20.3%20.0%19.9%

Required ratios1

CET1 capital11.8%13.5%10.0%10.0%

Tier 1 capital13.3%15.0%11.5%11.5%

Total capital15.3%17.0%13.5%13.5%

1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.

Leverage-based capital

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Leverage-based capital

Adjusted average assets1

$1,383,314 $1,223,779

Supplementary leverage exposure2

1,717,775 1,517,687

Leverage-based capital ratios

Tier 1 leverage6.7%6.9%

SLR5.4%5.6%

Required ratios3

Tier 1 leverage4.0%4.0%

SLR5.0%5.0%

1.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, non-cash after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.

2.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

3.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.

Regulatory Capital

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024 Change

CET1 capital

Common shareholders’ equity

$101,882 $94,761 $7,121

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

Net goodwill(16,373)(16,354)(19)

Net intangible assets(4,663)(5,003)340

Impact of CECL transition

— 62 (61)

Other adjustments and deductions1

2,307 1,629 678

Total CET1

capital

$83,153 $75,095 $8,058

Additional Tier 1 capital

Preferred stock$9,750 $9,750 $—

Noncontrolling interests823 807 16

Additional Tier 1 capital$10,573 $10,557 $16

Deduction for investments in covered funds(998)(862)(136)

Total Tier 1 capital$92,728 $84,790 $7,938

Standardized Tier 2 capital

Subordinated debt$8,380 $8,851 $(471)

Eligible ACL2,411 2,065 346

Other adjustments and deductions(70)(139)69

Total Standardized Tier 2 capital$10,721 $10,777 $(56)

Total Standardized capital$103,449 $95,567 $7,882

Advanced Tier 2 capital

Subordinated debt$8,380 $8,851 $(471)

Eligible credit reserves1,642 1,344 298

Other adjustments and deductions(70)(139)69

Total Advanced Tier 2 capital$9,952 $10,056 $(104)

Total Advanced capital$102,680 $94,846 $7,834

1.Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of CET1 capital primarily includes net after-tax DVA, the credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, defined benefit pension plan assets, non-cash after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments and certain deferred tax assets.

53

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

RWA Rollforward

$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced

Credit risk RWA

Balance at December 31, 2024$417,982 $316,429

Change related to the following items:

Derivatives21,522 15,259

Securities financing transactions22,249 4,593

Investment securities(718)(1,289)

Commitments, guarantees and loans22,203 5,565

Equity investments4,029 4,538

Other credit risk5,939 4,835

Total change in credit risk RWA$75,224 $33,501

Balance at December 31, 2025$493,206 $349,930

Market risk RWA

Balance at December 31, 2024$53,852 $54,322

Change related to the following items:

Regulatory VaR2,637 2,637

Regulatory stressed VaR526 526

Incremental risk charge(2,114)(2,114)

Comprehensive risk measure(6)(434)

Specific risk4,414 4,408

Total change in market risk RWA$5,457 $5,023

Balance at December 31, 2025$59,309 $59,345

Operational risk RWA

Balance at December 31, 2024N/A$106,580

Change in operational risk RWAN/A(1,697)

Balance at December 31, 2025N/A$104,883

Total RWA$552,515 $514,158

Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements

In 2025, Credit risk RWA increased under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. Under the Standardized Approach, the increase was primarily due to higher Securities financing transactions, Commitments, guarantees and loans, Derivatives exposures, particularly in foreign exchange and equities, and Other credit risk. Under the Advanced Approach, the increase was primarily due to higher Derivatives exposures, particularly in foreign exchange, Commitments, guarantees and loans, and Other credit risk.

Market risk RWA increased in 2025 under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, primarily driven by higher Specific Risk due to Non-Securitization standardized charges and Regulatory VaR, partially offset by lower incremental risk charges driven by decreased exposure to non-investment grade issuances.

The decrease in Operational risk RWA in 2025 is primarily due to lower execution-related losses, partially offset by an increase in litigation-related incidents.

G-SIB Capital Surcharge

We and other U.S. G-SIBs are subject to an additional risk-based capital surcharge, the G-SIB capital surcharge, which must be satisfied using CET1 capital. The surcharge is calculated based on the G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, and complexity and

substitutability (“Method 1”) or use of short-term wholesale funding (“Method 2”), whichever is higher.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements

The Federal Reserve has established external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements for top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIBs (“covered BHCs”), including the Parent Company. These requirements are designed to ensure that covered BHCs will have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of eligible LTD to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible LTD or other forms of TLAC where an SPOE resolution strategy is used (see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk”).

These TLAC and eligible LTD requirements include various restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to: be issued by the covered BHC; be unsecured; have a maturity of one year or more from the date of issuance; and not contain certain embedded features, such as a principal or redemption amount subject to reduction based on the performance of an asset, entity or index, or a similar feature. In addition, the requirements provide permanent grandfathering for debt instruments issued prior to December 31, 2016 that would be eligible LTD but for having impermissible acceleration clauses or being governed by foreign law.

A covered BHC is also required to maintain minimum external TLAC equal to the greater of (i) 18% of total RWA or (ii) 7.5% of total leverage exposure (the SLR denominator). Covered BHCs must also meet a minimum external LTD requirement equal to the greater of (i) total RWA multiplied by the sum of 6% plus the higher of the Method 1 or Method 2 G-SIB capital surcharge or (ii) 4.5% of its total leverage exposure.

TLAC buffer requirements are imposed on top of both the risk-based and leverage exposure-based external TLAC minimum requirements. The risk-based TLAC buffer is equal to the sum of 2.5%, our Method 1 G-SIB surcharge and the CCyB, if any, as a percentage of total RWA. The leverage exposure-based TLAC buffer is equal to 2% of our total leverage exposure. For additional information on TLAC and LTD requirements, see “Regulatory Developments and Other Matters—Final Rulemaking on Changes to the Enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio” herein. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

December 2025 Form 10-K54

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Required and Actual TLAC and Eligible LTD Ratios

ActualAmount/Ratio

$ in millionsRegulatory MinimumRequired Ratio1

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

External TLAC2

$284,259 $266,146

External TLAC as a % of RWA18.0%21.5%51.4%55.8%

External TLAC as a % of leverage exposure7.5%9.5%16.5%17.5%

Eligible LTD3

$181,401 $169,690

Eligible LTD as a % of RWA9.0%9.0%32.8%35.5%

Eligible LTD as a % of leverage exposure4.5%4.5%10.6%11.2%

1.Required ratios are inclusive of applicable buffers.

2.External TLAC consists of CET1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital (each excluding any noncontrolling minority interests), as well as eligible LTD.

3.Consists of TLAC-eligible LTD reduced by 50% for amounts of unpaid principal due to be paid in more than one year but less than two years from each respective balance sheet date.

Furthermore, under the clean holding company requirements, a covered BHC is prohibited from incurring any external debt with an original maturity of less than one year or certain other liabilities, regardless of whether the liabilities are fully secured or otherwise senior to eligible LTD, or entering into certain other prohibited transactions. Certain other external liabilities, including those with certain embedded features noted above, are subject to a cap equal to 5% of the covered BHC’s outstanding external TLAC amount. Additionally, as of April 1, 2021, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are required to make certain deductions from regulatory capital for investments in certain unsecured debt instruments (including eligible LTD in the TLAC framework) issued by the Parent Company or other G-SIBs.

We are in compliance with all TLAC requirements as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer

The Federal Reserve has capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR framework.

We must submit, on at least an annual basis, a capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate annual stress tests designed by us and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess our systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain our internal capital adequacy. As insured depository institutions (“IDIs”) with less than $250 billion of average total assets over the four most recent consecutive quarters, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are not subject to company-run stress test regulatory requirements.

The capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance or redemption of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases) and any similar action that the

Federal Reserve determines could impact our consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios and how we will serve as a source of strength to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance setting out its heightened expectations for capital planning practices at certain large financial institutions, including us.

As part of its annual capital supervisory stress testing process, the Federal Reserve determines an SCB for each large BHC, including us. The SCB applies only with respect to Standardized Approach risk-based capital requirements and replaced the CET1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5%. The SCB is the greater of (i) the maximum decline in our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio under the severely adverse scenario over the supervisory stress test measurement period plus the sum of the four quarters of planned common stock dividends divided by the projected RWAs from the quarter in which the Firm’s projected Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio reaches its minimum in the supervisory stress test and (ii) 2.5%.

The supervisory stress test assumes that BHCs generally maintain a constant level of assets and RWAs throughout the projection period.

A firm’s SCB is subject to revision each year, taking effect from October 1 to reflect the results of the Federal Reserve’s annual supervisory stress test. The Federal Reserve has discretion to recalculate a firm’s SCB outside of the October 1 annual cycle and to require approval for certain actions, in some circumstances. The Federal Reserve also has the authority to impose restrictions on capital actions as a supervisory matter.

For the 2025 capital planning and stress test cycle, we submitted our capital plan and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on April 7, 2025. On September 30, 2025, the Federal Reserve announced that it had reduced Morgan Stanley’s SCB from 5.1% to 4.3%, effective on October 1, 2025 in response to the Firm seeking reconsideration of its preliminary SCB announced in June 2025. Together with other features of the regulatory capital framework, this SCB results in an aggregate Standardized Approach CET1 ratio of 11.8%. Generally, our SCB is determined annually based on the results of the supervisory stress test.

During 2025, the Federal Reserve proposed revisions to the SCB, CCAR and supervisory stress testing frameworks and, on February 4, 2026, the Federal Reserve indicated that it does not expect to adopt final versions of the proposed stress test models prior to conducting the 2026 supervisory stress test. As a result, the Federal Reserve has announced that it expects the Firm will continue to be subject to its current SCB requirement of 4.3% until October 1, 2027, at which time a new SCB requirement may apply based on the results of the supervisory stress test conducted in 2027. If relevant, the Firm

55

December 2025 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

will provide updated information on applicable regulatory capital standards in response to a final rulemaking. See “Regulatory Developments and Other Matters—Proposed Changes to Capital Requirements” and “Regulatory Developments and Other Matters—Supervisory Stress Testing” herein.

We also disclosed a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests on our Investor Relations website and increased our quarterly common stock dividend to $1.00 per share from $0.925, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 16, 2025.

Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework

Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated under the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital.

The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverage-based capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. The amount of capital allocated to the business segments is generally set at the beginning of each year and remains fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset unless a significant business change occurs (e.g., acquisition or disposition). We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent Company common equity. We generally hold Parent Company common equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, potential future acquisitions and other capital needs.

Average Common Equity Attribution under the Required Capital Framework1

$ in billions202520242023

Institutional Securities$48.4 $45.0 $45.6

Wealth Management

29.4 29.1 28.8

Investment Management

10.6 10.8 10.4

Parent9.6 6.8 6.0

Total$98.0 $91.7 $90.8

1.The attribution of average common equity to the business segments is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

We continue to evaluate our Required Capital framework with respect to the impact of evolving regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

Resolution and Recovery Planning

We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. We submitted our 2025 targeted resolution plan on June 30, 2025. For more information about resolution planning requirements, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning.”

As described in our most recent resolution plan, our preferred resolution strategy is an SPOE strategy, which would impose losses on the holders of eligible LTD and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on creditors of our supported entities and without requiring taxpayer or government financial support.

The obligations of the Parent Company and the Funding IHC under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) and the assets of the Funding IHC. As a result, claims of our supported entities, including the Funding IHC, with respect to the secured assets, are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, including the implications of such activities in a resolution scenario, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”

Regulatory Developments and Other Matters

Proposed Changes to Capital Requirements

On April 17, 2025, the Federal Reserve proposed revisions to the SCB and CCAR frameworks applicable to us, aimed at reducing the volatility of the capital requirements stemming from the Federal Reserve’s annual stress test results. Under the proposal, our SCB would be based, in part, on the average of the post-stress capital decline embedded in the Federal Reserve’s stress test results over two consecutive years. Additionally, the proposal would shift the annual effective date of the revised SCB from October 1 to January 1 of the following year and modify certain elements of the Federal Reserve’s CCAR program.

Final Rulemaking on Changes to the Enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio

On November 25, 2025, the U.S. banking agencies adopted a final rule modifying eSLR standards applicable to U.S. G-SIBs and their U.S. IDI subsidiaries. Under the final rule, the eSLR buffer applicable to U.S. G-SIBs equals 50% of each

December 2025 Form 10-K56

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

BHC’s Method 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, applied above the 3.0% minimum SLR requirement. The eSLR buffer applicable to U.S. G-SIBs’ IDI subsidiaries has the same form and calibration as the BHC-level standard but is capped at 1.0%, applied above the 3.0% minimum SLR requirement. The final rule also included conforming modifications to total leverage exposure calculations in U.S. G-SIBs’ TLAC and LTD requirements. The effective date of the final rule is April 1, 2026, with optional early adoption on January 1, 2026.

The Firm and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries elected to early adopt the final rule as of January 1, 2026. Because our Method 1 G-SIB capital surcharge is 1.0%, the Firm and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries will be subject to a 3.5% SLR standard (inclusive of a 0.5% eSLR buffer) for the quarter ended March 31, 2026, as compared with the prior standards, which imposed a 5.0% SLR standard on the Firm (inclusive of a 2.0% eSLR buffer) and a 6.0% SLR standard on its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries (inclusive of a 3.0% eSLR buffer).

Supervisory Stress Testing

On October 24, 2025, the Federal Reserve proposed revisions to its supervisory stress testing framework through two related proposals. The first proposal would modify the timeline and operation of the annual supervisory stress test, including through revisions to the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress testing policy statements, and solicits comment on the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress testing models. The second proposal solicited comment on the Federal Reserve’s proposed scenarios for the 2026 supervisory stress test. On February 4, 2026, the Federal Reserve finalized the second proposal, and in addition announced that it expects the Firm will continue to be subject to its current SCB requirement of 4.3% until October 1, 2027. We continue to monitor developments related to the open proposal.

57

December 2025 Form 10-K

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk

Risk Management

Overview

Risk is an inherent part of our businesses and activities. We believe effective risk management is vital to the success of our business activities. Accordingly, we have an Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) framework to integrate the diverse roles of risk management into a holistic enterprise structure and to facilitate the incorporation of risk assessment into decision-making processes across the Firm.

We have policies and procedures in place to identify, measure, monitor, escalate, mitigate and control the principal risks involved in the activities of the Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, significant operating subsidiaries, as well as at the Parent Company level. The principal risks involved in our business activities are both financial and non-financial and include market (including non-trading interest rate risk), credit, liquidity, model, operational (including cybersecurity), compliance (including conduct), financial crimes, strategic and reputational risks. Strategic risk is integrated into our business planning, embedded in the evaluation of all principal risks and overseen by the Board.

The cornerstone of our risk management philosophy is the pursuit of risk-adjusted returns through prudent risk taking that protects our capital base and franchise. This philosophy is implemented through the ERM framework. Five key principles underlie this philosophy: integrity, comprehensiveness, independence, accountability and transparency. To help ensure the efficacy of risk management, which is an essential component of our reputation, senior

management requires thorough and frequent reporting and the appropriate escalation of risk matters. The fast-paced, complex and constantly evolving nature of global financial markets requires us to maintain a risk management culture that is incisive, knowledgeable about specialized products and markets, and subject to ongoing review and enhancement.

Our risk appetite defines the aggregate level and types of risk that the Firm is willing to accept to achieve its business objectives, taking into account the interests of clients and fiduciary duties to shareholders, as well as capital and other regulatory requirements. This risk appetite is embedded in our risk culture and linked to our short-term and long-term strategic, capital and financial plans, as well as compensation programs. This risk appetite and the related Board-level risk limits and risk tolerance statements are reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board (“BRC”) and/or the Board, as applicable, on at least an annual basis.

Risk Governance Structure

Risk management at the Firm requires independent Firm-level oversight, accountability of our business segments and effective communication of risk matters across the Firm, to senior management and ultimately to the Board. Our risk governance structure is set forth in the following chart and also includes risk managers, committees and groups within and across business segments and operating legal entities. The ERM framework, composed of independent but complementary entities, facilitates efficient and comprehensive supervision of our risk exposures and processes.

RRP—Resolution and Recovery Planning

1.Committees include the Capital Commitment Committee, Equity Underwriting Committee, Global Large Loan Committee, Leveraged Finance Underwriting Committee and Municipal Capital Commitment Committee.

2.Committees include the Investment Management Risk Committee, Securities Risk Committee and Wealth Management Risk Committee.

December 2025 Form 10-K58

Risk Disclosures

Morgan Stanley Board of Directors

The Board has oversight of the ERM framework and is responsible for helping to ensure that our risks are managed in a sound manner. The Board has authorized the committees within the ERM framework to help facilitate our risk oversight responsibilities. As set forth in the Board’s Corporate Governance Policies, the Board also oversees, and receives reports on, our financial performance, strategy and business plans, as well as our practices and procedures relating to reputational and franchise risk, and culture, values and conduct.

Risk Committee of the Board

The BRC assists the Board in its oversight of the ERM framework; oversees significant financial risk exposures of the Firm, including market, credit, model and liquidity risk, against established risk measurement methodologies and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; oversees our risk appetite statement, including risk tolerance levels and limits; reviews capital, liquidity and funding strategy and planning and related guidelines and policies; reviews the contingency funding plan and capital planning process; oversees our significant risk governance, risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies; oversees the performance of the Chief Risk Officer; reviews reports from our Strategic Transactions Committee, CCAR Committee and RRP Committee; reviews significant new product risk, emerging risks, regulatory matters and climate risk; and reviews reports from the Chief Audit Officer regarding the results of reviews and assessments of the risk management, liquidity and capital functions. The BRC reports to the Board on a regular basis and coordinates with the Board and other Board committees with respect to oversight of risk management and risk assessment guidelines.

Audit Committee of the Board

The Audit Committee of the Board (“BAC”) oversees the integrity of our financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and system of internal controls; oversees risk management and risk assessment guidelines in coordination with the Board and other Board committees; reviews the major legal, compliance and financial crime risk exposures of the Firm and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; appoints, compensates, retains, oversees, evaluates and, when appropriate, replaces the independent auditor; oversees the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditor and pre-approves audit and permitted non-audit services; oversees the performance of our Chief Audit Officer; and, after review, recommends to the Board the acceptance and inclusion of the annual audited financial statements in the Firm’s annual report on Form 10-K. The BAC reports to the Board on a regular basis.

Operations and Technology Committee of the Board

The Operations and Technology Committee of the Board (“BOTC”) oversees our operations and technology strategy and significant investments in support of such strategy; oversees operational risk, including information technology, information security, fraud, third-party oversight, business disruption and resilience and cybersecurity risks and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures. The BOTC reviews and approves significant operations and technology policies. The BOTC also reviews risk management and risk assessment guidelines in coordination with the Board and other Board committees, and policies regarding operational risk. The BOTC reports to the Board on a regular basis.

Firm Risk Committee

The Board has also authorized the Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”), a management committee appointed and co-chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Risk Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Firm from the business, independent risk functions and control groups, to help oversee the ERM framework. The FRC’s responsibilities include: oversight of our risk management principles, procedures, limits and tolerances; the monitoring of capital levels and material market, credit, operational, model, liquidity, legal, compliance, reputational and other risks, as appropriate; and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The FRC also establishes and communicates risk appetite, including aggregate Firm limits and tolerances, as appropriate. The Governance Process Review Subcommittee of the FRC oversees governance and process issues on behalf of the FRC. The FRC reports to the Board, the BAC, the BOTC and the BRC through the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Head of Non-Financial Risk.

Functional Risk and Control Committees

Functional risk and control committees and other committees within the ERM framework facilitate efficient and comprehensive supervision of our risk exposures and processes.

Each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits and/or tolerances for market, credit, operational and other risks, as applicable; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies, procedures, controls and systems that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, our aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of our risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

59

December 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures

Chief Risk Officer

The Chief Risk Officer, who is independent of business units, reports to the BRC and the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Risk Officer oversees compliance with our financial risk limits; approves exceptions to our financial risk limits; independently reviews material market, credit, model and liquidity risks; and reviews results of risk management processes with the Board, the BRC, the BOTC and the BAC, as appropriate. The Chief Risk Officer oversees the ERM framework, which includes non-financial risk, and coordinates with the the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Executive Officer regarding capital and liquidity management and works with the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board (“CMDS Committee”) to help ensure that the structure and design of incentive compensation arrangements do not encourage unnecessary and excessive risk taking.

Head of Non-Financial Risk

The Head of Non-Financial Risk, who is independent of business units, reports to the Chief Legal Officer and Chief Administrative Officer. The Head of Non-Financial Risk oversees the compliance, financial crimes and operational risk management functions; independently reviews non-financial risks, including compliance (including conduct), financial crimes, and operational (including cybersecurity) risks, as well as material regulatory risks; and reviews results of risk management processes with the Board, the BAC, the BOTC, the BRC, and the CMDS Committee, as appropriate. The Head of Non-Financial Risk also reports to the Chief Risk Officer as part of his oversight of the ERM Framework.

Independent Risk Management Functions

The Financial Risk Management functions (Market Risk, Credit Risk, Model Risk, Liquidity Risk, Climate Risk, Electronic Trading Risk and Risk Analytics) and Non-Financial Risk Management functions (Compliance, Global Financial Crimes, and Operational Risk) are independent of our business units and report to the Chief Risk Officer and Head of Non-Financial Risk, respectively. These functions assist senior management and the FRC in monitoring and controlling our risk through a number of control processes. Each function maintains its own risk governance structure with specified individuals and committees responsible for aspects of managing risk. Further discussion about the responsibilities of the risk management functions may be found under “Market Risk,” “Credit Risk,” “Operational Risk,” “Model Risk,” “Liquidity Risk,” “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk,” and “Climate Risk” herein.

Support and Control Functions

Our support and control groups include, but are not limited to, the Legal Department, the Finance Division, the Technology Division (“Technology”), the Operations Division (“Operations”), Human Resources, Corporate Services and

Global Centers. Our support and control functions coordinate with the business segment control groups to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, controls over financial reporting and disclosure; each business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile; liquidity risks; model risks; sales practices; reputational, legal enforceability, compliance and regulatory risks; and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Firm and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo thorough review.

Internal Audit Department

The Internal Audit Department (“IAD”) independently identifies and assesses risks facing the Firm and provides independent, objective and timely assurance to stakeholders about the effectiveness of risk management, governance and controls over key risks within the Firm’s businesses and functions. Activities (including outsourced activities) and entities of the Firm (including subsidiaries, affiliates and branches) are subject to IAD coverage. IAD designs and executes a comprehensive risk-based assurance plan to fulfill its role and purpose, which includes assessing compliance with policies, procedures and laws and regulations. IAD may conduct other assurance work, such as retrospective reviews, pre-implementation reviews, and investigations as requested by the BAC, senior management or the Firm’s regulators.

IAD executes its activities in accordance with the mandatory elements of The Institute of Internal Auditors’ Global Internal Audit Standards, as well as the Firm’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, regulatory requirements, and IAD’s policies, procedures, standards and guidance. The Chief Audit Officer, who reports directly to the Chair of the BAC and administratively to the Firm’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), communicates the results of IAD activities to the BAC on a quarterly basis and periodically to the BRC and BOTC.

Culture, Values and Conduct of Employees

Employees of the Firm are accountable for conducting themselves in accordance with our core values: Put Clients First, Do the Right Thing, Lead with Exceptional Ideas, Commit to Diversity and Inclusion, and Give Back. We are committed to reinforcing and confirming adherence to our core values through our governance framework, tone from the top, management oversight, risk management and controls, and three lines of defense structure (risk owners within the business, our independent risk management functions, including the Financial Risk Management and Non-Financial Risk Management functions, and IAD).

The Board is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s practices and procedures relating to culture, values and conduct, as set forth in the Board’s Corporate Governance Policies. Senior management committees oversee the Firmwide culture, values

December 2025 Form 10-K60

Risk Disclosures

and conduct program and report regularly to the Board. A fundamental building block of these programs is the Firm’s Code of Conduct, which establishes standards for employee conduct that further reinforce the Firm’s commitment to integrity and ethical conduct. Every new hire and every employee annually is required to certify to their understanding of and adherence to the Code of Conduct. The Firm’s Global Conduct Risk Management Policy also sets out a consistent global framework for managing conduct risk (i.e., the risk arising from misconduct by employees or contingent workers) and conduct risk incidents at the Firm.

The employee annual performance review process includes evaluation of employee conduct related to risk management practices and the Firm’s expectations. We also have several mutually reinforcing processes to identify employee conduct that may have an impact on employment status, current-year compensation and/or prior-year compensation. For example, the Global Incentive Compensation Discretion Policy sets forth standards for managers when making annual compensation decisions and specifically provides that managers must consider whether their employees effectively managed and/or supervised risk control practices during the performance year. Control function management meets to discuss employees whose conduct is not in line with our expectations. These results are incorporated into identified employees’ performance reviews and compensation and promotion decisions.

The Firm’s clawback and cancellation provisions apply to deferred incentive compensation and cover a broad scope of employee conduct, including any act or omission (including with respect to direct supervisory responsibilities) that constitutes a breach of obligation to the Firm or causes a restatement of the Firm’s financial results, constitutes a violation of the Firm’s global risk management principles, policies and standards, or causes a loss of revenue associated with a position on which the employee was paid and the employee operated outside of risk management policies.

Risk Limits Framework

Risk limits and quantitative metrics provide the basis for monitoring risk-taking activity and avoiding outsized risk taking. Our risk-taking capacity is sized through the Firm’s capital planning process where losses are estimated under the Firm’s BHC Severely Adverse stress testing scenario. We also maintain a comprehensive suite of risk limits and quantitative metrics to support and implement our risk-appetite statement. Our risk limits support linkages between the overall risk appetite, which is reviewed by the Board, and more granular risk-taking decisions and activities.

Risk limits, once established, are reviewed and updated on an annual basis, with more frequent updates as necessary. Board-level risk limits address the most important Firmwide aggregations of risk. Additional risk limits approved by the FRC address more specific types of risk and are bound by the higher-level Board risk limits.

Risk Management Process

In subsequent sections, we discuss our risk management policies and procedures for our primary risks involved in the activities of our Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments. These sections and the estimated amounts of our risk exposure generated by our statistical analyses are forward-looking statements. However, the analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due to events in the markets in which we operate and certain other factors described in the following paragraphs.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, we incur market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of our VaR for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, we incur non-trading market risk, principally within the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments. The Wealth Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk (including interest rate risk) from lending and deposit-taking activities. The Investment Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk from capital investments in its funds.

Market risk also includes non-trading interest rate risk. Non-trading interest rate risk in the banking book (amounts classified for regulatory capital purposes under the banking book regime) refers to the exposure that a change in interest rates will result in prospective earnings and fair value changes for assets and liabilities in the banking book.

Sound market risk management is an integral part of our culture. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. The Firm’s control functions help ensure that these risks are measured and closely monitored and are made transparent to senior management. The Market Risk Department is responsible for ensuring the transparency of material market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management.

To execute these responsibilities, the Market Risk Department monitors our risk against limits on aggregate risk exposures, performs a variety of risk analyses, routinely reports risk summaries, and maintains our VaR and scenario analysis systems. Market risk is also monitored through various measures: by use of statistics (including VaR and related analytical measures), by measures of position size and sensitivity, and through routine stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified

61

December 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures

changes in market factors and scenarios designed by the Market Risk Department in collaboration with the business units. The material risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Market Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management, the FRC, the BRC and the Board.

Trading Risks

Primary Market Risk Exposures and Market Risk Management

We have exposures to a wide range of risks related to interest rates and credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices as well as the associated implied volatilities, correlations and spreads of the global markets in which we conduct our trading activities.

We are exposed to interest rate and credit spread risk as a result of our market-making activities and other trading in interest rate-sensitive financial instruments (i.e., risk arising from changes in the level or implied volatility of interest rates, the timing of mortgage prepayments, the shape of the yield curve and/or credit spreads). The activities from which those exposures arise and the markets in which we are active include, but are not limited to: derivatives, corporate and government debt across both developed and emerging markets and asset-backed debt, including mortgage-related securities.

We are exposed to equity price, correlation and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in equity securities and derivatives and maintaining other positions, including positions in non-public entities. Positions in non-public entities may include, but are not limited to, exposures to private equity, venture capital, private partnerships, real estate funds and other funds. Such positions are less liquid, have longer investment horizons and are more difficult to hedge than listed equities.

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate, correlation and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in foreign currencies and foreign currency derivatives, from maintaining foreign exchange positions and from holding non-U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments.

We are exposed to commodity price and implied volatility risk as a result of market-making activities in commodity products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, oil and precious metals. Commodity exposures are subject to periods of high price volatility as a result of changes in supply and demand. These changes can be caused by weather conditions, physical production and transportation, or geopolitical and other events that affect the available supply and level of demand for these commodities.

We manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk-mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related

securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Hedging activities may not always provide effective mitigation against trading losses due to differences in the terms, specific characteristics or other basis risks that may exist between the hedge instrument and the risk exposure that is being hedged.

We manage the market risk associated with our trading activities on a Firmwide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. We manage and monitor our market risk exposures in such a way as to maintain a portfolio that we believe is well diversified in the aggregate with respect to market risk factors and that reflects our aggregate risk tolerance as established by our senior management.

Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the Firm across all divisions worldwide. Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by our senior management.

Value-at-Risk

The statistical technique known as VaR is one of the tools we use to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of our trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

We estimate VaR using a model based on a one-year equal-weighted historical simulation for general market risk factors and name-specific risk in corporate equities and related derivatives, and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in bonds, loans and related derivatives. The model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors, and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes.

VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over a one-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The 95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

Our VaR model generally takes into account linear and non-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks for all asset classes and non-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign

December 2025 Form 10-K62

Risk Disclosures

exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives, as well as certain basis risks (e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).

We use VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR has various limitations, which include, but are not limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in a single day, which does not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR.

The modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies on approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. We are aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, use VaR as only one component in our risk management oversight process. This process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis and control at the trading desk, division and Firm levels.

We update our VaR model in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. We are committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of our regular process improvements, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.

Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of our future revenues or financial performance or of our ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that our actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated in the following tables or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days for a 95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses that, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the firms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions and methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more useful when interpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk profile rather than as an absolute measure of risk to be compared across firms.

Our regulators have approved the same VaR model we use for risk management purposes for use in regulatory calculations.

The portfolio of positions used for Management VaR differs from that used for Regulatory VaR. Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR.

95%/One-Day Management VaR

2025

$ in millionsPeriodEndAverageHigh1

Low1

Interest rate and credit spread$27 $30 $43 $20

Equity price27 30 44 17

Foreign exchange rate7 12 22 6

Commodity price13 16 27 11

Less: Diversification benefit2

(36)(39)N/AN/A

Primary Risk Categories$38 $49 $63 $34

Credit Portfolio14 18 23 13

Less: Diversification benefit2

(8)(15)N/AN/A

Total Management VaR$44 $52 $64 $38

2024

$ in millionsPeriodEndAverageHigh1

Low1

Interest rate and credit spread$23 $31 $52 $19

Equity price21 23 39 17

Foreign exchange rate10 10 15 6

Commodity price18 15 23 10

Less: Diversification benefit2

(37)(37)N/AN/A

Primary Risk Categories$35 $42 $59 $32

Credit Portfolio20 24 26 20

Less: Diversification benefit2

(16)(17)N/AN/A

Total Management VaR$39 $49 $66 $39

1.The high and low VaR values for the Total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and, therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

2.Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days. Similar diversification benefits are also taken into account within each component.

Average Total Management VaR and average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories increased from 2024, primarily driven by increased exposure in the equity price category.

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues

We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with corresponding actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where

63

December 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures

losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy. There were six trading loss days in 2025, none of which exceeded 95% Total Management VaR, compared to 11 trading loss days in 2024, none of which exceeded 95% Total Management VaR.

Daily 95%/One-Day Total Management VaR for 2025

($ in millions)

Daily Net Trading Revenues for 2025

($ in millions)

Daily net trading revenues include profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit portfolio positions and intraday trading activities for our trading businesses. Certain items such as fees, commissions, net interest income and counterparty default risk are excluded from daily net trading revenues and the VaR model. Revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting further exclude intraday trading.

Non-Trading Risks

We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of our non-trading risks. The following sensitivity analyses cover substantially all of the non-trading market risk in our portfolio.

Credit Spread Risk Sensitivity1

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Derivatives$6 $6

Borrowings carried at fair value59 49

1.Amounts represent the potential gain for each 1 bps widening of our credit spread.

The Wealth Management business segment reflects a substantial portion of our non-trading interest rate risk. Net interest income in the Wealth Management business segment primarily consists of interest income earned on non-trading assets held, including loans and investment securities, as well as margin and other lending on non-bank entities and interest expense incurred on non-trading liabilities, primarily deposits.

Wealth Management Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Basis point change

+200

$410 $699

+100209 350

-100(244)(371)

-200

(542)(803)

The previous table presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate shocks (subject to a floor of zero percent in the downward scenario) on net interest income over the next 12 months for our Wealth Management business segment. These shocks are applied to our 12-month forecast for our Wealth Management business segment, which incorporates market expectations of interest rates and our forecasted balance sheet and business activity. The forecast includes modeled prepayment behavior, reinvestment of net cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities, and deposit pricing sensitivity to interest rates. These key assumptions are updated periodically based on historical data and future expectations.

We do not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manage net interest income in our Wealth Management business segment across a range of possible outcomes, including non-parallel rate change scenarios. The sensitivity analysis assumes that we take no action in response to these scenarios, assumes there are no changes in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates and includes subjective assumptions regarding customer and market re-pricing behavior and other factors.

Our Wealth Management business segment balance sheet is asset sensitive, given assets reprice faster than liabilities, resulting in higher net interest income in higher interest rate

December 2025 Form 10-K64

Risk Disclosures

scenarios and lower net interest income in lower interest rate scenarios. The level of interest rates may impact the amount of deposits held at the Firm, given competition for deposits from other institutions and alternative cash-equivalent products available to depositors. Further, the level of interest rates could also impact client demand for loans. Net interest income sensitivity to interest rates at December 31, 2025 decreased from December 31, 2024, primarily driven by the effects of changes in the balance sheet mix.

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Carried Interest

Loss from 10% Decline

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Investments related to Investment

Management activities

$629 $571

Other investments:

MUMSS129 122

Other Firm investments493 463

We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which is for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net revenues associated with a reasonably possible 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance-based income, as applicable. The measures reflected in the table above do not reflect the effect of any economic hedges or diversification that may reduce the risk of loss.

Asset Management Revenue Sensitivity

Certain asset management revenues in the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments are derived from management fees, which are based on fee-based client assets in Wealth Management or AUM in Investment Management (together, “client holdings”). The assets underlying client holdings are primarily composed of equity, fixed income and alternative investments and are sensitive to changes in related markets. These revenues depend on multiple factors including, but not limited to, the level and duration of a market increase or decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, and client behavior such as the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions. Therefore, overall revenues may not correlate completely with changes in the related markets.

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. We are primarily exposed to credit risk from institutions and individuals through our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments.

We incur credit risk in our Institutional Securities business segment through a variety of activities, including, but not limited to, the following:

•extending credit to clients through loans and lending commitments;

•entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties may have obligations to make payments to us;

•acting as clearing broker for listed and over-the-counter derivatives whereby we guarantee client performance to clearinghouses;

•providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral, including, but not limited to, real estate and marketable securities, whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the repayment amount;

•posting margin and/or collateral to clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties;

•placing funds on deposit at other financial institutions to support our clearing and settlement obligations; and

•investing or trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

We incur credit risk in our Wealth Management business segment, primarily through lending to individuals and entities, including, but not limited to, the following:

•margin loans collateralized by securities;

•securities-based lending and other forms of secured loans, including tailored lending to ultra-high net worth clients, that are in most cases secured by various types of collateral, including marketable securities, private investments, commercial real estate and other financial assets;

•single-family residential mortgage loans in conforming, non-conforming or HELOC form, primarily to existing Wealth Management clients; and

•employee loans granted primarily to recruit certain Wealth Management representatives.

Monitoring and Control

The Credit Risk Management Department (“CRM”) establishes Firmwide practices to evaluate, monitor and control credit risk at the transaction, obligor and portfolio levels. The CRM approves extensions of credit, evaluates the creditworthiness of the counterparties and borrowers on a regular basis, and helps ensure that credit exposure is actively monitored and managed. The evaluation of counterparties and borrowers includes an assessment of the probability that an obligor will default on its financial obligations and any losses that may occur when an obligor defaults. In addition, credit risk exposure is actively managed by credit professionals and committees within the CRM and through various risk committees, whose membership includes individuals from the CRM. A comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework is utilized to manage credit risk levels across the Firm. The Credit Limits Framework is calibrated within our risk

65

December 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures

tolerance and includes single-name limits and portfolio concentration limits by country, industry and product type.

The CRM helps ensure timely and transparent communication of material credit risks, compliance with established limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. The CRM also works closely with the Market Risk Department and applicable business units to monitor risk exposures and to perform stress tests to identify, analyze and control credit risk concentrations arising from lending and trading activities. The stress tests shock market factors (e.g., interest rates, commodity prices, credit spreads), risk parameters (e.g., probability of default and loss given default), recovery rates and expected losses in order to assess the impact of stresses on exposures, profit and loss, and our capital position. Stress tests are conducted in accordance with our established policies and procedures.

Credit Evaluation

The evaluation of corporate and institutional counterparties and borrowers includes assigning credit ratings, which reflect an assessment of an obligor’s probability of default and loss given default. Credit evaluations typically involve the assessment of financial statements; leverage; liquidity; capital strength; asset composition and quality; market capitalization; access to capital markets; adequacy of collateral, if applicable; and, in the case of certain loans, cash flow projections and debt service requirements. The CRM also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, exposure to changes in international trade policies and supply chain constraints, management and other factors such as country risks and legal and contingent risks that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. Additionally, the CRM evaluates the relative position of our exposure in the borrower’s capital structure and relative recovery prospects, as well as other structural elements of the particular transaction. The underwriting of commercial real estate loans includes, but is not limited to, review of the property type, LTV ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates and market dynamics.

The evaluation of consumer borrowers is tailored to the specific type of lending. Securities-based loans are evaluated based on factors that include, but are not limited to, the amount of the loan and the amount, quality, diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral. The underwriting of residential real estate loans includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s debt-to-income ratio, net worth, liquidity, collateral, LTV ratio and industry standard credit-scoring models (e.g., FICO scores). Subsequent credit monitoring for individual loans is performed at the portfolio level, and collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Credit risk metrics assigned to our borrowers during the evaluation process are incorporated into the CRM maintenance of the allowance for credit losses. Such allowance serves as a reserve for expected inherent losses, as well as expected losses related to loans identified as impaired.

For more information on the allowance for credit losses, see Notes 2 and 9 to the financial statements.

Risk Mitigation

We may seek to mitigate credit risk from our lending and trading activities in multiple ways, including collateral provisions, guarantees and hedges. At the transaction level, we seek to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. We actively hedge certain of our lending and derivatives exposures. Hedging activities consist of the purchase, sale or transfer of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Additionally, we may sell, assign or syndicate loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan markets.

In connection with our derivatives trading activities, we generally enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide us with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master agreement in the event of a counterparty default. A collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 8 to the financial statements for additional information about our collateralized transactions.

Loans and Lending Commitments

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsHFIHFSFVO1

Total

Institutional Securities:

Corporate$7,277 $7,202 $— $14,479

Secured lending facilities69,149 1,817 — 70,966

Commercial and Residential real estate8,039 320 3,949 12,308

Securities-based lending and Other3,780 30 6,904 10,714

Total Institutional Securities88,245 9,369 10,853 108,467

Wealth Management:

Residential real estate72,403 5 — 72,408

Securities-based lending and Other109,201 — — 109,201

Total Wealth Management181,604 5 — 181,609

Total Investment Management2

3 — 91 94

Total loans

269,852 9,374 10,944 290,170

ACL(1,132)(1,132)

Total loans, net of ACL$268,720 $9,374 $10,944 $289,038

Lending commitments3

$166,989 $41,445 $732 $209,166

Total exposure$435,709 $50,819 $11,676 $498,204

December 2025 Form 10-K66

Risk Disclosures

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsHFIHFSFVO1

Total

Institutional Securities:

Corporate$6,889 $9,183 $— $16,072

Secured lending facilities48,842 2,507 — 51,349

Commercial and Residential real estate8,412 628 2,420 11,460

Securities-based lending and Other2,876 — 6,041 8,917

Total Institutional Securities67,019 12,318 8,461 87,798

Wealth Management:

Residential real estate66,738 — — 66,738

Securities-based lending and Other93,139 1 — 93,140

Total Wealth Management159,877 1 — 159,878

Total Investment Management2

4 — 200 204

Total loans

226,900 12,319 8,661 247,880

ACL(1,066)(1,066)

Total loans, net of ACL$225,834 $12,319 $8,661 $246,814

Lending commitments3

$148,818 $26,955 $758 $176,531

Total exposure$374,652 $39,274 $9,419 $423,345

Total exposure—consists of Total loans, net of ACL, and Lending commitments

1.FVO includes the fair value of certain unfunded lending commitments.

2.Investment Management business segment loans are related to certain of our activities as an investment adviser and manager. Loans held at fair value are the result of the consolidation of investment vehicles (including CLOs) managed by Investment Management, composed primarily of senior secured loans to corporations.

3.Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

We provide loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, including large corporate and institutional clients, as well as high to ultra-high net worth individuals. In addition, we purchase loans in the secondary market. Loans and lending commitments are either held for investment, held for sale or carried at fair value. For more information on these loan classifications, see Note 2 to the financial statements.

In 2025, total loans and lending commitments increased by approximately $75 billion, primarily due to growth in securities-based loans within the Wealth Management business segment and an increase in secured lending facilities and relationship corporate lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment.

See Notes 4, 5, 9 and 14 to the financial statements for further information.

Allowance for Credit Losses—Loans and Lending Commitments

$ in millions2025

ACL—Loans

Beginning balance$1,066

Gross charge-offs(214)

Recoveries22

Net (charge-offs)/recoveries

(192)

Provision for credit losses230

Other28

Ending balance$1,132

ACL—Lending commitments

Beginning balance$656

Provision for credit losses119

Other23

Ending balance$798

Total ending balance$1,930

Provision for Credit Losses by Business Segment

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$ in millionsISWMTotal

Loans$185 $45 $230

Lending commitments117 2 119

Total$302 $47 $349

Credit exposure arising from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments include the borrower’s financial condition, industry, facility structure, LTV ratio, debt service ratio, collateral and covenants. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

The allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments increased since December 31, 2024, primarily related to portfolio growth in corporate loans and secured lending facilities and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans. Charge-offs in 2025 were primarily related to commercial real estate loans within the Institutional Securities business segment.

The base scenario used in our ACL models as of December 31, 2025 was generated using a combination of consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and internally developed and validated models. This scenario assumes continued economic growth relative to the prior year forecast. Our ACL models incorporate key macroeconomic variables, including U.S. real GDP growth rate. The significance of key macroeconomic variables on our ACL models varies depending on portfolio composition and economic conditions.

Forecasted U.S. Real GDP Growth Rates in Base Scenario

4Q 20264Q 2027

Year-over-year growth rate1.8 %2.1 %

67

December 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures

Other key macroeconomic variables used in our ACL models include corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate indices. See Note 2 to the financial statements for a discussion of the Firm’s ACL methodology under CECL.

Status of Loans Held for Investment

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

ISWMISWM

Accrual99.2 %99.8 %99.2 %99.7 %

Nonaccrual1

0.8 %0.2 %0.8 %0.3 %

1.Nonaccrual loans are loans where principal or interest is not expected when contractually due or are past due 90 days or more unless the obligation is well-secured and is in the process of collection.

Net Charge-off Ratios for Loans Held for Investment

Year Ended December 31,

202520242023

$ in millionsNet Charge-off Ratio1

Average LoansNet Charge-off Ratio1

Average LoansNet Charge-off Ratio1

Average Loans

Corporate0.31%$7,7270.57%$6,8950.47%$7,062

Secured Lending Facilities

—%57,9130.03%43,158—%37,702

Commercial Real Estate

1.82%8,2801.87%8,6201.50%8,590

Residential Real Estate

—%69,225—%63,204—%57,177

SBL and Other

0.02%103,6600.03%91,221—%91,126

Total0.08%$246,8050.11%$213,0980.08%$201,657

SBL—Securities-based lending

1.Net charge-off ratio represents gross charge-offs net of recoveries divided by total average loans held for investment before ACL.

Institutional Securities Lending Activities

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments1

At December 31, 2025

Contractual Years to Maturity

$ in millions< 11-55-15>15Total

Loans

AA$2 $163 $— $— $165

A989 1,159 158 — 2,306

BBB3,872 17,798 967 429 23,066

BB9,948 40,450 2,668 413 53,479

Other NIG5,288 12,931 3,965 153 22,337

Unrated2

212 1,587 955 3,596 6,350

Total loans, net of ACL20,311 74,088 8,713 4,591 107,703

Lending commitments

AAA— 75 — — 75

AA3,795 5,024 275 — 9,094

A11,952 29,626 983 — 42,561

BBB9,721 61,325 2,138 148 73,332

BB2,676 30,373 3,492 1,551 38,092

Other NIG868 21,087 3,651 3 25,609

Unrated2

20 88 8 1 117

Total lending

commitments

29,032 147,598 10,547 1,703 188,880

Total exposure$49,343 $221,686 $19,260 $6,294 $296,583

At December 31, 2024

Contractual Years to Maturity

$ in millions< 11-55-15>15Total

Loans

AA$3 $575 $187 $— $765

A894 588 164 — 1,646

BBB5,165 13,185 91 124 18,565

BB11,235 24,467 2,592 358 38,652

Other NIG8,520 12,776 1,673 145 23,114

Unrated2

227 1,176 420 2,503 4,326

Total loans, net of ACL26,044 52,767 5,127 3,130 87,068

Lending commitments

AAA— 75 — — 75

AA2,560 4,285 88 — 6,933

A8,226 21,372 1,091 — 30,689

BBB10,135 54,752 1,507 146 66,540

BB3,174 23,239 3,062 941 30,416

Other NIG1,074 17,436 3,956 2 22,468

Unrated2

14 93 33 — 140

Total lending

commitments

25,183 121,252 9,737 1,089 157,261

Total exposure$51,227 $174,019 $14,864 $4,219 $244,329

NIG–Non-investment grade

1.Counterparty credit ratings are internally determined by the CRM.

2.Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk-managed as a component of market risk. For a further discussion of our market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk” herein.

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

Industry

Financials$83,193 $68,512

Real estate50,923 40,041

Healthcare21,725 15,455

Communications Services21,292 20,425

Industrials20,952 20,024

Information Technology17,252 15,666

Consumer staples16,851 12,098

Consumer discretionary15,504 14,699

Utilities13,828 11,755

Energy12,946 9,036

Materials9,689 7,378

Insurance7,443 6,812

Other4,985 2,428

Total exposure$296,583 $244,329

The Institutional Securities business segment lending activities include Corporate, Secured lending facilities, Commercial and Residential real estate, and Securities-based lending and Other. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, over 90% of our Institutional Securities total exposure, which consisted of loans and lending commitments, was investment grade and/or secured by collateral.

Corporate comprises relationship and event-driven loans and lending commitments supporting general and event-driven financing needs for our institutional clients, which typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans; may have varying terms; may be senior or

December 2025 Form 10-K68

Risk Disclosures

subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged. Relationship loans and lending commitments are extended to select institutional clients, primarily for general corporate purposes and generally with the intent to hold for the foreseeable future. Event-driven loans and lending commitments are associated with certain underwritings and/or syndications to finance a specific client transaction, such as a merger, acquisition, recapitalization or project finance activity.

Secured lending facilities include loans provided to clients, which are collateralized by various assets, including residential and commercial real estate mortgage loans, investor commitments for capital calls, corporate loans and other assets. These facilities generally provide for overcollateralization. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement and/or a decline in the underlying collateral value. The Firm monitors collateral levels against the requirements of lending agreements. See Note 15 to the financial statements for information about our securitization activities.

Commercial real estate loans are primarily senior, secured by underlying real estate and are typically in term loan form. In addition, as part of certain of its trading and securitization activities, Institutional Securities may also hold residential real estate loans.

Securities-based lending and Other includes financing extended to sales and trading customers and corporate loans purchased in the secondary market.

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments Held for Investment

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsLoansLending CommitmentsTotal

Corporate$7,277 $119,390 $126,667

Secured lending facilities69,149 26,947 96,096

Commercial real estate8,039 353 8,392

Securities-based lending and Other

3,780 938 4,718

Total, before ACL$88,245 $147,628 $235,873

ACL$(764)$(780)$(1,544)

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsLoansLending CommitmentsTotal

Corporate$6,889 $105,824 $112,713

Secured lending facilities48,842 20,971 69,813

Commercial real estate8,412 1,249 9,661

Securities-based lending and Other

2,876 1,504 4,380

Total, before ACL$67,019 $129,548 $196,567

ACL$(730)$(640)$(1,370)

Institutional Securities Commercial Real Estate Loans and Lending Commitments

By Region

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsLoans1

LC1

TotalLoans1

LC1

Total

EMEA

$4,320 $184 $4,504 $3,806 $522 $4,328

Americas

4,116 202 4,318 5,066 820 5,886

Asia466 15 481 467 13 480

Total

$8,902 $401 $9,303 $9,339 $1,355 $10,694

By Property Type

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsLoans1

LC1

TotalLoans1

LC1

Total

Industrial$3,603 $118 $3,721 $2,610 $125 $2,735

Office2,143 132 2,275 2,846 109 2,955

Multifamily1,729 96 1,825 2,042 80 2,122

Hotel867 51 918 736 70 806

Retail560 4 564 1,105 971 2,076

Total

$8,902 $401 $9,303 $9,339 $1,355 $10,694

LC–Lending Commitments

1. Amounts include HFI, HFS and FVO loans and lending commitments. HFI loans are presented net of ACL.

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, our lending against commercial real estate (“CRE”) properties within the Institutional Securities business segment totaled $9.3 billion and $10.7 billion, respectively. This represents 3.1% and 4.4%, respectively, of total exposure reflected in the Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments table above. Those CRE loans are originated for experienced sponsors and are generally secured by specific institutional CRE properties. In many cases, loans are subsequently syndicated or securitized on a full or partial basis, reducing our ongoing exposure.

In addition to the amounts included in the table above, we provide certain secured lending facilities which are typically collateralized by pooled CRE mortgage loans and are included in Secured lending facilities in the Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments Held for Investment table above. These secured lending facilities benefit from structural protections including cross-collateralization and diversification across property types.

While we continue to actively monitor all our loan portfolios, the commercial real estate sector remains under heightened focus given its sensitivity to economic and secular factors.

69

December 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures

Institutional Securities Allowance for Credit Losses—Loans and Lending Commitments

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$ in millionsCorporate Secured Lending FacilitiesCRE

SBL and Other

Total

ACL—Loans

Beginning balance

$200 $140 $373 $17 $730

Gross charge-offs

(24)— (173)— (197)

Recoveries

— — 22 — 22

Net (charge-offs)/recoveries

(24)— (151)— (175)

Provision (release)

75 59 47 4 185

Other9 2 14 (1)24

Ending balance$260 $201 $283 $20 $764

ACL—Lending commitments

Beginning balance

$507 $88 $40 $5 $640

Provision (release)

101 46 (28)(2)117

Other17 3 — 3 23

Ending balance

$625 $137 $12 $6 $780

Total ending balance$885 $338 $295 $26 $1,544

Institutional Securities HFI Loans—Ratios of Allowance for Credit Losses to Balance Before Allowance

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Corporate3.6%2.9%

Secured lending facilities0.3%0.3%

Commercial real estate3.5%4.4%

Securities-based lending and Other0.5%0.6%

Total Institutional Securities loans0.9%1.1%

Wealth Management Lending Activities

Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments

At December 31, 2025

Contractual Years to Maturity

$ in millions<11-55-15>15Total

Securities-based lending and Other

$96,959 $11,210 $654 $137 $108,960

Residential real estate

1 116 989 71,175 72,281

Total loans, net of ACL$96,960 $11,326 $1,643 $71,312 $181,241

Lending commitments16,907 2,889 66 424 20,286

Total exposure$113,867 $14,215 $1,709 $71,736 $201,527

At December 31, 2024

Contractual Years to Maturity

$ in millions<11-55-15>15Total

Securities-based lending and Other

$82,788 $8,944 $1,024 $145 $92,901

Residential real estate

1 111 1,106 65,423 66,641

Total loans, net of ACL$82,789 $9,055 $2,130 $65,568 $159,542

Lending commitments16,318 2,523 43 386 19,270

Total exposure$99,107 $11,578 $2,173 $65,954 $178,812

The principal Wealth Management business segment lending activities include Securities-based lending and Residential real estate loans.

Securities-based lending allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, generally for any purpose other than purchasing, trading or carrying securities

or refinancing margin debt. We establish approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitor limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, require customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. These credit lines are primarily uncommitted loan facilities, as we reserve the right not to make any advances or may terminate these credit lines at any time. Factors considered in the review of these loans include, but are not limited to, the loan amount, the client’s credit profile, the degree of leverage, collateral diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral. Other loans primarily include tailored lending, which typically consist of bespoke lending arrangements provided to ultra-high net worth clients. Securities-based lending and Other loans are generally secured by various types of eligible collateral, including marketable securities, private investments, investor commitments for capital calls, commercial real estate and other financial assets.

Residential real estate loans consist of first- and second-lien mortgages, including HELOCs. Our underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis utilizing industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., FICO scores), debt-to-income ratios and assets of the borrower. Mortgage borrowers are required to maintain adequate insurance in accordance with loan terms. LTV ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisals and valuations, and security lien positions are established through title and ownership reports. The vast majority of mortgage loans, including HELOCs, are held for investment in the Wealth Management business segment’s loan portfolio.

Wealth Management Commercial Real Estate Loans and Lending Commitments by Property Type

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsLoans1

LC1

Total exposure

Loans1

LC1

Total exposure

Retail$2,306 $— $2,306 $2,293 $— $2,293

Office2,136 1 2,137 1,951 11 1,962

Multifamily1,701 197 1,898 1,928 261 2,189

Industrial437 — 437 456 — 456

Hotel385 — 385 442 — 442

Other311 — 311 309 — 309

Total

$7,276 $198 $7,474 $7,379 $272 $7,651

LC–Lending Commitments

1.Amounts include HFI loans and lending commitments. HFI loans are presented net of ACL.

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, our direct lending against CRE properties totaled $7.5 billion and $7.7 billion, respectively, within the Wealth Management business segment. This represents 3.7% and 4.3%, respectively, of total exposure reflected in the Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments table above, primarily included within Securities-based lending and Other loans. Such loans are originated through our private banking platform, are both secured and generally benefiting from full or partial guarantees from high or ultra-high net worth clients, which

December 2025 Form 10-K70

Risk Disclosures

partially reduce associated credit risk. At both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, greater than 95% of the CRE loans balance in the Wealth Management business segment received guarantees. All of our lending against CRE properties within Wealth Management are in the Americas region.

Wealth Management Allowance for Credit Losses—Loans and Lending Commitments

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$ in millionsResidential Real Estate

SBL and Other

Total

ACL—Loans

Beginning balance$97 $239 $336

Gross charge-offs— (17)(17)

Provision (release)

30 15 45

Other— 4 4

Ending balance$127 $241 $368

ACL—Lending commitments

Beginning balance$4 $12 $16

Provision (release)

1 1 2

Ending balance$5 $13 $18

Total ending balance$132 $254 $386

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, more than 75% of Wealth Management residential real estate loans were to borrowers with “Exceptional” or “Very Good” FICO scores (i.e., exceeding 740). Additionally, Wealth Management’s securities-based lending portfolio remains well-collateralized and subject to daily client margining, which includes requiring customers to deposit additional collateral or reduce debt positions, when necessary.

Customer and Other Receivables

Margin Loans and Other Lending

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

Institutional Securities$52,657 $27,612

Wealth Management31,214 28,270

Total$83,871 $55,882

The Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments provide margin lending arrangements that allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities, primarily for the purpose of purchasing additional securities, as well as to collateralize short positions. Institutional Securities primarily includes margin loans in the Equity Financing business. Wealth Management includes margin loans as well as non-purpose securities-based lending on non-bank entities. Amounts may fluctuate from period to period as overall client balances change as a result of market levels, client positioning and leverage.

Credit exposures arising from margin lending activities are generally mitigated by their short-term nature, the value of collateral held and our right to call for additional margin when collateral values decline. However, we could incur losses in the event that the customer fails to meet margin calls and collateral values decline below the loan amount. This risk is

elevated in loans backed by collateral pools with significant concentrations in individual issuers or securities with similar risk characteristics. For a further discussion, see “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” herein.

Employee Loans

For information on employee loans and related ACL, see Note 9 to the financial statements.

Derivatives

Fair Value of OTC Derivative Assets

At December 31, 2025

Counterparty Credit Rating1

$ in millionsAAAAAABBBNIGTotal

Less than 1 year$969 $12,406 $41,750 $19,551 $10,930 $85,606

1-3 years485 5,978 16,718 9,879 7,556 40,616

3-5 years676 6,324 9,408 7,288 3,223 26,919

Over 5 years3,124 23,497 52,600 28,599 7,471 115,291

Total, gross$5,254 $48,205 $120,476 $65,317 $29,180 $268,432

Counterparty netting

(3,041)(39,093)(90,919)(46,335)(16,243)(195,631)

Cash and securities collateral(2,114)(7,346)(25,473)(13,043)(5,669)(53,645)

Total, net$99 $1,766 $4,084 $5,939 $7,268 $19,156

At December 31, 2024

Counterparty Credit Rating1

$ in millionsAAAAAABBBNIGTotal

Less than 1 year$1,711 $17,625 $50,643 $22,643 $9,793 $102,415

1-3 years541 6,249 19,068 10,248 6,095 42,201

3-5 years973 7,308 9,821 5,631 3,750 27,483

Over 5 years3,330 25,406 49,469 28,206 6,398 112,809

Total, gross$6,555 $56,588 $129,001 $66,728 $26,036 $284,908

Counterparty netting(3,320)(44,604)(98,598)(47,132)(14,691)(208,345)

Cash and securities collateral(2,559)(10,632)(25,568)(13,729)(5,558)(58,046)

Total, net$676 $1,352 $4,835 $5,867 $5,787 $18,517

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025AtDecember 31,2024

Industry

Financials$7,233 $5,678

Utilities3,626 3,733

Industrials1,251 1,315

Consumer discretionary1,174 1,046

Materials804 409

Energy756 987

Communications Services719 914

Regional governments637 799

Healthcare618 353

Consumer staples541 734

Sovereign governments325 683

Real estate301 91

Information technology230 634

Insurance159 207

Not-for-profit organizations98 94

Other684 840

Total$19,156 $18,517

1.Counterparty credit ratings are determined internally by the CRM.

71

December 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures

We are exposed to credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the possibility that a counterparty may fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. For a description of our risk mitigation strategies, see “Credit Risk—Risk Mitigation” herein.

Credit Derivatives

A credit derivative is a contract between a seller and buyer of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The buyer typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the seller is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructuring.

We trade in a variety of credit derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. In transactions referencing a portfolio of entities or securities, protection may be limited to a tranche of exposure or a single name within the portfolio. We are an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, we work to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manage any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, we use credit derivatives to manage our exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures. The effectiveness of our CDS protection as a hedge of our exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS.

We actively monitor our counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of our counterparties are composed of banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions. Contracts with these counterparties may include provisions related to counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in the counterparty posting additional collateral to us. As with all derivative contracts, we consider counterparty credit risk in the valuation of our positions and recognize CVAs as appropriate within Trading revenues in the income statement.

For additional credit exposure information on our credit derivative portfolio, see Note 6 to the financial statements.

Country Risk

Country risk exposure is the risk that events in, or that affect, a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) might adversely affect us. We actively manage country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and other market fundamentals and allows us to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk.

Our obligor credit evaluation process defines country of risk as the country that has the largest economic impact on the obligor and may be different from the obligor's country of jurisdiction. Examples where this applies may include corporations that are incorporated in one country but that derive the bulk of their revenue from another and mutual funds incorporated in one jurisdiction but with a concentration of investments in a different country.

In addition to the direct country risk reflected in the “Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures” table below, we also have indirect country exposure, for example, from collateral received in secured financing transactions or from providing client clearing services. These indirect exposures are managed through the credit and market risk frameworks.

We conduct periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on our credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios including changes to global trade policies and the implementation of tariffs. The stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects and second order risks. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.

Our sovereign exposures consist of financial contracts and obligations entered into with sovereign and local governments. Our non-sovereign exposures consist of financial contracts and obligations entered into primarily with corporations and financial institutions.

Index credit derivatives are included in the following “Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures” table. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net counterparty exposure row based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable or payable is reflected in the Net inventory row based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

December 2025 Form 10-K72

Risk Disclosures

Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsUnited KingdomFranceGermanyJapanBrazil

Sovereign

Net inventory1

$727 $5,222 $1,576 $2,372 $5,756

Net counterparty exposure2

19 2 73 41 —

Exposure before hedges746 5,224 1,649 2,413 5,756

Hedges3

(21)(61)(148)(144)(167)

Net exposure$725 $5,163 $1,501 $2,269 $5,589

Non-sovereign

Net inventory1

$1,255 $837 $174 $516 $129

Net counterparty exposure2

7,688 3,354 3,228 3,687 385

Loans

13,015 425 2,657 880 233

Lending commitments

10,375 4,756 6,893 284 435

Exposure before hedges

32,333 9,372 12,952 5,367 1,182

Hedges3

(1,749)(1,506)(1,559)(354)(91)

Net exposure

$30,584 $7,866 $11,393 $5,013 $1,091

Total net exposure$31,309 $13,029 $12,894 $7,282 $6,680

$ in millionsAustraliaKoreaSpainNetherlandsCanada

Sovereign

Net inventory1

$146 $2,457 $593 $322 $231

Net counterparty exposure2

16 332 — — 13

Exposure before hedges

162 2,789 593 322 244

Hedges3

— (35)(8)(12)—

Net exposure

$162 $2,754 $585 $310 $244

Non-sovereign

Net inventory1

$366 $175 $469 $565 $776

Net counterparty exposure2

745 849 438 711 787

Loans

1,685 — 1,477 1,105 136

Lending commitments

1,453 150 917 1,078 1,749

Exposure before hedges

4,249 1,174 3,301 3,459 3,448

Hedges3

(416)(30)(233)(143)(123)

Net exposure

$3,833 $1,144 $3,068 $3,316 $3,325

Total net exposure$3,995 $3,898 $3,653 $3,626 $3,569

1.Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for the fair value of any receivable or payable).

2.Net counterparty exposure (e.g, repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) is net of the benefit of collateral received and also is net by counterparty when legally enforceable master netting agreements are in place.

3. Amounts represent net CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for the fair value of any receivable or payable. For further description of the contractual terms for purchased credit protection and whether they may limit the effectiveness of our hedges, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Derivatives" herein.

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors (e.g., inappropriate or unlawful conduct) or external events (e.g., cyberattacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, legal and compliance risks, or damage to physical assets. We may experience operational risk events across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities and support and control groups (e.g., IT and trade processing).

We have established an operational risk framework to identify, measure, monitor and control risk across the Firm. Effective operational risk management is essential to reducing the impact of operational risk incidents and mitigating legal, regulatory and reputational risks. The framework is continually evolving to account for changes in the Firm and to respond to the changing regulatory and business environment.

We have implemented operational risk data and assessment systems to monitor and analyze internal and external operational risk events, to assess business environment and internal control factors, and to perform scenario analysis. The collected data elements are incorporated in the operational risk capital model. The model encompasses both quantitative and qualitative elements. Internal loss data and scenario analysis results are direct inputs to the capital model, while external operational incidents, business environment and internal control factors are evaluated as part of the scenario analysis process.

In addition, we employ a variety of risk processes and mitigants to manage our operational risk exposures. These include a governance framework, a comprehensive risk management program and insurance. Operational risks and associated risk exposures are assessed relative to the risk appetite reviewed and confirmed by the Board and are prioritized accordingly.

The breadth and range of operational risks are such that the types of mitigating activities are wide-ranging. Examples of activities include: continuous enhancement of defenses against cyberattacks, use of legal agreements and contracts to transfer and/or limit operational risk exposures, due diligence, implementation of enhanced policies and procedures, technology change management controls, exception management processing controls, and segregation of duties.

Primary responsibility for the management of operational risk is with the business segments, the control groups and the business managers therein. The business managers maintain processes and controls designed to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report operational risk. Each of the business segments has a designated operational risk coordinator. The operational risk coordinator regularly reviews operational risk issues and reports to our senior management within each business. Each control group also has a designated operational risk coordinator and a forum for discussing operational risk matters with our senior management. Oversight of operational risk is provided by the Non-Financial Risk Committee, legal entity risk committees, regional risk committees and senior management. In the event of a merger, joint venture, divestiture, reorganization, or creation of a new legal entity, a new product, or a business activity, operational risks are considered, and any necessary changes in processes or controls are implemented.

The Operational Risk Department and the Non-Financial Risk Cyber, Technology, and Information Security Department (“NFR CTIS”) provide independent oversight of operational

73

December 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures

risk and assess, measure and monitor operational risk against appetite. The Operational Risk Department and NFR CTIS work with the business segments and control groups to embed a transparent, consistent and comprehensive framework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Firm.

The NFR CTIS scope includes non-financial risk oversight of technology risk, cybersecurity risk and information security risk. The Operational Risk Department scope includes oversight of the fraud risk management and prevention program, and third-party risk management (supplier and affiliate risk oversight and assessment), among others.

Cybersecurity

Risk management and strategy

We, our businesses, and the broader financial services industry face an increasingly complex and evolving threat environment. We have made and continue to make substantial investments in cybersecurity and fraud prevention technology, and employ experienced talent to lead our Cybersecurity and Information Security organizations and program under the oversight of the Board and the BOTC. See “Risk Factors—Operational Risk” for information on risks to the Firm from cybersecurity threats.

As part of the ERM framework, we have implemented and maintain a program that is designed to identify and manage risks arising from the cybersecurity threats confronting the Firm (“Cybersecurity Program”). Our Cybersecurity Program helps protect our clients, customers, employees, property, products, services and reputation by seeking to preserve the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information, enable the secure delivery of financial services, and protect the business and the safe operation of our technology systems. We continually review our Cybersecurity Program, and make adjustments where appropriate, to address the evolving cybersecurity threat landscape, including threats arising from new technologies, such as generative artificial intelligence, and comply with extensive legal and regulatory expectations.

Processes for assessing, identifying and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats

Our Cybersecurity Program takes into account industry best practices and addresses risks from cybersecurity threats to our network, infrastructure, computing environment and the third parties that we rely on. We periodically assess the design of our cybersecurity controls against the Cyber Risk Institute Cyber Profile, which is based on the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Cybersecurity Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure Cybersecurity, as well as applicable global cybersecurity regulations, and develop improvements to those controls in response to that assessment where necessary. Our Cybersecurity Program also includes cybersecurity and information security policies, procedures and technologies

that are designed to address regulatory requirements and protect our clients’, employees’ and own data against unauthorized disclosure, modification and misuse. These policies, procedures and technologies cover a broad range of areas, including: identification of internal and external threats, access control, data security, protective controls, detection of malicious or unauthorized activity, incident response and recovery planning. See also “Firm Resilience” herein for a discussion of our resilience program that is designed to mitigate the impacts of cybersecurity events and other risks.

Our threat intelligence function within the Cybersecurity Program actively engages in private and public information-sharing communities and leverages both commercial and proprietary products to collect a wide variety of industry and governmental information regarding the latest cybersecurity threats, which informs our cybersecurity risk assessments and strategy. This information is also provided to an internal cyber threat detection team, which develops and implements strategies designed to defend against these cybersecurity threats across our environment. Our vulnerability management team, as well as NFR, also reviews external cybersecurity incidents that may be relevant to the Firm to further inform the design of our Cybersecurity Program. To assess the efficacy of our controls and defenses designed to mitigate cybersecurity risk, we utilize internal and external testing, including penetration testing and red team engagements. The results of these assessments are used to strengthen the Cybersecurity Program. Additionally, we maintain a global training program covering cybersecurity risks and requirements, including heightened security training to specialized employees, and conduct regular phishing email simulations for our employees and consultants as preventative measures.

When a threat is identified in our environment, our incident response team follows an incident response plan to evaluate the impact to the Firm and coordinate appropriate remediation. If warranted, the cybersecurity incident will be reported to applicable regulators, authorities, impacted clients or counterparties, as appropriate. The Firm’s cybersecurity incident response and remediation processes, including assessing materiality and reporting requirements, are reviewed through tabletop exercises.

Our processes are designed to help oversee, identify and mitigate cybersecurity risks associated with our use of third-party vendors. We maintain a third-party risk management program that evaluates and responds to cybersecurity risks at our third-party vendors. Prior to engaging third-party vendors to provide services to the Firm, we assess the third-party vendors’ cybersecurity programs to identify cybersecurity risks arising from the use of those vendors’ services. Once onboarded, third-party vendors’ cybersecurity programs are subject to risk-based oversight, which may include security questionnaires, submission of independent security audit reports or a Firm audit of the third-party vendor’s security program, and, with limited exceptions, third-party vendors are required to meet our minimum cybersecurity standards.

December 2025 Form 10-K74

Risk Disclosures

Where a third-party vendor cannot meet those standards, its services, and the residual risk to the Firm, are subject to review, challenge and escalation through our risk management processes and ERM committees, which may ultimately result in requesting increased security measures or ceasing engagement with such third-party vendor.

Our Cybersecurity Program is regularly assessed by IAD through various assurance activities, with the results reported to the BAC and the BOTC. Annually, key elements of the Cybersecurity Program are subject to review by an independent third party, the results of which, including opportunities identified for improvement and related remediation plans, are reviewed with the BOTC. Our Cybersecurity Program is also examined regularly by the Firm’s prudential and conduct regulators within the scope of their jurisdiction.

Governance

Management’s role in assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats

Our Cybersecurity Program is operated and maintained by management, including the Chief Information Officer of Cyber, Data, Risk and Resilience (“CIO”) and the Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”). These senior officers are responsible for assessing and managing the Firm’s cybersecurity risks. Our Cybersecurity Program strategy, which is set by the CISO and overseen by the Head of Cyber, Technology, and Information Security Non-Financial Risk (“Head of NFR CTIS”), is informed by various risk and control assessments, control testing, external assessments, threat intelligence, and public and private information sharing. Our Cybersecurity Program also includes processes for escalating and considering the materiality of incidents that impact the Firm, including escalation to senior management and the Board.

The members of management that lead our Cybersecurity Program and strategy have extensive experience in technology, cybersecurity and information security. The CIO has over 30 years of experience in various engineering, IT, operations and information security roles. The CISO has over 25 years of experience leading cybersecurity teams at financial institutions, including in the areas of IT strategy, risk management and information security. The Head of NFR CTIS has over 25 years of experience in technology, security and compliance roles, including experience in government security agencies.

Risk levels and mitigating measures are presented to and monitored by dedicated management-level cybersecurity risk committees. These committees include representatives from Firm management as well as business and control stakeholders who review, challenge and, where appropriate, consider exceptions to our policies and procedures. Significant cybersecurity risks are escalated from these committees to our Non-Financial Risk Committee. The CIO

and the Head of NFR CTIS report on the status of our Cybersecurity Program, including significant cybersecurity risks; review metrics related to the program; and discuss the status of regulatory and remedial actions and incidents to the FRC, the BOTC and the Board, as appropriate. For more information regarding the Firm’s ERM framework, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Risk Management.”

Board of Directors’ oversight of risks from cybersecurity threats

As discussed above, material cybersecurity risks are addressed by management-level ERM committees with escalation to the BOTC and Board, as appropriate. The BOTC has primary responsibility for assisting the Board in its oversight of significant operational risk exposures of the Firm and its business units, including IT, information security, fraud, third-party oversight, business disruption and resilience, and cybersecurity risks (including review of cybersecurity risks against established risk management methodologies) and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures.

In accordance with its charter, the BOTC receives quarterly reports from (i) Technology, including the CIO or the CISO; (ii) Operations; and (iii) NFR. Such reporting includes updates on our Cybersecurity Program, risks from cybersecurity threats, our programs to address and mitigate the risks associated with the evolving cybersecurity threat environment, and NFR’s assessment of cybersecurity risks. Senior officers in Technology and NFR also provide an annual report to the BOTC on the status of our broader information security program in compliance with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which includes a discussion of risks arising from cybersecurity threats. At least annually, senior management representatives in Technology and NFR discuss the status of the Cybersecurity Program and key cybersecurity risks with the Board and, in accordance with the Board’s Corporate Governance Policies, all Board members are invited to attend BOTC meetings and have access to meeting materials. The BOTC, which meets at least quarterly, also reviews and approves significant policies related to cybersecurity, receives an annual independent assessment of key aspects of our Cybersecurity Program from an independent third party and holds joint meetings with the BAC and BRC, as necessary and appropriate. The chair of the BOTC regularly discusses cybersecurity developments with senior management, including the senior officers mentioned above, and reports to the Board on cybersecurity risks and threats and other related matters.

Firm Resilience

The Firm’s critical processes and businesses could be disrupted by events including cyberattacks, failure or loss of access to technology and/or associated data, military conflicts, acts of terror, natural disasters, severe weather events and infectious disease. The Firm maintains a Firmwide resilience

75

December 2025 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures

program that is designed to provide for operational resilience and enable it to respond to and recover critical processes and supporting assets in the event of a disruption impacting our people, technology, facilities and third parties. The key elements of the Firm’s resilience program include business continuity management, technology disaster recovery, third party resilience and key business service resilience. Resilience testing is performed both internally and with critical third parties to validate recovery capability in accordance with business requirements.

Third-Party Risk Management

In connection with our ongoing operations, we utilize the products and/or services of third parties, which we anticipate will continue and may increase in the future. These products and/or services include, for example, outsourced processing and support functions and other professional services. Our risk-based approach to managing exposure to our third parties includes the performance of due diligence, implementation of service-level and other contractual agreements, consideration of operational risks and ongoing monitoring of the performance of our third parties. We maintain and continue to enhance our third-party risk management program, which is designed to align with our risk tolerance and meet regulatory requirements. The program includes appropriate governance, policies, procedures and enabling technology. The third-party risk management program includes the adoption of appropriate risk management controls and practices throughout the third-party management life cycle to manage risk of service failure, risk of data loss and reputational risk, among others.

Model Risk

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision-making, noncompliance with applicable laws and/or regulations or damage to the Firm’s reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions.

Model risk is generated from the use of models impacting financial statements, regulatory filings, capital adequacy assessments and the formulation of strategy.

Sound model risk management is an integral part of our Risk Management Framework. The Model Risk Management Department (“MRM”) is a distinct department in Risk Management responsible for the oversight of model risk.

The MRM establishes a model risk tolerance in line with our risk appetite. The tolerance is based on an assessment of the materiality of the risk of financial loss or reputational damage due to errors in design, implementation and/or inappropriate use of models. The tolerance is monitored through model-specific and aggregate business-level assessments, which are based upon qualitative and quantitative factors.

The effective challenge of models consists of critical analysis by objective, informed parties who can identify model limitations and assumptions and drive appropriate changes. The MRM provides effective challenge of models, independently validates and approves models for use, annually recertifies models, periodically revalidates, identifies and tracks remediation plans for model limitations and reports on model risk metrics. The department also oversees the development of controls to support a complete and accurate Firmwide model inventory.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. Liquidity risk also encompasses the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may negatively affect our liquidity and may impact our ability to raise new funding or the cost of new funding. Generally, we incur liquidity and funding risk as a result of our trading, lending, investing and client facilitation activities.

Our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is critical to helping ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity reserves and durable funding sources to meet our daily obligations and to withstand unanticipated stress events. The Liquidity Risk Department is a distinct area in Risk Management responsible for the oversight and monitoring of liquidity risk. The Liquidity Risk Department ensures transparency of material liquidity and funding risks, compliance with established risk limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management.

To execute these responsibilities, the Liquidity Risk Department establishes limits in line with our risk appetite, identifies and analyzes emerging liquidity and funding risks to ensure such risks are appropriately mitigated, monitors and reports risk exposures against metrics and limits, and reviews the methodologies and assumptions underpinning our Liquidity Stress Tests to ensure sufficient liquidity and funding under a range of adverse scenarios.

The Treasury Department and applicable business units have primary responsibility for evaluating, monitoring and controlling the liquidity and funding risks arising from our business activities and for maintaining processes and controls to manage the key risks inherent in their respective areas. The Liquidity Risk Department coordinates with the Treasury Department and these business units to help ensure a consistent and comprehensive framework for managing liquidity and funding risk across the Firm. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.

December 2025 Form 10-K76

Risk Disclosures

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, limitations on our business, or loss to reputation that we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, terrorist financing, and anti-corruption rules and regulations. We are generally subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which we conduct our business (see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors”).

We have established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to facilitate compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and to require that our policies relating to business conduct, ethics and practices are followed globally. In addition, we have established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The heightened legal and regulatory focus on the financial services and banking industries globally presents a continuing business challenge for us.

Climate Risk

Climate-related risk consists of physical and transition risks. Physical risks include harm to people and property arising from acute climate-related events, such as floods, hurricanes, heatwaves, droughts and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as higher global average temperatures, rising sea levels and long-term droughts. Transition risks include policy, legal, technology and market changes. Examples of these transition risks include changes in consumer and business sentiment, related technologies, shareholder preferences and any additional regulatory and legislative requirements, including increased disclosure requirements or taxation of carbon emissions.

Climate risk, which is not expected to have a significant effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition in the near term, is an overarching risk that can impact other categories of risk. Physical risk may lead to increased credit risk by diminishing borrowers’ repayment capacity or impacting the value of collateral. In addition, physical risk could pose increased operational risk to our facilities and people. The impacts of transition risk may lead to and amplify credit or liquidity risk by reducing our customers’ operating income or the value of their assets as

well as exposing us to reputational, compliance and/or litigation risk due to increased legal and regulatory scrutiny or negative public sentiment.

As climate risk is interconnected with other risk types, we have developed and continue to enhance processes to embed climate risk considerations into our risk management practices and governance structures. The BRC oversees Firmwide risks, which include climate risk, and, as part of its oversight, receives updates on our risk management approach to climate risk, including our approaches toward scenario analysis and integration of climate risk into our existing risk management processes. Our climate risk management efforts are overseen by the Climate Risk Committee, which is co-chaired by our Firm Risk Management Chief Operating Officer and Chief Sustainability Officer and shapes our approach to managing climate-related risks in line with our overall risk framework.

77

December 2025 Form 10-K

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated income statements, comprehensive income statements, cash flow statements and statements of changes in total equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Firm as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 19, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Firm’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Firm’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Valuation of Level 3 Financial Assets and Certain Level 3 Financial Liabilities Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis and Level 3 Loans Held for Sale — Refer to Note 4 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Firm’s trading and financing activities result in the Firm carrying material financial instruments having limited price transparency. These financial instruments can span a broad array of product types and generally include derivatives, securities, loans, and borrowings. As described in Note 4, at December 31, 2025 the Level 3 financial assets carried at fair value on a recurring basis approximate $8.0 billion; the Level 3 trading liabilities, borrowings, other secured financings, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase carried at fair value on a recurring basis approximate $5.0 billion, and the Level 3 loans held for sale approximate $3.7 billion. Unlike financial instruments whose inputs are readily observable and, therefore, more easily independently corroborated, the valuation of these financial instruments is inherently subjective and often involves the use of unobservable inputs and proprietary valuation models whose underlying algorithms and valuation methodologies are complex.

We identified the valuation of Level 3 financial assets and Level 3 trading liabilities, borrowings, other secured financings, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase carried at fair value on a recurring basis and Level 3 loans held for sale as a critical audit matter given the Firm uses complex valuation models and/or valuation inputs that are not observable in the marketplace to determine the respective carrying values. Performing our audit procedures to evaluate the appropriateness of these models and inputs involved a high degree of auditor judgment, professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, and an increased extent of testing.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the valuation of Level 3 financial assets and Level 3 trading liabilities, borrowings, other secured

December 2025 Form 10-K78

borrowings, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase carried at fair value on a recurring basis and Level 3 loans held for sale included the following, among others:

•We tested the design and operating effectiveness of the Firm’s model review and price verification controls. The Firm maintains these internal controls to assess the appropriateness of its valuation methodologies and the relevant inputs and assumptions.

•We independently evaluated the appropriateness of management’s valuation methodologies for selected financial instruments, including the input assumptions, considering the expected assumptions of other market participants and external data when available.

•We developed independent estimates for selected financial instruments using externally sourced inputs and independent valuation models and used such estimates to further evaluate management’s estimates. For certain of our selected financial instruments, this included a comparison to the Firm’s estimates for similar transactions and an evaluation of the Firm’s assumptions inclusive of the inputs, as applicable.

•We tested the revenues arising from the trade date fair value estimates for selected structured transactions for which we developed independent estimates to test the valuation inputs and assumptions used by the Firm and evaluated whether these methods were consistent with the Firm’s relevant valuation policies.

•We assessed the consistency by which management has applied significant and unobservable valuation assumptions used in developing the Firm’s estimates.

•We performed a retrospective assessment of management’s estimates for certain of our selected financial instruments, for which there were events or transactions occurring after the valuation date. We did so by comparing management’s estimates to the relevant evidence provided by such events or transactions, as applicable.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 19, 2026

We have served as the Firm’s auditor since 1997.

79

December 2025 Form 10-K

Consolidated Income Statement

in millions, except per share data202520242023

Revenues

Investment banking$8,199 $6,705 $4,948

Trading18,556 16,763 15,263

Investments1,351 824 573

Commissions and fees5,936 5,094 4,537

Asset management25,145 22,499 19,617

Other1,412 1,265 975

Total non-interest revenues60,599 53,150 45,913

Interest income1

59,063 54,135 45,849

Interest expense1

49,017 45,524 37,619

Net interest10,046 8,611 8,230

Net revenues70,645 61,761 54,143

Provision for credit losses349 264 532

Non-interest expenses

Compensation and benefits29,216 26,178 24,558

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees4,679 4,140 3,476

Information processing and communications4,418 4,088 3,775

Professional services2,839 2,901 3,058

Occupancy and equipment1,872 1,905 1,895

Marketing and business development1,173 965 898

Other4,145 3,724 4,138

Total non-interest expenses48,342 43,901 41,798

Income before provision for income taxes21,954 17,596 11,813

Provision for income taxes4,929 4,067 2,583

Net income$17,025 $13,529 $9,230

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests164 139 143

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$16,861 $13,390 $9,087

Preferred stock dividends 612 590 557

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$16,249 $12,800 $8,530

Earnings per common share

Basic$10.32 $8.04 $5.24

Diluted10.21 7.95 5.18

Average common shares outstanding

Basic1,574 1,591 1,628

Diluted1,592 1,611 1,646

1.2023 amounts have been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation. See Note 2 for additional information.

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement

$ in millions202520242023

Net income$17,025 $13,529 $9,230

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Foreign currency translation adjustments306 (422)(20)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities988 521 1,098

Pension and other25 12 (87)

Change in net debt valuation adjustment(858)(534)(1,290)

Net change in cash flow hedges58 (51)20

Total other comprehensive income (loss)$519 $(474)$(279)

Comprehensive income$17,544 $13,055 $8,951

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests164 139 143

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests(10)(81)(111)

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley$17,390 $12,997 $8,919

December 2025 Form 10-K80

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheet

$ in millions, except share dataAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents$111,695 $105,386

Trading assets at fair value ($213,269 and $148,945 were pledged to various parties)

428,276 331,884

Investment securities:

Available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost of $112,522 and $101,960)

110,466 98,608

Held-to-maturity (fair value of $45,615 and $51,203)

53,090 61,071

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $— and $— at fair value)

120,243 118,565

Securities borrowed151,908 123,859

Customer and other receivables114,720 86,158

Loans:

Held for investment (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,132 and $1,066)

268,720 225,834

Held for sale9,374 12,319

Goodwill16,726 16,706

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $1,882 and $5,445)

6,010 6,453

Other assets29,042 28,228

Total assets$1,420,270 $1,215,071

Liabilities

Deposits (includes $8,755 and $6,499 at fair value)

$415,523 $376,007

Trading liabilities at fair value169,569 153,764

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $696 and $956 at fair value)

78,539 50,067

Securities loaned17,310 15,226

Other secured financings (includes $16,871 and $14,088 at fair value)

21,603 21,602

Customer and other payables226,519 175,938

Other liabilities and accrued expenses29,620 28,220

Borrowings (includes $132,479 and $103,332 at fair value)

348,935 288,819

Total liabilities1,307,618 1,109,643

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 14)

Equity

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

Preferred stock9,750 9,750

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,582,834,137 and 1,606,653,706

20 20

Additional paid-in capital31,153 30,179

Retained earnings115,091 104,989

Employee stock trusts5,154 5,103

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(6,285)(6,814)

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (456,059,842 and 432,240,273 shares)

(38,097)(33,613)

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts(5,154)(5,103)

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity111,632 104,511

Noncontrolling interests1,020 917

Total equity112,652 105,428

Total liabilities and equity$1,420,270 $1,215,071

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements81

December 2025 Form 10-K

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Total Equity

$ in millions202520242023

Preferred stock

Beginning balance$9,750 $8,750 $8,750

Issuance of preferred stock— 1,000 —

Ending balance9,750 9,750 8,750

Common stock

Beginning and ending balance20 20 20

Additional paid-in capital

Beginning balance30,179 29,832 29,339

Share-based award activity974 352 493

Issuance of preferred stock— (5)—

Ending balance31,153 30,179 29,832

Retained earnings

Beginning balance104,989 97,996 94,862

Cumulative adjustment related to the adoption of accounting standard update1

— (60)—

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley16,861 13,390 9,087

Preferred stock dividends2

(612)(590)(557)

Common stock dividends2

(6,147)(5,745)(5,393)

Other net increases (decreases)— (2)(3)

Ending balance115,091 104,989 97,996

Employee stock trusts

Beginning balance5,103 5,314 4,881

Share-based award activity51 (211)433

Ending balance5,154 5,103 5,314

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Beginning balance(6,814)(6,421)(6,253)

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)529 (393)(168)

Ending balance(6,285)(6,814)(6,421)

Common stock held in treasury at cost

Beginning balance(33,613)(31,139)(26,577)

Share-based award activity1,359 1,704 1,654

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(5,843)(4,178)(6,216)

Ending balance(38,097)(33,613)(31,139)

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

Beginning balance(5,103)(5,314)(4,881)

Share-based award activity(51)211 (433)

Ending balance(5,154)(5,103)(5,314)

Noncontrolling interests

Beginning balance917 944 1,090

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests164 139 143

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests(10)(81)(111)

Other net increases (decreases)(51)(85)(178)

Ending balance1,020 917 944

Total equity

$112,652 $105,428 $99,982

1.The Firm adopted the Investments - Tax Credit Structures accounting standard update on January 1, 2024. Refer to Note 2 for further information.

2.See Note 17 for information regarding dividends per share for each class of stock.

December 2025 Form 10-K82

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

$ in millions202520242023

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income$17,025 $13,529 $9,230

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

Deferred income taxes561 152 (463)

Stock-based compensation expense1,926 1,622 1,709

Depreciation and amortization4,658 5,161 4,256

Provision for credit losses349 264 532

Other operating adjustments408 4 308

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities(67,716)34,496 (61,026)

Securities borrowed(28,049)(2,768)12,283

Securities loaned2,084 169 (622)

Customer and other receivables and other assets(26,637)(5,308)602

Customer and other payables and other liabilities50,708 (25,550)(3,629)

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(1,678)(7,825)3,167

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase28,472 (12,584)117

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities(17,889)1,362 (33,536)

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from (payments for):

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software(2,898)(3,462)(3,412)

Changes in loans, net(41,383)(22,618)(4,059)

AFS securities:

Purchases(36,578)(35,327)(23,078)

Proceeds from sales5,031 5,728 5,929

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities21,773 21,089 14,316

HTM securities:

Purchases— (3,860)—

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities8,368 10,475 8,143

Other investing activities(1,092)(1,485)(923)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(46,779)(29,460)(3,084)

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds from (payments for):

Other secured financings1,125 4,358 796

Deposits39,143 23,955 (5,075)

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs— 995 —

Proceeds from issuance of Borrowings139,169 108,365 78,424

Payments for:

Borrowings(99,393)(80,230)(64,805)

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(5,835)(4,199)(6,178)

Cash dividends(6,593)(6,138)(5,763)

Other financing activities142 (350)(125)

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities67,758 46,756 (2,726)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents3,219 (2,504)451

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents6,309 16,154 (38,895)

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period105,386 89,232 128,127

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$111,695 $105,386 $89,232

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

Cash payments for:

Interest$47,096 $46,359 $41,940

Income taxes, net of refunds3,504 1,885 2,035

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements83

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

The Firm

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Morgan Stanley operates as an Integrated Firm whereby it serves clients holistically across its business segments. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments is below. Through the Integrated Firm some of our clients may use the products and services of more than one of our business segments.

Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity securities and other products, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Markets business, which comprises Equity and Fixed Income, provides sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, and Asia wealth management services and holds certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to clients. Other activities include research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors, including high and ultra-high net worth individuals, and businesses and institutions. Wealth Management supports clients through three channels: Advisor-Led, Self-Directed and Workplace. Wealth Management includes: financial advisor-led brokerage, investment advisory, custody, cash management, and administrative services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; securities-based lending, residential and commercial real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products, which are offered through a variety of investment vehicles, include equity, fixed income, alternatives and solutions, and liquidity and overlay services. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are generally served through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

Basis of Financial Information

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the Firm to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuations of goodwill and intangible assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, deferred tax assets, ACL, and other matters that affect its financial statements and related disclosures. The Firm believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

The Notes are an integral part of the Firm’s financial statements. The Firm has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in these financial statements through the date of this report and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events not otherwise reported in these financial statements or the notes thereto.

Consolidation

The financial statements include the accounts of the Firm, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, including certain VIEs (see Note 15). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. For consolidated subsidiaries that are not wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as Noncontrolling interests. The net income attributable to Noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests in the income statement. The portion of shareholders’ equity that is attributable to Noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Noncontrolling interests, a component of Total equity, in the balance sheet.

For entities where the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and the equity holders bear the residual economic risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Firm consolidates those entities it controls either through a

December 2025 Form 10-K84

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria), the Firm consolidates those entities where it has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

For investments in entities in which the Firm does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, it applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues (see Note 11) unless the Firm has elected to measure the investment at fair value, in which case net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 5).

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

The Firm’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include:

•Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”),

•Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB”),

•Morgan Stanley Europe SE (“MSESE”),

•Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”),

•Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC (“MSCS”),

•Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“MSCG”),

•Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”),

•Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and

•Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).

For further information on the Firm’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries, see Note 16.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when the promised goods or services are delivered to our customers in an amount that is based on the consideration the Firm expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services when such amounts are not probable of significant reversal.

Investment Banking

Revenues from investment banking activities consist of revenues earned from underwriting, primarily equity and fixed income securities and loan syndications, and advisory fees, primarily for mergers, acquisitions and restructurings.

Underwriting revenues are generally recognized on trade date if there is no uncertainty or contingency related to the amount to be paid. Underwriting costs are deferred and recognized in

the relevant non-interest expenses line items when the related underwriting revenues are recorded.

Advisory fees are recognized as advice is provided to the client, based on the estimated progress of work and when revenues are not probable of a significant reversal. Advisory costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items, including those reimbursed.

Commissions and Fees

Commission and fee revenues generally result from transaction-based arrangements in which the client is charged a fee for the execution of transactions. Such revenues primarily arise from transactions in equity securities; services related to sales and trading activities; and sales of mutual funds, alternative funds, futures, insurance products and options, as well as revenues from order flow payments for directing customer orders to broker-dealers, exchanges and market centers for execution. Commission and fee revenues are recognized on trade date when the performance obligation is satisfied.

Asset Management Revenues

Asset management, distribution and administration fees are generally based on related asset levels, such as the AUM of a customer’s account or the net asset value of a fund. These fees are generally recognized when services are performed and the value of the assets is known. Management fees are reduced by estimated fee waivers and expense caps, if any, provided to the customer.

Performance-based fees not in the form of carried interest are recorded when the annual performance target is met and the revenues are not probable of a significant reversal.

Sales commissions paid by the Firm in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets and amortized to Other expenses over the expected life of the contract. The Firm periodically tests deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. Other asset management and distribution costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items.

Investments Revenues—Carried Interest

The Firm is entitled to receive performance-based fees in the form of carried interest when the return in certain funds exceeds specified performance targets. When the Firm earns carried interest from funds as specified performance thresholds are met, that carried interest and any related general or limited partner interest are accounted for under the equity method of accounting and measured based on the Firm’s claim on the NAV of the fund at the reporting date, taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. Such items are reflected within Investments revenues.

85

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

See Note 22 for information regarding the net cumulative unrealized amount of performance-based fee revenues at risk of reversal. See Note 14 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Other Items

Revenues from certain commodities-related contracts are recognized in Trading revenues when the Firm has transferred control over the promised goods or services to the customer.

Receivables from contracts with customers are recognized in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet when the underlying performance obligations have been satisfied and the Firm has the right per the contract to bill the customer. Contract assets are recognized in Other assets when the Firm has satisfied its performance obligations but customer payment is conditional on something other than the passage of time. Contract liabilities are recognized in Other liabilities and accrued expenses when the Firm has collected payment from a customer based on the terms of the contract but the underlying performance obligations are not yet satisfied.

For contracts with a term of less than one year, incremental costs to obtain the contract are expensed as incurred. Revenues are not discounted when payment is expected within one year.

The Firm generally presents, net within revenues, taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Firm from a customer.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with banks. Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of three months or less from the acquisition date that are readily convertible to cash and are not held for trading purposes.

Cash and cash equivalents also include Restricted cash, such as cash segregated in compliance with federal or other regulations, including minimum reserve requirements set by the Federal Reserve Bank and other central banks, and the Firm’s initial margin deposited with clearing organizations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Instruments within Trading assets and Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either as required or allowed by accounting guidance. These financial instruments primarily represent the Firm’s trading and investment positions and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, securities classified as Available-for-Sale (“AFS”) are measured at fair value.

Gains and losses on instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Trading revenues, Investments revenues or Investment banking revenues in the income statement, except for gains and losses related to AFS securities (see “AFS Investment Securities” section herein and Note 7) and derivatives accounted for as hedges, as well as economic derivative hedges associated with certain held-for-sale and held-for-investment corporate loans and lending commitments (see “Hedge Accounting” and “Other Hedges” herein and Note 6).

Interest income and interest expense are recorded within the income statement depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest is recorded within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is recorded within Interest income or Interest expense. Dividend income is recorded in Trading revenues or Investments revenues depending on the business activity.

The fair value of OTC financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying balance sheet on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Firm nets the fair value of cash collateral paid or received against the fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement.

Fair Value Option

The Firm has elected to measure certain eligible instruments at fair value, including Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Loans and lending commitments, equity method investments and certain other assets, Deposits, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Other secured financings and Borrowings.

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, assumptions are set to reflect those that the Firm believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Where the Firm manages a group of financial assets, financial liabilities, and nonfinancial items accounted for as derivatives on the basis of its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, the Firm measures the fair value of that group of financial instruments consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.

December 2025 Form 10-K86

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In determining fair value, the Firm uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that requires the most observable inputs be used when available.

Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that were developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Firm. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect assumptions the Firm believes other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows, with Level 1 being the highest and Level 3 being the lowest level:

Level 1. Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets that the Firm has the ability to access for identical assets or liabilities. Valuation adjustments, block discounts and discounts for entity-specific and contractual restrictions that would not transfer to market participants are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

Level 2. Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, significant market inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, or market-corroborated inputs.

Level 3. Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the product. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Firm in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Firm considers prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the total fair value amount is disclosed in the level appropriate

for the lowest level input that is significant to the total fair value of the asset or liability.

Valuation Techniques

Many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a party is willing to accept for an asset. The Firm carries positions at the point within the bid-ask range that meets its best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

Fair value for many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms, as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, creditworthiness of the Firm, option volatility and currency rates.

Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty, and concentration risk and funding in order to arrive at fair value. Adjustments for liquidity risk adjust model-derived mid-market amounts of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments for the bid-mid or mid-ask spread required to properly reflect the exit price of a risk position. Bid-mid and mid-ask spreads are marked to levels observed in trade activity, broker quotes or other external third-party data. Where these spreads are unobservable for the particular position in question, spreads are derived from observable levels of similar positions.

The Firm applies credit-related valuation adjustments to its Borrowings for which the fair value option was elected and to OTC derivatives. The Firm considers the impact of changes in its own credit spreads based upon observations of the secondary bond market spreads when measuring the fair value for Borrowings.

For OTC derivatives, which are recognized in Trading assets at fair value in the balance sheet, the impact of changes in both the Firm’s and the counterparty’s credit rating is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the Firm simulates the distribution of the future exposure to a counterparty, then applies market-based default probabilities to the future exposure, leveraging external third-party CDS spread data. Where CDS spread data are unavailable for a specific counterparty, bond market spreads, CDS spread data based on the counterparty’s credit rating or CDS spread data that reference a comparable counterparty may be utilized. The Firm also considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate its exposure to each counterparty.

87

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Adjustments for model uncertainty are taken for positions whose underlying models are reliant on significant inputs that are neither directly nor indirectly observable, hence requiring reliance on established theoretical concepts in their derivation. These adjustments are derived by making assessments of the possible degree of variability using statistical approaches and market-based information where possible.

The Firm may apply concentration adjustments to certain of its OTC derivative portfolios to reflect the additional cost of closing out a particularly large risk exposure. Where possible, these adjustments are based on observable market information, but in many instances, significant judgment is required to estimate the costs of closing out concentrated risk exposures due to the lack of liquidity in the marketplace.

The Firm applies an FVA in the fair value measurements of OTC uncollateralized or partially collateralized derivatives and in collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the reuse of the collateral received. In general, FVA reflects a market funding risk premium inherent in the noted derivative instruments. The methodology for measuring FVA leverages the Firm’s existing credit-related valuation adjustment calculation methodologies, which apply to both assets and liabilities.

See Note 4 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

Certain of the Firm’s assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Firm incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets or liabilities to fair value.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy for inputs as described above, which requires that observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 4.

Offsetting of Derivative Instruments

In connection with its derivative activities, the Firm generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Firm with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off cash collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty.

Derivatives with enforceable master netting agreements are reported net of cash collateral received and posted.

However, in certain circumstances, the Firm may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime may not support the enforceability of the master netting agreement or collateral agreement; or the Firm may not have sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agreement. In cases where the Firm has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset (see Note 6).

The Firm’s policy is generally to receive cash and/or securities posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation) in connection with derivative transactions, irrespective of the enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Firm may agree for such collateral to be posted by the counterparty to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables it to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Firm’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 6.

Hedge Accounting

The Firm applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments for the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges); hedges of variability in forecasted cash flows from floating-rate assets due to contractually specified interest rates (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the Parent Company (net investment hedges). These financial instruments are included within Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts or Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts in the balance sheet. For hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, the Firm performs effectiveness testing and other procedures. The change in the fair value of the designated portion of the hedging instrument should be highly correlated, between 80 and 125 percent of the change in the fair value, cash flows, or carrying value (due to translation gains or losses) of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. The Firm considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to counterparty credit spreads and its own credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk

The Firm’s designated fair value hedges consist of interest rate swaps designated as hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain fixed-rate AFS securities and senior borrowings. The Firm also designates interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain fixed rate deposits. The Firm is permitted to hedge the

December 2025 Form 10-K88

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

full, or part of the contractual term of the hedged instrument. The Firm uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships. For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the change in the fair value of the derivative, offset by the change in the fair value attributable to the change in the benchmark interest rate risk of the hedged asset (liability), is recognized in earnings each period as a component of Interest income (expense). For AFS securities, the change in fair value of the hedged item due to changes other than the risk being hedged will continue to be reported in OCI. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged asset (liability) is amortized to Interest income (expense) over the remaining life of the asset (liability) using the effective interest method. For certain AFS securities, the Firm also applies the portfolio layer method of hedge accounting, which permits prepayable and non-prepayable assets to be included in the portfolio and allows more of the portfolio to be hedged. Further, the portfolio layer method of accounting requires that basis adjustments are maintained at the portfolio level and not allocated to individual items until certain de-designation events occur. The amount designated as hedged is the sum of the notional amounts of all outstanding layers in each portfolio. Refer to Note 6 and Note 7 to the financial statements for additional information on portfolio layer method hedging.

Net Investment Hedges

The Firm uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage a portion of the currency exposure relating to its net investments in foreign operations. To the extent that the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the underlying exchange rate of the derivative hedging instrument is the same as the exchange rate between the functional currency of the investee and the intermediate parent entity’s functional currency, it is considered to be perfectly effective. The gain or loss from revaluing qualifying hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is reported within AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and changes in the fair value of this excluded component are recorded currently in Interest income.

Cash Flow Hedges—Interest Rate Risk

The Firm’s designated cash flow hedges consist of interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of variability in forecasted cash flows from floating-rate assets due to changes in the contractually specified interest rates. The Firm uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships.

The objective of this strategy is to hedge the risk of changes in the hedged item’s cash flows attributable to changes in the contractually specified interest rate. For qualifying cash flow

hedges of contractually specified interest rates, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in OCI and subsequently reclassified to earnings in the same periods when the hedged item affects earnings. If cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued, AOCI is released into earnings immediately if the cash flow of the hedged item is probable of not occurring. Otherwise the amount in AOCI is released into earnings as the forecasted transaction affects earnings.

Other Hedges

In addition to hedges that are designated and qualify for hedge accounting, the Firm uses derivatives to economically hedge credit risk associated with certain held-for-sale and held-for-investment corporate loans and lending commitments, and the related gains and losses are reported within Other revenues in the income statement.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 6.

AFS Investment Securities

AFS securities are reported at fair value in the balance sheet. Interest income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in Interest income in the income statement. Unrealized gains are recorded in OCI, and unrealized losses are recorded either in OCI or in Other revenues as described below.

AFS securities in an unrealized loss position are first evaluated to determine whether there is an intent to sell or it is more likely than not the Firm will be required to sell before recovery of the amortized cost basis. If so, the amortized cost basis is written down to the fair value of the security such that the entire unrealized loss is recognized in Other revenues, and any previously established ACL is written off.

For all other AFS securities in an unrealized loss position, any portion of unrealized losses representing a credit loss is recognized in Other revenues and as an increase to the ACL for AFS securities, with the remainder of unrealized losses recognized in OCI. A credit loss exists if the Firm does not expect to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. When considering whether a credit loss exists, the Firm considers relevant information, including:

•guarantees (implicit or explicit) by the U.S. government;

•the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

•adverse conditions specifically related to the security, its industry or geographic area;

•changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security or, in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors;

•the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future;

89

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

•failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

•the current rating and any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency.

If a credit loss exists, the Firm measures the credit loss as the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected (discounted at the implicit interest rate at acquisition of the security or discounted at the effective yield for securities that incorporate changes in prepayment assumptions) and the amortized cost basis of the security. Changes in prepayment assumptions alone are not considered to result in a credit loss. When estimating the present value of expected cash flows, information utilized includes the remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, financial condition of the issuer, expected defaults and the value of any underlying collateral.

Presentation of ACL and Provision for Credit Losses

ACLProvision for Credit Losses

AFS securitiesContra investment securitiesOther revenue

Nonaccrual and ACL Charge-offs on AFS Securities

AFS securities follow the nonaccrual and charge-off guidance as discussed in “Nonaccrual” and “ACL Charge-offs” herein.

HTM Securities

HTM securities are reported at amortized cost, net of any ACL, in the balance sheet. Refer to “Allowance for Credit Losses” herein for guidance on the ACL determination. Interest income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on HTM securities, is included in Interest income in the income statement.

Loans

The Firm accounts for loans based on the following categories: loans held for investment; loans held for sale; and loans at fair value.

Nonaccrual and ACL Charge-offs on Loans

All loan categories described below follow the nonaccrual guidance as discussed in “Nonaccrual” and loans held for investment follow the charge-off guidance as discussed in “ACL Charge-offs” herein.

Loans Held for Investment

Loans held for investment are reported at amortized cost, which consists of the outstanding principle balance adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for credit losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs for originated loans, and any unamortized premiums or discounts for purchased loans.

Interest Income. Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the

contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to produce a level rate of return.

Lending Commitments. The Firm records the liability and related expense for the credit exposure related to commitments to fund loans. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheet and the expense is recorded in the Provision for credit losses in the income statement. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 14.

For more information regarding allowance for credit losses, refer to “Allowance for Credit Losses” herein.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are measured at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in Other revenues. The Firm determines the valuation allowance on an individual loan basis, except for residential mortgage loans for which the valuation allowance is determined at the loan product level. Any decreases in fair value below the initial carrying amount and any recoveries in fair value up to the initial carrying amount are recorded in Other revenues. Increases in fair value above initial carrying value are not recognized.

Interest Income. Interest income on loans held for sale is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest. Loan origination fees or costs and purchase price discounts or premiums are deferred as an adjustment to the loan’s cost basis until the related loan is sold and, as such, are included in the periodic determination of the lower of cost or fair value adjustments and the gain or loss recognized at the time of sale.

Lending Commitments. Commitments to fund mortgage loans held for sale are derivatives and are reported in Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the balance sheet and in Trading revenues in the income statement.

For commitments to fund non-mortgage loans, the Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure below cost of such commitments in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheet with an offset to Other revenues in the income statement.

Because loans and lending commitments held for sale are recognized at the lower of cost or fair value, the allowance for credit losses and charge-off policies do not apply to these loans.

Loans at Fair Value

Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value and included in Trading assets in the balance sheet, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. For further

December 2025 Form 10-K90

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

information on loans carried at fair value and classified as Trading assets, see Note 4.

Lending Commitments. The Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be measured at fair value. The liability is recorded in Trading liabilities in the balance sheet, and the expense is recorded in Trading revenues in the income statement.

Because such loans and lending commitments are reported at fair value, the allowance for credit losses and charge-off policies do not apply to these loans.

For further information on loans, see Note 9. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 14.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The ACL for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet exposures (e.g., HFI loans and lending commitments, HTM securities, customer and other receivables and certain guarantees) represents an estimate of expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial instrument.

Factors considered by management when determining the ACL include payment status, fair value of collateral and expected payments of principal and interest, as well as internal or external information relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The Firm uses three probability-weighted scenarios including base, adverse, and favorable scenarios, to estimate ACL. These scenarios include assumptions about certain macroeconomic variables, including, but not limited to, U.S. gross domestic product (“GDP”), corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate, home price and equity market indices. At the conclusion of the Firm’s reasonable and supportable forecast period of 13 quarters, the scenarios gradually revert to historical averages.

The ACL is measured on a collective basis when similar risk characteristics exist for multiple instruments, considering all available information relevant to assessing the collectability of cash flows. Generally, the Firm applies a probability of default/loss given default model for instruments that are collectively assessed, under which the ACL is calculated as the product of probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default. These parameters are forecast for each collective group of assets using a scenario-based statistical model.

If the instrument does not share similar risk characteristics with other instruments, including when it is probable that the Firm will be unable to collect the full payment of principal and interest on the instrument when due, the ACL is measured on an individual basis. The Firm generally applies a

discounted cash flow method for instruments that are individually assessed.

The Firm may also elect to use an approach that considers the fair value of the collateral when measuring the ACL if the loan is collateral dependent (i.e., repayment of the loan is expected to be provided substantially by the sale or operation of the underlying collateral and the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty).

Additionally, the Firm can elect to use an approach to measure the ACL that considers the fair value of collateral where the borrower is required to, and reasonably expected to, continually adjust and replenish the amount of collateral securing the instrument to reflect changes in the fair value of such collateral. The Firm has elected to use this approach for certain securities-based loans, margin loans, securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed.

Credit quality indicators considered in developing the ACL include:

•Corporate loans, secured lending facilities, commercial real estate loans and securities, and other loans: Internal risk ratings developed by the CRM that are refreshed at least annually, and more frequently as necessary. These ratings generally correspond to external ratings published by S&P. The Firm also considers transaction structure, including type of collateral, collateral terms and position of the obligation within the capital structure. In addition, for commercial real estate, the Firm considers property type and location, net operating income and LTV ratios, among other factors, as well as commercial real estate price and credit spread indices and capitalization rates.

•Residential real estate loans: Loan origination Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) credit scores as determined by independent credit agencies in the U.S. and LTV ratios.

•Employee loans: Employment status, which includes those currently employed by the Firm and for which the Firm can deduct any unpaid amounts due to it through certain compensation arrangements; and those no longer employed by the Firm where such arrangements are no longer applicable.

Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, the nature and volume of the portfolio, and lending terms and the volume and severity of past due loans are also considered in the ACL calculations.

91

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Presentation of ACL and Provision for Credit Losses

ACLProvision for Credit Losses

Held for investment loansContra assetProvision for credit losses

Other instruments measured at amortized cost (e.g., HTM securities and customer and other receivables)

Contra assetOther revenues

Employee loansContra assetCompensation and benefits expenses

Held for investment lending commitmentsOther liabilities and accrued expensesProvision for credit losses

Other off-balance sheet instruments (e.g., certain guarantees)

Other liabilities and accrued expensesOther expenses

Nonaccrual

The Firm places financial instruments on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is not expected when contractually due or is past due for a period of 90 days or more unless the obligation is well-secured and is in the process of collection.

For any instrument placed on nonaccrual status, the Firm reverses any unpaid interest accrued with an offsetting reduction to Interest income. Principal and interest payments received on nonaccrual instruments are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of principal. If collection of the principal is not in doubt, interest income is realized on a cash basis. If the instrument is brought current and neither principal nor interest collection is in doubt, instruments can generally return to accrual status, and interest income can be recognized.

ACL Charge-offs

The principal balance of a financial instrument is charged off in the period it is deemed uncollectible, resulting in a reduction in the ACL and in the balance of the financial instrument in the balance sheet. Accrued interest receivable balances that are separately recorded from the related financial instruments are charged off against Interest income when the related financial instrument is placed on nonaccrual status. Accordingly, the Firm elected not to measure an ACL for accrued interest receivables.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Firm has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Any related gain or loss on sale is recorded in Net revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as collateralized financings. Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 8).

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements-to-maturity, are carried in the balance sheet at the amount of cash paid or received plus accrued interest except for certain

reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements for which the Firm has elected the fair value option (see Note 5). Where appropriate, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis, as are securities borrowed and securities loaned with the same counterparty. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.

In instances where the Firm is the lender in securities-for-securities transactions and is permitted to sell or repledge securities received, the fair value of this collateral is reported in Trading assets, and the related obligation to return the collateral is reported in Trading liabilities in the balance sheet. Securities-for-securities transactions where the Firm is the borrower are not included in the balance sheet.

In order to manage credit exposure arising from these transactions, in appropriate circumstances, the Firm enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Firm with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral held by the Firm against the net amount owed by the counterparty.

The Firm’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased or borrowed in connection with reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions, respectively, and to receive cash and/or securities delivered under repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions (with rights of rehypothecation).

For information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions, see Note 8.

Premises, Equipment and Capitalized Software Costs

Premises, equipment and capitalized software costs consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power generation assets and capitalized software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises, equipment and capitalized software costs are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization and are included in Other assets in the balance sheet. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset.

December 2025 Form 10-K92

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Estimated Useful Life of Assets

in yearsEstimated Useful Life

Buildings39

Leasehold improvements—Buildingterm of lease to 25

Leasehold improvements—Otherterm of lease to 15

Furniture and fixtures7

Computer and communications equipment3 to 9

Power generation assets15 to 29

Capitalized software costs2 to 10

Premises, equipment and capitalized software costs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Firm tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Firm tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below the Firm’s operating segments. The Firm’s operating segments are equivalent to its business segments. The Firm tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the aggregate level of management contracts. For both the annual and interim tests, the Firm has the option to either (i) perform a quantitative impairment test or (ii) first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than its carrying amount, in which case, the quantitative test would be performed.

When performing a quantitative impairment test of goodwill, the Firm compares the fair value of the reporting unit with the carrying amount. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, the impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value, limited to the carrying amount of goodwill within the reporting unit.

When performing a quantitative impairment test of indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Firm compares the fair value of the assets with the carrying amount. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, the impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value, limited to the carrying amount of the assets.

The estimated fair values used in the quantitative impairment tests of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are derived based on valuation techniques the Firm believes market participants would use. The estimated fair values are generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies for goodwill impairment testing.

Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful life and are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis to assess whether impairment indicators are

present. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the income statement.

Earnings per Common Share

Basic EPS is computed by dividing earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested RSUs where recipients have satisfied the relevant vesting terms. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

Share-based awards, including awards that pay dividend equivalents subject to vesting, are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.

The Firm has granted PSUs that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if predetermined performance goals are satisfied. Since the issuance of the shares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on the number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the reporting date was the end of the performance period.

For further information on diluted earnings (loss) per common share, see Note 17 to the financial statements.

Deferred Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

The Firm measures compensation expense for stock-based awards at fair value. The Firm determines the fair value of RSUs and PSUs based on the grant-date fair value of its common stock, measured as the volume-weighted average price on the date of grant (“VWAP”). The fair value of RSUs not entitled to dividends until conversion is measured at VWAP reduced by the present value of dividends expected to be paid on the underlying shares prior to scheduled conversion date.

Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period relevant to each separately vesting portion of the award. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is measured based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. The Firm accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

Stock-based awards generally contain clawback and cancellation provisions. Certain awards provide the Firm discretion to claw back or cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances. Where award terms are considered to be subjective, a grant date cannot be established. As a result, such awards are subject to variable accounting, and compensation expense for those awards is adjusted for changes in the fair value of the Firm’s common stock or the relevant model valuation, as appropriate, until

93

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

conversion, exercise or expiration. Following amendments to clarify specific subjective award terms in the second quarter of 2023, a grant date for the awards was established such that compensation expense for those awards is no longer adjusted for changes in the fair value of the Firm’s common stock. The Firm also operates an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) which allows eligible employees of the Firm to purchase shares of Morgan Stanley at a discount.

Employee Stock Trusts

In connection with certain stock-based compensation plans, the Firm has established employee stock trusts to provide, at its discretion, common stock voting rights to certain RSU holders. Following the grant of an RSU award, when a stock trust is utilized, the Firm contributes shares to be held in the stock trust until the RSUs convert to common shares. The assets of the employee stock trusts are consolidated with those of the Firm and are generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock, where the shares of common stock outstanding reported in Common stock issued to employee stock trusts are offset by an equal amount reported in Employee stock trusts in the balance sheet.

The Firm uses the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation as the basis for recording the movement of the assets to or from the employee stock trusts. Changes in the fair value are not recognized as the Firm’s stock-based compensation must be settled by delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Firm’s common stock.

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation

Compensation expense for DCP awards is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for changes in the fair value of the referenced investments that employees select. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period relevant to each separately vesting portion of deferred awards.

The Firm invests directly, as a principal, in financial instruments and other investments to economically hedge certain of its obligations under its DCP. Changes in the value of such investments are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Firm, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on the Firm’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

Retirement-Eligible Employee Compensation

For year-end stock-based awards and DCP awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost of the awards over the course

of the calendar year preceding the grant date, which reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

Carried Interest Compensation

The Firm generally recognizes compensation expense for any portion of carried interest (both realized and unrealized) that is allocated to employees. For information on performance-based fees in the form of carried interest, which are directly related to carried interest compensation, see “Revenue Recognition—Carried Interest” herein.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date. Such effects are recorded in Provision for income taxes regardless of where deferred taxes were originally recorded.

The Firm recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Firm considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and results of recent operations. When performing the assessment, the Firm considers all types of deferred tax assets in combination with each other, regardless of the origin of the underlying temporary difference. If a deferred tax asset is determined to be unrealizable, a valuation allowance is established. If the Firm subsequently determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Firm recognizes tax expense associated with Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income as it is incurred as part of the current income taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period.

Uncertain tax positions are recorded on the basis of a two-step process, whereby (i) the Firm determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet this threshold, the Firm recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of the provision for income taxes.

December 2025 Form 10-K94

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Foreign Currencies

Assets and liabilities of operations with non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated at year-end rates of exchange. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects, are reflected in AOCI in the balance sheet. Gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are included in net income, and amounts recognized in the income statement are translated at the rate of exchange on the respective date of recognition for each amount.

Accounting Updates Adopted in 2025

Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures

The Firm adopted the ASU 2023-09 - Income Taxes—Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures update on a retrospective basis, effective January 1, 2025. This update enhances annual income tax disclosures primarily to further disaggregate disclosures related to the income tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. For the income tax rate reconciliation, this update requires (1) disclosure of specific categories of reconciling items (where applicable), and (2) providing additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. For income taxes paid (net of refunds), this update requires disclosure of amounts disaggregated by (1) federal, state, and foreign taxes; and (2) individual jurisdictions that meet a quantitative threshold. Additionally, the update requires disclosure of (1) income (or loss) before income taxes, disaggregated between domestic and foreign; and (2) income tax expense disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. There was no impact to the Firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows upon adoption of this update. See Note 21 to the financial statements for the new disclosures.

Accounting Updates Adopted in 2024

Segment Reporting

The Firm adopted the ASU 2023-07 - Segment Reporting—Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures accounting update retrospectively, effective January 1, 2024. This accounting update requires additional reportable segment disclosures on an annual and interim basis, primarily about significant segment expenses and other segment items that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within the reported measure of segment profit or loss. See Note 22 to the financial statements for disclosures on the Firm’s reportable segments.

Investments - Tax Credit Structures

The Firm adopted the ASU 2023-02 - Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures—Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method accounting update on January 1, 2024 using the modified retrospective method. This accounting update

permits an election to account for tax equity investments using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, the initial cost of the investment is amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received and recognized net in the income statement as a component of provision for income taxes. The update requires a separate accounting policy election to be made for each tax credit program. Additional disclosures are required regarding (i) the nature of our tax equity investments and (ii) the effect of our tax equity investments and related income tax credits on the financial condition and results of operations (see Note 11).

The adoption resulted in a decrease to Retained earnings of $60 million as of January 1, 2024, net of tax, and a corresponding reduction to Other assets.

3. Cash and Cash Equivalents

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Cash and due from banks$4,462 $4,436

Interest bearing deposits with banks107,233 100,950

Total Cash and cash equivalents$111,695 $105,386

Restricted cash$30,385 $29,643

For additional information on cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, see Note 2.

95

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4. Fair Values

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Netting1

Total

Assets at fair value

Trading assets:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities$70,801 $48,504 $— $— $119,305

Other sovereign government obligations44,790 359 59 — 45,208

State and municipal securities— 3,740 — — 3,740

MABS— 2,326 317 — 2,643

Loans and lending commitments2

— 9,520 1,424 — 10,944

Corporate and other debt3,720 32,117 1,414 — 37,251

Corporate equities3,5

161,160 823 276 — 162,259

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate2,231 125,002 452 — 127,685

Credit— 10,081 263 — 10,344

Foreign exchange11 85,969 165 — 86,145

Equity7,335 85,077 717 — 93,129

Commodity and other222 13,746 2,494 — 16,462

Netting1

(7,509)(247,840)(1,049)(40,577)(296,975)

Total derivative and other contracts2,290 72,035 3,042 (40,577)36,790

Investments4,5

795 416 1,507 — 2,718

Physical commodities— 685 — — 685

Total trading assets4

283,556 170,525 8,039 (40,577)421,543

Investment securities —AFS80,907 29,559 — — 110,466

Total assets at fair value$364,463 $200,084 $8,039 $(40,577)$532,009

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Netting1

Total

Liabilities at fair value

Deposits$— $8,754 $1 $— $8,755

Trading liabilities:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities19,297 2 — — 19,299

Other sovereign government obligations23,534 28 2 — 23,564

Corporate and other debt1,447 14,138 50 — 15,635

Corporate equities3

68,989 27 30 — 69,046

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate2,189 113,060 606 — 115,855

Credit— 10,520 176 — 10,696

Foreign exchange70 82,887 129 — 83,086

Equity6,253 114,930 2,150 — 123,333

Commodity and other264 13,338 1,574 — 15,176

Netting1

(7,509)(247,840)(1,049)(49,723)(306,121)

Total derivative and other contracts1,267 86,895 3,586 (49,723)42,025

Total trading liabilities114,534 101,090 3,668 (49,723)169,569

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase— 251 445 — 696

Other secured financings— 16,565 306 — 16,871

Borrowings— 131,871 608 — 132,479

Total liabilities at fair value$114,534 $258,531 $5,028 $(49,723)$328,370

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Netting1

Total

Assets at fair value

Trading assets:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities$54,436 $44,332 $— $— $98,768

Other sovereign government obligations25,179 9,969 17 — 35,165

State and municipal securities— 2,993 — — 2,993

MABS— 2,231 281 — 2,512

Loans and lending commitments2

— 7,602 1,059 — 8,661

Corporate and other debt— 30,394 1,258 — 31,652

Corporate equities3,5

102,874 606 154 — 103,634

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate4,154 124,309 343 — 128,806

Credit— 8,783 367 — 9,150

Foreign exchange65 108,037 620 — 108,722

Equity2,704 72,532 446 — 75,682

Commodity and other1,366 12,370 2,195 — 15,931

Netting1

(6,471)(251,771)(645)(40,835)(299,722)

Total derivative and other contracts1,818 74,260 3,326 (40,835)38,569

Investments4,5

808 933 754 — 2,495

Physical commodities— 1,229 — — 1,229

Total trading assets4

185,115 174,549 6,849 (40,835)325,678

Investment securities —AFS69,834 28,774 — — 98,608

Total assets at fair value$254,949 $203,323 $6,849 $(40,835)$424,286

December 2025 Form 10-K96

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Netting1

Total

Liabilities at fair value

Deposits$— $6,498 $1 $— $6,499

Trading liabilities:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities21,505 3 — — 21,508

Other sovereign government obligations20,724 3,712 84 — 24,520

Corporate and other debt— 9,032 11 — 9,043

Corporate equities3

60,653 95 15 — 60,763

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate3,615 114,179 396 — 118,190

Credit— 9,302 270 — 9,572

Foreign exchange147 104,793 31 — 104,971

Equity3,241 90,639 1,594 — 95,474

Commodity and other1,461 11,215 887 — 13,563

Netting1

(6,471)(251,771)(645)(44,953)(303,840)

Total derivative and other contracts1,993 78,357 2,533 (44,953)37,930

Total trading liabilities104,875 91,199 2,643 (44,953)153,764

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase— 512 444 — 956

Other secured financings— 14,012 76 — 14,088

Borrowings— 102,385 947 — 103,332

Total liabilities at fair value$104,875 $214,606 $4,111 $(44,953)$278,639

MABS—Mortgage- and asset-backed securities

1.For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Netting.” Positions classified within the same level that are with the same counterparty are netted within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 6.

2.For a further breakdown by type, see the following Detail of Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value table.

3.For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.

4.Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured based on NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Net Asset Value Measurements” herein.

5.At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Firm’s Trading assets included an insignificant amount of equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions that generally prohibit the Firm from selling the security for a period of time as of the measurement date.

Detail of Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Commercial real estate$675 $498

Residential real estate3,274 1,922

Securities-based lending and Other loans6,995 6,241

Total$10,944 $8,661

Unsettled Fair Value of Futures Contracts1

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Customer and other receivables (payables), net

$1,538 $1,914

1.These contracts are primarily Level 1, actively traded, valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are excluded from the previous recurring fair value tables.

Valuation Techniques for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities

U.S. Treasury Securities

Valuation Technique:

•Fair value is determined using quoted market prices.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 1—as actively traded and prices are observable

U.S. Agency Securities

Valuation Techniques:

•Non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices, and callable agency-issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for comparable instruments.

•The fair value of agency mortgage pass-through pool securities is model-driven based on spreads of comparable to-be-announced securities.

•CMOs are generally valued using quoted market prices and trade data adjusted by subsequent changes in related indices for comparable instruments.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 1—on-the-run agency issued debt securities if actively traded and prices are observable

•Level 2—all other agency issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and CMOs if actively traded and inputs are observable

•Level 3—in instances where the trading activity is limited or inputs are unobservable

Other Sovereign Government Obligations

Valuation Techniques:

•Fair value is determined using quoted prices in active markets when available. When not available, quoted prices in less active markets are used. In the absence of position-specific quoted prices, fair value may be determined through benchmarking from comparable instruments.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 1—if actively traded and prices are observable

•Level 2—if the market is less active or prices are dispersed

•Level 3—in instances where the trading activity is limited or the prices are unobservable

State and Municipal Securities

Valuation Techniques:

•Fair value is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations or pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or CDS spreads, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—if value based on observable market data supported by market liquidity for comparable instruments

•Level 3—in instances where market data are not observable or supported by market liquidity

97

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities

Valuation Techniques:

•Mortgage- and asset-backed securities may be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as vendors or brokers.

•When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to comparable instruments, and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates, and/or applying discounted cash flow techniques. When evaluating the comparable instruments for use in the valuation of each security, security collateral-specific attributes, including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity, are considered. In addition, for RMBS borrowers, FICO scores and the level of documentation for the loan are considered.

•Market standard cash flow models may be utilized to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each transaction. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, and default and prepayment rates for each asset category.

•Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—if value based on observable market data supported by market liquidity for comparable instruments

•Level 3—if external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or not supported by market liquidity or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance or other inputs

Loans and Lending Commitments

Valuation Techniques:

•Fair value of corporate loans is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, market observable CDS spread levels obtained from independent external parties adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

•Fair value of mortgage loans is determined using observable prices based on transactional data or third-party pricing for comparable instruments, when available.

•Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is estimated based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using the Firm’s best available estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions.

Fair value of equity margin loans is determined by discounting future interest cash flows, net of potential losses resulting from large downward price movements of the underlying margin loan collateral. The potential losses are modeled using the margin loan rate, which is calibrated from market observable CDS spreads, implied debt yields or volatility metrics of the loan collateral.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—if value based on observable market data supported by market liquidity for comparable instruments

•Level 3—in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or not supported by market liquidity or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity

Corporate and Other Debt

Corporate Bonds

Valuation Techniques:

•Fair value is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations, bond spreads and CDS spreads obtained from independent external parties, such as vendors and brokers, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.

•The spread data used is for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data does not reference the issuer, then data that references comparable issuers are used. When position-specific external price data is not observable, fair value is determined based on either benchmarking to comparable instruments or cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single-name CDS spreads and recovery rates or loss given default as significant inputs.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments

•Level 3—in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, not supported by market liquidity or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity

CDOs

Valuation Techniques:

•The Firm holds cash CDOs that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single-name CDS spreads collateralized by corporate bonds (“CLN”) or cash portfolio of ABS/loans (“asset-backed CDOs”).

•Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of CLNs, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. Other model inputs, such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads and interest rates, are typically observable.

•Asset-backed CDOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from comparable instruments as indicated by market activity. Each asset-backed CDO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, deal structures and liquidity.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

December 2025 Form 10-K98

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

•Level 2—when either comparable market transactions are observable or credit correlation input is insignificant

•Level 3—when either comparable market transactions are unobservable or the credit correlation input is significant

Supranational and Government Regional Bonds

Valuation Techniques:

•Fair value is determined using quoted prices in active markets when available. When not available, quoted prices in less active markets are used. In the absence of position-specific quoted prices, fair value may be determined through benchmarking from comparable instruments.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 1—if actively traded and prices are observable

•Level 2—if the market is less active or prices are dispersed

•Level 3—in instances where the trading activity is limited or the prices are unobservable

Equity Contracts with Financing Features

Valuation Techniques:

•Fair value of certain equity contracts, which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they do not meet the net investment criteria, is determined by discounting future interest cash flows, inclusive of the estimated value of the embedded optionality. The valuation uses the same derivative pricing models and valuation techniques as described under “OTC Derivative Contracts” herein.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—when the contract is valued using observable inputs or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant

•Level 3—when the contract is valued using unobservable inputs that are deemed significant

Corporate Equities

Valuation Techniques:

•Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

•Unlisted equity securities are generally valued based on an assessment of each security, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.

•Listed fund units are generally marked to the exchange-traded price if actively traded, or to NAV if not. Unlisted fund units are generally marked to NAV.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 1—actively traded exchange-traded securities and fund units

•Level 2—if not actively traded, inputs are observable or if undergoing a recent M&A event or corporate action

•Level 3—if not actively traded, inputs are unobservable or if undergoing an aged M&A event or corporate action

Derivative and Other Contracts

Exchange-Traded Derivative Contracts

Valuation Techniques:

•Exchange-traded derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

•Exchange-traded derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same techniques as those applied to OTC derivatives as noted below.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 1—when actively traded

•Level 2—when not actively traded

•Level 3—when not actively traded and inputs are unobservable

OTC Derivative Contracts

Valuation Techniques:

•OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

•Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be modeled using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity as the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment since model inputs may be observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, many equity, commodity and foreign currency option contracts, and certain CDS. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Firm are widely accepted by the financial services industry.

•More complex OTC derivative products are typically less liquid and require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique since direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. This includes certain types of interest rate derivatives with both volatility and correlation exposure, equity, commodity or foreign currency derivatives that are either longer-dated or include exposure to multiple underlyings, and credit derivatives, including CDS on certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities and basket CDS. Where required inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable data points, based on historical and/or implied observations, may be employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. For further information on the valuation techniques for OTC derivative products, see Note 2.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—when valued using observable inputs supported by market liquidity or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant

•Level 3—when valued using observable inputs with limited market liquidity or if unobservable inputs are deemed significant

Investments

Valuation Techniques:

•Investments include direct investments in equity securities, as well as various investment management funds, which include DCP investments.

•Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

99

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

•For direct investments, initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Firm as the exit price and is its best estimate of fair value.

•After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of non-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Firm generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value. These investments are included in the Fund Interests table in the “Net Asset Value Measurements” section herein.

•For non-exchange-traded investments either held directly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable Firm transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 1—if actively traded

•Level 2—when not actively traded and valued based on rounds of financing or third-party transactions

•Level 3—when not actively traded and rounds of financing or third-party transactions are not available

Physical Commodities

Valuation Techniques:

•Fair value is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—valued using observable inputs

Investment Securities—AFS Securities

Valuation Techniques:

•AFS securities are composed of U.S. government and agency securities (e.g., U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and CMOs), CMBS, ABS, state and municipal securities. For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the corresponding asset/liability Valuation Technique described herein for the same instruments.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the corresponding Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein.

Deposits

Valuation Techniques:

•The Firm issues FDIC-insured certificates of deposit that pay either fixed coupons or that have repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices or currencies. The fair value of these certificates of deposit is determined using valuation models that incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the deposits are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, equity prices, and the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, adjusted for the impact of

the FDIC insurance, which is based on vanilla deposit issuance rates.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—when valuation inputs are observable

•Level 3—in instances where unobservable inputs are deemed significant

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

Valuation Techniques:

•Fair value is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology.

•The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are the incremental spread over the OIS rate for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—when the valuation inputs are observable and supported by market liquidity

•Level 3—in instances where the valuation input is observable but not supported by market liquidity or if an unobservable input is deemed significant

Other Secured Financings

Valuation Techniques:

•Other secured financings are composed of short-dated notes secured by Corporate equities, repurchase obligations for fractional shares issued to clients, agreements to repurchase Physical commodities, the liabilities related to sales of Loans and lending commitments accounted for as financings, and secured contracts that are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the Valuation Techniques described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.

Borrowings

Valuation Techniques:

•The Firm carries certain borrowings at fair value that are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts that are not classified as derivatives because they fail the initial net investment criterion.

•Fair value is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the instruments. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical

December 2025 Form 10-K100

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

or comparable securities, including prices to which the instruments are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, and commodity or equity prices.

•Independent, external and traded prices are considered, as well as the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, which are based on observed secondary bond market spreads.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:

•Level 2—when valued using observable inputs or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant

•Level 3—in instances where unobservable inputs are deemed significant

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

$ in millions202520242023

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

Beginning balance$— $— $17

Sales— — (10)

Net transfers— — (7)

Ending balance$— $— $—

Unrealized gains (losses)$— $— $—

Other sovereign government obligations

Beginning balance$17 $94 $169

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(1)(12)5

Purchases13 4 38

Sales(14)— (86)

Net transfers44 (69)(32)

Ending balance$59 $17 $94

Unrealized gains (losses)$(1)$(9)$2

State and municipal securities

Beginning balance$— $34 $145

Purchases— — 9

Sales— (29)(6)

Net transfers— (5)(114)

Ending balance$— $— $34

Unrealized gains (losses)$— $— $—

MABS

Beginning balance$281 $489 $416

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)23 9 (2)

Purchases268 83 232

Sales(296)(121)(165)

Net transfers41 (179)8

Ending balance$317 $281 $489

Unrealized gains (losses)$8 $(16)$(14)

Loans and lending commitments

Beginning balance$1,059 $2,066 $2,017

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(40)(15)(189)

Purchases and originations905 235 1,502

Sales(604)(674)(477)

Settlements— (221)(843)

Net transfers

104 (332)56

Ending balance$1,424 $1,059 $2,066

Unrealized gains (losses)$3 $(15)$(76)

$ in millions202520242023

Corporate and other debt

Beginning balance$1,258 $1,983 $2,096

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(50)(72)145

Purchases and originations750 602 623

Sales(444)(631)(664)

Settlements— (84)(33)

Net transfers

(100)(540)(184)

Ending balance$1,414 $1,258 $1,983

Unrealized gains (losses)$33 $55 $(10)

Corporate equities

Beginning balance$154 $199 $116

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(16)(119)12

Purchases130 40 85

Sales(125)(16)(41)

Net transfers133 50 27

Ending balance$276 $154 $199

Unrealized gains (losses)$— $(44)$19

Investments

Beginning balance$754 $949 $923

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)359 33 35

Purchases126 62 158

Sales(252)(288)(183)

Net transfers520 (2)16

Ending balance$1,507 $754 $949

Unrealized gains (losses)$348 $(32)$27

Investment securities—AFS

Beginning balance$— $— $35

Sales— — (32)

Net transfers

— — (3)

Ending balance$— $— $—

Unrealized gains (losses)$— $— $—

Net derivatives: Interest rate

Beginning balance$(53)$(73)$(151)

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(366)126 (336)

Purchases28 59 140

Issuances(33)(9)(43)

Settlements65 (175)241

Net transfers205 19 76

Ending balance$(154)$(53)$(73)

Unrealized gains (losses)$(252)$(53)$(210)

Net derivatives: Credit

Beginning balance$97 $96 $110

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(115)(30)5

Issuances(2)— —

Settlements86 32 (21)

Net transfers21 (1)2

Ending balance$87 $97 $96

Unrealized gains (losses)$(112)$(47)$2

Net derivatives: Foreign exchange

Beginning balance$589 $(365)$66

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)109 874 (290)

Purchases8 — —

Issuances(36)— (1)

Settlements(601)(25)(15)

Net transfers(33)105 (125)

Ending balance$36 $589 $(365)

Unrealized gains (losses)$109 $728 $(277)

101

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

$ in millions202520242023

Net derivatives: Equity

Beginning balance$(1,148)$(1,102)$(736)

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(775)225 (91)

Purchases392 214 221

Issuances(1,124)(710)(572)

Settlements729 132 87

Net transfers

493 93 (11)

Ending balance$(1,433)$(1,148)$(1,102)

Unrealized gains (losses)$(886)$308 $(201)

Net derivatives: Commodity and other

Beginning balance$1,308 $1,290 $1,083

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)494 (1,361)910

Purchases263 87 78

Issuances(438)(153)(136)

Settlements(583)1,336 (701)

Net transfers(124)109 56

Ending balance$920 $1,308 $1,290

Unrealized gains (losses)$540 $(142)$243

Deposits

Beginning balance$1 $33 $20

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)— — 1

Issuances1 — 25

Settlements(1)— —

Net transfers— (32)(13)

Ending balance$1 $1 $33

Unrealized losses (gains)$— $— $1

Nonderivative trading liabilities

Beginning balance$110 $60 $74

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(1)(27)8

Purchases(32)(27)(38)

Sales64 101 22

Net transfers(59)3 (6)

Ending balance$82 $110 $60

Unrealized losses (gains)$(1)$(21)$8

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Beginning balance$444 $449 $512

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)1 (5)2

Issuances— — 1

Settlements— — (9)

Net transfers— — (57)

Ending balance$445 $444 $449

Unrealized losses (gains)$1 $(5)$2

Other secured financings

Beginning balance$76 $92 $91

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(1)(14)5

Sales(231)(21)—

Issuances434 112 83

Settlements(152)(113)(99)

Net transfers180 20 12

Ending balance$306 $76 $92

Unrealized losses (gains)$(1)$(14)$5

$ in millions202520242023

Borrowings

Beginning balance$947 $1,878 $1,587

Realized and unrealized losses (gains)97 4 219

Issuances313 288 708

Settlements(463)(255)(391)

Net transfers

(286)(968)(245)

Ending balance$608 $947 $1,878

Unrealized losses (gains)$19 $16 $182

Portion of unrealized losses (gains) recorded in OCI—Change in net DVA— 7 29

Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. The realized and unrealized gains or losses for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the previous tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains or losses on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

The unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the income statement.

Additionally, in the previous tables, consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases, and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

Valuation Techniques and Unobservable Inputs

Balance / Range (Average1)

$ in millions, except inputs

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Assets at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Other sovereign government obligations$59 $17

Comparable pricing:

Bond price58 to 112 points (100 points)

45 to 104 points (75 points)

MABS$317 $281

Comparable pricing:

Bond price30 to 100 points (68 points)

27 to 98 points (67 points)

Loans and lending

commitments

$1,424 $1,059

Margin loan model:

Margin loan rateN/M

1% to 4% (3%)

Comparable pricing:

Loan price54 to 102 points (81 points)

49 to 102 points (90 points)

Corporate and

other debt

$1,414 $1,258

Comparable pricing:

Bond price29 to 130 points (90 points)

28 to 130 points (83 points)

Discounted cash flow:

Loss given default40% to 40% (40% / 40%)

54% to 84% (62% / 54%)

December 2025 Form 10-K102

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Balance / Range (Average1)

$ in millions, except inputs

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Corporate equities$276 $154

Comparable pricing:

Equity price100%

100%

Investments$1,507 $754

Discounted cash flow:

WACC10% to 21% (16%)

12% to 21% (16%)

Exit multiple9 to 9 times (9 times)

9 to 10 times (10 times)

Market approach:

EBITDA multiple18 times

20 times

Comparable pricing:

Equity price24% to 100% (95%)

24% to 100% (84%)

Net derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate$(154)$(53)

Option model:

IR volatility skew52% to 86% (67% / 66%)

72% to 97% (81% / 79%)

IR curve correlation56% to 99% (87% / 88%)

28% to 99% (83% / 86%)

Bond volatility63% to 97% (80% / 80%)

78% to 148% (92% / 92%)

Inflation volatility

32% to 67% (44% / 40%)

30% to 68% (44% / 38%)

Credit$87 $97

Credit default swap model:

Cash-synthetic basis11 points

7 points

Bond price0 to 97 points (53 points)

0 to 90 points (48 points)

Credit spread22 to 680 bps (108 bps)

10 to 360 bps (90 bps)

Funding spread6 to 590 bps (77 bps)

10 to 590 bps (76 bps)

Foreign exchange2

$36 $589

Option model:

IR curve-1% to 10% (2% / 1%)

5% to 10% (8% / 8%)

Foreign exchange volatility skew6% to 10% (8% / 8%)

N/M

Contingency probability80% to 95% (95% / 95%)

90% to 95% (91% / 95%)

Equity2

$(1,433)$(1,148)

Option model:

Equity volatility1% to 133% (27%)

7% to 98% (20%)

Equity volatility skew-11% to 3% (-1%)

-2% to 0% (-1%)

Equity correlation0% to 100% (57%)

20% to 94% (58%)

FX correlation -90% to 90% (-30%)

-68% to 60% (-36%)

IR correlation (5)% to 16% 15%

N/M

Commodity and other$920 $1,308

Option model:

Forward power price$5 to $141 ($59) per MWh

$0 to $185 ($48) per MWh

Commodity volatility6% to 137% (29%)

0% to 165% (37%)

Cross-commodity correlation54% to 99% (98%)

54% to 100% (94%)

Liabilities at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Corporate and other

debt

$50 N/M

Comparable pricing:

Bond price2 to 101 points (25 points)

N/M

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$445 $444

Discounted cash flow:

Funding spread 18 to 109 bps (63 / 63 bps)

11 to 102 bps (36 / 26 bps)

Other secured financings$306 $76

Comparable pricing:

Loan price0 to 98 points (66 points)

0 to 100 points (33 points)

Balance / Range (Average1)

$ in millions, except inputs

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Borrowings$608 $947

Option model:

Equity volatility 5% to 102% (44%)

7% to 71% (21%)

Equity volatility skew -3% to 1% (-1%)

-2% to 0% (0%)

Equity correlation20% to 100% (84%)

53% to 64% (58%)

Equity - FX correlation -70% to 30% (-19%)

-52% to 24% (-12%)

Credit default swap model:

Credit spread325 to 325 bps (325 bps)

247 to 433 bps (340 bps)

Discounted cash flow:

Loss given default40% to 40% (40% / 40%)

54% to 84% (62% / 54%)

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement

Loans$1,319 $4,518

Corporate loan model:

Credit spread87 to 967 bps (272 bps)

109 to 1,469 bps (1,007 bps)

Comparable pricing:

Loan price50 to 100 points (67 points)

25 to 100 points (71 points)

Warehouse model:

Credit spread66 to 113 bps (82 bps)

207 to 280 bps (254 bps)

Points—Percentage of par

IR—Interest rate

FX—Foreign exchange

1.A single amount is disclosed for range and average when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average. Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are more relevant.

2.Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).

The previous table provides information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and the ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory of financial instruments. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. Generally, there are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique.

During 2025, there were no significant revisions made to the descriptions of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.

An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in a higher (lower) fair value.

•Comparable Bond or Loan Price. A pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond or loan, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond or loan. The adjustment to yield (or spread)

103

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

should account for relevant differences in the bonds or loans, such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the bond or loan being valued in order to establish the value of the bond or loan.

•Comparable Equity Price. A price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.

•Contingency Probability. Probability associated with the realization of an underlying event upon which the value of an asset is contingent.

•EBITDA Multiple/Exit Multiple. The ratio of enterprise value to EBITDA, where enterprise value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of a company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of a company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.

An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value.

•Cash-Synthetic Basis. The measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents. The range disclosed in the previous table signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.

•Funding Spread. The cost of borrowing defined as the incremental spread over the OIS rate for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).

•Loss Given Default. Amount expressed as a percentage of par that is the expected loss when a credit event occurs.

•Margin Loan Rate. The annualized rate that reflects the possibility of losses as a result of movements in the price of the underlying margin loan collateral. The rate is calibrated from the discount rate, credit spreads and/or volatility measures.

•WACC. WACC represents the theoretical rate of return required to debt and equity investors. The WACC is used in a discounted cash flow model that calculates the value of the equity. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value, while the debt to equity ratio is held constant.

An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.

•Correlation. A pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movement of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable).

•Credit Spread. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate.

•Interest Rate Curve. The term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.

•Volatility. The measure of variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options, and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option, the tenor and the strike price of the option.

•Volatility Skew. The measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes.

Net Asset Value Measurements

Fund Interests

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsCarryingValueCommitmentCarryingValueCommitment

Private equity and other$3,110 $671 $2,653 $644

Real estate3,551 246 3,461 214

Hedge72 1 92 2

Total$6,733 $918 $6,206 $860

Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance-based income in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether the fund investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.

December 2025 Form 10-K104

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Private Equity and Other. Amounts include private equity, private credit and other funds that pursue multiple strategies, including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic regions.

Real Estate. Funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multifamily residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic regions.

Investments in Private Equity and Other funds and Real Estate funds generally are not redeemable due to the closed-end nature of these funds. Instead, distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are disposed and monetized.

Hedge. Funds that pursue various investment strategies, including long-short equity, fixed income/credit, event-driven and multi-strategy. Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up or gate provisions, which restrict an investor from withdrawing from the fund during a certain initial period or restrict the redemption amount on any redemption date, respectively.

See Note 14 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received. See Note 22 for information regarding unrealized carried interest at risk of reversal.

Nonredeemable Funds by Contractual Maturity

Carrying Value at December 31, 2025

$ in millionsPrivate Equity and Other

Real Estate

Less than 5 years$993 $2,544

5-10 years1,679 803

Over 10 years438 204

Total$3,110 $3,551

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsLevel 2Level 31

Total

Assets

Loans$2,385 $1,319 $3,704

Other assets—Other investments— 64 64

Other assets—ROU assets20 — 20

Total$2,405 $1,383 $3,788

Liabilities

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$53 $18 $71

Total$53 $18 $71

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsLevel 2Level 31

Total

Assets

Loans$1,607 $4,518 $6,125

Other assets—Other investments— 58 58

Other assets—ROU assets23 — 23

Total$1,630 $4,576 $6,206

Liabilities

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$48 $33 $81

Total$48 $33 $81

1.For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.

Gains (Losses) from Nonrecurring Fair Value Remeasurements1

$ in millions202520242023

Assets

Loans2

$(473)$(64)$(426)

Other assets—Other investments3

(6)(9)(15)

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software4

(69)(17)(8)

Other assets—ROU assets5

(12)(33)(35)

Total$(560)$(123)$(484)

Liabilities

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments2

$15 $19 $75

Total$15 $19 $75

1.Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues and gains and losses for Other assets—ROU assets are recorded in Occupancy and equipment or Information processing and communication expenses. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale; otherwise, they are recorded in Other expenses.

2.Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments, which exclude the impact of related economic hedges, are calculated as follows: for the held-for-investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held-for-sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

3.Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.

4.Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software generally include impairments as well as write-offs related to the disposal of certain assets.

5.Losses related to Other Assets—ROU assets include impairments related to the discontinued leased properties.

105

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

At December 31, 2025

CarryingValueFair Value

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents$111,695 $111,695 $— $— $111,695

Investment securities—HTM53,090 11,636 32,622 1,357 45,615

Securities purchased

under agreements to resell

120,243 — 119,273 1,003 120,276

Securities borrowed151,908 — 151,909 — 151,909

Customer and other receivables108,189 — 103,458 4,682 108,140

Loans1:

Held for investment

268,720 — 27,243 238,800 266,043

Held for sale

9,374 — 5,692 3,703 9,395

Other assets704 — 704 — 704

Financial liabilities

Deposits$406,768 $— $407,350 $— $407,350

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase77,843 — 77,832 — 77,832

Securities loaned17,310 — 17,313 — 17,313

Other secured financings4,732 — 4,729 — 4,729

Customer and other payables226,342 — 226,342 — 226,342

Borrowings216,456 — 220,547 200 220,747

CommitmentAmount

Lending commitments2

$208,435 $— $1,145 $1,087 $2,232

At December 31, 2024

CarryingValueFair Value

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents$105,386 $105,386 $— $— $105,386

Investment securities—HTM61,071 15,803 34,180 1,220 51,203

Securities purchased

under agreements to resell

118,565 — 117,151 1,450 118,601

Securities borrowed123,859 — 123,859 — 123,859

Customer and other receivables79,586 — 75,361 4,056 79,417

Loans1:

Held for investment225,834 — 17,859 202,297 220,156

Held for sale

12,319 — 6,324 6,115 12,439

Other assets839 — 839 — 839

Financial liabilities

Deposits$369,508 $— $370,039 $— $370,039

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase49,111 — 49,103 — 49,103

Securities loaned15,226 — 15,228 — 15,228

Other secured financings7,514 — 7,511 — 7,511

Customer and other payables175,890 — 175,890 — 175,890

Borrowings185,487 — 188,269 93 188,362

CommitmentAmount

Lending commitments2

$175,774 $— $1,094 $839 $1,933

1.Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

2.Represents Lending commitments accounted for as Held for Investment and Held for Sale. For a further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 14.

The previous tables exclude all non-financial assets and liabilities, such as Goodwill and Intangible assets, and certain

financial instruments, such as equity method investments and certain receivables.

5. Fair Value Option

The Firm has elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.

Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management

Equity$64,457 $49,144

Interest rates46,394 34,451

Commodities13,665 14,829

Credit6,094 3,306

Foreign exchange1,869 1,602

Total$132,479 $103,332

Net Revenues from Liabilities under the Fair Value Option

$ in millionsTrading Revenues

Interest Expense

Net Revenues1

2025

Borrowings$(11,414)$1,000 $(12,414)

Deposits(254)235 (489)

2024

Borrowings(1,118)650 (1,767)

Deposits(134)242 (376)

2023

Borrowings(7,991)503 (8,494)

1.Amounts do not reflect any gains or losses from related economic hedges.

Gains (losses) from changes in fair value are recorded in Trading revenues and are mainly attributable to movements in the reference price or index, interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk

$ in millionsTradingRevenuesOCI

2025

Loans and other receivables1

$(44)$—

Lending commitments(2)—

Deposits— 50

Borrowings(20)(1,187)

2024

Loans and other receivables1

$(53)$—

Lending commitments(3)—

Deposits— (39)

Borrowings(27)(663)

2023

Loans and other receivables1

$(123)$—

Lending commitments14 —

Deposits— 17

Borrowings(19)(1,726)

December 2025 Form 10-K106

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI$(4,005)$(2,868)

1.Loans and other receivables-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses.

Difference between Contractual Principal and Fair Value1

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Loans and other receivables2

$10,746 $10,207

Nonaccrual loans2

8,146 7,719

Borrowings3

3,680 3,249

1.Amounts indicate contractual principal greater than or (less than) fair value.

2.The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other receivables relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.

3.Excludes borrowings where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.

The previous tables exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to transfers of financial assets treated as collateralized financings, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Nonaccrual loans$1,240 $647

Nonaccrual loans 90 or more

days past due

$124 $155

6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Firm trades and makes markets globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, equities, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, ABS indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other ABS, and real estate loan products. The Firm uses these instruments for market-making, managing foreign currency and credit exposure, and asset/liability management.

The Firm manages its market-making positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Firm manages the market risk associated with its market-making activities on a Firmwide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

Fair Values of Derivative Contracts

Assets at December 31, 2025

$ in millionsBilateralOTCClearedOTCExchange-TradedTotal

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate$4 $— $— $4

Foreign exchange152 82 — 234

Total156 82 — 238

Not designated as accounting hedges

Economic hedges of loans

Credit3 32 — 35

Other derivatives

Interest rate114,368 13,255 58 127,681

Credit4,962 5,347 — 10,309

Foreign exchange81,613 4,269 29 85,911

Equity30,392 — 62,737 93,129

Commodity and other13,953 — 2,509 16,462

Total245,291 22,903 65,333 333,527

Total gross derivatives$245,447 $22,985 $65,333 $333,765

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting(174,466)(21,165)(62,796)(258,427)

Cash collateral netting(37,004)(1,544)— (38,548)

Total in Trading assets$33,977 $276 $2,537 $36,790

Amounts not offset1

Financial instruments collateral(15,097)— — (15,097)

Net amounts$18,880 $276 $2,537 $21,693

Amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net amounts

$3,084

Liabilities at December 31, 2025

$ in millionsBilateralOTCClearedOTCExchange-TradedTotal

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate$532 $29 $— $561

Foreign exchange111 22 — 133

Total643 51 — 694

Not designated as accounting hedges

Economic hedges of loans

Credit45 586 — 631

Other derivatives

Interest rate103,066 12,162 66 115,294

Credit5,292 4,773 — 10,065

Foreign exchange78,597 4,271 85 82,953

Equity60,908 — 62,425 123,333

Commodity and other12,578 — 2,598 15,176

Total260,486 21,792 65,174 347,452

Total gross derivatives$261,129 $21,843 $65,174 $348,146

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting(174,466)(21,165)(62,796)(258,427)

Cash collateral netting(47,336)(358)— (47,694)

Total in Trading liabilities$39,327 $320 $2,378 $42,025

Amounts not offset1

Financial instruments collateral(7,181)(34)(743)(7,958)

Net amounts$32,146 $286 $1,635 $34,067

Amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net amounts

$5,345

107

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Assets at December 31, 2024

$ in millionsBilateralOTCClearedOTCExchange-TradedTotal

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate$4 $— $— $4

Foreign exchange185 122 — 307

Total189 122 — 311

Not designated as accounting hedges

Economic hedges of loans

Credit— 28 — 28

Other derivatives

Interest rate115,520 13,163 119 128,802

Credit4,711 4,411 — 9,122

Foreign exchange104,024 4,301 90 108,415

Equity24,368 — 51,314 75,682

Commodity and other14,071 — 1,860 15,931

Total262,694 21,903 53,383 337,980

Total gross derivatives$262,883 $22,025 $53,383 $338,291

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting(188,069)(20,276)(51,168)(259,513)

Cash collateral netting(38,511)(1,698)— (40,209)

Total in Trading assets$36,303 $51 $2,215 $38,569

Amounts not offset1

Financial instruments collateral(17,837)— — (17,837)

Net amounts$18,466 $51 $2,215 $20,732

Amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net amounts

$3,354

Liabilities at December 31, 2024

$ in millionsBilateralOTCClearedOTCExchange-TradedTotal

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate$533 $— $— $533

Foreign exchange3 — — 3

Total536 — — 536

Not designated as accounting hedges

Economic hedges of loans

Credit53 718 — 771

Other derivatives

Interest rate104,495 13,038 124 117,657

Credit4,941 3,860 — 8,801

Foreign exchange100,730 4,085 153 104,968

Equity42,332 — 53,142 95,474

Commodity and other11,584 — 1,979 13,563

Total264,135 21,701 55,398 341,234

Total gross derivatives$264,671 $21,701 $55,398 $341,770

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting(188,070)(20,276)(51,168)(259,514)

Cash collateral netting(43,126)(1,200)— (44,326)

Total in Trading liabilities$33,475 $225 $4,230 $37,930

Amounts not offset1

Financial instruments collateral(6,338)— (2,658)(8,996)

Net amounts$27,137 $225 $1,572 $28,934

Amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net amounts

$4,321

1.Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other netting criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

See Note 4 for information related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the previous tables.

Notionals of Derivative Contracts

Assets at December 31, 2025

$ in billionsBilateralOTCClearedOTCExchange-TradedTotal

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate$— $183 $— $183

Foreign exchange10 4 — 14

Total10 187 — 197

Not designated as accounting hedges

Economic hedges of loans

Credit— — — —

Other derivatives

Interest rate4,779 4,143 574 9,496

Credit248 170 — 418

Foreign exchange3,641 238 10 3,889

Equity813 — 813 1,626

Commodity and other143 — 78 221

Total9,624 4,551 1,475 15,650

Total gross derivatives$9,634 $4,738 $1,475 $15,847

Liabilities at December 31, 2025

$ in billionsBilateralOTCClearedOTCExchange-TradedTotal

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate$3 $243 $— $246

Foreign exchange11 2 — 13

Total14 245 — 259

Not designated as accounting hedges

Economic hedges of loans

Credit2 17 — 19

Other derivatives

Interest rate5,041 3,943 715 9,699

Credit222 171 — 393

Foreign exchange3,791 233 19 4,043

Equity945 — 1,085 2,030

Commodity and other119 — 86 205

Total10,120 4,364 1,905 16,389

Total gross derivatives$10,134 $4,609 $1,905 $16,648

Assets at December 31, 2024

$ in billionsBilateralOTCClearedOTCExchange-TradedTotal

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate$— $108 $— $108

Foreign exchange14 4 — 18

Total14 112 — 126

Not designated as accounting hedges

Economic hedges of loans

Credit— — — —

Other derivatives

Interest rate3,713 4,367 442 8,522

Credit208 149 — 357

Foreign exchange2,717 171 9 2,897

Equity591 — 609 1,200

Commodity and other137 — 77 214

Total7,366 4,687 1,137 13,190

Total gross derivatives$7,380 $4,799 $1,137 $13,316

December 2025 Form 10-K108

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Liabilities at December 31, 2024

$ in billionsBilateralOTCClearedOTCExchange-TradedTotal

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate$2 $193 $— $195

Foreign exchange1 — — 1

Total3 193 — 196

Not designated as accounting hedges

Economic hedges of loans

Credit2 20 — 22

Other derivatives

Interest rate3,626 4,468 417 8,511

Credit230 133 — 363

Foreign exchange2,763 178 18 2,959

Equity754 — 826 1,580

Commodity and other100 — 89 189

Total7,475 4,799 1,350 13,624

Total gross derivatives$7,478 $4,992 $1,350 $13,820

The notional amounts of derivative contracts generally overstate the Firm’s exposure. In most circumstances, notional amounts are used only as a reference point from which to calculate amounts owed between the parties to the contract. Furthermore, notional amounts do not reflect the benefit of legally enforceable netting arrangements or risk mitigating transactions.

Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges

$ in millions202520242023

Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest income

Interest rate contracts$(895)$291 $(576)

Investment Securities—AFS943 (204)638

Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest expense

Interest rate contracts$3,982 $(822)$3,664

Deposits(105)(75)(88)

Borrowings(3,883)889 (3,564)

Net investment hedges—Foreign exchange contracts

Recognized in OCI$(1,041)$1,084 $(168)

Forward points excluded from hedge

effectiveness testing—Recognized in

Interest income

199 214 211

Cash flow hedges—Interest rate contracts1

Recognized in OCI$(19)$(100)$9

Less: Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from AOCI to interest income

(95)(32)(16)

Net change in cash flow hedges included within AOCI76 (68)25

1.For the year ended 2025, there were no forecasted transactions that failed to occur. The net gains (losses) associated with cash flow hedges expected to be reclassified from AOCI within 12 months as of December 31, 2025 is approximately $(68) million. The maximum length of time over which forecasted cash flows are hedged is 40 months.

Fair Value Hedges—Hedged Items

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Investment securities—AFS

Amortized cost basis currently or previously hedged1

$55,451 $54,809

Basis adjustments included in amortized cost2

$217 $(741)

Deposits

Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$53,224 $21,524

Basis adjustments included in carrying amount2

$149 $44

Borrowings

Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$199,274 $171,834

Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Outstanding hedges$(6,252)$(10,072)

Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Terminated hedges

$(625)$(648)

1.Carrying amount represents the amortized cost. As of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, the amortized cost of the portfolio layer method closed portfolios was $589 million and $325 million, respectively. The Firm designated $703 million and $178 million as hedged amounts as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively, representing the total notional value of all outstanding layers in each portfolio, including both spot-starting and forward-starting layers. The cumulative amount of basis adjustments was $2 million as of December 31, 2025 and $(2) million as of December 31, 2024. Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2025 Form 10-K and Note 7 herein for additional information.

2.Hedge accounting basis adjustments are primarily related to outstanding hedges.

Gains (Losses) on Economic Hedges of Loans

$ in millions202520242023

Recognized in Other revenues

Credit contracts1

(214)(294)(522)

1.Amounts related to hedges of certain held-for-investment and held-for-sale loans.

Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features$26,023 $22,414

Collateral posted20,152 16,252

The previous table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.

Incremental Collateral and Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

One-notch downgrade$310

Two-notch downgrade520

Bilateral downgrade agreements included in the amounts above1

$705

1.Amount represents arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by Moody’s Investors

109

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Service, Inc., S&P Global Ratings and/or other rating agencies. The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Credit Protection Sold1

Years to Maturity at December 31, 2025

$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total

Single-name CDS

Investment grade$16 $34 $37 $11 $98

Non-investment grade8 17 16 1 42

Total$24 $51 $53 $12 $140

Index and basket CDS

Investment grade$7 $8 $8 $— $23

Non-investment grade7 32 173 18 230

Total$14 $40 $181 $18 $253

Total CDS sold$38 $91 $234 $30 $393

Other credit contracts— — — 3 3

Total credit protection sold$38 $91 $234 $33 $396

CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$339

Years to Maturity at December 31, 2024

$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total

Single-name CDS

Investment grade$15 $31 $37 $10 $93

Non-investment grade7 16 16 1 40

Total$22 $47 $53 $11 $133

Index and basket CDS

Investment grade$3 $12 $10 $— $25

Non-investment grade11 22 158 16 207

Total$14 $34 $168 $16 $232

Total CDS sold$36 $81 $221 $27 $365

Other credit contracts— — — 3 3

Total credit protection sold$36 $81 $221 $30 $368

CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$303

Fair Value Asset (Liability) of Credit Protection Sold1

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Single-name CDS

Investment grade$2,394 $1,890

Non-investment grade777 585

Total$3,171 $2,475

Index and basket CDS

Investment grade$907 $799

Non-investment grade1,021 489

Total$1,928 $1,288

Total CDS sold$5,099 $3,763

Other credit contracts146 133

Total credit protection sold$5,245 $3,896

1.Investment grade/non-investment grade determination is based on the internal credit rating of the reference obligation. Internal credit ratings serve as the CRM’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.

Protection Purchased with CDS

Notional

$ in billionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Single name$172 $156

Index and basket232 193

Tranched index and basket32 28

Total$436 $377

Fair Value Asset (Liability)

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Single name$(3,363)$(2,693)

Index and basket(1,209)(654)

Tranched index and basket(1,000)(962)

Total$(5,572)$(4,309)

The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally CDS, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.

The fair value amounts as shown in the previous tables are prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Firm risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Firm manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single-name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Firm may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Firm under CDS where credit protection was sold.

Single-Name CDS. A CDS protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Firm, in turn, performs under a CDS if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity.

Index and Basket CDS. Index and basket CDS are products where credit protection is provided on a portfolio of single-name CDS. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Firm pays a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the CDS.

The Firm also enters into tranched index and basket CDS where credit protection is provided on a particular portion of the portfolio loss distribution. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the

December 2025 Form 10-K110

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

Other Credit Contracts. The Firm has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Firm.

7. Investment Securities

AFS and HTM Securities

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsAmortized

Cost1

GrossUnrealizedGainsGrossUnrealizedLossesFairValue

AFS securities

U.S. Treasury securities$80,745 $187 $25 80,907

U.S. agency securities2

24,031 24 1,943 22,112

Agency CMBS5,504 1 286 5,219

State and municipal securities1,754 10 17 1,747

FFELP student loan ABS3

486 1 6 481

Unallocated basis adjustment4

2 — 2 —

Total AFS securities112,522 223 2,279 110,466

HTM securities

U.S. Treasury securities12,299 — 663 11,636

U.S. agency securities2

38,303 67 6,785 31,585

Agency CMBS709 — 43 666

Non-agency CMBS1,779 12 63 1,728

Total HTM securities53,090 79 7,554 45,615

Total investment securities$165,612 $302 $9,833 $156,081

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsAmortized

Cost1

GrossUnrealizedGainsGrossUnrealizedLossesFairValue

AFS securities

U.S. Treasury securities$70,160 $62 $388 $69,834

U.S. agency securities2

24,113 6 2,652 21,467

Agency CMBS5,704 — 388 5,316

State and municipal securities 1,373 18 4 1,387

FFELP student loan ABS3

612 1 9 604

Unallocated basis adjustment4

(2)2 — —

Total AFS securities101,960 89 3,441 98,608

HTM securities

U.S. Treasury securities16,885 — 1,082 15,803

U.S. agency securities2

41,582 4 8,592 32,994

Agency CMBS1,154 — 88 1,066

Non-agency CMBS1,450 3 113 1,340

Total HTM securities61,071 7 9,875 51,203

Total investment securities$163,031 $96 $13,316 $149,811

1.Amounts are net of any ACL.

2.U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency mortgage pass-through pool securities, CMOs and agency-issued debt.

3.Underlying loans are backed by a guarantee, ultimately from the U.S. Department of Education, of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest outstanding.

4.Represents the amount of unallocated portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS securities hedged in a closed portfolio. Portfolio layer method basis

adjustments are not allocated to individual securities. Refer to Note 2 and Note 6 herein for additional information.

AFS Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position

At December 31,2025At December 31,2024

$ in millionsFair ValueGrossUnrealizedLossesFair ValueGrossUnrealizedLosses

U.S. Treasury securities

Less than12 months$47 $— $18,338 $65

12 months or longer7,440 25 19,629 323

Total7,487 25 37,967 388

U.S. agency securities

Less than12 months75 — 765 11

12 months or longer17,290 1,943 18,996 2,641

Total17,365 1,943 19,761 2,652

Agency CMBS

Less than12 months133 — — —

12 months or longer4,675 286 5,018 388

Total4,808 286 5,018 388

State and municipal securities

Less than12 months360 4 242 2

12 months or longer382 13 62 2

Total742 17 304 4

FFELP student loan ABS

12 months or longer383 6 442 9

Total383 6 442 9

Unallocated basis adjustment— 2 — —

Total AFS securities in an unrealized loss position

Less than12 months615 4 19,345 78

12 months or longer30,170 2,273 44,147 3,363

Unallocated basis adjustment

— 2 — —

Total$30,785 $2,279 $63,492 $3,441

For AFS securities, the Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that have credit losses after performing the analysis described in Note 2. Additionally, the Firm does not intend to sell these securities and is not likely to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the securities in an unrealized loss position are predominantly investment grade.

The HTM securities net carrying amounts at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 reflect an ACL of $60 million and $52 million, respectively, predominantly related to Non-agency CMBS. See Note 2 for a description of the ACL methodology used for HTM Securities.

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, 97% and 98%, respectively, of the Firm’s portfolio of HTM securities were investment grade U.S. agency securities, U.S. Treasury securities and Agency CMBS, which were on accrual status and for which there is an underlying assumption of zero credit losses. Non-investment grade HTM securities primarily consisted of certain Non-agency CMBS securities, for which the expected credit losses were insignificant and were predominantly on accrual status at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

111

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

See Note 15 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, and FFELP student loan ABS.

Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsAmortized

Cost1

FairValueAnnualized Average Yield2,3

AFS securities

U.S. Treasury securities:

Due within 1 year$28,824 $28,870 3.7 %

After 1 year through 5 years51,178 51,291 3.8 %

After 5 years through 10 years743 746 4.0 %

Total80,745 80,907

U.S. agency securities:

Due within 1 year23 22 0.6 %

After 1 year through 5 years185 176 1.8 %

After 5 years through 10 years399 371 1.6 %

After 10 years23,424 21,543 3.4 %

Total24,031 22,112

Agency CMBS:

Due within 1 year596 591 2.1 %

After 1 year through 5 years3,763 3,674 1.8 %

After 5 years through 10 years193 189 1.3 %

After 10 years952 765 1.6 %

Total5,504 5,219

State and municipal securities:

Due within 1 year78 78 4.8 %

After 1 year through 5 years243 239 3.6 %

After 5 years through 10 years113 114 4.9 %

After 10 years1,320 1,316 4.5 %

Total1,754 1,747

FFELP student loan ABS:

Due within 1 year59 57 4.6 %

After 1 year through 5 years47 46 4.6 %

After 5 years through 10 years26 25 3.9 %

After 10 years354 353 4.9 %

Total486 481

Unallocated basis adjustment4:

2 — —

Total AFS securities112,522 110,466 3.6 %

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsAmortized

Cost1

FairValueAnnualized Average Yield2

HTM securities

U.S. Treasury securities:

Due within 1 year$5,435 $5,416 2.2 %

After 1 year through 5 years5,108 4,961 2.4 %

After 5 years through 10 years203 179 1.3 %

After 10 years1,553 1,080 2.3 %

Total12,299 11,636

U.S. agency securities:

After 1 year through 5 years140 135 2.0 %

After 5 years through 10 years28 28 2.2 %

After 10 years38,135 31,422 2.1 %

Total38,303 31,585

Agency CMBS:

Due within 1 year202 199 1.1 %

After 1 year through 5 years354 338 1.4 %

After 5 years through 10 years130 110 1.6 %

After 10 years23 19 1.3 %

Total709 666

Non-agency CMBS:

Due within 1 year138 135 4.9 %

After 1 year through 5 years847 824 4.6 %

After 5 years through 10 years321 298 4.5 %

After 10 years473 471 6.9 %

Total1,779 1,728

Total HTM securities53,090 45,615 2.2 %

Total investment securities$165,612 $156,081 3.2 %

1.Amounts are net of any ACL.

2.Annualized average yield is computed using the effective yield, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield is shown pre-tax and excludes the effect of related hedging derivatives.

3.At December 31, 2025, the annualized average yield, including the interest rate swap accrual of related hedges, was 3.7% for AFS securities contractually maturing within 1 year and 3.7% for all AFS securities.

4.Represents the amount of unallocated portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS securities hedged in a closed portfolio. Portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities. Refer to Note 2 and Note 6 herein for additional information.

Gross Realized Gains (Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities

$ in millions202520242023

Gross realized gains$31 $52 $70

Gross realized (losses)(1)— (21)

Total1

$30 $52 $49

1.Realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statement.

8. Collateralized Transactions

The Firm enters into securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance its inventory positions.

The Firm monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral, as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized, or returns excess collateral.

December 2025 Form 10-K112

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The risk related to a decline in the market value of collateral pledged or received is managed by setting appropriate market-based margin requirements. Increases in collateral margin calls on secured financing due to market value declines may be mitigated by increases in collateral margin calls on securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed transactions with similar quality collateral. Additionally, the Firm may request lower quality collateral pledged be replaced with higher quality collateral through collateral substitution rights in the underlying agreements.

The Firm actively manages its secured financings in a manner that reduces the potential refinancing risk of secured financings of less liquid assets and also considers the quality of collateral when negotiating collateral eligibility with counterparties. The Firm utilizes shorter term secured financing for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid assets, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption.

Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsGrossAmountsAmountsOffsetBalance Sheet Net AmountsAmounts

Not Offset1

NetAmounts

Assets

Securities purchased under agreements to resell$471,144 $(350,901)$120,243 $(117,509)$2,734

Securities borrowed218,753 (66,845)151,908 (146,726)5,182

Liabilities

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$429,440 $(350,901)$78,539 $(72,407)$6,132

Securities loaned84,155 (66,845)17,310 (17,213)97

Amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net Amounts

Securities purchased under agreements to resell$1,277

Securities borrowed38

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase5,367

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsGrossAmountsAmountsOffsetBalance Sheet Net AmountsAmounts

Not Offset1

NetAmounts

Assets

Securities purchased under agreements to resell$409,635 $(291,070)$118,565 $(116,157)$2,408

Securities borrowed165,642 (41,783)123,859 (117,573)6,286

Liabilities

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$341,137 $(291,070)$50,067 $(45,520)$4,547

Securities loaned57,009 (41,783)15,226 (15,211)15

Amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable, included in Net Amounts

Securities purchased under agreements to resell$2,054

Securities borrowed2,079

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase3,448

1.Amounts relate to master netting agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 6.

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsOvernight and OpenLess than 30 Days30-90 DaysOver 90 DaysTotal

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$221,938 $122,291 $43,737 $41,474 $429,440

Securities loaned70,433 — 321 13,401 84,155

Total included in the offsetting disclosure$292,371 $122,291 $44,058 $54,875 $513,595

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral7,329 — — — 7,329

Total$299,700 $122,291 $44,058 $54,875 $520,924

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsOvernight and OpenLess than 30 Days30-90 DaysOver 90 DaysTotal

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$180,793 $104,551 $25,071 $30,722 $341,137

Securities loaned42,473 — 317 14,219 57,009

Total included in the offsetting disclosure$223,266 $104,551 $25,388 $44,941 $398,146

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral18,067 — — — 18,067

Total$241,333 $104,551 $25,388 $44,941 $416,213

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

U.S. Treasury and agency securities$209,470 $177,464

Other sovereign government obligations159,444 135,806

Corporate equities32,919 14,993

Other27,607 12,874

Total$429,440 $341,137

Securities loaned

Other sovereign government obligations$1,208 $1,805

Corporate equities81,063 54,144

Other1,884 1,060

Total$84,155 $57,009

Total included in the offsetting disclosure$513,595 $398,146

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

Corporate equities$7,017 $18,059

Other312 8

Total$7,329 $18,067

Total$520,924 $416,213

Carrying Value of Assets Loaned or Pledged without Counterparty Right to Sell or Repledge

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Trading assets$43,182 $30,867

The Firm pledges certain of its trading assets to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned, other secured financings and derivatives and to cover customer short sales.

113

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged as collateral) in the balance sheet. Pledged financial instruments that cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party are included within Trading Assets, but not identified as pledged assets parenthetically in the balance sheet.

Fair Value of Collateral Received with Right to Sell or Repledge

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Collateral received with right to sell or repledge$1,190,694 $932,626

Collateral that was sold or repledged1

900,282 724,177

1.Does not include securities used to meet federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers.

The Firm receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed, securities-for-securities transactions, derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge this collateral to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or to deliver to counterparties to cover short positions.

Securities Segregated for Regulatory Purposes

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Segregated securities1

$22,256 $26,329

1.Securities segregated under federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the balance sheet.

Concentration Based on the Firm’s Total Assets

At

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

U.S. government and agency securities and other sovereign government obligations

Trading assets1

12 %11 %

Off balance sheet—Collateral received2

9 %12 %

1.Other sovereign government obligations included in Trading assets primarily consist of obligations of the U.K., Japan and Brazil.

2.Collateral received is primarily related to Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed.

The Firm is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries or issuers engaged in a particular industry.

Positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments, including those made in connection with the Firm’s private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including investment grade and non-investment grade issuers.

Customer Margin and Other Lending

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Margin and other lending$83,871 $55,882

The Firm provides margin lending arrangements that allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Receivables from these arrangements are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet. Under these arrangements, the Firm receives collateral, which includes U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Margin loans are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Firm. The Firm monitors required margin levels and established credit terms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.

Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and generally are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account and the amount of collateral, as well as an overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence to the Firm’s collateral policies significantly limits its credit exposure in the event of a customer default. The Firm may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers.

Also included in the amounts in the previous table is non-purpose securities-based lending on entities in the Wealth Management business segment.

Other Secured Financings

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to collateralized notes, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales and consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 13 and 15). Additionally, for certain secured financing transactions that meet applicable netting criteria, the Firm offset Other secured financing liabilities against financing receivables recorded within Trading assets in the amount of $3,410 million and $437 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

December 2025 Form 10-K114

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Loans, Lending Commitments and Related Allowance for Credit Losses

The Firm’s held-for-investment and held-for-sale loan portfolios consist of the following types of loans:

•Corporate. Corporate includes revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans made to corporate entities for a variety of purposes.

•Secured Lending Facilities. Secured lending facilities include loans provided to clients, which are collateralized by various assets, including residential and commercial real estate mortgage loans, investor commitments for capital calls, corporate loans and other assets.

•Commercial Real Estate. Commercial real estate loans include owner-occupied loans and income-producing loans.

•Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans mainly include non-conforming loans and HELOC.

•Securities-based Lending and Other. Securities-based lending includes loans that allow clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, generally for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying securities or refinancing margin debt. The majority of these loans are structured as revolving lines of credit. Other primarily includes certain loans originated in the tailored lending business within the Wealth Management business segment.

Loans by Type

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsHFI LoansHFS LoansTotal Loans

Corporate$7,277 $7,202 $14,479

Secured lending facilities69,149 1,817 70,966

Commercial real estate8,039 320 8,359

Residential real estate72,403 5 72,408

Securities-based lending and Other

112,984 30 113,014

Total loans269,852 9,374 279,226

ACL(1,132)(1,132)

Total loans, net$268,720 $9,374 $278,094

Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net$34,532 $3,622 $38,154

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsHFI LoansHFS LoansTotal Loans

Corporate$6,889 $9,183 $16,072

Secured lending facilities48,842 2,507 51,349

Commercial real estate8,412 628 9,040

Residential real estate66,738 — 66,738

Securities-based lending and Other

96,019 1 96,020

Total loans226,900 12,319 239,219

ACL(1,066)(1,066)

Total loans, net$225,834 $12,319 $238,153

Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net$23,335 $4,763 $28,098

Loans by Interest Rate Type

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsFixed RateFloating or Adjustable RateFixed RateFloating or Adjustable Rate

Corporate$1 $14,478 $— $16,071

Secured lending facilities525 70,440 — 51,349

Commercial real estate327 8,032 — 9,041

Residential real estate32,377 40,031 31,014 35,724

Securities-based lending and Other

27,681 85,334 25,478 70,542

Total loans, before ACL$60,911 $218,315 $56,492 $182,727

See Note 4 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value. See Note 14 for details of current commitments to lend in the future.

Credit Quality

The CRM evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved and at least annually thereafter for corporate and commercial real estate loans. For Corporate, Secured lending facilities and Other loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements, assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. The CRM also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect an obligor’s risk profile.

For Commercial real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics, including property type, LTV ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates and market dynamics.

For Residential real estate and Securities-based loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, LTV ratio and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level. Securities-based loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

For information related to credit quality indicators considered in developing the ACL, see Note 2.

115

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Loans Held for Investment before Allowance by Credit Quality and Origination Year

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Corporate

$ in millionsIGNIGTotalIGNIGTotal

Revolving

$2,362 $4,580 $6,942 $2,668 $3,963 $6,631

2025125 40 165

202479 50 129 76 58 134

2023— 25 25 — 50 50

2022— — — — 25 25

202115 — 15 15 — 15

Prior

— 1 1 31 3 34

Total

$2,581 $4,696 $7,277 $2,790 $4,099 $6,889

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Secured Lending Facilities

$ in millionsIGNIGTotalIGNIGTotal

Revolving

$15,709 $37,915 $53,624 $11,405 $27,753 $39,158

20252,514 7,248 9,762

202478 2,620 2,698 818 2,863 3,681

2023596 935 1,531 1,371 1,359 2,730

202213 957 970 279 1,909 2,188

2021— 12 12 — 198 198

Prior

7 545 552 100 787 887

Total

$18,917 $50,232 $69,149 $13,973 $34,869 $48,842

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Commercial Real Estate

$ in millionsIGNIGTotalIGNIGTotal

Revolving$34 $— $34 $— $161 $161

2025322 2,103 2,425

2024577 1,385 1,962 147 2,202 2,349

2023153 409 562 351 772 1,123

2022332 1,094 1,426 305 1,488 1,793

2021— 938 938 166 1,603 1,769

Prior

37 655 692 — 1,217 1,217

Total

$1,455 $6,584 $8,039 $969 $7,443 $8,412

At December 31, 2025

Residential Real Estate

by FICO Scoresby LTV RatioTotal

$ in millions≥ 740680-739≤ 679≤ 80%> 80%

Revolving$172 $40 $7 $219 $— $219

20259,096 1,666 189 9,900 1,051 10,951

20247,825 1,480 184 8,571 918 9,489

20236,099 1,315 187 6,788 813 7,601

20229,613 2,138 355 11,159 947 12,106

20219,906 2,086 204 11,361 835 12,196

Prior15,637 3,755 449 18,583 1,258 19,841

Total$58,348 $12,480 $1,575 $66,581 $5,822 $72,403

At December 31, 2024

Residential Real Estate

by FICO Scoresby LTV RatioTotal

$ in millions≥ 740680-739≤ 679≤ 80%> 80%

Revolving$136 $39 $5 $180 $— $180

20248,653 1,607 191 9,458 993 10,451

20236,778 1,431 201 7,529 881 8,410

202210,294 2,298 370 11,941 1,021 12,962

202110,510 2,247 228 12,094 891 12,985

Prior17,088 4,171 491 20,355 1,395 21,750

Total$53,459 $11,793 $1,486 $61,557 $5,181 $66,738

At December 31, 2025

Securities-based lending1

Other2

$ in millionsIGNIGTotal

Revolving

$97,840 $639 $1,615 $100,094

20252,437 199 808 3,444

20241,132 690 180 2,002

2023655 126 981 1,762

2022132 170 1,260 1,562

2021— 17 400 417

Prior245 996 2,462 3,703

Total$102,441 $2,837 $7,706 $112,984

At December 31, 2024

Securities-based lending1

Other2

$ in millionsIGNIGTotal

Revolving$76,432 $6,342 $1,551 $84,325

20241,291 719 453 2,463

2023949 424 685 2,058

2022449 472 1,053 1,974

2021100 14 538 652

Prior270 1,430 2,847 4,547

Total$79,491 $9,401 $7,127 $96,019

IG—Investment Grade

NIG—Non-investment Grade

1.Securities-based loans are subject to collateral maintenance provisions, and at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, these loans are predominantly over-collateralized. For more information on the ACL methodology related to securities-based loans, see Note 2.

2. Other loans primarily include tailored lending. For a further discussion of Other loans, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” herein.

Past Due Loans Held for Investment before Allowance1

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Commercial real estate$129 $272

Residential real estate298 186

Securities-based lending and Other

41 86

Total$468 $544

1.As of December 31, 2025, the majority of the amounts are 90 days or more past due. As of December 31, 2024, the majority of the amounts are 90 days or more past due.

Nonaccrual Loans Held for Investment before Allowance1

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Corporate$203 $108

Secured lending facilities14 6

Commercial real estate476 447

Residential real estate208 160

Securities-based lending and Other

246 298

Total

$1,147 $1,019

Nonaccrual loans without an ACL$180 $162

1.There were no loans held for investment that were 90 days or more past due and still accruing as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. For further information on the Firm’s nonaccrual policy, see Note 2 to the financial statements.

Loan Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty

The Firm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, and these modifications include interest rate reductions, principal forgiveness, term extensions and other-than-insignificant payment delays or a combination of these

December 2025 Form 10-K116

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

aforementioned modifications. Modified loans are typically evaluated individually for allowance for credit losses.

Modified Loans Held for Investment

Period-end loans held for investment modified during the following periods1

Year Ended December 31,

20252024

$ in millionsAmortized Cost% of Total Loans2

Amortized Cost% of Total Loans2

Term Extension

Corporate$230 3.2 %$211 3.1 %

Secured lending facilities9 — %41 0.1 %

Commercial real estate398 5.0 %172 2.0 %

Residential real estate1 — %— — %

Securities-based lending and Other 449 0.4 %138 0.1 %

Total$1,087 0.4 %$562 0.4 %

Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay

Corporate$10 0.1 %$— — %

Residential real estate1 — %— — %

Securities-based lending and Other23 — %— — %

Total$34 — %$— — %

Interest Rate Reduction

Residential real estate$1 — %$2 — %

Total$1 — %$2 — %

Multiple Modifications - Term Extension and Interest Rate Reduction

Commercial real estate$74 0.9 %$81 1.0 %

Residential real estate7 — %1 — %

Total $81 0.1 %$82 0.1 %

Total Modifications$1,203 0.4 %$646 0.3 %

1.Lending commitments to borrowers for which the Firm has modified terms of the receivable, during the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, were $681 million and $746 million, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

2.Percentage of total loans represents the percentage of modified loans to total loans held for investment by loan type.

Financial Impact of Modifications on Loans Held for Investment

Year Ended December 31, 20251

Term Extension(Months)Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay(Months)Principal Forgiveness

($ millions)

Interest Rate Reduction(%)

Single Modifications

Corporate278$— — %

Secured lending facilities300— — %

Commercial real estate360— — %

Residential real estate2919— 0.3 %

Securities-based lending and Other2312— — %

Multiple Modifications - Term Extension and Interest Rate Reduction

Commercial real estate640— 0.6 %

Residential real estate1200— 1.0 %

Year Ended December 31, 20241

Term Extension(Months)Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay(Months)Principal Forgiveness

($ millions)

Interest Rate Reduction(%)

Single Modifications

Corporate150$— — %

Secured lending facilities20— — %

Commercial real estate110— — %

Residential real estate00— 1.0 %

Securities-based lending and Other210— — %

Multiple Modifications - Term Extension and Interest Rate Reduction

Commercial real estate610— 1.6 %

Residential real estate840— 1.0 %

1.In instances where more than one loan was modified, modification impact is presented on a weighted-average basis.

Past Due Loans Held for Investment Modified in the Last 12 Months

At December 31, 2025

$ in millions30-89 Days Past Due90+ Days

Past Due

Total

Commercial real estate$— $71 $71

At December 31, 2024

$ in millions30-89 Days Past Due90+ days Past DueTotal

Commercial real estate$— $56 $56

At December 31, 2025, there was one commercial real estate loan held for investment with an amortized cost of $71 million that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2025 and had been modified in the form of term extension in the 12 month period prior to default. At December 31, 2024, there were two commercial real estate loans held for investment with a total amortized cost of $56 million that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2024 and had been modified in the 12 month period prior to default.

Allowance for Credit Losses Rollforward and Allocation—Loans and Lending Commitments

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$ in millionsCorporate Secured Lending FacilitiesCRE

Residential Real Estate

SBL and Other

Total

ACL—Loans

Beginning balance

$200 $140 $373 $97 $256 $1,066

Gross charge-offs(24)— (173)— (17)(214)

Recoveries— — 22 — — 22

Net (charge-offs)/recoveries

(24)— (151)— (17)(192)

Provision (release)75 59 47 30 19 230

Other9 2 14 — 3 28

Ending balance$260 $201 $283 $127 $261 $1,132

Percent of loans to total loans1

3 %25 %3 %27 %42 %100 %

ACL—Lending commitments

Beginning balance

$507 $88 $40 $4 $17 $656

Provision (release)101 46 (28)1 (1)119

Other17 3 — — 3 23

Ending balance$625 $137 $12 $5 $19 $798

Total ending balance

$885 $338 $295 $132 $280 $1,930

117

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended December 31, 2024

$ in millionsCorporate Secured Lending FacilitiesCRE

Residential Real Estate

SBL and Other

Total

ACL—Loans

Beginning balance

$241 $153 $463 $100 $212 $1,169

Gross charge-offs(39)(11)(165)— (27)(242)

Recoveries— — 4 — 3 7

Net (charge-offs)/recoveries

(39)(11)(161)— (24)(235)

Provision (release)2 1 77 (3)69 146

Other(4)(3)(6)— (1)(14)

Ending balance$200 $140 $373 $97 $256 $1,066

Percent of loans to total loans1

3 %22 %4 %29 %42 %100 %

ACL—Lending commitments

Beginning balance

$431 $70 $26 $4 $20 $551

Provision (release)86 19 16 — (3)118

Other(10)(1)(2)— — (13)

Ending balance$507 $88 $40 $4 $17 $656

Total ending balance

$707 $228 $413 $101 $273 $1,722

Year Ended December 31, 2023

$ in millionsCorporate Secured Lending FacilitiesCRE

Residential Real Estate

SBL and Other

Total

ACL—Loans

Beginning balance

$235 $153 $275 $87 $89 $839

Gross charge-offs(34)— (129)— (4)(167)

Recoveries1 — — 1 — 2

Net (charge-offs)/recoveries

(33)— (129)1 (4)(165)

Provision (release)37 — 314 13 124 488

Other2 — 3 (1)3 7

Ending balance$241 $153 $463 $100 $212 $1,169

Percent of loans to total loans1

3 %19 %4 %30 %44 %100 %

ACL—Lending commitments

Beginning balance

$411 $51 $15 $4 $23 $504

Provision (release)16 18 11 — (1)44

Other4 1 — — (2)3

Ending balance$431 $70 $26 $4 $20 $551

Total ending balance

$672 $223 $489 $104 $232 $1,720

1.Percent of loans to total loans represents loans held for investment by loan type to total loans held for investment.

The allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments increased in 2025, primarily related to portfolio growth in corporate loans and secured lending facilities and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans. Charge-offs in 2025 were primarily related to commercial real estate loans within the Institutional Securities business segment.

The base scenario used in our ACL models as of December 31, 2025 was generated using a combination of consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and internally developed and validated models. This scenario assumes continued economic growth relative to the prior year forecast. Our ACL models incorporate key macroeconomic variables, including U.S. real GDP growth rate. The significance of key macroeconomic variables on our ACL models varies depending on portfolio composition and economic conditions. Other key macroeconomic variables used in our ACL models

include corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate indices.

See Note 2 for a description of the ACL calculated under the CECL methodology, including credit quality indicators, used for held-for-investment loans.

Gross Charge-offs by Origination Year

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal

Revolving

$(14)$— $— $— $(8)$(22)

2025(10)— — — — (10)

2022— — (13)— — (13)

2021— — (119)— (4)(123)

Prior

— — (41)— (5)(46)

Total

$(24)$— $(173)$— $(17)$(214)

Year Ended December 31, 2024

$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal

Revolving

$(39)$— $— $— $— $(39)

2022— — (18)— — (18)

2021— — (14)— (2)(16)

2020— (11)— — — (11)

Prior

— — (133)— (25)(158)

Total

$(39)$(11)$(165)$— $(27)$(242)

CRE—Commercial real estate

SBL—Securities-based lending

Selected Credit Ratios

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

ACL for loans to total HFI loans0.4 %0.5 %

Nonaccrual HFI loans to total HFI loans

0.4 %0.4 %

ACL for loans to nonaccrual HFI loans

98.7 %104.6 %

Employee Loans

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Currently employed by the Firm1

$4,769 $4,255

No longer employed by the Firm2

89 83

Employee loans$4,858 $4,338

ACL(127)(112)

Employee loans, net of ACL$4,731 $4,226

Remaining repayment term, weighted average in years5.75.6

1.These loans are predominantly current.

2.These loans are predominantly past due for a period of 90 days or more.

Employee loans are granted in conjunction with a program established primarily to recruit certain Wealth Management financial advisors, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments, and are due in full upon termination of employment with the Firm. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet. See Note 2 for a description of the CECL allowance methodology, including credit quality indicators, for employee loans.

December 2025 Form 10-K118

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

10. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill Rollforward

$ in millionsISWMIMTotal

At December 31, 2023¹$424 $10,199 $6,084 $16,707

Foreign currency

(12)(8)(3)(23)

Acquired

23 — — 23

Disposals

— (1)— (1)

December 31, 2024435 10,190 6,081 16,706

Foreign currency2 9 9 20

At December 31, 2025¹$437 $10,199 $6,090 $16,726

Accumulated impairments2

$673 $— $27 $700

1.Balances represent the amount of the Firm’s goodwill after accumulated impairments.

2.There were no impairments recorded in 2025, 2024 or 2023.

Intangible Assets Rollforward

$ in millionsISWMIM Total

At December 31, 2023$26 $3,427 $3,602 $7,055

Acquired

13 — — 13

Disposals— (6)— (6)

Amortization expense(10)(479)(113)(602)

Other(2)(3)(2)(7)

At December 31, 2024$27 $2,939 $3,487 $6,453

Acquired1 — — 1

Amortization expense(7)(334)(113)(454)

Other— 2 8 10

At December 31, 2025$21 $2,607 $3,382 $6,010

Intangible Assets by Type

Non-amortizableAmortizable

$ in millionsGrossCarryingAmountGrossCarryingAmountAccumulatedAmortization

At December 31, 2025

Management contracts$2,117 $235 $100

Customer relationships— 4,746 1,514

Trade names

— 766 259

Other— 28 9

Total$2,117 $5,775 $1,882

At December 31, 2024

Management contracts2,112 245 93

Customer relationships— 8,746 5,121

Trade names

— 769 223

Other— 26 8

Total$2,112 $9,786 $5,445

Intangible Assets Estimated Future Amortization Expense

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025

2026$345

2027341

2028337

2029335

2030331

The Firm’s annual goodwill and non-amortizable intangible asset impairment testing as of July 1, 2025 did not indicate any impairment. For more information, see Note 2.

11. Other Assets and Leases

Equity Method Investments

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Investments$2,054 $1,869

$ in millions202520242023

Income (loss)$246 $241 $124

Equity method investments, other than investments in certain fund interests, are summarized above and are included in Other assets in the balance sheet with related income or loss included in Other revenues in the income statement. See “Net Asset Value Measurements—Fund Interests” in Note 4 for the carrying value of certain of the Firm’s fund interests, which are composed of general and limited partnership interests, as well as any related carried interest.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture

$ in millions202520242023

Income (loss) from investment in MUMSS$123 $146 $129

The Firm and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) formed a joint venture in Japan comprising their respective investment banking and securities businesses by forming two joint venture companies, Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”) and Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”) (collectively, the “Joint Venture”). The Firm owns a 40% economic interest in the Joint Venture, and MUFG owns the other 60%.

The Firm’s 40% voting interest in MUMSS is accounted for under the equity method within the Institutional Securities business segment and is included in the equity method investment balances above. The Firm consolidates MSMS into the Institutional Securities business segment, based on its 51% voting interest.

The Firm engages in transactions in the ordinary course of business with MUFG and its affiliates; for example, investment banking, financial advisory, sales and trading, including foreign exchange trading and equity transactions for institutional clients and Japanese research, derivatives, investment management, lending, securitization and other financial services transactions. Such transactions are on substantially the same terms as those that would be available to unrelated third parties for comparable transactions.

Tax Equity Investments

The Firm invests in tax equity investment interests which entitle the Firm to a share of tax credits and other income tax benefits generated by the projects underlying the investments. The Firm accounts for certain renewable energy and other tax equity investments programs using the proportional amortization method.

119

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Tax Equity Investments under the Proportional Amortization Method

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Low-income housing

$1,897 $1,787

Renewable energy and other

28 67

Total1,2

$1,925 $1,854

1.Amounts include unfunded equity contributions of $707 million and $613 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The corresponding liabilities for the commitments to fund these equity contributions are recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses. The majority of these commitments are expected to be funded within 5 years.

2.Amounts exclude $45 million and $48 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, of tax equity investments within programs for which the Firm elected the proportional amortization method that do not meet the conditions to apply the proportional amortization method, which are accounted for as equity method investments.

Income tax credits and other income tax benefits recognized as well as proportional amortization are included in the Provision for income taxes line in the consolidated income statement and in the Depreciation and amortization line in the consolidated cash flow statement.

Net Benefits Attributable to Tax Equity Investments under the Proportional Amortization Method

$ in millions202520242023

Income tax credits and other income tax benefits$290 $301 $237

Proportional amortization(237)(239)(197)

Net benefits included in income tax expense53 62 40

Other income5 — —

Net benefits$58 $62 $40

Leases

The Firm’s leases are principally non-cancelable operating real estate leases.

Balance Sheet Amounts Related to Leases

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Other assets—ROU assets$4,164 $4,114

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lease liabilities4,996 4,937

Weighted average:

Remaining lease term, in years8.28.5

Discount rate4.4 %4.3 %

Lease Liabilities

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

2025$772

2026$819 790

2027853 736

2028751 716

2029664 562

2030612 482

Thereafter2,337 1,923

Total undiscounted cash flows$6,036 $5,981

Imputed interest(1,040)(1,044)

Amount on balance sheet$4,996 $4,937

Committed leases not yet commenced$163 $63

Lease Costs

$ in millions202520242023

Fixed costs$831 $917 $938

Variable costs1

171 181 206

Less: Sublease income(2)(6)(10)

Total lease cost, net$1,000 $1,092 $1,134

1.Includes common area maintenance charges and other variable costs not included in the measurement of ROU assets and lease liabilities.

Cash Flows Statement Supplemental Information

$ in millions202520242023

Cash outflows—Lease liabilities$852 $942 $892

Non-cash—ROU assets recorded for new and modified leases645 489 1,055

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges.

12. Deposits

Deposits

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Savings and demand deposits$315,883 $299,898

Time deposits99,640 76,109

Total deposits

$415,523 $376,007

Deposits subject to FDIC insurance$331,322 $298,351

Deposits not subject to FDIC insurance$84,201 $77,656

Time Deposit Maturities

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

2026$44,380

202723,390

202813,670

20299,570

20308,260

Thereafter370

Total$99,640

December 2025 Form 10-K120

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Uninsured Non-U.S. Time Deposit Maturities

$ in millionsAtDecember 31, 2025

Less than 3 months$2,187

3 - 6 months860

6 - 12 months747

Over 12 months76

Total$3,870

Deposits in U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from Non-U.S. Depositors

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Deposits in U.S. bank subsidiaries from non-U.S. depositors$1,057 $700

13. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

Maturities and Terms of Borrowings

Parent CompanySubsidiariesAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

$ in millionsFixed Rate1

Variable Rate2

Fixed Rate1

Variable Rate2

Original maturities of one year or less:

Next 12 months$— $— $62 $7,192 $7,254 $4,512

Original maturities greater than one year:

2025$21,921

2026$10,821 $747 $3,816 $10,851 $26,235 37,969

202719,976 2,090 4,108 13,443 39,617 34,050

202812,947 3,133 10,807 17,875 44,762 28,719

202921,014 2,535 4,735 8,226 36,510 26,159

203015,582 498 2,869 11,971 30,920 20,016

Thereafter108,593 2,392 21,996 30,656 163,637 115,473

Total greater than one year$188,933 $11,395 $48,331 $93,022 $341,681 $284,307

Total

$188,933 $11,395 $48,393 $100,214 $348,935 $288,819

Weighted average coupon at period end3

4.1 %3.4 %4.8 %4.8 %4.2 %4.1 %

1.Fixed rate borrowings include instruments with step-up, step-down and zero coupon features.

2.Variable rate borrowings include those that bear interest based on a variety of indices, including SOFR and federal funds rates, in addition to certain notes carried at fair value with various payment provisions, including notes linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures.

3.Only includes borrowings with original maturities greater than one year. Weighted average coupon is calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes the effect of related hedging derivatives and financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected. See “Rates for Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year” table herein for more information.

Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Senior$329,502 $270,594

Subordinated12,179 13,713

Total$341,681 $284,307

Weighted average stated maturity, in years6.36.6

Certain senior debt securities are denominated in various non-U.S. dollar currencies and may be structured to provide a return that is linked to equity, credit, commodity or other indices (e.g., the consumer price index). Senior debt also may be structured to be callable by the Firm or extendible at the option of holders of the senior debt securities.

The Firm’s Borrowings include notes carried and managed on a fair value basis. These include instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts that are not classified as derivatives because they fail the initial net investment criterion. To minimize the exposure from such instruments, the Firm has entered into various swap contracts, options, and other hedges that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Trading revenues. See Notes 2 and 5 for further information on borrowings carried at fair value.

Senior Debt Subject to Put Options or Liquidity Obligations

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Put options embedded in debt agreements$295 $429

Liquidity obligations1

$4,824 $3,597

1.Includes obligations to support secondary market trading.

Subordinated Debt

20252024

Contractual weighted average coupon4.4 %4.5 %

Subordinated debt generally is issued to meet the capital requirements of the Firm or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily is U.S. dollar denominated. Maturities of subordinated debt range from 2026 to 2039.

Rates for Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year

At December 31,

202520242023

Contractual weighted average coupon1

4.2 %4.1 %3.6 %

Weighted average coupon after hedging derivatives4.9 %5.6 %6.5 %

1.Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected.

In general, other than securities inventories and customer balances financed by secured funding sources, the majority of the Firm’s assets are financed with a combination of deposits, short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate. The Firm uses interest rate swaps to more closely match these borrowings to the duration, holding period and interest rate characteristics of the assets being funded and to manage interest rate risk. These swaps effectively convert certain of the Firm’s fixed rate borrowings into floating rate obligations. In addition, for non-U.S. dollar currency borrowings that are not used to fund assets in the same currency, the Firm has entered into currency swaps that effectively convert the borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations.

121

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Firm’s use of swaps for asset and liability management affects its effective average borrowing rate.

Other Secured Financings

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Original maturities:

One year or less$13,892 $17,133

Greater than one year7,711 4,469

Total$21,603 $21,602

Transfers of assets accounted for as secured financings9,713 10,275

Maturities and Terms of Other Secured Financings1

At December 31, 2025AtDecember 31,2024

$ in millionsFixedRateVariable

Rate2

Total

Original maturities of one year or less:

Next 12 months$42 $4,478 $4,520 $7,006

Original maturities greater than one year:

2025$2,389

2026$— $2,511 $2,511 690

2027191 1,675 1,866 107

2028— 1,617 1,617 453

2029— — — —

2030— 40 40 44

Thereafter17 1,319 1,336 638

Total$208 $7,162 $7,370 $4,321

Weighted average coupon at period-end3

1.2 %4.7 %3.7 %4.6 %

1.Excludes transfers of assets accounted for as secured financings. See subsequent table.

2.Variable rate other secured financings bear interest based on a variety of indices, including SOFR and federal funds rates. Amounts include notes carried at fair value with various payment provisions, including notes linked to equity, credit, commodity or other indices.

3.Includes only other secured financings with original maturities greater than one year. Weighted average coupon is calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes other secured financings that are linked to non-interest indices and for which the fair value option was elected.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to collateralized notes, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales and consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets. See Note 15 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

Maturities of Transfers of Assets Accounted for as Secured Financings1

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

2025$— $10,184

20269,391 42

202715 5

202828 12

2029— 5

2030147 21

Thereafter132 6

Total$9,713 $10,275

1.Excludes Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned.

For transfers of assets that fail to meet accounting criteria for a sale, the Firm continues to record the assets and recognizes the associated liabilities in the balance sheet.

14. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments

Years to Maturity at December 31, 2025

$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5Total

Lending:

Corporate$23,398 $48,607 $79,273 $5,843 $157,121

Secured lending facilities5,341 8,035 10,429 5,930 29,735

Commercial and Residential real estate66 115 173 465 819

Securities-based lending and Other17,663 3,094 230 504 21,491

Forward-starting secured financing receivables1

138,050 2,782 — — 140,832

Central counterparty14,062 — — — 14,062

Investment activities2,319 94 80 503 2,996

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees30 3 — 5 38

Total$200,929 $62,730 $90,185 $13,250 $367,094

Lending commitments participated to third parties$12,164

1.These amounts primarily include secured financing receivables yet to settle as of December 31, 2025, with settlement generally occurring within three business days. These amounts also include commitments to enter into certain collateralized financing transactions.

Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Types of Commitments

Lending Commitments. Lending commitments primarily represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for different types of loan transactions. For syndications that are led by the Firm, the lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Firm participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Firm expects it will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties.

Forward-Starting Secured Financing Receivables. These amounts include securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed that the Firm has entered into prior to the balance sheet date that will settle after the balance sheet date. These transactions are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations when they are funded.

Central Counterparty. These commitments relate to the Firm’s membership in certain clearinghouses and are

December 2025 Form 10-K122

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

contingent upon the default of a clearinghouse member or other stress events.

Underwriting Commitments. The Firm provides underwriting commitments in connection with its capital raising sources to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients.

Investment Activities. The Firm sponsors several non-consolidated investment management funds for third-party investors where it typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviser to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Firm has contractual capital commitments, guarantees and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment management funds.

Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees. The Firm has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Firm’s counterparties. The Firm is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities traded and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.

Guarantees

At December 31, 2025

Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Obligations by Years to MaturityCarryingAmountAsset(Liability)

$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5

Non-credit derivatives1

1,214,697 677,539 177,536 548,377 (38,976)

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued2,3

1,738 967 1,213 2,538 12

Liquidity facilities3,258 — — — 2

Whole loan sales guarantees53 10 — 23,077 —

Securitization representations and warranties4

— — — 97,104 —

General partner guarantees121 119 62 25 (50)

Client clearing guarantees2,686 — — — —

1.The carrying amounts of derivative contracts that meet the accounting definition of a guarantee are shown on a gross basis. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 6.

2.These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.7 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

3.As of December 31, 2025, the carrying amount of standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued includes an allowance for credit losses of $58 million.

4.Related to commercial, residential mortgage and asset backed securitizations.

Types of Guarantees

Non-Credit Derivatives. Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent-forward contracts and CDS (see Note 6 regarding credit derivatives in which the Firm has sold credit protection to the counterparty which are excluded from the previous table). For non-credit derivative contracts that meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, the notional amount is used as the maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign

currency options. The Firm evaluates collateral requirements for all derivatives, including derivatives that do not meet the accounting definition of a guarantee. For the effects of cash collateral and counterparty netting, see Note 6.

In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Firm for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Firm sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Firm may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Firm under the derivative contract.

Standby Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Issued. Generally, in connection with its lending businesses, the Firm provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Firm’s standby letters of credit are provided on behalf of counterparties that are investment grade. If the counterparty fails to fulfill its contractual obligation, the Firm has access to collateral or recourse that would approximate its obligation.

Liquidity Facilities. The Firm has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Firm is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Firm acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for stand-alone municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Firm on specified dates at a specified price. The Firm often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities, as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors. The recourse amount often exceeds the maximum potential payout amount of the guarantee. Substantially all of the underlying assets in the SPEs are investment grade. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives.

Whole Loan Sales Guarantees. The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain whole loan sales. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The Firm’s maximum potential payout related to such representations and warranties is equal to the current UPB of such loans. Since the Firm no longer services these loans, it has no information on the current UPB of those loans, and, accordingly, the amount included in the previous table represents the UPB at the time of the whole loan sale or at the time when the Firm last serviced any of those loans. The current UPB balances could be substantially lower than the maximum potential payout

123

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

amount included in the previous table. The related liability primarily relates to sales of loans to the federal mortgage agencies.

Securitization Representations and Warranties. As part of the Firm’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitizations and related activities, the Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm. The extent and nature of the representations and warranties, if any, vary among different securitizations. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to repurchase certain assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Firm could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of, or losses associated with, the assets subject to breaches of such representations and warranties. The amount included in the previous table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB or historical losses where known and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known.

General Partner Guarantees. As a general partner in certain investment management funds, the Firm receives certain distributions from the partnerships when the return exceeds specified performance targets according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Firm may be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in the various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.

Client Clearing Guarantees. The Firm is a sponsoring member of the Government Securities Division of the FICC’s Sponsored Clearing Model. Clients of the Firm, as sponsored members, can transact in overnight and term securities repurchase and resale agreements, which are cleared through the FICC. As sponsoring member, the Firm guarantees to the FICC the prompt and full payment and performance of its clients’ obligations. In 2020, the FICC’s sponsored clearing model was updated such that the Firm could be responsible for liquidation of a sponsored member’s account and guarantees any resulting loss to the FICC in the event the sponsored member fails to fully pay any net liquidation amount due from the sponsored member to the FICC. Accordingly, the Firm’s maximum potential payout amount reflects the total of the estimated net liquidation amounts for sponsored member accounts. The Firm minimizes credit exposure under this guarantee by obtaining a security interest in its sponsored member clients’ collateral and their contractual rights under sponsored member transactions. Therefore, the Firm’s exposure is estimated to be an amount substantially lower than the maximum potential payout amount. The collateral amount in which the Firm has a security interest is approximately equal to the maximum potential payout amount of the guarantee.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below:

•Indemnities. The Firm provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws, a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Firm to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The Firm may also provide indemnities when it sells a business or assets to a third-party, pursuant to which it indemnifies the third-party for losses incurred on assets acquired or liabilities assumed or due to actions taken by the Firm prior to the sale of the business or assets. The Firm expects the risk of loss associated with indemnities related to the sale of businesses or assets to be remote. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Firm could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

•Market Value Guarantees. Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. These guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund.

•Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees. The Firm is a member of various exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Firm may be required to pay a certain amount as determined by the exchange or the clearinghouse in case of a default of any of its members or pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member that may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships and the forms of these guarantees may vary, in general the Firm’s obligations under these rules would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources.

In addition, some clearinghouse rules require members to assume a proportionate share of losses resulting from the clearinghouse’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin and of other losses unrelated to the default of a clearing member, if such losses exceed the specified resources allocated for such purpose by the clearinghouse.

December 2025 Form 10-K124

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The maximum potential payout under these rules cannot be estimated. The Firm has not recorded any contingent liability in its financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

•Futures and Over-the-Counter Derivatives Clearing Guarantees. The Firm provides clearing services on central counterparty clearinghouses (“CCPs”) for clients that need to clear exchange-traded and OTC derivatives contracts with CCPs. The Firm acts as an agent in its role as clearing member for these client transactions. As such, the Firm does not reflect the underlying exchange-traded or OTC derivatives contracts in its Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 6 for a discussion of the Firm’s derivatives activities that are reflected in its Consolidated Financial Statements. As a clearing member, the Firm is responsible to the CCP for the performance of its clients, collects cash and securities collateral (margin) as well as any settlement amounts due from or to clients, and remits them to the relevant CCP or client in whole or part. There are two types of margin: (1) variation margin is posted on a daily basis based on the value of clients’ derivative contracts and (2) initial margin is posted at inception of a derivative contract, generally on the basis of the potential changes in the variation margin requirement for the contract.As a clearing member, the Firm is exposed to the risk of nonperformance by its clients to CCPs but is not liable to clients for the performance of the CCPs. Where possible, the Firm seeks to mitigate its risk to the client through the collection of appropriate amounts of margin at inception and throughout the life of the transactions. In the event of nonperformance by a client, the Firm would close out the client’s positions and access available margin. The CCP would utilize any margin it holds to make itself whole, with any remaining shortfalls required to be paid by the Firm as a clearing member. It is difficult to estimate the Firm’s maximum possible exposure through its role as a clearing member as it depends on the nature and volume of client's future transactions, market conditions and potential client defaults. However, based upon historical experience, the Firm’s exposure is significantly mitigated by the credit risk mitigants available to the Firm. As a result, management believes that the risk of material loss to the Firm is expected to be remote.

•Merger and Acquisition Guarantees. The Firm may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Firm provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the

time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The Firm believes the likelihood of any payment by the Firm under these arrangements is remote given the level of its due diligence in its role as investment banking advisor.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the financial statements.

Finance Subsidiary

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a wholly owned finance subsidiary. No other subsidiary of the Parent Company guarantees these securities.

Contingencies

Legal

In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the third-party entities that are, or would otherwise be, the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt, in financial distress, or may not honor applicable indemnification obligations. These actions have included, but are not limited to, antitrust claims, claims under various false claims act statutes, and matters arising from our wealth management businesses, sales and trading businesses, and our activities in the capital markets.

The Firm is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental or other regulatory agencies regarding the Firm’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales, trading, financing, prime brokerage, market-making activities, investment banking advisory services, capital markets activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Firm, wealth and investment management services, and tax, accounting, and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, disgorgement, restitution, forfeiture, injunctions, limitations on our ability to conduct certain business, or other relief.

125

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss or the range of loss, the Firm accrues an estimated loss by a charge to income, including with respect to certain of the individual proceedings or investigations described below.

$ in millions202520242023

Legal expenses$137 $106 $488

The Firm’s legal expenses can, and may in the future, fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government or regulatory agency investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.

In many legal proceedings and investigations, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where the Firm has determined that a loss is probable or reasonably possible or an exposure to loss or range of loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, the Firm may be unable to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss or range of loss. It is particularly difficult to determine if a loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, forfeiture, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved in an investigation or proceeding before a determination can be made that a loss or additional loss (or range of loss or range of additional loss) is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, including through potentially lengthy discovery or determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification, the calculation of damages or other relief, and consideration of novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question.

The Firm has identified below any individual proceedings or investigations where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible. In certain legal proceedings in which the Firm has determined that a material loss is reasonably possible, the Firm is unable to reasonably estimate the loss or range of loss. There are other matters in which the Firm has determined a loss or range of loss to be reasonably possible, but the Firm does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s financial statements as a whole, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations may significantly impact the Firm’s business or results of operations for any particular reporting period, or cause significant reputational harm.

While the Firm has identified below certain proceedings or investigations that the Firm believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or those where potential losses have not yet been determined to be probable or reasonably possible.

Antitrust Related Matters

The Firm and other financial institutions are responding to a number of governmental investigations and civil litigation matters related to allegations of anticompetitive conduct in various aspects of the financial services industry, including the matters described below.

Beginning in February of 2016, the Firm was named as a defendant in multiple purported antitrust class actions now consolidated into a single proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”) styled In Re: Interest Rate Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. and New York state antitrust laws from 2008 through December of 2016 in connection with alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for interest rate swaps trading. Complaints were filed both on behalf of a purported class of investors who purchased interest rate swaps from defendants, as well as on behalf of three operators of swap execution facilities that allegedly were thwarted by the defendants in their efforts to develop such platforms. The consolidated complaints seek, inter alia, certification of the investor class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On July 28, 2017, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaints. On December 15, 2023, the court denied the class plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On December 29, 2023, the class plaintiffs petitioned the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit for leave to appeal that decision. On February 28, 2024, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the class claims. On July 17, 2025, the court granted final approval of the settlement. The claims brought by the three operators of swap execution facilities remain pending.

The Firm is a defendant in three antitrust class action complaints which have been consolidated into one proceeding in the United States District Court for the SDNY under the caption City of Philadelphia, et al. v. Bank of America Corporation, et al. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws and relevant state laws in connection with alleged efforts to artificially inflate interest rates for Variable Rate Demand Obligations (“VRDO”). The consolidated complaint seeks, inter alia, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. The complaint was filed on behalf of a class of municipal issuers of VRDO for which defendants served as remarketing agent. On November 2, 2020, the court granted in part and denied in

December 2025 Form 10-K126

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint, dismissing state law claims, but denying dismissal of the U.S. antitrust claims. On September 21, 2023, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On February 5, 2024, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit granted leave to appeal that decision and, on August 1, 2025, affirmed the court’s decision. On December 1, 2025, defendants filed a petition for writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court regarding the Second Circuit’s August 2025 decision.

European Matters

Tax

In matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) challenged in the Dutch courts the prior set-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $146 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’s corporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2012. The Dutch Authority alleged that the Firm was not entitled to receive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, that a Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securities subject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims with respect to certain of the tax years in dispute. On May 12, 2020, the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam granted the Dutch Authority’s appeal in matters re-styled Case number 18/00318 and Case number 18/00319. On January 19, 2024, the Dutch High Court granted the Firm’s appeal in matters re-styled Case number 20/01884 and referred the case to the Court of Appeal in The Hague. On November 11, 2024, the Firm reached an agreement to settle the Dutch Authority’s challenges for the tax years 2007 to 2012 and made payment of the prior set-off amounts and interest indicated above. The case has been withdrawn.

On June 22, 2021, Dutch criminal authorities sought various documents in connection with an investigation of the Firm related to the civil claims asserted by the Dutch Authority concerning the accuracy of the Firm subsidiary’s tax returns for 2007 to 2012. On September 30, 2025, the Dutch Public Prosecutor served the Firm subsidiaries (Morgan Stanley Derivatives Products (Netherlands) B.V. and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc) with indictments, bringing charges of filing false tax returns for 2007 to 2012. The matter was resolved on November 27, 2025, when the Dutch Public Prosecutor announced the imposition of penalty orders totaling €101 million (approximately $117 million) on Morgan Stanley Derivatives Products (Netherlands) B.V. and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc, which amounts were paid in the fourth quarter of 2025.

U.K. Government Bond Matter

On February 21, 2025, the U.K. Competition and Markets Authority announced a settlement with the Firm, as well as other financial institutions, in connection with its investigation of suspected anti-competitive arrangements in the financial services sector, specifically regarding the Firm’s activities concerning certain liquid fixed income products between 2009 and 2012. Separately, on June 16, 2023, the Firm was named as a defendant in a purported antitrust class action in the United States District Court for the SDNY styled Oklahoma Firefighters Pension and Retirement System v. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, et al., alleging, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws in connection with their alleged effort to fix prices of gilts traded in the United States between 2009 and 2013. The complaint seeks, inter alia, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On September 16, 2024, the court granted defendants’ joint motion to dismiss, and the complaint was dismissed without prejudice. In October of 2024, the Firm and certain other defendants reached an agreement in principle to settle the U.S. litigation. On March 17, 2025, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement.

Other

On May 17, 2013, the plaintiff in IKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. filed a complaint against the Firm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to the plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to the plaintiff was approximately $133 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, inter alia, compensatory and punitive damages. On October 29, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. All claims regarding four certificates were dismissed. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Firm or sold to the plaintiff by the Firm was approximately $116 million. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s order denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On July 15, 2022, the Firm filed a motion for summary judgment on all remaining claims. On March 1, 2023, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion for summary judgment, narrowing the alleged misrepresentations at issue in the case. On March 26, 2024, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s summary judgment order. On August 27, 2024, the plaintiff notified the court that in light of the court’s rulings to exclude certain evidence at trial, the plaintiff could not prove its claims at trial, and requested that the court dismiss the case, subject to its right to appeal the evidentiary rulings. On August 28, 2024, the court dismissed the case, and judgment was entered in the Firm’s favor. The plaintiff has appealed.

127

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Beginning in February of 2024, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB”) and E*TRADE Securities LLC (“E*TRADE Securities”), among others, have been named as defendants in multiple putative class actions pending in the federal district courts for the District of New Jersey and SDNY. The class action claims have been brought on behalf of brokerage, advisory and retirement account holders, alleging various contractual, fiduciary, and statutory claims (including under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, 18 U.S.C. §1962(c)-(d)) that MSSB and/or E*TRADE Securities failed to pay a reasonable rate of interest on its cash sweep products. All matters pending in the SDNY (which focus solely on MSSB’s cash sweep program) were consolidated into one action styled Estate of Sherlip, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. An amended class action complaint was filed on August 15, 2025. On September 12, 2025, MSSB moved to dismiss the complaint. The matters pending in the District of New Jersey (which includes claims against both MSSB and E*TRADE Securities) have been consolidated into one action styled In re E*TRADE Cash Sweep Litigation, No. 2:24-cv-00603. The Firm awaits the appointment of lead counsel and, thereafter, the filing of a consolidated complaint in that matter. Together, the complaints seek, inter alia, certification of classes of plaintiffs, unspecified compensatory damages, equitable and injunctive relief, and treble damages. The Firm is also responding to requests from state securities regulators regarding brokerage account cash balances swept to the affiliate bank deposit program.

15. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

Overview

The Firm is involved with various SPEs in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

The Firm’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Firm’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

•Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, including re-securitization transactions.

•Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

•Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

•Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

•Structuring of CLNs or other asset-repackaging notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

•Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Firm or its clients.

The Firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Firm and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Firm and other parties.

The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Firm considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Firm does not consolidate securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Firm serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Firm analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest in the VIE.

For many transactions, such as re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaging notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Firm focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. The Firm concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Firm and the initial investors based upon the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Firm and the extent of the information available to the Firm and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the Firm and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of continuing involvement by the Firm, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Firm and by other investors. The Firm focused its control decision on any right held by the Firm or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Most re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaging notes have no such termination rights.

December 2025 Form 10-K128

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated VIE Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsVIE AssetsVIE LiabilitiesVIE AssetsVIE Liabilities

MABS1

$468 $2 $575 $236

Investment vehicles2

263 5 378 189

MTOB1,781 1,651 619 578

Other47 3 156 4

Total$2,559 $1,661 $1,728 $1,007

MTOB—Municipal tender option bonds

1.Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets and may be in loan or security form. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs as the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

2.Amounts include investment funds and CLOs.

Consolidated VIE Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents$19 $37

Trading assets at fair value1,216 1,395

Investment securities1,318 278

Customer and other receivables5 16

Other assets1 2

Total$2,559 $1,728

Liabilities

Other secured financings$1,653 $921

Other liabilities and accrued expenses5 82

Borrowings3 4

Total$1,661 $1,007

Noncontrolling interests$145 $42

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. Generally, most assets owned by consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not available to the Firm while the related liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Firm. However, in certain consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

In general, the Firm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of amounts absorbed by third-party variable interest holders.

Non-consolidated VIEs

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsMABS1

CDOMTOBOSFOther2

VIE assets (UPB)$218,543 $3,432 $4,620 $4,535 $87,118

Maximum exposure to loss3

Debt and equity interests$32,074 $158 $— $2,611 $11,904

Derivative and other contracts— — 3,258 — 4,473

Commitments, guarantees and other10,414 — — — 190

Total$42,488 $158 $3,258 $2,611 $16,567

Carrying value of variable interests—Assets

Debt and equity interests$32,074 $158 $— $1,967 $11,904

Derivative and other contracts— — 5 — 2,010

Total$32,074 $158 $5 $1,967 $13,914

Additional VIE assets owned4

$15,907

Carrying value of variable interests—Liabilities

Derivative and other contracts$— $— $2 $— $780

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsMABS1

CDOMTOBOSFOther2

VIE assets (UPB)$179,686 $1,621 $3,654 $3,603 $74,665

Maximum exposure to loss3

Debt and equity interests$26,974 $62 $— $2,267 $12,097

Derivative and other contracts— — 2,454 — 3,936

Commitments, guarantees and other8,554 — — — 535

Total$35,528 $62 $2,454 $2,267 $16,568

Carrying value of variable interests—Assets

Debt and equity interests$26,974 $62 $— $1,821 $12,067

Derivative and other contracts— — 6 — 1,772

Total$26,974 $62 $6 $1,821 $13,839

Additional VIE assets owned4

$15,777

Carrying value of variable interests—Liabilities

Derivative and other contracts$— $— $4 $— $448

1.Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets, and may be in loan or security form.

2.Other primarily includes exposures to commercial real estate property and investment funds.

3.Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying the maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect changes in fair value recorded by the Firm.

4.Additional VIE assets owned represents the carrying value of total exposure to non-consolidated VIEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds, primarily interests issued by securitization SPEs. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned. These assets are primarily included in Trading assets and Investment securities and are measured at fair value (see Note 4). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives.

The previous tables include VIEs sponsored by unrelated parties, as well as VIEs sponsored by the Firm; examples of the Firm’s involvement with these VIEs include its secondary market-making activities and the securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 7).

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Firm’s variable interest in the VIE and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities and other credit support, total return swaps and written put options, as well as the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIE.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss in the previous tables does not include the offsetting benefit of hedges or any reductions associated with the amount of collateral held as

129

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Firm.

Detail of Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsUPBDebt andEquityInterestsUPBDebt andEquityInterests

Residential mortgages$20,130 $3,183 $17,316 $2,497

Commercial mortgages96,473 11,251 82,730 8,445

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations58,876 7,136 39,317 6,260

Other consumer or commercial loans43,064 10,504 40,323 9,772

Total$218,543 $32,074 $179,686 $26,974

Securitization Activities

In a securitization transaction, the Firm transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or securities) to an SPE; sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE; and, in many cases, retains other beneficial interests. The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests.

In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Firm transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets. In addition, mainly in securitization transactions involving residential mortgage loans, the Firm may also enter into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in securitization transactions. As a market maker, the Firm offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests; these beneficial interests are generally included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

The Firm enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure. See Note 6 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Investment Securities

The Firm holds securities issued by VIEs within the Investment securities portfolio. These securities are composed of those related to transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies and predominantly the most senior

securities issued by VIEs backed by student loans and commercial mortgage loans. Transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies include an explicit or implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. Additionally, the Firm holds certain commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by VIEs retained as a result of the Firm’s securitization activities. See Note 7 for further information on the Investment securities portfolio.

Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts

In a municipal tender option bond trust transaction, the client transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities that the Firm, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client generally retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility; in some programs, the Firm provides this liquidity facility.

The Firm may, in lieu of purchasing short-term securities for remarketing, decide to extend a temporary loan to the trust. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation is generally collateralized. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives. The Firm consolidates any municipal tender option bond trusts in which it holds the residual interest.

Credit Protection Purchased through Credit-Linked Notes

CLN transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on referenced assets. In these transactions, the Firm transfers assets (generally high-quality securities or money-market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the SPE sells protection on an unrelated referenced asset or group of assets, through a credit derivative, and sells the securities issued by the SPE to investors. In some transactions, the Firm may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Depending on the structure, the assets and liabilities of the SPE may be consolidated and recognized in the Firm’s balance sheet or accounted for as a sale of assets.

Upon the occurrence of a credit event related to the referenced asset, the SPE will deliver securities collateral as payment to the Firm, which exposes the Firm to changes in the collateral’s value.

Derivative payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as those with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure.

December 2025 Form 10-K130

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Other Structured Financings

The Firm invests in tax equity investment interests issued by entities that develop and own low-income communities (including low-income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The interests entitle the Firm to a share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Firm has issued guarantees to investors in certain low-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Firm is also involved with entities designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Firm or its clients.

Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations

CLOs and CDOs are SPEs that purchase a pool of assets consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, ABS or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives and issue multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. The Firm underwrites the securities issued in certain CLO transactions on behalf of unaffiliated sponsors and provides advisory services to these unaffiliated sponsors. The Firm sells corporate loans to many of these SPEs, in some cases representing a significant portion of the total assets purchased. Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions and may retain unsold securities. These beneficial interests are included in Trading assets and are measured at fair value.

Equity-Linked Notes

ELN transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. In an ELN transaction, the Firm typically transfers to an SPE either a note issued by the Firm, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index, or debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These ELN transactions with SPEs were not consolidated at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

Transferred Assets with Continuing Involvement

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsRMLCMLU.S. AgencyCMOCLN and

Other1

SPE assets (UPB)2, 3

$15,089 $84,729 $18,230 $13,312

Retained interests

Investment grade$288 $456 $1,127 $—

Non-investment grade460 1,131 — 123

Total$748 $1,587 $1,127 $123

Interests purchased in the secondary market3

Investment grade$62 $62 $52 $—

Non-investment grade14 30 — —

Total$76 $92 $52 $—

Derivative assets $— $— $— $1,522

Derivative liabilities — — — 733

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsRMLCMLU.S. AgencyCMOCLN and

Other1

SPE assets (UPB)2, 3

$6,989 $78,232 $18,174 $12,725

Retained interests

Investment grade$198 $543 $967 $—

Non-investment grade175 923 — 71

Total$373 $1,466 $967 $71

Interests purchased in the secondary market3

Investment grade$45 $34 $79 $—

Non-investment grade5 24 — —

Total$50 $58 $79 $—

Derivative assets $— $— $— $1,408

Derivative liabilities — — — 400

Fair Value at December 31, 2025

$ in millionsLevel 2Level 3Total

Retained interests

Investment grade$1,346 $— $1,346

Non-investment grade122 58 180

Total$1,468 $58 $1,526

Interests purchased in the secondary market3

Investment grade$176 $— $176

Non-investment grade22 22 44

Total$198 $22 $220

Derivative assets$1,522 $— $1,522

Derivative liabilities733 — 733

Fair Value at December 31, 2024

$ in millionsLevel 2Level 3Total

Retained interests

Investment grade$1,080 $— $1,080

Non-investment grade71 50 121

Total$1,151 $50 $1,201

Interests purchased in the secondary market3

Investment grade$158 $— $158

Non-investment grade18 11 29

Total$176 $11 $187

Derivative assets$1,408 $— $1,408

Derivative liabilities400 — 400

RML—Residential mortgage loans

CML—Commercial mortgage loans

1.Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.

2.Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

3.Amounts include transactions where the Firm also holds retained interests as part of the transfer.

The previous tables include transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with

131

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

continuing involvement and received sales treatment. The transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the income statement. The Firm may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles, for which Investment banking revenues are recognized. The Firm may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. Certain retained interests are carried at fair value in the balance sheet with changes in fair value recognized in the income statement. Fair value for these interests is measured using techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Notes 2 and 4. Further, as permitted by applicable guidance, certain transfers of assets where the Firm’s only continuing involvement is a derivative are only reported in the following Assets Sold with Retained Exposure table.

Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Sales of Loans

$ in millions202520242023

New transactions1

$52,869 $36,326 $21,051

Retained interests11,524 7,956 4,311

Sales of corporate loans to CLO SPEs1, 2

— — 24

1.Net gains on new transactions and sales of corporate loans to CLO entities at the time of the sale were not material for all periods presented.

2.Sponsored by non-affiliates.

The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 14).

Assets Sold with Retained Exposure

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Gross cash proceeds from sale of assets1

$112,395 $92,229

Fair value

Assets sold$113,159 $92,580

Derivative assets recognized in the balance sheet1,201 998

Derivative liabilities recognized in the balance sheet438 648

1.The carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale approximates gross cash proceeds.

The Firm enters into transactions in which it sells securities, primarily equities, and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC derivatives with the purchasers of the securities, through which it retains exposure to the sold securities.

16. Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

The Firm is an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Firm, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates the Firm’s compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and well-capitalized standards for the Firm’s U.S. bank subsidiaries, including, among others, MSBNA and MSPBNA (together, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and on certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. In addition, many of the Firm’s regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Firm is required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital and RWA follows.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of regulatory minimum required ratios plus the Firm’s capital conservation buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.

Capital Buffer Requirements

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024 At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

StandardizedStandardizedAdvanced

Capital buffers

Fixed 2.5% buffer

—%—%2.5%

SCB4.3%6.0%N/A

G-SIB capital surcharge3.0%3.0%3.0%

CCyB1

—%—%—%

Capital conservation buffer requirement

7.3%9.0%5.5%

1.The CCyB can be set up to 2.5% but is currently set by the Federal Reserve at zero.

The capital conservation buffer requirement represents the amount of CET1 capital the Firm must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions,

December 2025 Form 10-K132

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The Firm’s capital conservation buffer requirement computed under the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) is equal to the sum of the SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB. The capital conservation buffer requirement computed under the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”) is equal to the sum of a fixed 2.5% buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB. Based on 2025 data, the Firm estimates that its G-SIB Surcharge will potentially increase in the future from 3.0% to 3.5%. This change, if it occurs, would not take effect before January 1, 2028.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024 At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

Regulatory Minimum

StandardizedStandardizedAdvanced

Required ratios1

CET1 capital ratio

4.5%11.8%13.5%10.0%

Tier 1 capital ratio6.0%13.3%15.0%11.5%

Total capital ratio8.0%15.3%17.0%13.5%

1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital conservation buffer requirement.

Risk-Weighted Assets

RWA reflects both the Firm’s on- and off-balance sheet risk, as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from the following:

•Credit Risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to the Firm;

•Market Risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

•Operational Risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyberattacks or damage to physical assets).

The Firm’s risk-based capital ratios are computed under both (i) the Standardized Approach and (ii) the Advanced Approach. The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the differences between the actual and required ratios were lower under the Standardized Approach.

Leverage-Based Regulatory Capital. Leverage-based capital requirements include a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, a minimum SLR of 3% and an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2%.

The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

Risk-based capital

Standardized

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Risk-based capital

CET1 capital$83,153 $75,095

Tier 1 capital92,728 84,790

Total capital103,449 95,567

Total RWA552,515 471,834

Risk-based capital ratio

CET1 capital15.0%15.9%

Tier 1 capital16.8%18.0%

Total capital18.7%20.3%

Required ratio1

CET1 capital11.8%13.5%

Tier 1 capital13.3%15.0%

Total capital15.3%17.0%

1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.

Leverage-based capital

$ in millionsAt December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

Leverage-based capital

Adjusted average assets1

$1,383,314 $1,223,779

Supplementary leverage exposure2

1,717,775 1,517,687

Leverage-based capital ratio

Tier 1 leverage6.7%6.9%

SLR5.4%5.6%

Required ratio3

Tier 1 leverage4.0%4.0%

SLR5.0%5.0%

1.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, non-cash after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.

2.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

3.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

The OCC establishes capital requirements for the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, and evaluates their compliance with such capital requirements. Regulatory capital requirements for the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are calculated in a similar manner to the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements, although G-SIB capital surcharge and SCB requirements do not apply to the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

The OCC’s regulatory capital framework includes Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) standards, including “well-capitalized” PCA standards that are based on specified regulatory capital ratio minimums. For the Firm to remain an FHC, its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with the OCC’s PCA standards. In addition,

133

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

failure by the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to meet minimum capital requirements may result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ and the Firm’s financial statements.

At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, MSBNA and MSPBNA risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules.

MSBNA’s Regulatory Capital

Well-Capitalized RequirementRequired

Ratio1

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsAmountRatioAmount Ratio

Risk-based capital

CET1 capital

6.5 %7.0 %$25,545 20.3 %$22,165 20.1 %

Tier 1 capital8.0 %8.5 %25,545 20.3 %22,165 20.1 %

Total capital10.0 %10.5 %26,423 21.0 %22,993 20.9 %

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage5.0 %4.0 %$25,545 10.1 %$22,165 9.7 %

SLR6.0 %3.0 %25,545 7.6 %22,165 7.4 %

MSPBNA’s Regulatory Capital

Well-Capitalized RequirementRequired

Ratio1

At December 31, 2025At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsAmountRatioAmountRatio

Risk-based capital

CET1 capital6.5 %7.0 %$17,298 26.1 %$16,672 26.1 %

Tier 1 capital8.0 %8.5 %17,298 26.1 %16,672 26.1 %

Total capital10.0 %10.5 %17,665 26.6 %17,004 26.6 %

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage5.0 %4.0 %$17,298 7.0 %$16,672 7.7 %

SLR6.0 %3.0 %17,298 6.8 %16,672 7.5 %

1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on the ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends.

Additionally, MSBNA is conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and is registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. However, as MSBNA is prudentially regulated as a bank, its capital requirements continue to be determined by the OCC.

Other Regulatory Capital Requirements

MS&Co. Regulatory Capital

$ in millionsAt

December 31, 2025

At

December 31, 2024

Net capital$19,272 $18,483

Excess net capital13,905 13,883

MS&Co. is registered as a broker-dealer and a futures commission merchant with the SEC and the CFTC, respectively, and is registered as a swap dealer with the CFTC.

As an Alternative Net Capital broker-dealer, and in accordance with Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) Rule 15c3-1, Appendix E, MS&Co. is subject to minimum net capital and tentative net capital requirements

and operates with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. As a futures commission merchant and registered swap dealer, MS&Co. is subject to CFTC capital requirements. In addition, MS&Co. must notify the SEC if its tentative net capital falls below certain levels. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, MS&Co. exceeded its net capital requirement and had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries

Certain other subsidiaries are also subject to various regulatory capital requirements. Such subsidiaries include the following, each of which operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, as applicable:

•MSSB, a registered U.S. broker-dealer and introducing broker for the futures business, is subject to, respectively, the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and CFTC.

•MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”). MSIP is also conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. It currently complies with home-country capital requirements in lieu of SEC and CFTC capital requirements pursuant to applicable substituted compliance rules.

•MSESE, together with its subsidiary Morgan Stanley Bank AG (“MSBAG”) (the “MSESE Group”), is subject to the capital requirements of the European Central Bank, the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority and the German Central Bank. MSESE operates branches in Denmark, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Poland, Spain and Sweden that are also regulated by the relevant authorities in each jurisdiction. As of December 31, 2025, MSESE was conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. After becoming a fully licensed credit institution under the EU Capital Requirements Regulation in January 2026, MSESE became a Regulation K subsidiary of the Firm and is no longer subject to the SEC and CFTC substituted compliance rules for capital requirements.

•MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSMS is also registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer but is currently complying with home-country capital requirements in lieu of CFTC capital requirements pursuant to applicable substituted compliance rules.

•MSCS, a U.S. entity and the Firm’s primary non-bank security-based swap dealer, was conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer, registered with the SEC as an OTC derivatives dealer and registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer as of December 31, 2025. On February 14, 2026, MSCS was divided into two entities, one operating a Fixed Income business and a second operating an Equities business. The Fixed Income business was merged into MSBNA, and the Equities business

December 2025 Form 10-K134

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

continues to be subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and CFTC.

•MSCG, a U.S. entity, is registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer and is subject to its capital requirements.

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Firm are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have also consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

Restrictions on Payments

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above, and certain covenants contained in various agreements governing indebtedness of the Firm, may restrict the Firm’s ability to withdraw capital from its subsidiaries. The following table represents net assets of consolidated subsidiaries that may be restricted as to the payment of cash dividends and advances to the Parent Company.

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Restricted net assets$59,985 $49,914

17. Total Equity

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

SharesOutstanding Carrying Value

$ in millions, except per share dataAtDecember 31,2025 LiquidationPreferenceper ShareAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Series

A44,000 $25,000 $1,100 $1,100

C1

519,882 1,000 408 408

E34,500 25,000 862 862

F34,000 25,000 850 850

I40,000 25,000 1,000 1,000

K40,000 25,000 1,000 1,000

L20,000 25,000 500 500

M400,000 1,000 430 430

N3,000 100,000 300 300

O52,000 25,000 1,300 1,300

P40,000 25,000 1,000 1,000

Q

40,000 25,000 1,000 1,000

Total$9,750 $9,750

Shares authorized30,000,000

1.Series C preferred stock is held by MUFG.

The Firm’s preferred stock has a preference over its common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as and is included in Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 16).

Description of Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2025

DepositarySharesper ShareRedemption

Series1, 2

SharesIssuedPrice

per Share3

Earliest optional redemption date4

A44,000 1,000 $25,000 July 15, 2011

C5

1,160,791 N/A1,100 October 15, 2011

E34,500 1,000 25,000 October 15, 2023

F34,000 1,000 25,000 January 15, 2024

I40,000 1,000 25,000 October 15, 2024

K40,000 1,000 25,000 April 15, 2027

L20,000 1,000 25,000 January 15, 2025

M

400,000 N/A1,000 September 15, 2026

N

3,000 100 100,000 October 2, 2025

O

52,000 1,000 25,000 January 15, 2027

P

40,000 1,000 25,000 October 15, 2027

Q

40,000 1,000 25,000 October 15, 2029

1.All shares issued are non-cumulative. Each share has a par value of $0.01.

2.Dividends on Series A are based on a floating rate, and dividends on Series C, L, O, P and Q are based on a fixed rate. Dividends on all other Series are based on a fixed-to-floating rate.

3.Series A and C are redeemable at the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid dividends, regardless of whether dividends are actually declared, up to but excluding the date of redemption. All other Series are redeemable at the redemption price plus any declared and unpaid dividends, up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption.

4.Series A and C are currently redeemable at the Firm’s option, in whole or in part, from time to time. Series E, F, I, L, and N are currently redeemable, and all other Series are redeemable, at the Firm’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the redemption date or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series).

5.Series C is non-voting perpetual preferred stock. Dividends on the Series C preferred stock are payable, on a non-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share.

Common Stock

Rollforward of Common Stock Outstanding

in millions20252024

Shares outstanding at beginning of period1,607 1,627

Treasury stock purchases1

(42)(43)

Other2

18 23

Shares outstanding at end of period1,583 1,607

1.The Firm’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (“Share Repurchase Program”). In addition to the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program, Treasury stock purchases include repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding.

2.Other includes net shares issued to and forfeited from employee stock trusts and issued for RSU conversions.

Share Repurchases

$ in millions20252024

Repurchases of common stock under the Firm’s

Share Repurchase Program

$4,585 $3,250

On July 1, 2025, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors reauthorized a multi-year repurchase program of up to $20 billion of outstanding common stock (the “Share Repurchase Authorization”), without a set expiration date, beginning in the third quarter of 2025, which will be exercised from time to time as conditions warrant and is subject to limitations on distributions from the Federal Reserve.

Pursuant to the Share Repurchase Program, the Firm considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as stock-based compensation and benefit plan

135

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

requirements. Share repurchases under the program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Firm deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Firm’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time.

Common Shares Outstanding for Basic and Diluted EPS

in millions202520242023

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic1,574 1,591 1,628

Effect of dilutive RSUs and PSUs18 20 18

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents, diluted1,592 1,611 1,646

Weighted average antidilutive common stock equivalents (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)2 — 2

Dividends

$ in millions, except per share data202520242023

Per

Share1

TotalPer

Share1

TotalPer

Share1

Total

Preferred Stock Series

A$1,307 $58 $1,548 $68 $1,522 $67

C100 52 100 52 100 52

E1,806 62 1,806 62 1,791 62

F1,743 59 1,747 60 1,719 58

I1,616 65 1,603 64 1,594 64

K1,463 59 1,463 59 1,463 59

L1,219 24 1,219 24 1,219 24

M2

59 24 59 24 59 24

N3

7,760 23 8,841 27 9,160 27

O

1,063 55 1,063 55 1,063 55

P1,625 65 1,625 65 1,625 65

Q

1,656 66 759 30 — —

Total Preferred stock$612 $590 $557

Common stock$3.85 $6,147 $3.55 $5,745 $3.25 $5,393

1.Common and Preferred Stock dividends are payable quarterly unless otherwise noted.

2.Series M is payable semiannually until September 15, 2026 and thereafter will be payable quarterly.

3.Series N was payable semiannually until March 15, 2023 and thereafter is payable quarterly.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Rollforward

Year Ended December 31, 2025

$ in millionsCTAAFS SecuritiesPension and OtherDVACash Flow HedgesTotal

Beginning Balance

$(1,477)$(2,573)$(583)$(2,146)$(35)$(6,814)

OCI activity:

Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)

(5)1,326 7 (1,157)(19)152

Tax effect

311 (315)(1)284 5 284

After-tax Gain (Loss)

306 1,011 6 (873)(14)436

Non-Controlling Interests

(1)— — (9)— (10)

OCI Activity

307 1,011 6 (864)(14)446

Reclassified to Earnings:

Pre-tax Reclass.

— (30)29 20 95 114

Tax effect

— 7 (10)(5)(23)(31)

Reclass. After-tax

— (23)19 15 72 83

Net OCI Activity

307 988 25 (849)58 529

Ending Balance

$(1,170)$(1,585)$(558)$(2,995)$23 $(6,285)

Year Ended December 31, 2024

$ in millionsCTAAFS SecuritiesPension and OtherDVACash Flow HedgesTotal

Beginning Balance$(1,153)$(3,094)$(595)$(1,595)$16 $(6,421)

OCI activity:

Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)(117)736 (8)(729)(99)(217)

Tax effect(305)(175)5 174 24 (277)

After-tax Gain (Loss)(422)561 (3)(555)(75)(494)

Non-Controlling Interests(98)— — 17 — (81)

OCI Activity(324)561 (3)(572)(75)(413)

Reclassified to Earnings:

Pre-tax Reclass

— (52)20 27 32 27

Tax effect— 12 (5)(6)(8)(7)

Reclass. After-tax

— (40)15 21 24 20

Net OCI Activity(324)521 12 (551)(51)(393)

Ending Balance$(1,477)$(2,573)$(583)$(2,146)$(35)$(6,814)

Year Ended December 31, 2023

$ in millionsCTAAFS SecuritiesPension and OtherDVACash Flow HedgesTotal

Beginning Balance$(1,204)$(4,192)$(508)$(345)$(4)$(6,253)

OCI activity:

Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)(73)1,488 (96)(1,728)9 (400)

Tax effect53 (353)24 424 (1)147

After-tax Gain (Loss)(20)1,135 (72)(1,304)8 (253)

Non-Controlling Interests(71)— — (40)— (111)

OCI Activity51 1,135 (72)(1,264)8 (142)

Reclassified to Earnings:

Pre-tax Reclass

— (49)(18)19 16 (32)

Tax effect12 3 (5)(4)6

Reclass. After-tax

— (37)(15)14 12 (26)

Net OCI Activity51 1,098 (87)(1,250)20 (168)

Ending Balance$(1,153)$(3,094)$(595)$(1,595)$16 $(6,421)

December 2025 Form 10-K136

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Associated with net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency$(2,978)$(4,326)

Hedges, net of tax1,808 2,849

Total$(1,170)$(1,477)

Carrying value of net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges$20,904 $18,303

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Firm uses foreign currency contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries. The Firm may also elect not to hedge its net investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions or other reasons, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information relating to the effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments that resulted from the translation of foreign currency financial statements and from gains and losses from hedges of the Firm’s net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is summarized in the previous table.

18. Interest Income and Interest Expense

$ in millions202520242023

Interest income

Cash and cash equivalents1

$2,566 $3,068 $3,408

Investment securities5,328 5,161 3,992

Loans13,995 13,771 12,424

Securities purchased under agreements to resell2

14,548 12,416 7,762

Securities borrowed3

6,623 5,391 5,191

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities6,242 5,924 4,488

Customer receivables and Other1

9,761 8,404 8,584

Total interest income$59,063 $54,135 $45,849

Interest expense

Deposits$10,626 $10,368 $8,216

Borrowings12,556 13,242 11,437

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase4

12,874 10,787 6,737

Securities loaned5

3,076 1,036 784

Customer payables and Other

9,885 10,091 10,445

Total interest expense$49,017 $45,524 $37,619

Net interest$10,046 $8,611 $8,230

1.In 2023, interest-bearing Cash and cash equivalents and related interest were presented separately for the first time. The prior year amounts for Customer receivables and Other have been disaggregated to exclude Cash and cash equivalents to align with the current presentation.

2.Includes interest paid on Securities purchased under agreements to resell.

3.Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

4.Includes interest received on Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

5.Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

Interest income and Interest expense are classified in the income statement based on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When included as a component of

the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

Accrued Interest

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Customer and other receivables$4,051 $3,322

Customer and other payables4,663 3,938

19. Deferred Compensation Plans and Carried Interest Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Certain current and former employees of the Firm, including financial advisors in the Wealth Management segment, participate in the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans. These plans include RSUs, PSUs and an ESPP.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

$ in millions202520242023

RSUs$1,690 $1,464 $1,607

PSUs225 148 91

ESPP11 10 11

Total$1,926 $1,622 $1,709

Retirement-eligible awards1

$267 $202 $178

1.Total expense includes stock-based compensation anticipated to be awarded in January of the following year that does not contain a future service requirement.

Tax Benefit Related to Stock-Based Compensation Expense

$ in millions202520242023

Tax benefit1

$413 $343 $382

1.Excludes income tax consequences related to employee share-based award conversions.

Unrecognized Compensation Cost Related to Stock-Based Awards Granted

$ in millionsAt

December 31,

20251

To be recognized in:

2026$583

2027248

Thereafter45

Total$876

1.Amounts do not include forfeitures or 2025 performance year compensation awarded in January 2026 which will begin to be amortized in 2026.

In connection with awards under its stock-based compensation plans, the Firm is authorized to issue shares of common stock held in treasury or newly issued shares.

The Firm generally uses treasury shares, if available, to deliver shares to employees or employee stock trusts and has an ongoing repurchase authorization that includes repurchases in connection with awards under its stock-based compensation plans.

137

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Common Shares Available for Future Awards under Stock-Based Compensation Plans

in millionsAtDecember 31,2025

Shares136

See Note 17 for additional information on the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs are subject to vesting over time, generally one to seven years from the date of award, contingent upon continued employment and subject to restrictions on sale, transfer or assignment until conversion to common stock. All or a portion of an award may be forfeited if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant vesting period or canceled after the relevant vesting period in certain situations. Recipients of RSUs may have voting rights, at the Firm’s discretion, and generally receive dividend equivalents if the awards vest.

Vested and Unvested RSU Activity

2025

Number of RSUs

Weighted Average

Award Date

Fair Value

shares in millions, $ per share

Unvested2

Vested

Unvested

Vested

Beginning balance

27 27 $88.64 $92.41

Awarded14 3 135.72 136.10

Conversions to common stock— (21)— 95.05

Forfeited(1)— 102.79 94.84

Vested

(16)16 91.43 91.43

Ending balance1

24 25 $112.60 $94.25

Weighted average award date fair value

RSUs awarded in 2024$85.46

RSUs awarded in 2023$93.55

1.At December 31, 2025, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.1 years.

2.Unvested RSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements.

Fair Value of RSU Activity1

$ in millions202520242023

Conversions to common stock

$2,774 $2,065 $2,019

Vested2,500 1,723 2,260

1. Fair value of converted stock is based on the share price at conversion. Fair value of vested stock is based on the share price at the date of vesting.

Performance-Based Stock Units

PSUs vest and convert to shares of common stock only if the Firm satisfies, over a three-year performance period, performance goals that are determined on the award date. The number of PSUs that may vest ranges from 0% to 150% of the target award, based on the Firm’s level of achievement of the specified performance goals. One-half of a PSU award is earned based on the Firm’s average return on tangible common equity (“MS Average ROTCE”) over the performance period. The other half of a PSU award is earned based on the MS Average ROTCE relative to the Return on

Tangible Common Equity of each member of the defined comparison group (“MS Relative ROTCE”). PSUs have vesting, conversion and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those of RSUs. Dividend equivalents that accrue on these awards are paid in cash when the awards convert. At December 31, 2025, approximately 2.5 million PSUs at target were outstanding.

Fair Value of PSU Awards

202520242023

Weighted average price on award date

$136.31 $83.86 $85.76

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation Plans

DCP generally provide a return to the plan participants based upon the performance of each participant’s referenced investments.

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation Expense

$ in millions202520242023

Deferred cash-based awards$950 $770 $693

Return on referenced investments764 672 668

Total$1,714 $1,442 $1,361

Retirement-eligible awards1

$401 $287 $259

1.Total expense includes deferred cash-based compensation anticipated to be awarded in January of the following year that does not contain a future service requirement.

Carried Interest Compensation

The Firm generally recognizes compensation expense for any portion of carried interest (both realized and unrealized) that is allocated to employees.

Carried Interest Compensation Expense

$ in millions202520242023

Expense$235 $114 $44

20. Employee Benefit Plans

Pension Plans

Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)

Pension Plans

$ in millions202520242023

Service cost, benefits earned during the period$23 $20 $20

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation145 137 140

Expected return on plan assets(92)(99)(99)

Net amortization of prior service cost1 1 1

Amortization of net (gains) losses

21 21 (9)

Plan settlements

1 — 2

Net periodic benefit expense$99 $80 $55

Certain current and former U.S. employees of the Firm and its U.S. affiliates who were hired before July 1, 2007 are covered by the U.S. pension plan, a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the

December 2025 Form 10-K138

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Internal Revenue Code (“U.S. Qualified Plan”). The U.S. Qualified Plan has ceased future benefit accruals.

The Firm also operates the Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan (“SEREP”). This is a non-contributory defined benefit plan that is not qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and has ceased accrual of future benefits.

Certain of the Firm’s non-U.S. subsidiaries also have defined benefit pension plans covering their eligible current and former employees.

The Firm’s pension plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans.

Rollforward of Pre-tax AOCI

Pension Plans

$ in millions202520242023

Beginning balance$(812)$(821)$(716)

Net gain (loss)10 (12)(100)

Amortization of prior service cost1 1 1

Amortization of net (gains) losses

21 21 (9)

Plan settlements, curtailments and amendments

1 (1)3

Changes recognized in OCI33 9 (105)

Ending balance$(779)$(812)$(821)

The Firm generally amortizes into net periodic benefit expense (income) the unrecognized net gains and losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. The U.S. pension plans amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses over the average life expectancy of participants. The remaining plans generally amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses and prior service cost over the average remaining service period of active participants.

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)

Pension Plans

202520242023

Discount rate5.39 %4.75 %4.93 %

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

4.27 %4.18 %3.54 %

The accounting for pension plans involves certain assumptions and estimates. The expected long-term rate of return for the U.S. Qualified Plan was estimated by computing a weighted average of the underlying long-term expected returns based on the investment managers’ target allocations.

Benefit Obligation and Funded Status

Rollforward of the Projected Benefit Obligation and Fair Value of Plan Assets

Pension Plans

$ in millions20252024

Projected benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year$2,764 $2,975

Service cost23 20

Interest cost145 137

Actuarial (gain) loss1

23 (201)

Plan amendments— 1

Plan settlements(8)(1)

Benefits paid(152)(149)

Other2

25 (18)

Projected benefit obligation at end of year$2,820 $2,764

Fair value of plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$2,186 $2,422

Actual return on plan assets125 (114)

Employer contributions183 38

Benefits paid(152)(149)

Plan settlements(8)(1)

Other2

27 (10)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year$2,361 $2,186

Funded (unfunded) status$(459)$(578)

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet

Assets$102 $71

Liabilities(561)(649)

Net amount recognized$(459)$(578)

1.Primarily reflects the impact of year-over-year discount rate fluctuations.

2.Primarily includes the impact of foreign currency exchange rate changes.

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Pension plans$2,789 $2,740

Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligations in Excess of the Fair Value of Plan Assets

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Projected benefit obligation$2,605 $2,616

Accumulated benefit obligation2,576 2,594

Fair value of plan assets2,044 1,967

The pension plans included in the table above may differ based on their funding status as of December 31 of each year.

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Projected Benefit Obligation

Pension Plans

AtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Discount rate5.32 %5.39 %

The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligation were selected by the Firm, in consultation with its independent actuary. The U.S. pension plans use a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the plans, each determined independently. The pension discount yield

139

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad-based Aa-rated corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. For all non-U.S. pension plans, the assumed discount rates are based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

Plan Assets

Fair Value of Plan Assets

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents$7 $— $— $7

U.S. government and agency securities1,846 152 — 1,998

Other investments— — 80 80

Other receivables1

— 3 — 3

Total$1,853 $155 $80 $2,088

Assets Measured at NAV

Commingled trust funds:

Money market30

Foreign funds:

Fixed income29

Liquidity16

Targeted cash flow203

Total$278

Liabilities

Other payables1

— (5)— (5)

Total liabilities$— $(5)$— $(5)

Fair value of plan assets$2,361

At December 31, 2024

$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents$7 $— $— $7

U.S. government and agency securities1,638 213 — 1,851

Derivative contracts— 1 — 1

Other investments— — 70 70

Other receivables1

— 10 — 10

Total$1,645 $224 $70 $1,939

Assets Measured at NAV

Commingled trust funds:

Money market27

Foreign funds:

Fixed income25

Liquidity13

Targeted cash flow184

Total$249

Liabilities

Other payables1

— (2)— (2)

Total liabilities$— $(2)$— $(2)

Fair value of plan assets$2,186

1.Other receivables and other payables are valued at their carrying value, which approximates fair value.

Rollforward of Level 3 Plan Assets

$ in millions20252024

Balance at beginning of period$70 $71

Realized and unrealized gains2 2

Purchases, sales, settlements and exchange rate changes, net

8 (3)

Balance at end of period$80 $70

There were no transfers between levels during 2025 and 2024.

The U.S. Qualified Plan assets represented 86% of the Firm’s total pension plan assets at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of fixed income securities and related derivative instruments designed to approximate the expected cash flows of the plan’s liabilities to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with the obligation. The longer-duration fixed income allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run. The investment portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance with changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s benefit obligation.

Derivative instruments are permitted in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s investment portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s investment policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives.

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to the respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives are used solely for the purpose of enhancing investment returns in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

Plan assets are measured at fair value using valuation techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Notes 2 and 4. OTC derivative contracts consist of investments in interest rate swaps and total return swaps. Other investments consist of insurance contracts held by non-U.S.-based plans. The insurance contracts are valued based on the premium reserve of the insurer for a guarantee that the insurer has given to the employee benefit plan that approximates fair value. The insurance contracts are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. federal or state agency and available to institutional clients. The trust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from U.S. tax-qualified employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds based on the fair

December 2025 Form 10-K140

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

value of the underlying securities. Commingled trust funds are redeemable at NAV at the measurement date or in the near future.

Some non-U.S.-based plans hold foreign funds that consist of investments in fixed income funds and liquidity funds. Fixed income funds and targeted cash flow funds are designed to provide a series of fixed annual cash flows achieved by primarily investing in government bonds. Liquidity funds place a high priority on capital preservation, stable value and a high liquidity of assets. Foreign funds are readily redeemable at NAV.

The Firm generally considers the NAV of commingled trust funds and foreign funds provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value.

Expected Contributions

The Firm’s policy is to fund at least the amount sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. At December 31, 2025, the Firm expected to contribute approximately $88 million to its pension plans in 2026 based upon the plans’ current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2026.

Expected Future Benefit Payments

At December 31, 2025

$ in millionsPension Plans

2026$167

2027174

2028180

2029185

2030189

2031-2035

992

401(k) Plan

$ in millions202520242023

Expense$414 $400 $397

U.S. employees meeting certain eligibility requirements may participate in the Firm’s 401(k) plan.

Eligible employees receive discretionary 401(k) matching cash contributions as determined annually by the Firm. The Firm generally matched eligible employee contributions up to the IRS limit at 4%, or 5% up to a certain compensation level, in 2025 and 2024. Eligible employees with eligible pay less than or equal to $100,001 also received a fixed contribution equal to 2% of eligible pay. Contributions are invested among available funds according to each participant’s investment direction and are included in the Firm’s 401(k) expense.

Non-U.S. Defined Contribution Pension Plans

$ in millions202520242023

Expense$193 $181 $173

The Firm maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover eligible employees of certain non-U.S.

subsidiaries. Under such plans, contributions are generally determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements.

21. Income Taxes

Components of Provision for Income Taxes

$ in millions202520242023

Current

U.S. federal

$2,232 $2,011 $1,190

State and local

601 660 542

Foreign

1,535 1,244 1,314

Total$4,368 $3,915 $3,046

Deferred

U.S. federal

$394 $8 $(295)

State and local

91 (6)(59)

Foreign

76 150 (109)

Total$561 $152 $(463)

Provision for income taxes$4,929 $4,067 $2,583

Reconciliation of U.S. Federal Statutory Income Tax to Effective Income Tax

Year Ended December 31,

$ in millions

202520242023

$%$%$%

U.S. federal statutory tax$4,610 21.0 %$3,695 21.0 %$2,481 21.0 %

State and local taxes1

430 2.0 378 2.1 292 2.5

Foreign taxes

India

Capital gains tax115 0.5 205 1.2 50 0.4

Other14 0.1 15 0.1 11 0.1

Brazil

Capital gains tax17 0.1 21 0.1 347 2.9

Other22 0.1 15 0.1 15 0.1

Other jurisdictions252 1.1 161 0.9 80 0.7

Changes in tax laws and rates— 0.0 15 0.1 — 0.0

Cross-border taxes

12 0.1 30 0.2 47 0.4

U.S. tax credits

General business credits

(260)(1.2)(295)(1.7)(285)(2.4)

Foreign tax credit

(28)(0.1)(50)(0.3)(375)(3.2)

Changes in valuation allowances9 0.0 14 0.1 (2)0.0

Nontaxable or nondeductible items

Income/(loss) from affiliates

(413)(1.9)(368)(2.1)(241)(2.0)

Employee share-based compensation

(167)(0.8)(71)(0.4)(138)(1.2)

Other30 0.1 36 0.2 79 0.7

Unrecognized tax benefits

99 0.5 77 0.4 66 0.6

Other

Proportional amortization

187 0.9 189 1.1 156 1.3

Effective tax

$4,929 22.5 %$4,067 23.1 %$2,583 21.9 %

1.Amounts are net of U.S. federal income tax benefits. The tax effects in this category were primarily related to New York State and City in 2025, 2024 and 2023.

141

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Income Taxes Paid, Net of Refunds

$ in millions

202520242023

U.S. federal

$1,501 $452 $408

State and local

New York State

* 111 *

New York City

*126 *

Other

433 96 233

Foreign

U.K.

441 200 257

India

189 235 126

Brazil

*99 382

Japan

**179

Germany

**153

Other

940 566 297

Total

$3,504 $1,885 $2,035

*The amount of incomes taxes paid during the year does not meet the 5% disaggregation threshold and has been included in the relevant Other category above.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

$ in millionsAt

Dec 31,

2025

At

Dec 31,

2024

Gross deferred tax assets

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards$265 $236

Employee compensation and benefit plans2,597 2,565

Allowance for credit losses and other reserves802 796

Valuation of net trading inventory, investments and receivables1,668 1,808

Other142 223

Total deferred tax assets5,474 5,628

Less: Deferred tax assets valuation allowance229 214

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance$5,245 $5,414

Gross deferred tax liabilities

Fixed assets1,161 801

Intangibles and goodwill1,844 1,931

Total deferred tax liabilities$3,005 $2,732

Net deferred tax assets$2,240 $2,682

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.

The Firm believes the recognized net deferred tax assets (after valuation allowance) at December 31, 2025 are more likely than not to be realized based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

The earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are indefinitely reinvested due to regulatory and other capital requirements in foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the unrecognized deferred tax liability attributable to indefinitely reinvested earnings is $490 million and $405 million, respectively.

Rollforward of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

$ in millions202520242023

Balance at beginning of period$1,305 $1,244 $1,129

Increases based on tax positions related to the current period211 202 147

Increases based on tax positions related to prior periods78 132 141

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods(30)(52)(73)

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities(2)(174)(79)

Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitations(44)(47)(21)

Balance at end of period$1,518 $1,305 $1,244

Net unrecognized tax benefits1

$1,347 $1,159 $1,090

1.Represent ending unrecognized tax benefits adjusted for the impact of the federal benefit of state issues, competent authority arrangements and foreign tax credit offsets. If recognized, these net benefits would favorably impact the effective tax rate in future periods.

Interest Expense (Benefit) and Penalties Associated with Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Net of Federal and State Income Tax Benefits

$ in millions202520242023

Recognized in income statement$109 $92 $65

Accrued at end of period364 255 237

Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Earliest Tax Year Subject to Examination in Major Jurisdictions

JurisdictionTax Year

U.S.2017

New York State and New York City2010

U.K.2014

Japan2021

Hong Kong2018

The Firm is routinely under examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as the U.K., and in states and localities in which it has significant business operations, such as New York.

The Firm believes that the resolution of these tax examinations will not have a material effect on the annual financial statements, although a resolution could have a material impact in the income statement and on the effective tax rate for any period in which such resolutions occur.

22. Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information

The Firm structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and its management organization, which is consistent with the approach used by the Firm’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to assess the Firm’s financial performance. The Firm provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth

December 2025 Form 10-K142

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Management and Investment Management. For a further discussion of the business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective business segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular business segment are generally allocated based on each business segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of revenues and expenses from transactions with other operating segments being treated as transactions with external parties for purposes of segment disclosures, the Firm includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the consolidated results.

The Firm’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer, who evaluates segment performance and allocates resources based on numerous business, strategic and financial considerations. The CODM’s financial considerations include analysis of multiple segment profit measures, such as Income before provision for income taxes and Pre-tax margin. Furthermore, the CODM evaluates certain additional segment performance metrics including Return on average common equity. The segment profit measures are calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are consistent with the amounts presented in the Firm’s consolidated income statement.

The CODM’s review of the profit measures includes evaluation of segment profitability and assessment of actual results compared to budget. These measures are regularly provided to the CODM and are a component of a multifaceted decision-making process regarding segment performance as well as resource and capital allocation.

Selected Financial Information by Business Segment

2025

$ in millionsISWMIMI/ETotal

Investment banking$7,619 $760 $— $(180)$8,199

Trading17,721 855 (98)78 18,556

Investments562 130 659 — 1,351

Commissions and fees1

3,302 2,973 — (339)5,936

Asset management1, 2

753 18,627 6,068 (303)25,145

Other918 498 12 (16)1,412

Total non-interest revenues30,875 23,843 6,641 (760)60,599

Interest income43,684 16,311 57 (989)59,063

Interest expense41,479 8,400 173 (1,035)49,017

Net interest2,205 7,911 (116)46 10,046

Net revenues$33,080 $31,754 $6,525 $(714)$70,645

Provision for credit losses$302 $47 $— $— $349

Compensation and benefits3

9,785 16,950 2,481 — 29,216

Non-compensation expenses3

11,756 5,464 2,566 (660)19,126

Total non-interest expenses$21,541 $22,414 $5,047 $(660)$48,342

Income before provision for income taxes$11,237 $9,293 $1,478 $(54)$21,954

Provision for income taxes2,430 2,163 349 (13)4,929

Net income8,807 7,130 1,129 (41)17,025

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests157 — 7 — 164

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$8,650 $7,130 $1,122 $(41)$16,861

Pre-tax margin4

34 %29 %23 %N/M31 %

2024

$ in millionsISWMIMI/ETotal

Investment banking$6,170 $653 $— $(118)$6,705

Trading15,967 733 9 54 16,763

Investments406 85 333 — 824

Commissions and fees1

2,905 2,478 — (289)5,094

Asset management1, 2

646 16,501 5,627 (275)22,499

Other607 657 14 (13)1,265

Total non-interest revenues26,701 21,107 5,983 (641)53,150

Interest income

39,332 16,247 112 (1,556)54,135

Interest expense

37,953 8,934 234 (1,597)45,524

Net interest1,379 7,313 (122)41 8,611

Net revenues$28,080 $28,420 $5,861 $(600)$61,761

Provision for credit losses$202 $62 $— $— $264

Compensation and benefits3

8,669 15,207 2,302 — 26,178

Non-compensation expenses3

10,460 5,411 2,422 (570)17,723

Total non-interest expenses$19,129 $20,618 $4,724 $(570)$43,901

Income before provision for income taxes$8,749 $7,740 $1,137 $(30)$17,596

Provision for income taxes1,947 1,852 275 (7)4,067

Net income6,802 5,888 862 (23)13,529

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests136 — 3 — 139

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$6,666 $5,888 $859 $(23)$13,390

Pre-tax margin4

31 %27 %19 %N/M28 %

143

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2023

$ in millionsISWMIMI/ETotal

Investment banking$4,578 $454 $— $(84)$4,948

Trading14,468 823 (59)31 15,263

Investments177 62 334 — 573

Commissions and fees1

2,540 2,279 — (282)4,537

Asset management1,2

596 14,019 5,231 (229)19,617

Other480 513 (7)(11)975

Total non-interest revenues22,839 18,150 5,499 (575)45,913

Interest income

32,383 15,015 135 (1,684)45,849

Interest expense

32,162 6,897 264 (1,704)37,619

Net interest221 8,118 (129)20 8,230

Net revenues$23,060 $26,268 $5,370 $(555)$54,143

Provision for credit losses$401 $131 $— $— $532

Compensation and benefits3

8,369 13,972 2,217 — 24,558

Non-compensation expenses3

9,814 5,635 2,311 (520)17,240

Total non-interest expenses$18,183 $19,607 $4,528 $(520)$41,798

Income before provision for income taxes$4,476 $6,530 $842 $(35)$11,813

Provision for income taxes884 1,508 199 (8)2,583

Net income3,592 5,022 643 (27)9,230

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests139 — 4 — 143

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$3,453 $5,022 $639 $(27)$9,087

Pre-tax margin4

19 %25 %16 %N/M22 %

1.Substantially all revenues are from contracts with customers.

2.Includes certain fees that may relate to services performed in prior periods.

3.The significant expense categories and amounts align with the segment-level information that is regularly provided to the CODM.

4.Pre-tax margin represents income before provision for income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.

Detail of Investment Banking Revenues

$ in millions202520242023

Institutional Securities—Advisory$2,888 $2,378 $2,244

Institutional Securities—Underwriting4,731 3,792 2,334

Firm Investment banking revenues from contracts with customers84 %90 %91 %

Trading Revenues by Product Type

$ in millions202520242023

Interest rate$4,358 $5,901 $4,646

Foreign exchange1,698 1,170 1,054

Equity1

11,937 9,005 8,929

Commodity and other1,967 2,003 1,624

Credit(1,404)(1,316)(990)

Total$18,556 $16,763 $15,263

1.Dividend income is included within equity contracts.

The previous table summarizes realized and unrealized gains and losses primarily related to the Firm’s Trading assets and liabilities, from derivative and non-derivative financial instruments, included in Trading revenues in the income statement. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with its market-making and related risk management strategies. The trading revenues presented in the table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

Investment Management Investments Revenues—Net Cumulative Unrealized Carried Interest

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing$926 $796

The Firm’s portion of net cumulative performance-based fees in the form of unrealized carried interest, for which the Firm is not obligated to pay compensation, is at risk of reversing when the returns in certain funds fall below specified performance targets. See Note 14 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Investment Management Asset Management Revenues—Reduction of Fees Due to Fee Waivers

$ in millions202520242023

Fee waivers$117 $99 $93

The Firm waives a portion of its fees in the Investment Management business segment from certain registered money market funds that comply with the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Certain Other Fee Waivers

Separately, the Firm’s employees, including its senior officers, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain funds that the Firm sponsors primarily for client investment, and the Firm may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees.

Other Expenses—Transaction Taxes

$ in millions202520242023

Transaction taxes$1,289 $926 $866

Transaction taxes are composed of securities transaction taxes and stamp duties, which are levied on the sale or purchase of securities listed on recognized stock exchanges in certain markets. These taxes are imposed mainly on trades of equity securities in Asia and EMEA. Similar transaction taxes are levied on trades of listed derivative instruments in certain countries.

December 2025 Form 10-K144

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Net Revenues by Region

$ in millions202520242023

Americas$52,897 $46,929 $41,651

EMEA8,328 7,197 6,058

Asia9,420 7,635 6,434

Total$70,645 $61,761 $54,143

Income before Provision for Income Taxes

$ in millions202520242023

U.S.$15,846 $12,526 $8,334

Non-U.S.1

6,108 5,070 3,479

Total$21,954 $17,596 $11,813

1.Non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.

The Firm operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Firm’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted and managed through EMEA and Asia locations. The net revenues disclosed in the previous table reflect the regional view of the Firm’s consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

Institutional Securities: Client location for advisory and equity underwriting, syndicate desk location for debt underwriting, trading desk location for sales and trading.

Wealth Management: Americas, where representatives operate.

Investment Management: Client location, except certain closed-end funds, which are based on asset location.

Revenues Recognized from Prior Services

$ in millions202520242023

Non-interest revenues$2,303 $1,870 $1,778

The previous table includes revenues from contracts with customers recognized where some or all services were performed in prior periods. These revenues primarily include investment banking advisory fees.

Receivables from Contracts with Customers

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Customer and other receivables$3,002 $2,628

Receivables from contracts with customers, which are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet, arise when the Firm has both recorded revenues and the right per the contract to bill the customer.

Assets by Business Segment

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Institutional Securities$969,553 $796,608

Wealth Management433,017 400,848

Investment Management17,700 17,615

Total1

$1,420,270 $1,215,071

1. Parent assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.

Total Assets by Region

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Americas994,553 $893,170

EMEA228,870 179,187

Asia196,847 142,714

Total$1,420,270 $1,215,071

23. Parent Company

Parent Company Only—Condensed Income Statement and Comprehensive Income Statement

$ in millions202520242023

Revenues

Dividends from bank subsidiaries$3,886 $5,571 $5,770

Dividends from BHC and non-bank subsidiaries

4,325 5,229 6,812

Total dividends from subsidiaries8,211 10,800 12,582

Trading(151)(827)(775)

Other(3)36 (31)

Total non-interest revenues8,057 10,009 11,776

Interest income14,234 15,739 13,596

Interest expense14,195 15,377 13,618

Net interest39 362 (22)

Net revenues8,096 10,371 11,754

Non-interest expenses397 358 287

Income before income taxes7,699 10,013 11,467

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(557)(499)(520)

Net income before undistributed gain of subsidiaries8,256 10,512 11,987

Undistributed (loss) gain of subsidiaries

8,605 2,878 (2,900)

Net income16,861 13,390 9,087

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Foreign currency translation adjustments307 (324)51

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities988 521 1,098

Pensions and other25 12 (87)

Change in net debt valuation adjustment(849)(551)(1,250)

Net change in cash flow hedges58 (51)20

Comprehensive income$17,390 $12,997 $8,919

Net income$16,861 $13,390 $9,087

Preferred stock dividends and other612 590 557

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

$16,249 $12,800 $8,530

145

December 2025 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Parent Company Only—Condensed Balance Sheet

$ in millions, except share dataAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents$26,640 $19,343

Trading assets at fair value4,333 3,944

Investment securities:

Available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost of $22,299 and $22,557; $165 and $11,816 were pledged to various parties)

22,044 22,100

Held-to-maturity (fair value of $7,809 and $12,050; $971 and $1,715 were pledged to various parties)

8,541 13,160

Securities purchased under agreement to resell to affiliates35,331 26,730

Advances to subsidiaries:

Bank and BHC35,548 37,370

Non-bank168,633 154,100

Equity investments in subsidiaries:

Bank and BHC68,190 60,904

Non-bank55,163 51,100

Other assets2,536 1,886

Total assets$426,959 $390,637

Liabilities

Trading liabilities at fair value$2,011 $100

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase from affiliates1,373 13,764

Payables to and advances from subsidiaries108,245 87,124

Other liabilities and accrued expenses3,260 3,011

Borrowings (includes $13,019 and $12,814 at fair value)

200,438 182,127

Total liabilities315,327 286,126

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 14)

Equity

Preferred stock9,750 9,750

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,582,834,137 and 1,606,653,706

20 20

Additional paid-in capital31,153 30,179

Retained earnings115,091 104,989

Employee stock trusts5,154 5,103

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(6,285)(6,814)

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (456,059,842 and 432,240,273 shares)

(38,097)(33,613)

Common stock issued to employee stock

trusts

(5,154)(5,103)

Total shareholders’ equity111,632 104,511

Total liabilities and equity$426,959 $390,637

Parent Company Only—Condensed Cash Flow Statement

$ in millions202520242023

Net cash provided by (used for) operating

activities

$18,578 $10,688 $24,914

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from (payments for):

AFS securities:

Purchases(8,542)(7,806)(9,362)

Proceeds from sales550 — 300

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities8,249 7,444 5,479

HTM securities:

Purchases— (1,729)—

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities4,674 4,402 4,003

Securities purchased under agreements to resell with affiliates(8,601)(2,037)(1,706)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with affiliates(12,391)(6,529)(8,389)

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries(13,906)(15,191)(10,097)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(29,967)(21,446)(19,772)

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from:

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs— 995 —

Issuance of Borrowings31,699 33,385 23,783

Payments for:

Borrowings(22,224)(24,500)(22,554)

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(5,835)(4,161)(6,178)

Cash dividends(6,593)(6,138)(5,763)

Net change in advances from subsidiaries21,032 13,839 (3,029)

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities18,079 13,420 (13,741)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents607 (200)147

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents7,297 2,462 (8,452)

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period19,343 16,881 25,333

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$26,640 $19,343 $16,881

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and due from banks$108 $66 $107

Deposits with bank subsidiaries26,532 19,277 16,774

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$26,640 $19,343 $16,881

Restricted cash$2,066 $1,086 $1,086

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

Cash payments for:

Interest$15,736 $15,971 $14,437

Income taxes, net of refunds1

1,931 798 599

1.Represents total payments, net of refunds, made to various tax authorities and includes taxes paid on behalf of certain subsidiaries that are subsequently settled between the Parent Company and these subsidiaries. The settlements received from subsidiaries were $2.4 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.6 billion for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

For information on the Parent Company’s preferred stock, see Note 17.

December 2025 Form 10-K146

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Parent Company’s Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Senior$188,255 $168,413

Subordinated12,182 13,713

Total$200,437 $182,126

Transactions with Subsidiaries

The Parent Company has transactions with its consolidated subsidiaries determined on an agreed-upon basis and has guaranteed certain unsecured lines of credit and contractual obligations on certain of its consolidated subsidiaries.

Guarantees

In the normal course of its business, the Parent Company guarantees certain of its subsidiaries’ obligations on a transaction-by-transaction basis under various financial arrangements. The Parent Company has issued guarantees on behalf of its subsidiaries to various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Under these guarantee arrangements, the Parent Company may be required to pay the financial obligations of its subsidiaries related to business transacted on or with the exchanges and clearinghouses in the event of a subsidiary’s default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed financial statements for these arrangements and believes that any potential requirements to make payments under these arrangements are remote.

The Parent Company also, in the normal course of business, provides standard indemnities to counterparties on behalf of its subsidiaries for taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock-lending transactions, and certain annuity products, and may also provide indemnities to or on behalf of affiliates from time to time for other arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required, as applicable, based on a change in the tax laws, change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or claims arising from contractual relationships between affiliates. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Parent Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Parent Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

Guarantees of Debt Instruments and Warrants Issued by Subsidiaries

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Aggregate balance$92,330 $70,662

Guarantees under Subsidiary Lease Obligations

$ in millionsAtDecember 31,2025 AtDecember 31,2024

Aggregate balance1

$660 $628

1.Amounts primarily relate to the U.K.

Finance Subsidiary

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a wholly owned finance subsidiary. No other subsidiary of the Parent Company guarantees these securities.

Resolution and Recovery Planning

As indicated in the Firm’s 2025 resolution plan submitted to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, the Parent Company has entered into an amended and restated support agreement with its material entities (including its wholly owned, direct subsidiary Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (the “Funding IHC”)) and certain other subsidiaries. Under the amended and restated secured support agreement, in the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its contributable assets to its supported entities and/or the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to its supported entities. The obligations of the Parent Company and the Funding IHC under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) and the assets of the Funding IHC.

147

December 2025 Form 10-K

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

20252024

$ in millionsAverageDailyBalanceInterestAverageRateAverageDailyBalanceInterestAverageRate

Interest earning assets

Cash and cash equivalents:

U.S.$54,637 $1,732 3.2 %$47,751 $2,004 4.2 %

Non-U.S.45,666 834 1.8 %43,406 1,064 2.5 %

Investment securities2

162,840 5,328 3.3 %156,920 5,161 3.3 %

Loans2

257,513 13,995 5.4 %226,454 13,771 6.1 %

Securities purchased under agreements to resell3:

U.S.72,438 9,919 13.7 %65,222 7,332 11.2 %

Non-U.S.41,126 4,629 11.3 %47,735 5,084 10.7 %

Securities borrowed4:

U.S.120,273 6,396 5.3 %110,024 4,985 4.5 %

Non-U.S.18,854 227 1.2 %18,224 406 2.2 %

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:

U.S.

114,215 5,259 4.6 %106,063 5,016 4.7 %

Non-U.S.

24,088 983 4.1 %14,385 908 6.3 %

Customer receivables and Other:

U.S.

66,830 7,630 11.4 %52,510 6,223 11.9 %

Non-U.S.

18,891 2,131 11.3 %15,889 2,181 13.7 %

Total$997,371 $59,063 5.9 %$904,583 $54,135 6.0 %

Interest bearing liabilities

Deposits2

$384,412 $10,626 2.8 %$350,487 $10,368 3.0 %

Borrowings2,5

307,055 12,556 4.1 %265,473 13,242 5.0 %

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase6,8:

U.S.20,260 7,784 38.4 %18,442 5,336 28.9 %

Non-U.S.50,834 5,090 10.0 %52,135 5,451 10.5 %

Securities loaned7,8:

U.S.9,844 2,152 21.9 %9,499 108 1.1 %

Non-U.S.7,025 924 13.2 %6,853 928 13.5 %

Customer payables and Other:

U.S.133,680 6,801 5.1 %128,853 6,478 5.0 %

Non-U.S.65,411 3,084 4.7 %61,237 3,613 5.9 %

Total$978,521 $49,017 5.0 %$892,979 $45,524 5.1 %

Net interest income and net interest rate spread$10,046 0.9 %$8,611 0.9 %

Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income

2025 versus 2024

Increase (Decrease)Due to Change in:

$ in millionsVolumeRateNet Change

Interest earning assets

Cash and cash equivalents:

U.S.$289 $(561)$(272)

Non-U.S.55 (285)(230)

Investment securities2

195 (28)167

Loans2

1,889 (1,665)224

Securities purchased under agreements to resell3:

U.S.811 1,776 2,587

Non-U.S.(704)249 (455)

Securities borrowed4:

U.S.464 947 1,411

Non-U.S.14 (193)(179)

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:

U.S.386 (143)243

Non-U.S.612 (537)75

Customer receivables and Other:

U.S.1,697 (290)1,407

Non-U.S.412 (462)(50)

Change in interest income$6,120 $(1,192)$4,928

Interest bearing liabilities

Deposits2

$1,004 $(746)$258

Borrowings2,5

2,074 (2,760)(686)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase6,8:

U.S.526 1,922 2,448

Non-U.S.(136)(225)(361)

Securities loaned7,8:

U.S.4 2,040 2,044

Non-U.S.23 (27)(4)

Customer payables and Other:

U.S.243 80 323

Non-U.S.246 (775)(529)

Change in interest expense$3,984 $(491)$3,493

Change in net interest income$2,136 $(701)$1,435

December 2025 Form 10-K148

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

2023

$ in millionsAverageDailyBalanceInterestAverageRate

Interest earning assets

Cash and cash equivalents1:

U.S.$56,920 $2,386 4.2 %

Non-U.S.48,373 1,022 2.1 %

Investment securities2

153,307 3,992 2.6 %

Loans2

215,628 12,424 5.8 %

Securities purchased under agreements to resell3:

U.S.47,604 4,714 9.9 %

Non-U.S.61,766 3,048 4.9 %

Securities borrowed4:

U.S.115,279 4,794 4.2 %

Non-U.S.18,514 397 2.1 %

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:

U.S.93,409 3,792 4.1 %

Non-U.S.12,788 696 5.4 %

Customer receivables and Other1:

U.S.45,815 6,314 13.8 %

Non-U.S.14,485 2,270 15.7 %

Total$883,888 $45,849 5.2 %

Interest bearing liabilities

Deposits2

$342,583 $8,216 2.4 %

Borrowings2,5

238,164 11,437 4.8 %

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase6,8:

U.S.22,718 3,591 15.8 %

Non-U.S.46,392 3,146 6.8 %

Securities loaned7:

U.S.4,244 67 1.6 %

Non-U.S.9,470 717 7.6 %

Customer payables and Other:

U.S.133,069 6,954 5.2 %

Non-U.S.63,916 3,491 5.5 %

Total$860,556 $37,619 4.4 %

Net interest income and net interest rate spread$8,230 0.8 %

Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income

2024 versus 2023

Increase (Decrease)Due to Change in:

$ in millionsVolumeRateNet Change

Interest earning assets

Cash and cash equivalents1:

U.S.$(384)$2 $(382)

Non-U.S.(105)147 42

Investment securities2

94 1,075 1,169

Loans2

624 723 1,347

Securities purchased under agreements to resell3:

U.S.1,745 873 2,618

Non-U.S.(692)2,728 2,036

Securities borrowed4:

U.S.(219)410 191

Non-U.S.(6)15 9

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:

U.S.514 710 1,224

Non-U.S.87 125 212

Customer receivables and Other1:

U.S.923 (1,014)(91)

Non-U.S.220 (309)(89)

Change in interest income$2,801 $5,485 $8,286

Interest bearing liabilities

Deposits2

$190 $1,962 $2,152

Borrowings2,5

1,311 494 1,805

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase6,8:

U.S.(676)2,421 1,745

Non-U.S.389 1,916 2,305

Securities loaned7:

U.S.83 (42)41

Non-U.S.(198)409 211

Customer payables and Other:

U.S.(220)(256)(476)

Non-U.S.(146)268 122

Change in interest expense$733 $7,172 $7,905

Change in net interest income$2,068 $(1,687)$381

1.In 2023, interest-bearing Cash and cash equivalents and related interest were presented separately for the first time. The prior year amounts for Customer receivables and Other have been disaggregated to exclude Cash and cash equivalents to align with the current presentation.

2.Amounts include primarily U.S. balances.

3.Includes interest paid on Securities purchased under agreements to resell.

4.Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

5.Average daily balance includes borrowings carried at fair value but, for certain borrowings, interest expense is considered part of fair value and is recorded in Trading revenues.

6.Includes interest received on Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

7.Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

8.The annualized average rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities-loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheet and (b) net average on-balance sheet balances, which exclude certain securities-for-securities transactions.

149

December 2025 Form 10-K

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Deposits

Average Daily Deposits

202520242023

$ in millionsAverageAmountAverageRateAverageAmountAverageRateAverageAmountAverageRate

Deposits1:

Savings and demand

$296,827 2.2 %$280,926 2.5 %$286,513 2.0 %

Time87,584 4.6 %69,561 4.8 %56,070 4.3 %

Total$384,411 2.8 %$350,487 3.0 %$342,583 2.4 %

1.The Firm’s deposits were primarily held in U.S. offices.

December 2025 Form 10-K150

Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms

ABSAsset-backed securities

ACLAllowance for credit losses

AFSAvailable-for-sale

AMLAnti-money laundering

AOCIAccumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

AUMAssets under management or supervision

Balance sheetConsolidated balance sheet

BHCBank holding company

bpsBasis points; one basis point equals 1/100th of 1%

Cash flow statementConsolidated cash flow statement

CCARComprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCyBCountercyclical capital buffer

CDOCollateralized debt obligation(s), including Collateralized loan obligation(s)

CDSCredit default swaps

CECLCurrent Expected Credit Losses, as calculated under the Financial Instruments—Credit Losses accounting update

CEO

Chief Executive Officer

CET1

Common Equity Tier 1

CFTCU.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CLNCredit-linked note(s)

CLOCollateralized loan obligation(s)

CMBSCommercial mortgage-backed securities

CMOCollateralized mortgage obligation(s)

CRE

Commercial real estate

CRMCredit Risk Management Department

CTACumulative foreign currency translation adjustments

CVACredit valuation adjustment

DCPEmployee deferred cash-based compensation plans linked to investment performance

DCP investmentsInvestments associated with certain DCP

DVADebt valuation adjustment

EBITDAEarnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

ELNEquity-linked note(s)

EMEAEurope, Middle East and Africa

EPSEarnings per common share

E.U.European Union

FDICFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FFELPFederal Family Education Loan Program

FHCFinancial holding company

FICCFixed Income Clearing Corporation

FICOFair Isaac Corporation

Financial statementsConsolidated financial statements

FVAFunding valuation adjustment

FVOFair value option

G-SIBGlobal systemically important bank

HELOCHome Equity Line of Credit

HFIHeld-for-investment

HFSHeld-for-sale

HQLAHigh-quality liquid assets

HTMHeld-to-maturity

I/EIntersegment eliminations

IHCIntermediate holding company

IMInvestment Management

Income statementConsolidated income statement

IRSInternal Revenue Service

ISInstitutional Securities

LCRLiquidity coverage ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies

LTVLoan-to-value

M&AMerger, acquisition and restructuring transaction

MSBNAMorgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

MS&Co.Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

MSCGMorgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.

MSCSMorgan Stanley Capital Services LLC

MSESEMorgan Stanley Europe SE

MSIPMorgan Stanley & Co. International plc

MSMSMorgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.

MSPBNAMorgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association

MSSBMorgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

MUFGMitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.

MUMSSMitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

MWhMegawatt hour

N/ANot Applicable

N/MNot Meaningful

NAVNet asset value

Non-GAAPNon-generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.

NSFRNet stable funding ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies

OCCOffice of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCIOther comprehensive income (loss)

OISOvernight index swap

OTCOver-the-counter

PRAPrudential Regulation Authority

PSUPerformance-based stock unit

RMBSResidential mortgage-backed securities

ROEReturn on average common equity

ROTCEReturn on average tangible common equity

ROURight-of-use

RSURestricted stock unit

RWARisk-weighted assets

SCBStress capital buffer

SECU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

SLRSupplementary leverage ratio

SOFRSecured Overnight Financing Rate

S&PStandard & Poor’s

SPESpecial purpose entity

SPOESingle point of entry

TLACTotal loss-absorbing capacity

U.K.United Kingdom

UPBUnpaid principal balance

U.S.United States of America

U.S. Bank SubsidiariesMSBNA and MSPBNA

U.S. GAAPAccounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.

VaRValue-at-Risk

VIEVariable interest entity

WACCImplied weighted average cost of capital

WMWealth Management

151

December 2025 Form 10-K

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Controls and Procedures

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Firm conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Firm’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Firm’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

The internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

•Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Firm;

•Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Firm’s management and directors; and

•Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Firm assets that could have a material effect on the Firm’s financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Firm maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025.

The Firm’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.

December 2025 Form 10-K152

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley:

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Firm maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the financial statements of the Firm as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 and our report dated February 19, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Firm’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,

assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 19, 2026

153

December 2025 Form 10-K

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2025 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Other Information

None

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.